Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV: Руководства по эксплуатации
Материал из MMC Manuals
Перейти к навигации
Перейти к поиску
Руководства по эксплуатации Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV. Брошюры, каталоги, спецификации, карты технического обслуживания.
↑ Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV
| Язык/Language: | Русский • English |
|---|
Брошюры, каталоги, спецификации
- Каталог оригинальных аксессуаров для Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV 2014, рус., pdf, 2,49 МБ
- Каталог Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV 2017 (спецификация не для Европы), eng., pdf, 5,10 МБ
- Каталог Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV 2017 (спецификация для Европы), eng., pdf, 5,63 МБ
- Каталог Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV 2019 (спецификация для Европы), eng., pdf, 6,07 МБ
Руководства по эксплуатации
- Краткое руководство Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV 2019 (Great Britain), eng., pdf, 1,79 МБ
- Краткое руководство Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV 2018 (North America), eng., pdf, 6,44 МБ
- Руководство по эксплуатации Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV MY 2014 (Россия), рус., pdf, 45,6 МБ
- Руководство по эксплуатации Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV MY 2014 (Europe), eng., pdf, 19,0 МБ
- Руководство по эксплуатации Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV MY 2016 (Europe), eng., pdf, 22,0 МБ
- Руководство по эксплуатации Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV MY 2017 (Europe), eng., pdf, 25,5 МБ
- Руководство по эксплуатации Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV MY 2018 (Europe), eng., pdf, 25,0 МБ
- Руководство по эксплуатации Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV MY 2019 (Europe), eng., pdf, 79,3 МБ
- Руководство по эксплуатации Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV MY 2020 (Europe), eng., pdf, 65,0 МБ
- Руководство по эксплуатации Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV MY 2018 (North America), eng., pdf, 59,4 МБ
- Руководство по эксплуатации Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV MY 2020 (North America), eng., pdf, 62,7 МБ
- Руководство по эксплуатации Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV MY 2021 (North America), eng., pdf, 66,5 МБ
- Руководство по эксплуатации Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV MY 2022 (North America), eng., pdf, 66,7 МБ
Руководства по эксплуатации аудио-системы
- См. раздел Аудиооборудование: Руководства по эксплуатации
- POI: Станции для зарядки электромобилей
- Manuals
- Brands
- Mitsubishi MOTORS Manuals
- Automobile
- Outlander PHEV 2018
- Owner’s manual
-
Contents
-
Table of Contents
-
Troubleshooting
-
Bookmarks
Quick Links
Outlander PHEV
/
2018
OWNER’S MANUAL
Related Manuals for Mitsubishi MOTORS Outlander PHEV 2018
Summary of Contents for Mitsubishi MOTORS Outlander PHEV 2018
-
Page 1
Outlander PHEV 2018 OWNER’S MANUAL… -
Page 2: Table Of Contents
Table of contents Overview Quick index General information/Charging Seat and restraint systems Features and controls Driving safety Comfort controls For emergencies Vehicle care and maintenance Customer assistance/ Reporting Safety Defects Specifications Alphabetical index…
-
Page 3
Instruments and controls Instruments and controls N00100202821 Combination headlights and dimmer switch P.5-177 Automatic High Beam (AHB) switch (if so equipped) P. 5-180 Turn signal lever P.5-185 Active stability control (ASC) OFF Multi-information display Front fog light switch P.5-186 switch P.5-77 switch P.5-132 Camera switch (if so equipped) P.5-123 Headlight leveling switch… -
Page 4
Instruments and controls Audio [Refer to the separate owner’s manual.] Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) P.5-120 Hazard warning flasher switch P.5-186 Front passenger seat belt warning light P.4-22 Passenger’s airbag off indicator P.4-38 Air conditioner P.7-4 Passenger’s vents P.7-2 Electric rear window defogger switch P.5-192 Wiper deicer switch (if so equipped) -
Page 5
Instruments and controls Supplemental restraint system (SRS) — airbag (for front passenger’s seat) P.4-33, 4-39 Glove compartment P.5-209 Card holder P.5-209 Electrical parking Battery save mode switch P.5-65 switch P.5-52 Electric parking brake switch P.5-42 Brake auto hold switch P.5-69 Battery charge mode switch P.5-66 4WD lock switch… -
Page 6
Interior Interior N00100302516 Electric remote-controlled outside rearview mirrors switch P.5-50 Lock switch P.5-39 Power door lock switch P.5-24 Supplemental restraint system (SRS) — curtain airbags P.4-33, 4-45 Power window switch Head restraints P.4-10 P.5-38 Dome light (rear) P.5-207 Inside rearview mirror P.5-46 ®… -
Page 7
Interior Dome light (front)/Reading lights Downlight P.5-207 P.5-177 Bottle holder P.5-212 Hands-free microphone Sunroof switch Adjustable seat belt shoulder anchor P.4-22 (if so equipped) P.5-40 Seat belts P.4-16 Assist grips P.5-214 Coat hook P.5-214 Cargo room light P.5-208, 9-31 Sun visors P.5-195 Vanity mirror P.5-195 Card holder P.5-195 Sunglasses holder (if so equipped) -
Page 8
Luggage area Luggage area N00100501540 Tether anchorages for child restraint system P.4-28 Tools P.8-6 Tire repair kit P.8-7 Luggage hooks P.5-215 12 V power outlet (if so equipped) P.5-196 120 V AC power supply (if so equipped) P.5-197 Jack P. 8-6 12 V starter battery P.9-12 Luggage floor box P.5-210 EV charging cable P.3-28… -
Page 9
Outside (Front) Outside (Front) N00100602795 Sunroof (if so equipped) P.5-40 Sensor (if so equipped) [for Forward Collision Mitigation System Power window P.5-38 (FCM), Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Automatic High Beam (AHB)] P. 5-94, 5-109, 5-180 Rain sensor P. 5-187 Fuel tank filler P.3-46 Windshield wipers P.5-187 Outside rearview mirrors P.5-49… -
Page 10
Outside (Rear) Outside (Rear) N00100602809 F.A.S.T.-key (Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter) P.5-4 Antenna Tires P.9-12 Locking and unlocking P.5-22 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) P.5-113 Tail lights P.5-177, 9-29, 9-35 Tire inflation pressures P.9-16 Changing tires P.8-12 High-mounted stop light P.9-29 Tire rotation P.9-18 Tire chains P.9-19 Liftgate (if so equipped) P.5-26… -
Page 12: Quick Index
If this warning light comes on or flashes while you’re driving… If this warning light comes on or flashes while you’re driving… N00200702335 NOTE For information regarding warning displays in the multi-information display, refer to “Multi-information display” on page 5-129. …
-
Page 13
If this warning light comes on or flashes while you’re driving… Warning lights Do this Ref. Page If the warning light comes on, there may be a malfunction in the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. If the “EV SYSTEM SERVICE REQUIRED” warning display may appear on the multi-information display, have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV P. -
Page 14
If this warning light comes on or flashes while you’re driving… Warning lights Do this Ref. Page Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. Restart the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and check whether the indicator goes out. … -
Page 15
If this problem occurs… Warning lights Do this Ref. Page If the warning light comes on, there may be a malfunction in the LED headlight unit. P. 5-179 Have the vehicle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. LED headlight warning light (Vehicles equipped with LED head- light) If this problem occurs… -
Page 16
If this problem occurs… Problem Do this Ref. Page Make sure the ready indicator illuminates, and move the selector lever while pressing the Cannot shift the select position brake pedal. P. 5-53 from the “P” (PARK) position. If the ready indicator does not illuminate, you can shift the select position to the “N” (NEU- TRAL) position only. -
Page 17
If this problem occurs… Problem Do this Ref. Page The information screen in the multi-information display will be interrupted and the engine coolant temperature warning display will appear. The engine is overheated. P. 8-4 Carefully stop the vehicle in a safe place. Steam comes out of the engine compartment. -
Page 18
If this problem occurs… Problem Do this Ref. Page 1. Press the 4WD lock switch to set the “4WD LOCK” mode, temporarily turning off Active stability control (ASC) with the ASC OFF switch and slowly press down on the accelera- If your vehicle becomes stuck in tor pedal to get your vehicle moving again. -
Page 20: General Information/Charging
Charging troubleshooting guide …………3-36 High-Voltage components …………..3-40 MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped) ……3-42 Fuel selection ……………..3-45 Filling the fuel tank …………….3-46 Modifications to and racing of your vehicle ……..3-50 Genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts ……….3-52 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements ……3-52…
-
Page 21
Plug-in Hybrid EV System Rapid and repeated accelerations and EV drive mode Plug-in Hybrid EV System decelerations consumes more electric power from the main drive lithium-ion N01206500022 The vehicle is driven only by electric battery and may reduce the cruising range motors using the electric power stored in Main features using the EV drive mode. -
Page 22
Plug-in Hybrid EV System Parallel hybrid mode The vehicle is driven mainly by the engine with assistance from the motors. This mode is used when the vehicle is driven at a high-speed. General information/Charging… -
Page 23: Regenerative Braking
Plug-in Hybrid EV System The roles of the motors and engine in each drive mode Motor Engine EV Drive Mode Drives the vehicle Series Hybrid Mode Drives the vehicle Generates electricity Parallel Hybrid Mode Drives the vehicle Drives front wheels and generates electricity Regenerative braking N01206700024 Motion energy is converted into electric energy using the motor as a power generator.
-
Page 24
Plug-in Hybrid EV System While the vehicle is stationary, the engine Operation of gasoline engine NOTE may automatically start. Some examples Depending on usage of the vehicle, the are; N01206800038 When the vehicle is driven in the EV engine may not start for a long period of time •… -
Page 25
Main drive lithium-ion battery Refueling (gasoline) CAUTION Main drive lithium-ion bat- tery • Repeatedly performing quick charging can N01206900039 reduce battery capacity. Normal charging is CAUTION N01207000037 recommended unless quick charging is nec- essary. For details of charging, refer to … -
Page 26
EV cruising range The capacity of your vehicle battery over NOTE NOTE time will depend on a variety of factors It is recommended that your vehicle be To help maintain the capacity of the main including how your vehicle is used, stored stored at temperatures below 77 °F (25 °C) drive lithium-ion battery, the following is and charged. -
Page 27
EV cruising range NOTE Since cooling or heating consumes power from the main drive lithium-ion battery, operation of these functions will reduce the EV cruising range. Put the selector lever in the “B” (REGEN- ERATIVE BRAKE) position according to the road condition. -
Page 28
EV cruising range EV cruising range-Driving conditions N01207300027 Shorten Lengthen driving driving range range Range Reducing Condition Range Extending High acceleration, speed Driving style Low acceleration, speed Heater off Heater on Heater usage (or use seat heater) A/C on A/C usage A/C off Highway City/Highway… -
Page 29
Operating sound under charging or Remote Climate Control WARNING Operating sound under For persons with electro- charging or Remote Climate medical apparatus such as When performing normal charging, keep your electro-medical apparatus, such as Control implantable cardiac pace- implantable cardiac pacemaker maker or implantable car-… -
Page 30
For persons with electro-medical apparatus such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardiovascular defibrillator WARNING When using the Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key), please observe following precautions. • People with implantable cardiac pace- makers or implantable cardiovascular- defibrillators should not go near the external transmitters or the internal transmitters. -
Page 31
Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat N01201001061 When the ambient temperature is approximately 113 °F (45 °C) or higher, the phenomena described below may occur. Please take the described actions. … -
Page 32
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold N01201101059 When the ambient temperature is approximately 5 °F (-15 °C) or lower, the phenomena described below may occur. Please take the corrective actions described below. -
Page 33
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold Approx. ambi- ent tempera- Phenomena Corrective action ture Approx.-18 °F Startup and The motor output is restricted and the vehicle perfor- Keep driving if you can drive at the same speed as (-28 °C) or driving mance may be decreased. -
Page 34
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold Approx. ambi- ent tempera- Phenomena Corrective action ture Approx. -22 °F Startup and The Plug-in Hybrid EV system may not be started In the daytime, wait for the temperature to rise. (-30 °C) or driving When the temperature in the vicinity of the main and “BATTERY TOO COLD”… -
Page 35
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold CAUTION When “BATTERY TOO COLD FOR VEHICLE TO OPERATE” is displayed* , contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. NOTE * : Refer to “PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED” warning display on page 5-168. Display of the “PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED”… -
Page 36
Charging Charging N01201201063 Your vehicle comes standard with a charge port and charging cable (EV charging cable) that uses a household outlet (AC 110-120 V) as a charg- ing source. You may also charge your vehicle using an OUTLANDER PHEV compatible 220-240 V charging device (EVSE* — available sepa- rately). -
Page 37
Charging Category Charge port Charge connector Charging Source Charging time Reference Quick charging Approximately 25 (charging method minutes for 80 % P.3-32 with quick char- charge ger)* Right rear side of vehicle Public charging stations where available : EVSE = Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment : CHAdeMO is a standard for quick charging of electric vehicle originally started in Japan, and the contents have also become international standard. -
Page 38
Precautions during Charging the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery NOTE WARNING WARNING Both normal charging and quick charging • Do not perform charging outdoors in Keep away from the cooling fan under the cannot be performed at the same time. The adverse weather, such as heavy rain, hood during charging. -
Page 39
When charging, do not use a car cover except will stop. lithium-ion battery until an indication for the Mitsubishi Motors genuine car cover. appears in the gauge. Refer to “Multi-infor- Repeatedly performing only quick charging Do not attempt to perform a jump start on the mation display on page 5-129. -
Page 40
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) WARNING WARNING CAUTION Improper charging can result in a fire, • Keep your electro-medical apparatus During charging, the cooling fans in the property damage, and serious injury or away from the charge connector, EV engine compartment may automatically be death. -
Page 41
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) Charging port courtesy light NOTE NOTE The charging port courtesy light illuminating On vehicles equipped with the charging lid N01216201045 time can be adjusted. lock, the charging lid is unlocked in conjunc- The charging port courtesy light (A) illumi- For details, please consult a certified Mit- tion with unlocking of the driver’s door as… -
Page 42
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) 2. Press the tab (A) to open the inner lid (B). NOTE WARNING There is a hole on the normal charge port for To reduce the risk of electric shock or fire water drainage. -
Page 43
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) 4. Press the 8 A/12 A manual selection but- 5. Open the cap (F) on the normal charge WARNING ton (D) on the control box to charge connector (G) and make sure that there is … -
Page 44
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) 7. Make sure that the charging indicator (I) CAUTION NOTE on the instrument cluster is illuminated. Do not grasp the top of normal charge con- When the normal charge connector is con- nector. -
Page 45
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) 8. Charging is complete when the charging WARNING CAUTION indicator turns off. Pull out the normal After charging, be sure to close the inner Before using an automatic car wash, make charge connector while pressing the lid and the charging lid completely. -
Page 46
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) 3. Pull the lever (B) in the direction indi- The main drive lithium-ion battery warming Main drive lithium-ion battery cated by the arrow. system will automatically stop after the main warming system The charging lid will be unlocked. -
Page 47
EV charging cable EV charging cable N01202801066 Your vehicle is equipped with an EV charging cable that consists of a cable (A), control box (B), plug (C), and normal charge connector (D). The EV charging cable is stowed in the luggage floor box. Refer to “Luggage floor box”… -
Page 48
EV charging cable : Illuminates : Blinking : Not illuminated POWER FAULT CHARGING Operating condition Every time the EV charging cable plug (C) is connected to an outlet, all indicator lights illumi- nate for 1/2 second, then go out. After initial processing is completed, when the normal charge connector is not connected to the normal charge port, or the normal charge connector is connected to the normal charge port but charging is not being performed. -
Page 49
EV charging cable WARNING NOTE NOTE Improper use of the EV charging cable All indicators are illuminated momentarily Make sure that the rope has no damage can result in a fire, property damage, and for confirming operation when the EV charg- before use. -
Page 50
Normal charging (using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. For connecting/disconnecting the charging WARNING Increase the separation between the connector to/from the vehicle, follow instruc- Never expose the metal terminal of the equipment and receiver. -
Page 51
Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped) WARNING WARNING Quick charging (charging Do not bring your body close to the foot method with quick charger) If you use an electro-medical apparatus, area of the rear seat and do not ride in the such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or (if so equipped) cargo area while the vehicle is running. -
Page 52
Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped) WARNING NOTE CAUTION As the quick charge connector is heavier When using a quick charger, make sure that Be sure to insert the quick charge connector in comparison to the normal charge con- the time available is enough so that the quick straight into the quick charge port all the way nector, allowing it to drop could cause… -
Page 53
Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped) For connecting and disconnecting, follow 4. Make sure that the charging indicator (D) NOTE the instruction manual for each quick on the instrument cluster is illuminated. When the quick charge connector is con- charger. -
Page 54
Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped) 5. Charging is complete when the charging NOTE indicator turns off. If the operation mode of the power switch is Disconnect the quick charge connector put in ON with the quick charge connector according to the manual of the quick char- connected to the quick charge port, the Plug- ger. -
Page 55
Charging troubleshooting guide Charging troubleshooting guide N01202301058 Symptom Possible cause Possible solution Charging cannot be started. The operation mode of the power Before charging, put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF. switch is in ON. The main drive lithium-ion battery is Charging cannot be performed if the main drive lithium-ion battery is already fully charged. -
Page 56
Charging troubleshooting guide Symptom Possible cause Possible solution Normal charging cannot be There is no electrical power coming Confirm that there has not been a power failure. Make sure the breaker is started. from the outlet. on. If an outlet with a timer device installed is used, power will only be available at the time set by the timer. -
Page 57
Charging troubleshooting guide Symptom Possible cause Possible solution Normal charging is discon- There is no power coming from the There may have been a electrical power failure, or the breaker may have tinued. outlet. failed. Charging will resume when the power source is reset. The EV charging cable has been dis- Check that the EV charging cable has not been disconnected. -
Page 58
Charging troubleshooting guide Symptom Possible cause Possible solution Quick charge is discontin- Charging is stopped by the quick Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the quick ued. charge timer. charge device. If you need to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery more, start the charging procedure again. -
Page 59
High-Voltage components High voltage components and wiring cables tional vehicles would also require the same High-Voltage components are located as shown in the figure below. response for Plug-in Hybrid electric vehicle. Also follow the instructions described below N01205701040 to avoid severe burns and electrical shock that WARNING may result in serious injury or death. -
Page 60
High-Voltage components WARNING WARNING WARNING If the vehicle receives a strong impact to When you leave the vehicle, if possible, Do not attempt to repair a damaged Plug- the floor while driving, stop the vehicle in open the windows, doors and liftgate to in Hybrid electric vehicle yourself. -
Page 61
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped) Charging timer NOTE MITSUBISHI Remote Con- If you specify the charge start and/or stop trol If you want to cancel the charging timer in (if so equipped) time with the normal charge cable con- cases of the battery exhaustion or loss of a nected, charging is started and/or stopped N01216300036… -
Page 62
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped) CAUTION For the operation method of the MITSUBI- Do not use a car cover except for the Mit- SHI Remote Control, please visit Mitsubishi subishi Motors Genuine car cover, when Motors’ Web site: using the charging timer or the remote cli- http://www.mitsubishi-motors.com/en/prod- mate control. -
Page 63
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped) NOTE NOTE NOTE Wireless LAN devices may not communicate • The wireless LAN device is out of the com- • In extremely cold weather. with the vehicle, or may not operate nor- munication range. … -
Page 64
Fuel selection (2) this device must accept any interference, WARNING Octane requirement including interference that may cause unde- Gasoline is highly flammable and explo- sired operation of this device. sive. You could be burned, seriously Your vehicle is designed to operate on injured or killed when handling it. -
Page 65: Reformulated Gasoline
(“SERVICE ENGINE SOON” or Plug-in Hybrid EV system and keep away Mitsubishi Motors Corporation strongly sup- “Check engine light”) to come on. Illumina- from flames, sparks, and smoking materi- ports the use of reformulated gasoline. Prop- tion of this indicator while using high-sulfur als.
-
Page 66: Fuel Tank Capacity
Filling the fuel tank 2. The fuel tank filler is located on the rear 3. The internal pressure of the fuel tank will WARNING driver side of your vehicle. automatically be released to prevent fuel Do not move away from the fuel tank filler The fuel tank filler door can be opened overflowing from the fuel filler.
-
Page 67
Filling the fuel tank 4. Open the fuel tank filler pipe by slowly WARNING NOTE turning the fuel tank filler cap counter- If a problem occurs related to the system While filling with fuel, hang the fuel cap on clockwise. -
Page 68
Filling the fuel tank 7. To re-install, turn the fuel tank filler pipe CAUTION NOTE cap slowly clockwise until you hear click- Your vehicle can only be operated using If you drive with the fuel tank filler door left ing sounds, then gently push the fuel tank unleaded gasoline. -
Page 69
Failure to use Mitsubishi Motors genuine To open the fuel tank filler door The warning screen will disappear when; parts manually •… -
Page 70: Installation Of Accessories
Motors genuine parts ual. affects the driving safety of your vehicle. Installation of accessories Using a cellular phone or radio set inside…
-
Page 71
Mitsubishi EV dealer are a wide variety of accessories to personalize your new vehicle. Each Mitsubishi Motors vehicle has a selection of Mitsubishi Motors authorized accessories to choose from to tai- lor your new vehicle to your own personal preference. -
Page 72: Seat And Restraint Systems
Seat and restraint systems Seats ………………..4-2 Seat arrangement …………….4-3 Seats and restraint systems …………..4-4 Front seats ………………4-4 Rear seats ………………4-9 Head restraints …………….4-10 Making a cargo area ……………4-12 Making a flat seat …………….4-15 Seat belts ………………4-16 Seat belt use during pregnancy …………4-24 Seat belt pre-tensioner and force limiter systems ……4-24 Child restraint systems …………..4-25 Maintenance and inspection of seat belts ……..4-32…
-
Page 73
Seats Seats N00408401564 1 — Front seats To adjust the seat forward or back- wardPage 4-5 To adjust the seatback Page 4-6 To adjust the seat height (Driver’s seat only) Page 4-7 Heated seat (if so equipped) Page 4-8 2 — Rear seats … -
Page 74
Seat arrangement Seat arrangement N00401701135 You may arrange your seats in the following positions. Ordinary use Flat seat Page 4-15 Making a cargo area Page 4-12 Seat and restraint systems… -
Page 75
Seats and restraint systems WARNING WARNING Seats and restraint systems Do not place objects under the seats. This After adjusting the seat, make sure that it N00401601251 could prevent the seat from locking is securely locked into position. Your vehicle has seat belts and other safety securely, and it could lead to an accident. -
Page 76: Power Seat Adjustment
Front seats CAUTION To adjust the seat forward or Power seat adjustment backward When sliding or reclining the seat rearward, Operate the switch forward or backward to pay careful attention to the rear seat passen- N00401901368 move the seat to the desired position. Release gers.
-
Page 77
Front seats To adjust the seatbacks Power seat adjustment WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or N00402001412 Operate the switch in the direction of the death in the event of an accident or sud- arrows to adjust the seatback. Manual seat adjustment den stop, all seatbacks should be kept in the upright position while the vehicle is in… -
Page 78
Front seats To adjust the seat height (Driver’s seat only) N00402101279 Operate the switch in the direction of the arrows to raise or lower the seat. NOTE To prevent the 12 V starter battery from completely discharging, operate the power seat with the Plug-in Hybrid EV System run- 2- Raise or lower the back end of the seat ning. -
Page 79
Front seats Heated seat (if so equipped) WARNING CAUTION Persons who are unable to feel tempera- If water or any other liquid is spilled on the N00435601450 The heated seats can be operated by pushing ture change or skin pain due to age, ill- seat, allow it to dry thoroughly before the switch when the operation mode of the ness, injury, medication, alcohol use,… -
Page 80: Arm Rest
Rear seats WARNING Arm rest Rear seats To reduce the risk of serious injury or N00403001321 N00402501244 To use the arm rest, tilt the arm rest down for death in the event of an accident or sud- When sitting in the middle seating position of den stop, all seatbacks should be kept in use as shown.
-
Page 81
Head restraints WARNING Adjustment of the head Head restraints restraint height Driving without the head restraints in N00404301624 place can cause you and your passengers Head restraints can reduce the risk of a whip- serious injury or death in an accident. To lash injury if your vehicle is hit from the rear. -
Page 82
Head restraints WARNING To remove Rear center seat When a person sits in the rear center seat- To reduce the risk of injury in an accident, Press the lock knob (A) in the direction ing position, pull up the head restraint to a pull up the head restraint to the locked posi- shown by the arrows. -
Page 83
Making a cargo area pressing the lock knob (A) until the restraint CAUTION locks into place. In the cargo area, do not load the luggage higher than the top of the seats and make CAUTION sure that the luggage is firmly secured. Restricted rear vision or flying objects enter- … -
Page 84
Making a cargo area 4. Pull the strap (B), then flip the seat cush- To fold the rear seat CAUTION ion forward. Do not fold the rear seat while the 120 V AC 1. When folding the left side rear seat, store power supply on the back of the floor con- the seat belt for the middle seating posi- sole box is being used or while the lid of the… -
Page 85
Making a cargo area 2. While lifting the seat belt buckle (A), gen- 3. Push down the seat cushion until it locks CAUTION tly lower the seat cushion. Make sure that securely into place. Do not allow any person to get on the plastic there is a hook (B) at the position shown cover (C), and do not place luggage on it. -
Page 86
Making a flat seat • Make sure that the seat belt is not 1. Remove the head restraints from the front CAUTION twisted. seats and raise the arm rest on the rear Adjust the seats only when the vehicle is For details, refer to “Detachable center seats. -
Page 87
Seat belts 2. Slide the front seats fully forward, then 4. The flat seat configuration is now com- WARNING recline their seatbacks backward to plete. Never use one seat belt for more than one achieve a flat surface. To return the seats to the normal position, person. -
Page 88
Seat belts 1. Occupants should always sit back in their WARNING WARNING seats with their backs against the upright To reduce the risk to a front seat passen- In the event of an accident, all seat belt seatback. To reduce the risk of serious ger of serious injury or death from a assemblies, including… -
Page 89
Seat belts 3. Grasp the latch plate and slide it up the WARNING NOTE webbing so that it easily pulls across your To reduce the risk of serious injury or If the seat belt locks up and cannot be pulled body. -
Page 90
Seat belts 6. To release the belt, press the button on the NOTE Detachable center seat belt for buckle and allow the belt to retract. rear seat With the exception of the seat belt for the If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull it driver, the seat belts in all other seating posi- out and check for kinks or twists in the N00409900048… -
Page 91
Seat belts 3. Pull the small latch plate (A) slowly and To attach To detach insert it into the detachable anchor plate until a click is heard. Make sure that the 1. Pull out the detachable anchor plate (C) 1. While holding the seat belt, insert a metal seat belt is not twisted. -
Page 92
Seat belts 3. After the seat belt has retracted com- Driver’s seat belt WARNING pletely, insert the latch plate (B) into the reminder/warning light and In order to reduce the risk of serious upper slit (F), and then insert the small injury or death in an accident, always fas- display latch plate (A) into the lower slit (G). -
Page 93
Seat belts Front passenger seat belt warn- WARNING WARNING ing light Do not install any accessory or sticker that Always adjust the shoulder belt anchor so makes the light difficult to see. that the shoulder belt is positioned across N00418301250 the center of your shoulder without touch- The front passenger seat belt warning light is… -
Page 94: Seat Belt Extender
Seat belts Put the seat belt webbing in the back slot (A) Storing the seat belts for the Seat belt extender on the clip and insert the metal plate of the rear seat (outboard seating N00406701202 latch plate into the front slot (B) as shown in If your seat belt is not long enough, even positions) the illustration.
-
Page 95
Seat belt use during pregnancy Pre-tensioner system Seat belt use during preg- nancy The driver and front passenger seat belts are N00406800134 equipped with a seat belt pre-tensioner sys- Seat belts work for everyone, including preg- tem. In a moderate-to-severe frontal or side nant women. -
Page 96: Srs Warning
Child restraint systems as it may cause some temporary irritation to Force limiter system Guidelines for child restraint people with respiratory problems. system selection N00408900126 Even in the event of a severe impact, the pre- In the event of an accident, the seat belt force tensioners will not operate if the seat belts are limiter system will help reduce the force not fastened.
-
Page 97
Child restraint systems WARNING WARNING WARNING All children must be seated in the rear Never hold an infant or child in your arms Your vehicle is also equipped with a front seat, and properly restrained. or on your lap when riding in this vehicle, passenger’s airbag. -
Page 98
Child restraint systems WARNING WARNING NOTE FRONT-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT When installing a child restraint system, Before purchasing a child restraint system, SYSTEMS should be used in the rear seat follow the instructions provided by the try installing it in the rear seat to ensure whenever possible. -
Page 99
Child restraint systems Installing a child restraint sys- Tether anchor locations Examples of child restraint sys- tems compatible with the LATCH tem using the LATCH (Lower N00418901256 Your vehicle has three attachment points on system Anchors and Tethers for chil- the backside of the rear seats. -
Page 100
Child restraint systems 3. For easier access, the seatback may be 4. Latch the tether strap hook (E) of the child D- Connector recline rearward. restraint system to the tether anchor bar Push the anchor connectors (D) on the (F) and tighten the tether strap so it is NOTE child restraint system into the lower securely fastened. -
Page 101
Child restraint systems installation function. Always use the ALR WARNING WARNING child restraint installation function when you When using a child restraint in a rear When using a child restraint in a rear install a child restraint system using the seat seating position, always… -
Page 102
Child restraint systems 2. Route the seat belt through the child 3. To activate the ALR child restraint instal- 5. After confirming that the belt is locked, restraint system according to the instruc- lation function, slowly pull the shoulder grab the shoulder part of the belt near the tions provided by the child restraint sys- part of the belt all the way out of the buckle and pull up to remove any slack… -
Page 103
Maintenance and inspection of seat belts 6. Latch the tether strap hook (A) of the 7. Before putting your child in the restraint, Systems and Booster Seats Safety Regula- child restraint system to the tether anchor push and pull the restraint in all directions tions. -
Page 104
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag cuts, tears, increase in thickness in any sec- the driver and the passengers on the front seat Supplemental Restraint Sys- tion of the webbing from broken fibers, or and the rear outboard seats with protection tem (SRS) — airbag severe fading from sunlight. -
Page 105
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag WARNING WARNING WARNING IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO ALWAYS IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO BE PROP- Airbags inflate very quickly and with WEAR YOUR SEAT BELT PROPERLY ERLY SEATED. great force. Do not sit on the edge of the EVEN WITH AN AIRBAG. -
Page 106
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag WARNING WARNING WARNING Infants and small children should never NEVER put REAR-FACING CHILD FRONT-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT ride unrestrained, or lean against the RESTRAINT SYSTEMS or INFANT SYSTEMS should be used in the rear seat instrument panel. -
Page 107: Event Data Recording
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag When airbags deploy, some smoke is released How the Supplemental accompanied by a loud noise. The smoke is Restraint System works not harmful, but do not intentionally inhale the smoke as it may cause temporary irrita- N00407801561 The SRS includes the following components: tion to people with respiratory problems.
-
Page 108
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag short period of time, typically 30 seconds or cle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the WARNING less. vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as • Do not recline the seatback more than law enforcement, that have the special equip- necessary when driving. -
Page 109
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag panel will come on. Refer to “SRS warning WARNING Passenger’s airbag off indicator light/display” on page 4-39. • Do not use a seat cover or a cushion. N00418101362 The passenger’s airbag off indicator is •… -
Page 110: Airbag System
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag WARNING SRS warning light/display WARNING If any of the following conditions occur, If any of the following conditions occur, N00408301664 There is a Supplemental Restraint System you should immediately have the airbag there may be a problem with the SRS air- system in your vehicle inspected by a cer- (SRS) warning light on the instrument panel.
-
Page 111
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag passenger seat is not occupied or when the system senses that a child is in the child restraint system. Driver Front passenger Driver’s knee airbag system N00404500010 The driver’s knee airbag is located under the steering wheel. -
Page 112
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag Deployment of front airbags N00408001645 The front airbags and driver’s knee airbag ARE DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when … Head-on collision with a solid wall at speeds of Moderate to severe frontal impact within the shaded approx. -
Page 113
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag they cannot provide protection to the occu- The front airbags and driver’s Collision with a utility pole, tree or other pants. knee airbag MAY NOT DEPLOY narrow object Some typical situations are shown in the when …… -
Page 114
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag The front airbags and driver’s WARNING Collision with an elevated median/island or knee airbag MAY DEPLOY when curb Do not attach anything to the steering wheel’s padded cover, such as trim mate- … rial, badges, etc. -
Page 115: Side Airbag System
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag A label is attached to the seatbacks in vehi- WARNING WARNING cles equipped with side airbags. Do not attach accessories to the lower por- The airbag system is designed to work tion of the driver’s side instrument panel. only once.
-
Page 116: Curtain Airbag System
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag Curtain airbag system WARNING WARNING The side airbags and curtain airbags can Do not place any objects around the area N00419201298 The curtain airbags are contained in the front cause serious injury or death to anyone where the side airbags deploy.
-
Page 117: Curtain Airbag
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag WARNING WARNING Deployment of side airbag and curtain airbag Do not put a hanger or any heavy or Do not allow a child to lean against or sit pointed object on the coat hook. If the cur- close to the passenger door, even if the N00408201591 tain airbag was activated, any such item…
-
Page 118
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag The seat belts in your vehicle are your pri- Since the side airbags and curtain airbags do Oblique side impact mary means of protection in an accident. The not protect the occupant in all types of side SRS side airbags and curtain airbags are collisions, be sure to always wear the seat designed to provide additional protection. -
Page 119
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag Since the side airbags and curtain airbags do SRS servicing WARNING not protect the occupant in all types of colli- Do not modify your front seats, center pil- N00408501738 sions, be sure to always wear your seat belts lar or center console. -
Page 120: Warning Label
Occupant restraint warning labels for the SRS • Instrument panel are located in the vehicle as shown in the illustration. [For vehicles sold in U.S.A.] To contact Mitsubishi Motors North America, Inc. call 1-888-648-7820 or write to: Mitsubishi Motors North America, Inc. Customer Relations Department P.O.
-
Page 122: Features And Controls
Features and controls Break-in recommendations …………..5-3 Hill start assist …………….5-71 Keys ………………..5-3 Brake assist system …………….5-72 Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) ….5-4 Anti-lock braking system (ABS) ………..5-73 Door locks ………………5-22 Electric power steering system (EPS) ………..5-75 Power door locks …………….5-24 Active stability control (ASC) …………5-76 Child safety locks for rear door ………….5-25 Cruise control (if so equipped) …………5-79…
-
Page 123
Features and controls Wiper and washer switch …………5-187 Wiper deicer switch (if so equipped)……….5-191 Electric rear window defogger switch ……… 5-192 Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped)……5-193 Horn switch …………….. 5-193 Link System …………….. 5-193 USB input terminal …………..5-194 Sun visors ……………… -
Page 124
Break-in recommendations NOTE Break-in recommendations Keys The key is a precision electronic device with N00508701379 N00508801673 a built-in signal transmitter. Please observe Two F.A.S.T.-keys and two emergency keys Advanced automobile manufacturing tech- the following in order to prevent damage. are provided. -
Page 125
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) Refer to “Free-hand Advanced Security NOTE Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key): Keyless entry No keys other than those registered in system” on page 5-18. advance can be used to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. The F.A.S.T.-key must be carried by the Refer to “Free-hand Advanced Security driver. -
Page 126
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) The operations possible with the F.A.S.T.- LOCK switch or the liftgate OPEN switch, NOTE key can be modified as stated below. verification of the ID code is performed. Use the emergency key to lock and unlock (Keyless entry operations are possible.) The doors and the liftgate can be locked and the driver’s door in such circumstances. -
Page 127
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) : Operating range Operating range for locking and NOTE unlocking the doors and the lift- Even if the F.A.S.T.-key is within approxi- NOTE mately 2.3 feet (70 cm) of the handle of the gate driver’s door, front passenger’s door or lift- … -
Page 128
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) Also refer to “Doors locks”, “Power door and the liftgate by using the F.A.S.T.-key NOTE locks”, “Liftgate” and “Power liftgate” on operation. On the vehicles equipped with the mirror pages 5-22, 5-24, 5-26 and 5-27 respectively. The dome light will turn on for 30 seconds. -
Page 129
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) NOTE NOTE Liftgate OPEN switch On the vehicles equipped with the mirror The doors and the liftgate cannot be retractor switch, the outside rearview mirrors unlocked by using the liftgate OPEN switch automatically extend when the driver’s door for approximately 3 seconds after locking. -
Page 130: Power Switch
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone Operation of the outside rear- Power switch Link Display Audio, it is possible to change view mirrors (Vehicles N00513501144 the setting by means of screen operations. equipped with the mirror Refer to the separate owner’s manual for WARNING details.
-
Page 131
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) To prevent vehicle theft, no F.A.S.T.-keys The indicator light on the power switch illu- NOTE other than those registered in advance can be minates blue. When operating the power switch, press the used to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. The indicator light illuminates for a few sec- switch all the way in. -
Page 132
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) Changing the operation mode CAUTION ACC power auto-cutout function When the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is not N00568001048 N00568101081 If you press the power switch without press- operating, put the operation mode in OFF. After approximately 30 minutes has elapsed ing the brake pedal while the vehicle is sta- Leaving the operation mode in ON or ACC… -
Page 133
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) Item Display Buzzer Solution Note Detection of failure Inner buzzer sounds There is a problem in the F.A.S.T.- — once key. Inner buzzer sounds There is a fault in the electronic Put the operation mode in OFF once immobilizer (Anti-theft starting and then start the Plug-in Hybrid… -
Page 134
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) Item Display Buzzer Solution Note Key lock-in preven- Inner buzzer sounds When the operation mode is in Make sure you have the F.A.S.T.- tion system once OFF, the F.A.S.T.-key is left in the key with you before locking the passenger compartment, all the doors. -
Page 135
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) 2. Apply the parking brake firmly while Starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV CAUTION depressing the brake pedal. System Do not press the power switch while holding 3. After pressing the electrical parking the select lever at the operated position. switch, press the power switch to stop N00588100022 Plug-in Hybrid EV System. -
Page 136
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) NOTE F.A.S.T.-key reminder If the parking lock mechanism is faulty, a Warning display warning is displayed on the information screen in the multi-information display. When this warning is displayed, Plug-in Hybrid EV System cannot be stopped unless you apply the parking brake and then press the power switch. -
Page 137
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) To use the emergency key (A), unlock the a F.A.S.T.-Key “registered” to the immobi- Locking and unlocking the driver’s door lock knob (B) and remove it from the lizer system. F.A.S.T.-key (C). All of the keys provided with your new vehi- Turn the emergency key toward the front of cle have been programmed to the vehicle’s the vehicle to lock the door. -
Page 138
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) For you to register the ID code yourself, fol- 6. With the second valid F.A.S.T.-key, press NOTE low the “Customer F.A.S.T.-key program- the UNLOCK button for 4 to 10 seconds Keep the driver’s door open until F.A.S.T.- ming”… -
Page 139: Keyless Entry System
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) 9. When all F.A.S.T.-keys are registered, Keyless entry system NOTE remove the F.A.S.T.-key from the key For the operation of the power liftgate button N00515501308 slot. Press the remote control transmitter buttons (3), refer to “Power liftgate” on page 5-27. to lock or unlock the doors and the liftgate.
-
Page 140
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) To unlock Answerback function NOTE On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone Link Display Audio, the functions can be Press the UNLOCK button (2) to unlock the The horn and turn signal lights of the keyless adjusted on the screen. -
Page 141: Operating The Power Liftgate
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) condition of the door and liftgate unlock Number of Operating the power liftgate To lock To unlock function. chimes N00579500020 Six chimes Two flashes No flash After unlocking the doors and the liftgate, the Number Condition power liftgate can be operated by pressing the Seven chimes No flash…
-
Page 142
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) NOTE General information Procedure for replacing the remote control transmitter bat- If the UNLOCK button (2) is pressed when N00562001062 all doors and the liftgate are locked and no tery Your F.A.S.T.-key operates on a radio fre- doors or the liftgate are opened within quency subject to Federal Communications approximately 30 seconds, the doors and the… -
Page 143
Door locks 4. Install a new battery with the +side (A) To lock and unlock with the Door locks emergency key (driver’s door) N00509201560 + side WARNING The driver’s door can be locked and unlocked Make sure all doors are tightly closed and using the emergency key. -
Page 144
Door locks NOTE To lock or unlock the door from NOTE the inside When locking or unlocking with the emer- On vehicles equipped with the charging lid gency key, only the driver’s door will be lock, the charging lid can be locked or locked or unlocked. -
Page 145
Power door locks Lock out protection To lock and unlock the doors Power door locks and liftgate N00517301065 N00509301633 If the key operation mode is in any mode NOTE other than OFF, when you push the lock knob When locking or unlocking with the key on forward with the driver’s door or passenger’s Using the power door lock switch the driver’s door, only the driver’s door will… -
Page 146: To Unlock The Doors And Liftgate
Child safety locks for rear door NOTE Using the electrical parking switch Child safety locks for rear On vehicles equipped with the charging lid door All doors and the liftgate will unlock when lock, the charging lid can be locked or the electrical parking switch is pressed with N00509401298 unlocked at the same time when driver’s door…
-
Page 147
Liftgate (except for vehicles equipped with the power liftgate) door can be opened using the inside door han- WARNING To open dle. If snow or ice has accumulated on the lift- 1. After unlocking, push the liftgate open gate, remove it before opening the liftgate. WARNING switch (A) and raise the liftgate. -
Page 148
Power liftgate (if so equipped) NOTE CAUTION Power liftgate (if so equipped) When the 12 V starter battery is reconnected, To avoid injuring your hand or arm, do not N00575900039 all doors and the liftgate will be locked. attempt to close the liftgate without releasing Before operating the power liftgate, unlock Unlock them before trying to open the lift-… -
Page 149: Automatic Operation
Power liftgate (if so equipped) WARNING Automatic operation When opening and closing the power lift- N00576500032 When the power liftgate main switch (A) is gate, make sure that there are no people nearby and be careful not to hit your head on, the power liftgate can be operated using or pinch your hands, neck, etc.
-
Page 150
Power liftgate (if so equipped) <Using the driver’s side power liftgate CAUTION NOTE switch> Do not apply excessive force to the power Repeated continuous opening and closing liftgate when opening or closing it. Doing so operation of the power liftgate will activate a … -
Page 151
Power liftgate (if so equipped) The operation mode is in ON with the If the power liftgate switch is pressed twice in Operating the power liftgate using select position in the “P” (PARK) posi- a row, the power liftgate operates after the the F.A.S.T.-key or the driver’s tion, or the operation mode is in OFF or warning buzzer sounds and the hazard warn-… -
Page 152
Power liftgate (if so equipped) The power liftgate operates as follows. Opening the power liftgate using Closing the power liftgate using the open switch the close switch •While closed: The warning buzzer sounds and the power liftgate com- The power liftgate can be opened by pressing The power liftgate can be closed by pressing pletely opens. -
Page 153
Power liftgate (if so equipped) Auto reverse WARNING NOTE If the auto reverse mechanism has been Do not install any accessory other than Mit- N00576200039 If the auto reverse sensors (A) on either side repeatedly activated, the power liftgate subishi Motors Genuine parts on the power of the power liftgate detect that something is may stop and then, depending on its posi-… -
Page 154: Manual Operation
Power liftgate (if so equipped) Manual operation NOTE CAUTION The liftgate cannot be opened if it is not The auto reverse mechanism will not operate N00576300043 When the power liftgate main switch is off, raised immediately after pressing the power when the power liftgate is closed manually.
-
Page 155
Inside liftgate release CAUTION To open Inside liftgate release Do not touch the latch (A) on the inside of N00523101127 1. Open the lid (A) inside of the liftgate. the power liftgate. The power liftgate easy The inside liftgate release is designed to pro- closer could operate and catch your fingers. -
Page 156: Armed Stage
Theft-alarm system 3. Lock all doors and the liftgate by using The theft-alarm indicator (A) continues to CAUTION the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.- flash while the system is in the armed Always keep the release lever lid on the lift- key operation.
-
Page 157
Theft-alarm system Attempt an unauthorized moving of the NOTE NOTE vehicle. (the vehicle inclination detection For vehicles equipped with the interior alarm • During a continuous impact or vibration by function) sensor, if the turn signal lights do not flash hail, thunder, etc. -
Page 158: Disarmed Stage
Theft-alarm system be deactivated when parking in automated car NOTE NOTE parks or leaving pets in the vehicle. The alarm will continue to operate for 3 min- • If the operation mode is put in ON or ACC. utes. At the end of that period, the alarm will 1.
-
Page 159
Power window control 6. Disarm the system by unlocking all doors NOTE WARNING and the liftgate by using the keyless entry The amount of time after unlocking until the Before operating the power windows, system or the F.A.S.T.-key operation. vehicle relocks automatically… -
Page 160: Main Switch
Power window control the driver’s door or the front passenger’s door Main switch Sub switch is opened, the power windows cannot be N00548701137 N00548800102 operated. The main switch located on the driver’s door can be used to operate all the windows. Lock switch A window can be opened or closed by operat- N00549001166…
-
Page 161
Sunroof (if so equipped) WARNING CAUTION What to do if you hear wind buffeting when driving Before driving with a child in the vehicle, The safety mechanism is deactivated while be sure to lock the window switch to make the switch is pulled up. -
Page 162
Sunroof (if so equipped) To open NOTE CAUTION Be sure to tilt down the sunroof before clos- Do not deliberately trap your hands or head ing the sunshade. in order to activate the safety mechanism. Press the switch (1), the sunroof automati- Personal injury and malfunction of the sun- cally opens. -
Page 163: Electric Parking Brake
Parking brake If the sunroof does not return to normal, CAUTION NOTE consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Be careful that hands are not trapped when Do not put any wax on the weatherstrip closing the sunshade. (black rubber) around the sunroof opening. If Sunshade it is waxed, the weatherstrip cannot maintain a weatherproof seal with the sunroof.
-
Page 164
Parking brake When the parking brake is applied, the brake NOTE NOTE warning light (red) in the instrument cluster You may hear an operation noise from the When parking on steep grades, pull up the and the indicator light (A) on the Electric vehicle body when operating the Electric Electric parking brake switch twice (once parking brake switch will come on. -
Page 165
Parking brake When the parking brake is released, the brake To release CAUTION warning light (red) and the indicator light on If the acceleration of the vehicle seems N00591700035 the Electric parking brake switch go off. abnormally slow after the vehicle has been Manual operation parked with the Electric parking brake Before driving, be sure that the parking brake… -
Page 166
Steering wheel height and reach adjustment Under normal conditions, the warning light NOTE Steering wheel height and only comes on when the operation mode of If you start driving without releasing the reach adjustment the power switch is put in ON and goes off a Electric parking brake, the warning display few seconds later. -
Page 167
Inside rearview mirror To adjust the vertical mirror To adjust the mirror position Inside rearview mirror position N00511601444 It is possible to move the mirror up/down and Adjust the inside rearview mirror only after left/right to adjust its position. making any seat adjustments so as to have a It is possible to move the mirror up and down to adjust its position. -
Page 168
Inside rearview mirror To reduce the glare Type 2 NOTE If you want to stop automatic mode, press When the headlights of the vehicles behind the switch (3) and the indicator (1) will go you are very bright, the reflection factor of Type 1 off. -
Page 169: Compass Variance
Inside rearview mirror this compass variance, your compass could NOTE To calibrate the compass give false readings. If the massage (“C”) is displayed in the N00589400022 Drive the vehicle in a circle at approximately visual display, calibrate the compass accord- …
-
Page 170
Outside rearview mirrors 3. Press the switch (1) until the correct zone To re-calibrate the compass WARNING number is found and release the switch. N00589700025 Do not attempt to adjust the outside rear- The visual display will show a compass 1. -
Page 171
Outside rearview mirrors To adjust the mirror position NOTE For vehicles equipped with the mirror retractor switch After adjusting, return the lever to the N00549101183 The outside rearview mirrors can be adjusted “•”(OFF) position. when the operation mode of the power switch Retracting and extending the mir- is put in ON or ACC. -
Page 172
Outside rearview mirrors CAUTION Retracting and extending the mir- NOTE rors without using the mirror It is possible to retract and extend the mirrors The outside rearview mirrors can be by hand. After retracting a mirror using the retracted or extended by the following opera- retractor switch (automatic exten- mirror retractor switch, however, you should… -
Page 173
Electrical parking switch The indicator light (A) will illuminate while WARNING Electrical parking switch the defogger is on. Never press the electrical parking switch The heater will be turned off automatically in N00586000027 while the vehicle is in motion. To park the vehicle, bring it to a complete approximately 15 to 20 minutes depending on Doing so while the vehicle is moving at low… -
Page 174
Selector Lever (Joystick type) NOTE Selector lever operation Selector Lever (Joystick When shifting to or from the «P» (PARK) type) N00583700036 The selector lever always returns to its home position, you may hear an operation noise N00583600035 and/or feel vibration. This is normal. () position when it is released. -
Page 175
Selector Lever (Joystick type) The “B” (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) posi- WARNING NOTE tion can only be selected while the shift posi- Before moving the selector lever to the • If the selector lever is moved to the “D” tion is in “D” (DRIVE) position. When the “D”… -
Page 176
Selector Lever (Joystick type) Select position display WARNING “D” DRIVE Before leaving the vehicle, make sure that N00583800037 When the operation mode of the power the electrical parking switch has been This position is for normal driving. switch is put in ON, the selected select posi- pressed, “P”… -
Page 177
Selector Lever (Joystick type) To return to the normal regenerative brak- NOTE − ing force level (B2), pull and hold the “+” When the main drive lithium-ion battery selector for two seconds or more. When level is full or nearly full, or the main drive the regenerative braking force is returned lithium-ion battery temperature is too hot or to the default level (B2), “D”… -
Page 178
Selector Lever (Joystick type) NOTE Regenerative braking level display CAUTION If you turn on the cruise control while a Always depress the brake pedal with the N00586200029 When the regenerative braking force level weaker braking force level (B0 or B1) is right foot. -
Page 179
S-AWC (Super-All Wheel Control) (if so equipped) Parking CAUTION Left-right differential limiting function Do not over-rely on the S-AWC. Even the S- AWC cannot prevent the natural laws of To park the vehicle, first bring it to a com- physics from acting on the vehicle. -
Page 180
S-AWC (Super-All Wheel Control) (if so equipped) When the “4WD LOCK” mode is activated, To display the status, press the multi-informa- 4WD lock switch the following display will appear on the tion meter switch to change the information N00590800026 information screen in the multi-information screen. -
Page 181
LOCK” mode. Mitsubishi Motors is not responsible to the mud. If the ECO mode switch is switched OFF, the operator for any damage or injury caused or drive mode will be returned to “4WD LOCK”… -
Page 182: Tires And Wheels
Inspection and maintenance following rough road operation NOTE Inspection and maintenance Cautions on the handling of The driving posture should be more upright; following rough road opera- 4-wheel drive vehicles adjust the seat to a good position for easy tion N00530801243 steering and pedal operation.
-
Page 183
EV switch This mode helps drive the vehicle at a place CAUTION CAUTION needed for concern of noises and exhaust gas Always use tires of the same size, type, and Do not tow 4-wheel drive vehicles with the emissions, such as residential areas etc. -
Page 184
EV switch If the EV priority mode is activated, the fol- NOTE NOTE lowing display appears on the information • When the cruise control or the Adaptive • When the remaining power in the main screen in the multi-information display. Cruise Control system (ACC) is operating. -
Page 185
EV switch NOTE NOTE When the battery charge mode switch or the The motor output in the EV priority mode battery save mode switch is turned on while may decrease due to the deteriorated main driving in the EV priority mode, the mode drive lithium-ion battery or the ambient tem- changes to the selected mode. -
Page 186
Battery save mode switch NOTE Battery save mode switch When the battery charge mode switch or the N00586300033 EV switch is pressed while driving in the To save the remaining power in the main battery save mode, the mode changes to the drive lithium-ion battery while driving, the selected mode. -
Page 187
Battery charge mode switch If the battery charge mode is activated, the CAUTION Battery charge mode switch following display will appear on the informa- While the battery charge mode is activated, tion screen in the multi-information display. N00586400034 do not cover the front of the vehicle with To charge the main drive lithium-ion battery anything including a car cover. -
Page 188
Acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS) NOTE WARNING Acoustic vehicle alerting At high ambient temperatures, even if the system (AVAS) Always pay special attention to pedestri- battery charge mode is activated for a pro- ans. Even if the acoustic vehicle alerting N00571901038 longed time, the main drive lithium-ion bat- system (AVAS) sounds, pedestrians may… -
Page 189: Power Brakes
Service brake NOTE CAUTION WARNING If the indicator light blinks, the operation It is important not to drive the vehicle with Never coast downhill with the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF, and your foot resting on the brake pedal when mode of the power switch in OFF.
-
Page 190
Brake auto hold WARNING NOTE How to use brake auto hold Driving with worn brake pads will make it While operating the brake auto hold system, harder to stop, and can cause an accident. you may hear an operation noise to increase braking force when the system detected the To turn on brake auto hold movement of the vehicle. -
Page 191
Brake auto hold NOTE NOTE To activate brake auto hold When the brake auto hold system cannot be • When there is a malfunction in the system When the vehicle is stopped by depressing used, a buzzer will sound and the message the brake pedal with the select position in any will appear on the information screen in the position other than “P”… -
Page 192
Hill start assist NOTE NOTE NOTE • When shifting the select position to the “P” If the Electric parking brake cannot be If the brake auto hold system is turned off (PARK) or “R” (REVERSE) position with applied automatically due to the system mal- without the brake pedal being depressed, a depressing the brake pedal. -
Page 193
Brake assist system CAUTION NOTE The hill start assist is not designed to keep • The Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operat- the vehicle stopped in place on uphill slopes ing. for more than 2 seconds. (The hill start assist will not be activated while the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is … -
Page 194: Driving Hints
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) Operation of ABS is not restricted to situ- CAUTION NOTE ations where brakes are applied suddenly. The brake assist system is not a device When the anti-lock brake system warning This system may also prevent the wheels designed to exercise braking force greater light or only active stability control warning from locking when you drive over man-…
-
Page 195
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) of the power switch is put in ON and goes off If the warning light / display then remains NOTE a few seconds later. off during driving, there is no abnormal A whining sound is emitted from the engine condition. -
Page 196
Electric power steering system (EPS) The ABS and brake force distribution func- son, you will still be able to steer your vehi- After driving on icy roads tion may not work, so hard braking could cle, but you will notice it takes much more N00529201117 make the vehicle unstable. -
Page 197: Electric Power Steering System
Active stability control (ASC) Anti-lock braking system (ABS) P.5-73 Electric power steering system NOTE Traction control function P.5-76 warning display • When the vehicle is driven for a while after Skid control function P.5-76 starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. …
-
Page 198
Active stability control (ASC) slippery roads or during rapid steering ASC OFF switch CAUTION maneuvers. It works by controlling the power Never deactivate the ASC unless necessary N00559401293 drive unit output and the brake on each to move out of mud, sand or fresh snow. wheel. -
Page 199: Off Indicator
Active stability control (ASC) ASC operation display or ASC CAUTION ASC warning display OFF indicator If the temperature in the braking system con- N00546601132 tinues to increase due to continuous brake If an abnormal condition occurs in the sys- N00559501236 tem, the following display/indicator will turn control on a slippery road surface, the…
-
Page 200
Cruise control (if so equipped) NOTE NOTE Cruise control (if so equipped) The regenerative braking level B0 or B1 can- When operating the cruise control switches, N00518301642 not be selected under the cruise control. press the cruise control switches correctly. Cruise control is an automatic speed control The buzzer sounds if you try to select these The set speed driving may be deactivated… -
Page 201: Accelerator Pedal
Cruise control (if so equipped) 2. Accelerate or decelerate to your desired RES + switch Accelerator pedal speed, then push down and release the SET — switch (B). The “SET” indicator Push up and hold the RES + switch (C) while While driving at the set speed, use the accel- appears on the information display in the driving at the set speed, and your speed will…
-
Page 202
Cruise control (if so equipped) SET — switch Brake pedal To temporarily increase or decrease the speed Push down and hold the SET — switch (B) While driving at the set speed, use the brake N00541701095 while driving at the set speed, and your speed pedal, which disengages the cruise control, will slow down gradually. -
Page 203
Cruise control (if so equipped) Depress the brake pedal. To temporarily decrease the speed WARNING Although the set speed driving will be Depress the brake pedal to decrease the deactivated when shifting to the “N” speed. To return to the previously set speed, (NEUTRAL) position, never move the push up the RES + switch (C). -
Page 204
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped) tance between your vehicle and the vehicle in WARNING front by automatically decelerating your vehi- Before using the ACC, read this entire sec- cle if it becomes too close to the vehicle in tion to understand the limitations of this front. -
Page 205: Cruise Control Switch
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped) 3- Set speed indicator: Cruise control switch NOTE Indicating the set speed. When operating the cruise control switches, N00577000034 If the set speed is not set, “—” is press the cruise control switches correctly. shown.
-
Page 206
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped) 5-Following distance indicator: How to use ACC NOTE Indicating the following distance. Every time the operation mode is put in OFF, N00577200078 Two states: “Stand by” and “Active” the ACC is turned off. When a front vehicle is detected while To turn on ACC the ACC is activated, the ‘Active’… -
Page 207
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped) You can set the speed anywhere from approx- To activate ACC control NOTE imately 25 mph (40 km/h) to 110 mph (180 • When an abnormality in the ACC system km/h). With the ACC turned on, push down the has been detected. -
Page 208
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped) When the front vehicle stops, the ACC will When ACC detects a vehicle in NOTE automatically apply the brakes to stop your front within the set distance When depressing the brake pedal while the vehicle. -
Page 209
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped) brakes to maintain the appropriate distance to WARNING WARNING the vehicle in front. • When your vehicle no longer follows the The ACC may not be able to maintain the vehicle in front, e.g. at a freeway exit or set speed or the distance to a vehicle in when your vehicle or the vehicle in front front and may not alert the driver, if the… -
Page 210
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped) WARNING WARNING To increase the set speed • When driving in curved sections of road • When the inclination of a road fre- N00581500056 including their entrance/outlet or run- quently changes. There are two ways to increase the set speed. ning beside a closed lane in a traffic work •… -
Page 211
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped) NOTE WARNING By using the “SET -” switch: The set speed can be changed even while The ACC braking control and approach The set speed will decrease by 1 mph (1 your vehicle is following a vehicle in front alarm functions will not work while the km/h) every time you push down the “SET -”… -
Page 212
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped) pedal automatically slows down the vehicle By using the brake pedal: To cancel ACC control to the set speed and ACC restarts its control. N00581700087 By depressing the brake pedal while the ACC There are two ways to cancel the ACC con- is activated, the ACC control is canceled and trol. -
Page 213
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped) When the ACC is canceled, the “SET” indi- When the select position is in the “P” If the display keeps showing the message, cator goes off and the following distance indi- (PARK), the “R”… -
Page 214
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped) The following distance indicator shows the NOTE To change the following dis- level of the following distance: tance • When your vehicle is driven at speeds “Long” between approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) N00581900034 and 25 mph (40 km/h) and the ACC is not With the ACC turned on, the distance… -
Page 215
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped) NOTE General information Forward Collision Mitiga- The conventional cruise control does not tion System (FCM) N00582100062 (if so For vehicles sold in U.S.A. sound or display the approach alarm, will not equipped) adjust your vehicle speed, and does not con- FCC ID:OAYARS3-B… -
Page 216: Forward Collision Warning
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped) Stop lights are illuminated during automatic WARNING Forward collision warning braking. function The FCM is designed to help avoid certain frontal collisions or reduce the crash N00577400038 speed in such collisions. It is not a substi- If the system judges that there is a risk of tute for your safe and careful driving.
-
Page 217
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped) FCM braking function WARNING WARNING If the ASC is turned off, the FCM braking • When a vehicle suddenly appears just in N00577700060 When the FCM judges that a collision with function will not operate. -
Page 218
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped) WARNING WARNING WARNING • When driving on a curve. • If the pedestrian is shorter than approxi- In certain situations, though there is little mately 3.2 feet (1 m) or taller than or no risk of a collision, the FCM may •… -
Page 219
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped) WARNING WARNING FCM ON/OFF switch • When passing a vehicle, a pedestrian or • When the FCM detects a long object car- N00577800104 This switch is used to turn on or off the FCM an object closely. -
Page 220
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped) When “NEAR” is selected To turn on/off the FCM To change forward collision warn- ing distance Every time the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON, the FCM will automati- The distance to the vehicle ahead which trig- cally be turned on. -
Page 221
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped) “DRIVER ASSISTANCE CAMERA If the system becomes temporarily unavail- NOTE able due to the high or low temperature of the BLOCKED” message will appear and the The “DRIVER ASSISTANCE CAMERA sensor, the following message will appear. indicator will appear on the information BLOCKED”… -
Page 222
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped) If the FCM detects a malfunction in the sys- NOTE Handling of the sensor tem, either of the following messages will If the sensor or its surrounding area becomes N00593400078 appear, the indicator will appear on the The sensor (A) is located inside the wind- extremely high temperature when parking… -
Page 223
• Maintain the wiper blades in good condi- tion. Refer to “Wiper blades” on page 9-42. When replacing the wiper blades, use only FDA Assertion number: 1520863-000 Mitsubishi Motors Genuine parts or equiva- Laser classification lent. • Do not dirty or damage the sensor. -
Page 224
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped) Detection areas Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) N00592300067 The BSW uses two sensors (A) located inside so equipped) the rear bumper. The detection areas are shown as illustrated. N00592200066 The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) is a driving aid system that alerts the driver when another… -
Page 225
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped) WARNING WARNING • When the heights of the next lane and • When the sensor is extremely hot or cold your lane are different. (while the vehicle is parked for a long period of time under a blazing sun or in •… -
Page 226
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped) cluster comes on and the BSW becomes in NOTE NOTE stand by state. When the BSW switch is • The operation mode of the power switch is The Blind Spot Warning light in the outside pressed again, the BSW indicator light in the put in ON. -
Page 227
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped) When there is a malfunction in the When the sensor is temporarily When there is a foreign objects on system or the sensor not available the sensor N00592700029 N00592800020 N00592900021 When the warning display appears, the BSW When the warning display appears, the sensor… -
Page 228
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped) General information Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) N00593900060 (if so equipped) For vehicles sold in U.S.A. N00593000061 FCC ID:OAYSRR3A The Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) is an This device complies with Part 15 of FCC aid system for backing up. -
Page 229
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped) WARNING Detection areas CAUTION Never rely solely on the RCTA when back- • When a approaching vehicle speed is The detection area is shown as illustrated. ing up. The RCTA is an aid system. It is approximately 4 mph (7 km/h) or less. -
Page 230
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped) To operate General information Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) N00594000068 (if so equipped) 1. Press the BSW switch while the operation For vehicles sold in U.S.A. mode of the power switch is put in ON. N00577900046 FCC ID:OAYSRR3A The Lane Departure Warning system (LDW) -
Page 231
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped) 3. When you release the LDW switch, the Setting the LDW mode LDW mode is changed and it appears on N00578000073 the multi-information display. From the factory, the LDW mode of your vehicle is set to LDW 1 meaning that every time the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON, the LDW will automatically be… -
Page 232: Lane Departure Warning
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped) indicator will be appeared if any of following Turning off the LDW NOTE conditions have occurred: The warnings will not continue for more than N00581000080 To turn off the LDW, press the LDW switch. 3 seconds, even if your vehicle continues …
-
Page 233
• Avoid applying a shock or load to the sen- sor. • Do not attempt to detach or disassemble the sensor. • Use only Mitsubishi Motors Genuine parts when replacing the windshield wipers. NOTE When driving conditions are not suitable to use the LDW, turn off the LDW. -
Page 234
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) LDW deactivation due to fault NOTE Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) For details, please contact a certified Mit- If the LDW is deactivated due to a malfunc- subishi EV dealer. tion in the system, the either alarm shown N00530201654 The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) below is displayed. -
Page 235
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) Each tire, should be checked monthly when NOTE CAUTION cold and inflated to the inflation pressure rec- In addition, the warning display is displayed If a malfunction is detected in the TPMS, the ommended by the vehicle manufacturer on on the information screen in the multi-infor- TPMS warning light will blink for approxi-… -
Page 236
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) TPMS malfunction indicator is combined NOTE WARNING with the low tire pressure telltale. In addition, the warning display is displayed If the warning light / display illuminates When the system detects a malfunction, the on the information screen in the multi-infor- while you are driving, avoid hard braking, telltale will flash for approximately one min-… -
Page 237
Mitsubishi EV dealer to avoid the risk of switch for approximately 3 seconds or Wheels other than Mitsubishi Motors damaging the tire inflation pressure sensors. more. The setting changes to the selected Genuine wheels are being used. -
Page 238
Rear-view camera (if so equipped) mode of the power switch in ON, the rear- General information Location of rear-view camera view image will be displayed on the screen of N00533001262 the Smartphone Link Display Audio. The rear-view camera (A) is in the liftgate, at Your TPMS operates on a radio frequency When the select position is shifted out of the the left side of the liftgate handle. -
Page 239
Rear-view camera (if so equipped) Reference lines on the screen CAUTION CAUTION The rear-view camera uses a wide-angle • When the rear of the vehicle is weighed lens. As a result, images and distances shown down with the weight of passengers and Reference lines and upper surface of the rear on the screen are not exact. -
Page 240
Rear-view camera (if so equipped) CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION • When there is a downward slope behind the • When the vehicle is approaching a truck, • When there is an object behind the vehicle vehicle, objects shown on the screen will the reference lines indicate that your vehi- that has upper sections projecting in the appear to be closer than they actually are. -
Page 241
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) NOTE CAUTION CAUTION • When sun light or headlights shine directly Before using the Multi Around Monitor, To avoid damaging the camera; into the lens. make sure that all doors and the liftgate are •… -
Page 242
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) Range of view of the Multi Around Monitor N00587300027 The range of view of the Multi Around Monitor cameras is limited to the area shown in the illustrations. It cannot show around the both sides and the lower part of the front and rear bumpers, etc. -
Page 243
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) Types of views of the Multi Side-view/Rear-view mode Side-view/Front-view mode Around Monitor Views of the passenger’s side of the vehicle Views of the passenger’s side of the vehicle N00587400057 and behind the vehicle are displayed. and the front of the vehicle are displayed. -
Page 244
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) NOTE NOTE Switching of the screen (Select position is “R” (REVERSE)) • When water drops or condensation are on The passenger’s side screen can be switched the lens. to the side-view by pressing the camera switch. -
Page 245
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) The Two Green lines (C) indicate the NOTE NOTE approximate vehicle width. The front-view will not be displayed when The Orange lines (D) indicates an the vehicle speed exceeds approximately 6 expected course when the vehicle moves mph (10 km/h). -
Page 246
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) CAUTION CAUTION In the following cases, objects shown on the • When there is a downward slope behind the screen will appear to be farther off than they vehicle, objects shown on the screen will actually are. -
Page 247
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) CAUTION CAUTION NOTE • When the vehicle is approaching a truck, • When there is an object behind the vehicle When the expected course lines are dis- the reference lines indicate that your vehi- that has upper sections projecting in the played in the rear-view, the expected course cle will clear the truck. -
Page 248
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) Side-view mode Bird’s eye-view mode CAUTION The bird’s eye-view is a composite image N00587900023 N00588000021 Reference lines for the vehicle width and the An overhead view in which the vehicle is from images captured by the “Front-view front end of the vehicle are displayed on the looked down is displayed so that you can eas- camera”, “Side-view cameras (right and… -
Page 249
Instrument cluster NOTE Instrument cluster Type A • An object having a height from the road N00519001457 surface may seem to appear from the joint view composition processing regions. The brightness of the views from each cam- era may vary depending on the illuminance conditions. -
Page 250
Multi-information display Charge zone Meter illumination control NOTE If you press and hold the button for longer N00554901307 Indicates the charging power generated by the Each time you press this button, there is a than approximately 2 second when the front regenerative brake. -
Page 251
Multi-information display [With operation mode of the power switch in OFF] Warning display screen P.5-137 Information screen P.5-133 Interrupt display screen P.5-136 Main drive lithium-ion battery level display screen P.5-137 Odometer P.5-138 “ ” or “ ”… -
Page 252: Switch P
Multi-information display [With operation mode of the power switch in ON] 5- Battery charge mode display screen 12- Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) 1- NORMAL indicator display screen P.5-66 display screen (if so equipped) Displayed when the ECO mode switch …
-
Page 253
Multi-information display NOTE Multi-information display switch The fuel units, outside temperature units, display language, and other settings can be N00555101247 changed. Each time the multi-information display Refer to “Changing the function settings” on switch is operated, the buzzer sounds and the page 5-143. -
Page 254
Multi-information display Information screen (With the operation mode in OFF) N00555301210 Each time you lightly press the multi-information display switch, the display screen switches in the following order. *: When there is a warning display 1- Trip odometer P.5-138 2- Trip odometer … -
Page 255
Multi-information display Information screen (With the operation mode is changed from OFF to ON) N00555801231 When the operation mode is put in ON, the display screen switches in the following order. *: When the inspection time has arrived 1- Screen when the operation mode is OFF 2- System check screen … -
Page 256
Multi-information display Information screen (With the operation mode in ON) N00556201274 Each time you lightly press the multi-information display switch, the display screen switches in the following order. *: When there is a warning display 1- Trip odometer P.5-138 2- Trip odometer … -
Page 257
Multi-information display NOTE While driving, the service reminder are not displayed even if you operate the multi-information display switch. Always stop the vehicle in a safe place before operating. While driving, the function setting screen is not displayed even if you operate the multi-information display switch. Always park the vehicle in a safe place, firmly apply the parking brake and press the electrical parking switch before operating the function setting screen. -
Page 258
Multi-information display Refer to “Other interrupt displays” on page Door ajar warning display 5-168. screen Warning display screen N00529700027 N00555201251 This is displayed when you press the multi- information display switch and return from the warning display screen to the previous screen. -
Page 259: Trip Odometer
Multi-information display Fuel remaining warning display CAUTION Odometer • The catalytic converter may be damaged N00578300076 N00574901026 When the fuel level runs low, the information due to excessive high temperature. Shows the total distance traveled. screen switches to the interrupt display of the fuel remaining warning display and the mark Trip odometer NOTE…
-
Page 260: Service Reminder
Multi-information display 3. After your vehicle is inspected at a certi- Both trip odometers fied Mitsubishi EV dealer, it displays the count up to 9999.9 miles/kilometers. time until the next periodic inspection. When a trip odometer goes past 9999.9 miles/kilometers, it returns to 0.0 miles/ kilometers.
-
Page 261
Multi-information display 2. Press and hold the multi-information dis- NOTE EV cruising range display/Total play switch (for approximately 2 seconds cruising range display The “—” display cannot be reset while the or more) to display “ ” and make it operation mode is in ON. -
Page 262
Multi-information display There are 2 types of mode settings of manual NOTE EVHV driving rate display reset and automatic reset. When the main drive lithium-ion battery is N00588500026 Refer to “Changing the reset mode for aver- charged or the vehicle is refueled, the cruis- This displays the ratios of the time traveled age fuel consumption”… -
Page 263
Multi-information display Energy flow display Display of energy flow (example) When charging the main drive lith- ium-ion battery N00588600027 This displays the flow of energy. When driving with electric energy When there is no energy flow When driving with fuel (gasoline) energy A- Engine B- Main drive lithium-ion battery… -
Page 264
Multi-information display 4. Select the item to change on the menu CAUTION screen and change to the desired setting. ECO drive level For safety, stop the vehicle before operating. For further details on the operation meth- While driving, even if you operate the multi- ods, refer to the following sections. -
Page 265
Multi-information display 2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- NOTE Auto reset mode play switch to select “AVG” (average fuel If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected, consumption setting). When the average fuel consumption is these function settings are reset from mem- being displayed, if you hold down the ory and is automatically to the factory set- multi-information display switch, these… -
Page 266
Multi-information display 1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- Refer to “Changing the function settings” NOTE play switch (for approximately 2 seconds on page 5-143. The display units for the average fuel con- or more) to change from the setting mode 2. -
Page 267
Multi-information display 5. Press and hold the multi-information dis- 2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- Changing the display language play switch (for approximately 2 seconds play switch to select “ ” (language N00557301214 or more) to change the setting to the cooperative control). -
Page 268
Multi-information display 2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- 1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- NOTE play switch (for approximately 2 seconds play switch to select “ ” (operation • When “A or 1” (language cooperation: or more) to switch from the setting mode sound setting). -
Page 269
Multi-information display 1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- 3. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds play switch (for approximately 5 seconds or more) to switch from the setting mode or more), the buzzer sounds and all of the screen to the menu screen. -
Page 270
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list N00557701061 Indicator and warning light list N00557801378 8- Regenerative brake warning light 14- Active stability control (ASC) indicator 1- Position indicator P.5-173 … -
Page 271
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list 19- Electric parking brake warning light (yellow) P.5-175 20- Driver’s seat belt warning light P.4-21 21- Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) warning light P.5-113 22- Brake auto hold indicator P.5-69 23- Brake warning light (red) … -
Page 272
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Warning display list N00558001319 Screen Cause Do this (Reference) One or more failure is occurring in the Plug-in Have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubi- Hybrid EV System. shi EV dealer. -
Page 273
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) Charging was interrupted due to poor connection of Connect the EV charging cable correctly. the EV charging cable or power failure. Refer to “Normal charging” on page 3-20. Refer to “Quick charging”… -
Page 274
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) The main drive lithium-ion battery is extremely cold Even if the main drive lithium-ion battery is full temperature. The Plug-in Hybrid EV System will not charge, connect EV charging cable (normal charger). -
Page 275
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) EV priority mode is not available because the main Refer to “EV switch” on page 5-62. drive lithium-ion battery level is low. EV priority mode is not available because the cruise control or the Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) is operating. -
Page 276
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) There is preparing to open the fuel tank filler door. Wait until the preparation is complete. Refer to “Filling the fuel tank” on page 3-46. … -
Page 277
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) There is a malfunction in the LED headlights. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked. Refer to “LED headlight warning light” on page 5-179. -
Page 278
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) There is a fault in the F. A. S. T. -key. Refer to “Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)” on page 5-4. The F. A. S. T. -key is not detected. … -
Page 279
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) You have forgotten to remove the F. A. S. T. -key Remove the F. A. S. T. -key from the key slot. from the key slot. … -
Page 280
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) One of the doors or the liftgate is not completely Close the door or liftgate. closed. Refer to “Door ajar warning display screen” on page The open door is displayed. -
Page 281
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) The engine is overheated. Park the vehicle in a safe place and take corrective measures. Refer to “Engine overheating” on page 8-4. The seat belt is not fastened when the operation … -
Page 282
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) There is a fault in the Electric parking brake. Immediately have your vehicle inspected at a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer. Refer to “Electric parking brake” on page 5-42. … -
Page 283
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) The brake auto hold system does not turn on because Press the brake auto hold switch after fastening the the driver’s seat belt is not fastened. driver’s seat belt. -
Page 284
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) The fuel is running low. Refuel as soon as possible. Refer to “Fuel remaining display screen” on page 5-137. The outside temperature is 37 °F (3 °C) or less. … -
Page 285
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) Conditions for the start of control are not met, the Refer to “How to use ACC” on page 5-85. Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) cannot start the control. -
Page 286
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) FCM braking function of the Forward Collision Mit- Refer to “FCM braking function” on page 5-96. igation System (FCM) has been activated. The Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) is Refer to “Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM): temporarily unavailable for some reason. -
Page 287
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) does not operate Immediately have your vehicle inspected at a certi- normally because there are some malfunctions in the fied Mitsubishi EV dealer. -
Page 288
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) The Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM), After the temperature of the sensor has been in Lane Departure Warning system (LDW) and Auto- range, the system will automatically return to opera- matic High Beam (AHB) is temporarily unavailable tion. -
Page 289
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Other interrupt displays N00558201366 Screen Cause Do this (Reference) When you pressed the power switch and Place the select position in the “P” (PARK) the operation mode become the ACC with- position, depress the brake pedal more out depress the brake pedal, this screen is firmly than usual with the right foot. -
Page 290
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen Cause Do this (Reference) If the vehicle had not been refueled Refill the 4 gallons (15 litres) more at one approximately 4 gallons (15 litres) or more time. This display and battery charge mode at one time for three months, the engine display will disappear, and the engine will starts automatically for the maintenance of… -
Page 291
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list The operation status of each system is displayed on the information screen. For further details, refer to the appropriate page for each system. Screen System operation status Reference When charging of the main drive lithium- Refer to “Normal charging”… -
Page 292
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen System operation status Reference When the EV priority mode is activated. Refer to “EV switch” on page 5-62. When the battery save mode is activated. Refer to “Battery save mode switch” on page 5-65. -
Page 293
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list Screen System operation status Reference When the operation mode of the Lane Refer to “Lane Departure Warning system Departure Warning system (LDW) is (LDW): Turning off the LDW” on page switched. -
Page 294: Front Fog Light Indicator
Indicators The rest time can be set. Screen Do this Park the vehicle in a safe place, stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System, and take a rest. Use this display as rough guide for taking rests during a long drive. The interval from the start of your trip until this message is displayed can be set.
-
Page 295: Ready Indicator
Warning lights Ready indicator CAUTION Warning lights If the brake warning light and the Anti-lock N00573201035 N00520300147 braking system warning light are illuminated The ready indicator keeps flashing until Plug- at the same time, the braking force distribu- Brake warning light (red) and in Hybrid EV System is activated.
-
Page 296
Warning lights lem is detected in one of these systems, this Electric parking brake warning CAUTION indicator illuminates or flashes. When the light (yellow) If the engine malfunction indicator comes on operation mode is put in ON, this indicator while the Plug-in Hybrid EV system is run- normally comes on and goes off after the N00591200027… -
Page 297: Warning Light
Information screen display Check to make sure that the light has gone CAUTION CAUTION out before driving. If the warning light illuminates and “EV If the light illuminates while the Plug-in SYSTEM SERVICE REQUIRED STOP Hybrid EV System is operating, we recom- CAUTION SAFELY”…
-
Page 298
Combination headlights and dimmer switch CAUTION CAUTION • Should the brakes fail, use regenerative If this warning display comes on when the braking to reduce your speed and keep pull- engine oil level is proper, have your vehicle ing the Electric parking brake switch. checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. -
Page 299
Combination headlights and dimmer switch NOTE The daytime running lights illumi- Parking, tail, front and rear side- nated (when it is light outside the marker lights, license plate, instru- When it rains, or when the vehicle has been vehicle) ment panel lights and downlight on washed, the inside of the lens sometimes AUTO… -
Page 300
Combination headlights and dimmer switch tion again after stopping the Plug-in Hybrid Light auto-cutout function Headlight reminder buzzer EV System, the approximately 3-minute (headlights and other lights) N00549801249 auto-cutout function described above will not If the driver’s door is opened with the opera- work. -
Page 301: Headlight Flasher
Combination headlights and dimmer switch Automatic High Beam (AHB) How to use the AHB N00593600067 so equipped) 1. Rotate the light switch to “ ” position N00591300073 or “AUTO” position when the Plug-in The Automatic High Beam (AHB) turns the Hybrid EV System is running.
-
Page 302
Combination headlights and dimmer switch 3. The AHB switch is pressed again, the NOTE AHB will be activated. The headlights may not be switched from high beam to low beam under the following Switching to high beam circumstances. • A vehicle in front or oncoming vehicle is 1. -
Page 303
• When the windshield is replaced, use the • A vehicle in front or oncoming vehicle is Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts. driven without lights, the exterior lights are dirty or discoloured, or the direction of the To adjust the sensitivity of the sensor headlight beams is adjusted improperly. -
Page 304
Combination headlights and dimmer switch NOTE Windshield is dirty Welcome light If the sensor or its surrounding area becomes N00563201276 extremely high temperature when parking If the AHB determines that its performance This function turns on the front side-marker the vehicle under a blazing sun, the “AHB has been degraded, the warning display will and parking lights for approximately 30 sec-… -
Page 305
Headlight leveling switch (if so equipped) 4. The headlights will come on in the low Coming home light Headlight leveling switch beam setting for approximately 30 sec- N00547301208 so equipped) onds. After the headlights go off, the This function turns on the headlights in the headlights can be turned on again in the N00537101128 low beam setting for approximately 30 sec-… -
Page 306
Turn signal lever indicator light in the instrument cluster will WARNING NOTE flash three times. To avoid distraction while driving, always See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for perform headlight adjustments before details. vehicle operation. For vehicles equipped with the Smartphone Link Display Audio, adjustments can be made using screen operations. -
Page 307
Hazard warning flasher switch NOTE Hazard warning flasher ECO mode switch switch Even if the ECO mode is operating, you can N00579300060 select normal operation of the air condi- ECO mode is an eco-driving support system N00522701331 tioner. which automatically controls the Plug-in For further information, please contact a cer- Hybrid EV System and air conditioning sys- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer. -
Page 308: Windshield Wipers
Wiper and washer switch The windshield wipers can be operated with Wiper and washer switch the operation mode is in ON or ACC. If the blades are frozen to the windshield or N00523001793 rear window, do not operate the wipers until CAUTION the ice has melted and the blades are freed, …
-
Page 309
Wiper and washer switch CAUTION NOTE Rain sensor • When cleaning the outside surface of the • When the wipers operate at a constant inter- Can only be used when the operation mode is windshield, if you wipe with a cloth the rain val despite changes in the extent of rain. -
Page 310: Windshield Washer
Wiper and washer switch The wipers will operate once if the lever is To adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor Misting function moved to the “AUTO” position and the knob (C) is turned in the “+” direction when the With the lever in the “AUTO”…
-
Page 311: Rear Window Wiper And Washer
Wiper and washer switch INT- The wiper operates continuously for Intelligent washer several seconds then operates inter- mittently at intervals of approxi- By releasing the lever soon after pulling it mately 8 seconds. toward you, the washer fluid will be sprayed Washer fluid will be sprayed onto the several times while the wipers are operating rear window glass while the knob is…
-
Page 312
Wiper deicer switch (if so equipped) NOTE NOTE Wiper deicer switch (if so If the knob is in the “OFF” position, turn the Do not use the wipers when the windshield is equipped) knob to the “INT” position twice quickly to dry. -
Page 313
Electric rear window defogger switch CAUTION NOTE Electric rear window defog- ger switch The rear window defogger is not designed to It is possible to change the setting to make melt snow. Remove any snow manually the rear window defogger operate automati- N00523701527 before using the rear window defogger. -
Page 314
Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) Heated steering wheel Horn switch switch (if so equipped) N00523801238 To honk the horn, press around the “ ” mark N00589100029 on the steering wheel. The heated steering wheel contains internal heaters in the rim. Heating areas are shown in the illustration. -
Page 315
USB input terminal 2. Open the USB input terminal cover (A) in 4. Connect the USB connector cable (C) to USB input terminal the floor console box. the USB input terminal (D). N00566701201 You can connect your USB memory device or iPod* to play music files stored in the USB memory device or iPod. -
Page 316
Sun visors 4. Connect the connector cable (B) to the How to connect an iPod Sun visors USB input terminal (C). N00566901232 N00524601389 Pull the sun visor downward (1) to reduce 1. Park your vehicle in a safe place and put front glare while driving. -
Page 317: Vanity Mirror
12 V power outlets Vanity mirror Card holder 12 V power outlets N00525001726 A vanity mirror is fitted to the back of the sun Cards can be slipped into the holder (B) on CAUTION visor. the sun visor. Operating the lid of the vanity mirror will …
-
Page 318
120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped) Type 1 Type 2 120 V AC power supplies so equipped) Accessories can be operated when the opera- Accessories can be operated in all operation tion mode of the power switch is in ON or modes of the power switch. -
Page 319
120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped) To use Back of floor console box 1. Press the 120 V AC power supply switch. The indicator light (A) will come on and power supply system is ready for use. To cancel power supply, press the switch again and the indicator light will go off. -
Page 320
120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped) WARNING WARNING WARNING When using electrical appliance while • Never use the 120 V AC power supply in Never use the 120 V AC power supply driving, make sure that it is firmly a closed or poorly ventilated area, such when lightning or thunder is observed or secured. -
Page 321
120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped) NOTE NOTE NOTE 12 V power outlets and 120 V AC power Electrical appliance may not operate nor- 6. Confirm the indicator light on 120 V AC supplies can be used simultaneously. Refer mally or electricity supply stops under the power supply switch comes on and insert to “12 V power outlets”… -
Page 322
HomeLink® Wireless Control System (if so equipped) NOTE WARNING NOTE When the remaining power in the main drive You can program a maximum of 3 devices. ® Do not use HomeLink with any garage lithium-ion battery is low, the engine starts To change or replace any of the 3 devices door opener that lacks safety stop and and charges the main drive lithium-ion bat-… -
Page 323
HomeLink® Wireless Control System (if so equipped) 2. Position the end of your hand-held trans- ® 1. Press the HomeLink button that you Before programming Home- mitter (B) 1 to 3 inches (2 to 8 cm) away would like to program. The indicator light ®… -
Page 324
HomeLink® Wireless Control System (if so equipped) • If the device does not operate, continue NOTE NOTE ® with “Programming a new HomeLink ” Some devices may require you to replace this In the event that there are still programming steps 5 to 7 to complete the program- difficulties or questions, additional Home- ®… -
Page 325
HomeLink® Wireless Control System (if so equipped) 3. Once the door has stopped, press and NOTE release the “Learn” or “Smart” button on If programming a garage door opener or gate the garage door opener (refer to your operator, it is advised to unplug the device garage door opener owner’s manual for during the “cycling”… -
Page 326: Clearing The Programmed
HomeLink® Wireless Control System (if so equipped) ® ® The HomeLink has the capability of listen- 1. Press and hold the 2 outer HomeLink ing to these messages at a range up to 820.2 buttons for at least 10 seconds. The indi- feet (250 m) (open line of sight), but range cator will change from continuous yellow may be reduced by obstacles such as houses…
-
Page 327
Interior lights NOTE CAUTION Interior lights If you do not complete the programming of a The transmitter has been tested and complies N00525301631 new device to the button, it will revert to the with FCC and IC rules. NOTE previously stored programming. -
Page 328: Reading Lights
Interior lights The doors and the liftgate are closed Dome light (front)/Reading Reading lights and the power door lock function is lights N00537601181 used to lock the doors. Regardless of the dome light switch position, The doors and the liftgate are locked N00525401557 when you press the lens (A), the light on the using the F.A.S.T.-key switch or…
-
Page 329
Interior lights 2- () NOTE 1- (ON) When the liftgate is opened, the cargo The dome light illuminates regardless of When the dome light switch is in the “ON” room light illuminates; when it is closed, any door or the liftgate being opened or position, the light will not go off, even when it goes out. -
Page 330: Glove Compartment
Storage spaces If interior lights are left on with the opera- CAUTION Glove compartment tion mode of the power switch in OFF, the Keep the lids of storage spaces closed while N00551501328 lights go off automatically after approxi- driving the vehicle.
-
Page 331: Floor Console Box
Storage spaces Card holder Floor console box NOTE When the lights are illuminated with the N00551601299 There is a card holder on the inside of the To open the console box, lift the release lever light switch in the “ ”, “…
-
Page 332
Cup holders To use the luggage floor box in the rear seat Sunglasses holder Cup holders (if so equipped) side, insert your hand in the gap (B) and raise the board (A) to the seat side. N00502601073 N00527301550 The cup holder is designed for holding cups To open, push the lid. -
Page 333
Bottle holders For the rear seat NOTE Bottle holders Do not store cup or drink can in the bottle N00537001202 N00527301505 This cup holder is located in the rear seat arm holder. WARNING rest. Make sure all lids are tightly closed when Pull the arm rest down to use the cup holder. -
Page 334
Cargo area cover (if so equipped) 2. After changing the position, gently shake To change position Cargo area cover (if so the entire cargo area cover to make sure it equipped) is securely retained. There are 2 installation holes (B) for the cargo area cover. -
Page 335
Assist grips To refit Assist grips Coat hooks N00559001084 N00553601176 There is a coat hook on the rear seat assist To refit the cargo area cover, follow the The assist grips (located above the doors on grip. removal steps in reverse. Gently shake the the headliner) are not designed to support entire cargo area cover after fitting it to make body weight. -
Page 336
Luggage hooks Luggage hooks N00528501269 There are hooks on the sides of the luggage area for use in securing luggage. CAUTION Do not load the luggage higher than the top of the seatback. Be sure that luggage is firmly secured. Restricted rear vision or flying objects enter- ing the passenger compartment during sud- den braking could result in a serious… -
Page 338
Driving safety Driving precaution …………….6-2 Fuel economy ……………….6-2 Driving, alcohol and drugs …………..6-2 Floor mat ………………6-2 Vehicle preparation before driving ……….6-3 Safe driving techniques …………..6-4 Driving during cold weather …………6-5 Braking ………………..6-5 Parking …………………6-6 Loading information …………….6-7 Cargo loads ………………6-11 Trailer towing …………….6-12 Dinghy towing …………….6-17… -
Page 339
Driving precaution cle, always make certain that you and all your Driving precaution Driving, alcohol and drugs passengers are properly wearing their seat belts (with children in the rear seat, in appro- N00629300053 N00628900049 Drunk driving is one of the most frequent priate restraints). -
Page 340
Vehicle preparation before driving the pedals. Always use the retaining clip on NOTE WARNING the driver’s floorboard to secure the floor The shape of the mat and the number of • While the vehicle is stopped with the mat. When used, this clip will help prevent retaining clips may vary depending on the Plug-in Hybrid EV system off, check that the floor mat from moving forward and possi-… -
Page 341
Safe driving techniques to find out why immediately and have it Seat belts and seats Tires fixed. Before starting the vehicle, make certain Check all the tires for heavy tread wear or Safe driving techniques that you and all passengers are seated and uneven wear patterns. -
Page 342
Driving during cold weather If there is not enough coolant because of a after the vehicle is washed. If this occurs, dry Driving during cold weather leak or from engine overheating, add Mit- the brakes out by driving slowly while lightly subishi Motors Genuine Super Long Life depressing the brake pedal. -
Page 343: Parking On A Hill
Parking NOTE Where you park Parking When the main drive lithium-ion battery N00629601369 level is full or nearly full, or the main drive Your front bumper can be damaged if you lithium-ion battery temperature is too high or Parking on a hill scrape it over curbs or parking stop blocks.
-
Page 344
Loading information Vehicle normal load on the tire: load on an Production options weight: the combined Loading information individual tire that is determined by dis- weight of those installed regular produc- tributing to each axle its share of the curb tion options weighing over 5 lbs (2.3 kg) N00629901421 It is very important to know how much… -
Page 345: Load Limit
Loading information Type 1 Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit N00630201222 Locate the statement “The com- bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s placard. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that This placard shows the maximum number of will be riding in your vehicle.
-
Page 346
Loading information Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. -
Page 347: Loading Information
Loading information NOTE The following table shows examples on how to calculate total load, cargo/luggage and towing capacities of your vehicle with varying seating configura- tions and number and size of occupants. This table is for illustration purposes only and may not be accurate for the seating and load carry capacity of your vehicle.
-
Page 348
Cargo loads WARNING WARNING Cargo loads To reduce the risk of serious injury or Make sure that the weight of luggage and N00629700435 death, the combined weights of the driver, the roof carrier do not exceed the maxi- passengers and cargo and must never mum roof load, 110 lb (50 kg). -
Page 349
Trailer towing CAUTION Trailer towing Before driving and after traveling a short dis- N00629801345 tance, always check the load to make sure it Towing a trailer will adversely affect your is securely fastened to the roof carrier. vehicle’s handling, performance, braking, Stop the vehicle periodically and check that durability and driving economy (fuel con- the load remains secure. -
Page 350: Trailer Hitches
Trailer towing checked by separately weighing the loaded Weight limits Maximum trailer weight trailer and then the tongue. Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight, Recommendations for towing up to this limit Gross axle weight rating (GAWR) maximum trailer weight (A), maximum are as follows.
-
Page 351: Trailer Lights
Trailer towing NOTE Maintenance when trailer tow- Trailer lights Mitsubishi Motors recommends that sway control be used whenever you are towing, to Trailer lights and equipment must comply improve towing stability. with federal, state, and local regulations. Your vehicle will need service more often…
-
Page 352: Vehicle Preparation
Trailer towing yourself with the feel of handling and braking Operating hints Passing with the added weight of the trailer. Always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving You’ll need more passing distance up ahead is now a good deal longer and not nearly as WARNING when you’re towing a trailer.
-
Page 353: Driving On Hills
Trailer towing Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal 2. Have someone place chocks or blocks Driving on hills well in advance. under both the vehicle and trailer wheels. 3. When the chocks or blocks are in place, Reduce speed and shift the select position to release your brakes slowly until the Overheating “B”…
-
Page 354
Dinghy towing Dinghy towing N00630701025 Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. CAUTION Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed behind a motor home. Dinghy towing can cause damage to the elec- tric motor unit. -
Page 356: Comfort Controls
Comfort controls Vents ………………..7-2 Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner ……7-4 Important air conditioning operating tips ……..7-13 Air purifier ………………7-14 Remote Climate Control (if so equipped)……..7-14 Heating ……………….7-14 General information about your radio ………..7-14…
-
Page 357
Vents Air flow and direction adjust- Passenger’s vents Vents ments N00729901291 Move the knob (A) to make adjustments. N00730201366 To close the vent, fully move the knob (A) to the left side. Driver’s vents Move the knob (A) to make adjustments. To close the vent, fully move the knob (A) to the outer side. -
Page 358
Vents Changing the mode selection Foot/Face position Foot position N00736401722 Air flows to the upper part of the passenger Air flows mainly to the leg area. To change the position and amount of air compartment, and flows to the leg area. flowing from the vents, press the MODE switch or defogger switch. -
Page 359
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner Foot/Defroster position Defroster position NOTE If the main drive lithium-ion battery level display indicates 0, the cooling performance Air flows to the leg area, the windshield and Air flows mainly to the windshield and the cannot be obtained even the air conditioner the door windows. -
Page 360: Control Panel
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner Control panel N00711801725 11- Driver’s side temperature display 1- Driver’s side temperature control NOTE P.7-6 switch There is an interior air temperature sensor 12- DUAL indicator 2- Air conditioning switch (A) in the illustrated position. 13- Mode selection display 3- Blower speed selection switch Never place anything over the sensor, since…
-
Page 361: Temperature Control Switch
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner NOTE Blower speed selection switch Temperature control switch While EV priority mode is activated, except N00736901235 N00737001477 in pressing the defogger switch, engine does Press of the blower speed selection Press of the temperature control not start.
-
Page 362
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner air conditioning switch to match your per- Synchronized mode NOTE sonal preferences. If the driver’s side temperature control When the engine coolant temperature is low, Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for switch is pressed, the passenger’s side the air temperature from the heater will not assistance. -
Page 363: Defogger Switch
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner MODE switch Defogger switch NOTE To ensure a clear view, the engine may start N00737101276 N00703401083 To change the amount of air flowing from the When this switch is pressed, the mode when the defogger switch is pressed even vents, press the MODE switch.
-
Page 364
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner automatically goes back to the outside posi- Air selection switch Personalizing the air selection tion. (Changing the function setting) N00737201381 If high cooling performance is desired, or if N00712300078 Normally, use the outside air position to keep the outside air is dusty or contaminated in You can change the following functions to the windshield and side windows clear and to… -
Page 365: Air Conditioning Switch
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner On vehicles equipped with the Smart- Air conditioning switch NOTE phone Link Display Audio, screen opera- For example, sometimes after using a high- N00737301496 tions can also be used to change the Press the switch, and the air conditioning pressure car wash, the condenser can get wet, setting.
-
Page 366: Auto Switch
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner When the setting has changed, the system AUTO switch OFF switch will beep and the indicator light will flash. N00703501042 N00703601069 • When the setting has changed from When the AUTO switch is pressed, the indi- Press the OFF switch to turn off the air condi- enabled to disabled, the system will beep cator light (A) comes on and the mode selec-…
-
Page 367
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner To remove frost or mist from the windshield Operating the air conditioning NOTE and door windows, use the MODE switch or system (automatic mode) Set the temperature at approximately 75 defogger switch (“ ”… -
Page 368
Important air conditioning operating tips For quick defrosting Air conditioning system refrig- Important air conditioning erant and lubricant recommen- operating tips dations N00733701391 Park the vehicle in the shade whenever possible. Parking in the hot sun makes the If the air conditioner seems less effective than vehicle interior extremely hot which then usual, the cause might be a refrigerant leak. -
Page 369
Air purifier During a long period of disuse Remote Climate Control General information about (if so your radio equipped) The air conditioner should be operated for at N00733901553 N00766601039 least five minutes each week, even in cold Your vehicle’s radio receives both AM and You can run the air conditioner in advance of weather. -
Page 370
General information about your radio Signal transmission Reflection Cross modulation FM signals do not follow the earth surface The reason why one can hear FM but not AM If one listens to a weak station and is in the nor are they reflected by the upper atmo- in parking garages, under bridges etc., is that vicinity of another strong station, both sta- sphere. -
Page 371
General information about your radio Causes of disturbances FM reception is affected by the electrical sys- tems of vehicles in the vicinity, especially those without an electronic noise suppression device. The disturbance is even greater if the station is weak or poorly tuned. FM reception is not as sensitive to electrical disturbances as AM. -
Page 372: For Emergencies
For emergencies If the vehicle breaks down ……………8-2 Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system ……..8-2 Engine overheating …………….8-4 Jack and tools ……………….8-6 Tire repair kit ……………….8-7 How to change a tire …………..8-12 Towing ……………….8-16 Operation under adverse driving conditions ……..8-17 Fuel Pump Shut-off System …………8-18…
-
Page 373: While Driving
If the vehicle breaks down Since there is no power steering assist, the WARNING If the vehicle breaks down steering wheel will be hard to turn. Do not try to start your vehicle by pushing N00836301256 or towing. This can cause an accident If your vehicle breaks down on the road, When the ready indicator goes resulting in serious injury or death and…
-
Page 374
Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system 3. Set the parking brake firmly on your vehi- 7. Open the cover of the jumper cable termi- 8. Connect one end of one jumper cable cle and put the select position in the “P” nal in the main fuse block. -
Page 375
Engine overheating 10. Check that the ready indicator illuminates. the brake system. If this happens, fully charge WARNING If the ready indicator does not illuminate, the 12 V starter battery and ensure the charg- Be sure to follow the proper order when contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. -
Page 376
Engine overheating 5. If you do not see steam or spray coming 7. If there is no obvious leak source, check WARNING from under the hood, leave the Plug-in the coolant level in the coolant reserver (B To avoid personal injury, keep hands, hair, Hybrid EV system on until the high cool- and C). -
Page 377
Jack and tools 8. If the coolant reserver tank needs coolant, Jack and tools you will probably also need to add coolant to the radiator. Do not loosen or remove N00836601406 the radiator cap (D) and the reserver cap Storage (E) until the Plug-in Hybrid EV system has cooled down. -
Page 378
Mitsubishi EV dealer after using the tire repair kit. Use only the Mitsubishi Motors genuine tire repair kit. Sealant in other repair kits may not sufficiently seal the tire puncture. Tire repair kit storage… -
Page 379
Tire repair kit 2- Tire sealant bottle CAUTION 3- Speed restriction sticker Immediately wash clothes contaminated with tire sealant. The tire sealant may not be How to use the tire repair kit removed from the clothes. N00800601030 WARNING NOTE … -
Page 380
Tire repair kit Make sure that the compressor switch is 7. Take the valve cap (D) off the tire valve 9. Pull out the compressor’s hose (G) from OFF. (E). the bottom of the compressor and securely 6. Shake the tire sealant bottle well. attach it to the valve (H) of the bottle by turning it clockwise until tight. -
Page 381
Tire repair kit 11. Securely attach the bottle hose (F) to the If there is a gap between the tire and CAUTION tire valve (E). wheel, push the tread area toward the cen- The compressor is not waterproof. If you use ter of the wheel to close the gap before it in rain, make sure water does not get on it. -
Page 382
Tire repair kit 14. Check and adjust the tire pressure with NOTE CAUTION reference to the air pressure gauge on the If the tire pressure does not rise to the speci- If you sense any abnormality while driving, compressor. -
Page 383
How to change a tire 18. After driving for 10 minutes or 3 miles (5 19. Immediately drive with great care to a 5. To prevent the vehicle from rolling when km) again, check the tire pressure using certified Mitsubishi EV dealer and have it is raised on the jack, place chocks or the air pressure gauge on the compressor. -
Page 384
How to change a tire 6. Get the jack, bar and wheel nut wrench 2. Place the jack under one of the jacking 3. Rotate the jack by hand until the flange ready. points (A) shown in the illustration. Use portion (B) fits in the groove (C) at the top (Refer to “Jack and tools”… -
Page 385
How to change a tire 6. Clean out any mud, etc. on the hub sur- WARNING face (F), hub bolts (G) or in the installa- Stop jacking up the vehicle as soon as the tion holes (H) in the wheel, and then tire is raised off the ground. -
Page 386
How to change a tire NOTE CAUTION CAUTION If all 4 aluminum wheels are changed to steel Never use your foot or a pipe extension to Driving with an improperly inflated tire can wheels, use tapered nuts. apply added force to the wheel nut wrench cause an accident. -
Page 387
Towing The ready indicator illuminates but the Towing the vehicle by a tow Towing vehicle does not move, or an abnormal truck noise is produced. N00837002013 Some warning light in the meter illumi- If your vehicle needs to be nates. -
Page 388
Operation under adverse driving conditions If your vehicle is still stuck after several rock- WARNING CAUTION ing attempts, call for a commercial tow truck Never tow the vehicle with front wheels Never tow the vehicle using a sling type service. -
Page 389
• Always keep the tires at the correct infla- the vehicle when safe to do so. Plug-in Hybrid EV system. tion pressures. Mitsubishi Motors recommends that your CAUTION vehicle be inspected by a certified Mit- On snowy or icy roads subishi EV dealer after any collision. -
Page 392: Vehicle Care And Maintenance
Vehicle care and maintenance Service precautions …………….9-2 Catalytic converter …………….9-3 Engine hood ………………9-4 View of the engine compartment ………….9-6 Engine oil and oil filter …………..9-6 Engine coolant/Plug-in Hybrid EV System coolant ……9-8 Air cleaner filter …………….9-10 Front motor fluid …………….9-10 Transaxle fluid …………….9-10 Washer fluid ……………….9-10 Brake fluid ………………9-11…
-
Page 393
Service precautions 8- Air conditioner compressor WARNING Service precautions 9- Power drive unit (PDU) Never touch, remove or disassemble the N00937301515 10- Rear electric motor control unit (MCU) high- voltage components including high- Taking regular care of your vehicle will pre- 11- Normal charge port/Quick charge port voltage wires colored orange and their serve its value and appearance as long as pos-… -
Page 394
OFF to be safe while you work in the engine compartment. Do not smoke or allow open flames around Have you purchased the Mitsubishi Motors fuel or the 12 V starter battery. The fumes Diamond Care Protection Plan? The Plan are flammable. -
Page 395
Engine hood Do not idle the engine with any spark plug CAUTION Engine hood wires disconnected or removed, such as Damage to the catalytic converter can result when performing diagnostic tests. N00937501621 if your vehicle is not kept in proper operating … -
Page 396
Engine hood Release the lever and lift the engine hood. CAUTION CAUTION Always insert the support prop into the hole Make sure the engine hood is firmly closed specially made for it. Propping the engine before driving. hood at any other place could cause the prop If you drive without the engine hood com- to slip out and lead to an accident. -
Page 397
View of the engine compartment Hybrid EV system, check the engine oil level. CAUTION View of the engine compart- Refill if necessary. ment Overfilling will cause oil aeration and loss of oil pressure, which could damage the engine. To check the oil level, remove the dipstick, N00937601778 wipe it off, and gently reinsert it all the way. -
Page 398
This mark appears on the top of the oil con- economy and cold weather starting. tainer and tells you two important things If Mitsubishi Motors Genuine 0W-20 Syn- about the oil. thetic Engine Oil is not available, 5W-20 grade oils displaying the ILSAC certification can be used. -
Page 399
Only use high quality replacement filters on this vehicle. The manufacturer’s specifica- The engine coolant reservoir (A) and the tions for Mitsubishi Motors Genuine oil fil- Plug-in Hybrid EV system coolant reservoir ters require that the filter can withstand a (B) lets you quickly see when you need to pressure of 256 psi (1.8 MPa). -
Page 400: Radiator Cap
Engine coolant/Plug-in Hybrid EV System coolant Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Coolant provides CAUTION WARNING excellent protection against corrosion and Do not top off the reservoir with plain water Wait for the engine and the Plug-in rust formation on all metals, including alumi- only.
-
Page 401
If you add antifreeze, the con- front motor. NOTE tents of the reservoir must be protected against freezing. Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Parts are recom- Keep the front of the radiator and con- mended when replacing the air cleaner filter. Transaxle fluid denser clean. -
Page 402
Brake fluid Check the washer fluid level at regular inter- Fluid type Brake fluid vals and add washer fluid to reservoir if nec- essary. N00938701343 Use the recommended brake fluid conform- Open the reservoir cap and check the fluid To check the fluid level ing to DOT 3 or DOT 4. -
Page 403
12 V starter battery NOTE 12 V starter battery Tires When the 12 V starter battery is removed, N00939101953 N00939201622 the controlling timer for forcibly starting the The condition of the 12 V starter battery is WARNING engine may be reset. very important for quick starting of the Plug- Since a fuel injection device may cause a … -
Page 404: Tire Markings
Tires Recommended inflation pressure: the Sidewall: portion of a tire between the Tire Markings inflation pressure for optimum tire perfor- tread and bead. mance. Section width: the linear distance between Intended outboard sidewall: the exteriors of the sidewalls of an •…
-
Page 405
Tires Aspect ratio in percent (%) Speed symbol NOTE Ratio of section height to sec- A symbol indicating the LT (Light Truck) -metric tire tion width of tire. range of speeds at which a sizing is based on U.S.A. design tire can carry a load corre- standards. -
Page 406
Tires EXAMPLE: DOT MA L9 ABCD WARNING Treadwear, Traction and Temper- 1504 ature Grades Overloading of your tire is Department of Transporta- dangerous. Overloading can tion cause tire failure, affect vehi- Treadwear This symbol certifies that the cle handling, and increase tire is in compliance with the The treadwear grade is a comparative rating your stopping distance. -
Page 407: Tire Inflation Pressures
Tires Economy Tire pressures should be checked, and Temperature The wrong tire pressure can cause uneven adjusted if necessary, at least once a month. wear patterns in the tire tread. These Pressures should be checked more often The temperature grades are A (the highest), B abnormal wear patterns will reduce the whenever weather…
-
Page 408: Replacing Tires And Wheels
Additionally, 16 inches aluminum wheel may not be used on your vehicle depending Replacing tires and wheels on its type, even if a Mitsubishi Motors Gen- uine wheels. N00939601495 Consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer CAUTION before using wheels that you have.
-
Page 409: Tire Rotation
N00939901544 Front To even out the wear on your tires and make them last longer, Mitsubishi Motors Corpora- tion recommends that you rotate your tires at the mileage listed in the “WARRANTY AND Tires that have arrows showing rotation direction MAINTENANCE MANUAL”.
-
Page 410: Tire Chains
To check the brake pedal free play (A), turn or smear. tires with steel wheels. off the Plug-in Hybrid EV system and press Only Mitsubishi Motors genuine wheels the brake pedal several times with your foot. NOTE should be used, because your vehicle is…
-
Page 411: Spark Plugs
Emission-control system maintenance To be sure the emission-control system works Do not reuse spark plugs by cleaning or If the engine sounds abnormally loud, have properly, have your vehicle inspected and regapping. Spark plugs should be replaced at adjustments made by a certified Mitsubishi maintained by a certified Mitsubishi EV the mileage specified in the “WARRANTY EV dealer.
-
Page 412: Exhaust System
The next pages list the maintenance service hose wears through. ing: recommended by Mitsubishi Motors Corpo- Improper installation may cause twisting, ration. In addition to the general maintenance or wheel, tire or chassis interference.
-
Page 413: Timing Belt
For cold and snowy weather The underside or rear of the vehicle is Hood lock release mechanism Weatherstripping damaged and safety catch To prevent freezing of the weatherstripping Also check the exhaust system each time the N00942501124 on the doors, engine hood, etc., they should vehicle is raised for lubrication, oil changes, The hood lock release mechanism and hood be treated with silicone grease.
-
Page 414
Fuses WARNING Passenger compartment Engine compartment Fusible links must not be replaced by any The fuse blocks in the passenger compart- In the engine compartment, the fuse blocks other device. Failing to fit the correct fus- ment are located behind the fuse lid in front are located as shown in the illustration. -
Page 415
Fuses Fuse load capacities N00954801456 This fuse list shows the names of the electrical systems and their fuse capacities. There are spare fuses in the main fuse block cover in the engine compartment. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same capacity as the original. -
Page 416
Fuses Sym- Capac Sym- Capac Engine compartment fuse location Electrical system Electrical system table Cigarette lighter/ 12 V power outlet 15 A 15 A 12 V power outlet Main fuse block Rear window wiper 15 A Charge 7.5 A Sunroof 20 A Heated steering 15 A… -
Page 417
Fuses Sym- Electrical sys- Capaci Sym- Electrical sys- Capaci Sym- Electrical sys- Capaci Air condition- Heated steering Head- 15 A SBF1 ing condenser 30 A* wheel light fan motor (low 20 A Headlight 20 A beam) SBF2 — — — washer (right) SBF3… -
Page 418
Fuses Some fuses may not be installed on your Sym- Electrical sys- Capaci Sub fuse block vehicle, depending on the vehicle model or specifications. Battery manage- The table above shows the main equip- 7.5 A ment unit ment corresponding to each fuse. Main drive lith- ium-ion battery 15 A… -
Page 419: Fuse Replacement
Replacement of light bulbs 4. Use the fuse location diagrams and the Fuse replacement Replacement of light bulbs matching tables, to check the fuse that is N00954901154 related to the problem. If the fuse is not N00942901388 1. Before replacing a fuse, always turn off Before replacing the bulb, be sure the light is blown, something else must be causing the electrical item connected to the fuse…
-
Page 420
Replacement of light bulbs NOTE Outside When it rains, or when the vehicle has been N00950302027 washed, the inside of the lens sometimes Front becomes temporarily foggy. This is the same phenomenon as when window glass mists up on a humid day, and does not indicate a func- tional problem. -
Page 421
Replacement of light bulbs ANSI NOTE ANSI Trade trade No. • Parking light Watt- Item Wattage Item No. or or Bulb • Daytime running light Bulb type • Front fog light (LED type) type 6 — License plate • Side turn signal light 1 — Front turn signal light 21 W PY21W light Rear… -
Page 422
Replacement of light bulbs 2. Turn the cap (B) counterclockwise to Inside NOTE remove it. • Floor console box light N00950401702 Headlights (low beam, halogen bulb type) N00901801186 1. When replacing the bulb on the left side of the vehicle, remove the bolt (A) hold- ing down the relay box and move the relay box. -
Page 423
Replacement of light bulbs 4. To install the bulb, perform the removal 2. Turn the cap (B) counterclockwise to Headlights (high beam) steps in reverse. remove it. N00901901145 1. When replacing the bulb on the right side NOTE of the vehicle, remove the clip (A) hold- … -
Page 424: Front Turn Signal Lights
Replacement of light bulbs 2. Turn the socket (A) counterclockwise to Headlight aim adjustment Parking lights/Daytime running remove it, and then pull the bulb out of lights N00943201375 the socket. The alignment of the headlights should be N00917301694 checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. NOTE …
-
Page 425: Side Turn Signal Lights
Replacement of light bulbs 1. Remove the 12 clips (A, B), and then 2. Turn the socket (D) counterclockwise to Front fog lights (Halogen bulb remove the cover (C). remove it, then remove the bulb from the type) socket by turning it counterclockwise while pressing in.
-
Page 426: Rear Combination Lights
Replacement of light bulbs 2. Remove the 3 screws (B) and remove the 3. While holding down the tab (D), pull out Front fog lights (LED type) light unit. the socket (E). N00943601917 NOTE The fog lights use an LED instead of the bulb.
-
Page 427
Replacement of light bulbs 3. Turn the socket counterclockwise and 2. Turn the socket (A) counterclockwise to NOTE remove it, and then pull the bulb out of remove it, and then pull the bulb out of When mounting the light unit, align the the socket. -
Page 428: License Plate Lights
Vehicle care precautions 3. Pull the bulb out of the socket. License plate lights High-mounted stop light N00944001468 N00943901141 1. When removing the light unit (A), push it NOTE toward the left side of the vehicle body. The high-mounted stop light uses an LED instead of the bulb.
-
Page 429
Cleaning the inside of your vehicle CAUTION CAUTION NOTE Cleaning products can be dangerous. Some Do not use organic substances (solvents, Do not use cleaners, conditioners, and pro- are poisonous and others are highly flamma- benzine, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline, etc.) or tectants containing silicones or wax. -
Page 430
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle 2. Clean the carpeting with a vacuum Wash your vehicle as soon as possible when- NOTE cleaner and remove any stains with carpet ever the finish gets soiled. Organic solvents such as benzine, kerosene, cleaner. -
Page 431
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle After washing your vehicle, wipe off all CAUTION CAUTION waterdrops from the rubber parts around the When washing the vehicle, Put the operation • When washing around the door glass, hold doors to prevent the doors from freezing. mode of the power switch in OFF. -
Page 432: Chrome Parts
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle cloth in one direction. After polishing, flush CAUTION CAUTION the compound from the surface and apply a Waxes containing high abrasive compounds Do not use wax containing compounds (pol- coat of wax to regain a beautiful luster. should not be used.
-
Page 433: Window Glass
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle CAUTION Cleaning the sunroof (if so equipped) Do not use a brush or other hard implement on the wheels. N00946800069 Do not use any cleaner that contains an abra- Clean the inside of the sunroof with a soft sive substance or is acidic or alkaline.
-
Page 436: Customer Assistance/ Reporting Safety Defects
Customer assistance/ Reporting Safety Defects Consumer information (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.) ….10-2 Reporting Safety Defects ……………10-2 Important facts to know in case of an accident ……10-3…
-
Page 437: Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Administration (NHTSA) in addi- ) times as well on the government course heat when tested under controlled conditions tion to notifying Mitsubishi Motors as a tire graded 100. The relative performance on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Corporation.
-
Page 438
Canada, Inc. call 1-888-576-4878 or and if it finds that a safety defect write to: To contact Mitsubishi Motors North exists in a group of vehicles, it may America, Inc. call 1-888-648-7820 or Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Can- order a recall and remedy campaign. -
Page 439: Specifications
Understand your repair estimate before equipment specifications. tion of a brand new Mitsubishi Motors. approving repairs. Remember to ask for genuine Mitsubishi Choosing the repair shop and the brands Motors parts.
-
Page 440
Specifications Vehicle labeling …………….11-2 Vehicle dimensions …………….11-4 Vehicle weights …………….11-5 Engine specifications …………..11-6 Charging system specifications ………….11-7 Electric motor specifications …………11-8 12 V starter battery …………….11-8 Tires and wheels …………….11-8 Capacity ………………11-9… -
Page 441: Chassis Number
Vehicle labeling 2 — Vehicle identification number plate Engine model/serial number Vehicle labeling The vehicle identification number is stamped N01148600028 on the plate riveted to the left front corner of N01147401912 The engine model and serial number are Keep a record of the chassis number and the dashboard.
-
Page 442: Certification Label
Vehicle labeling Type 2 Electric motor number Tire and loading information placard N01148700032 The electric motor number is stamped as N01148101626 shown in the illustration. The tire and loading information placard is located on the driver’s door sill. Certification label N01148201249 The certification label is located on the 1- Front motor…
-
Page 443
Vehicle dimensions Vehicle dimensions N01147501636 Overall length 184.8 in (4,695 mm) Overall width 70.9 in (1,800 mm) Overall height 67.3 in (1,710 mm) Wheel base 105.1 in (2,670 mm) 11-4 Specifications… -
Page 444
Vehicle weights Vehicle weights N01147602041 Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) 5,225 lb (2,370 kg) Front 2,557 lb (1,160 kg) Gross axle weight rating (GAWR) Rear 2,800 lb (1,270 kg) With brake 1,500 lb (680 kg) Total trailer weight Without brake 1,250 lb (567 kg) Vehicle capacity weight 827 lb (375 kg) -
Page 445
Engine specifications Engine specifications N01147701553 Engine model 4B11 Engine displacement 121.9 CID (1,998 cm³) No. of cylinders and cylinder arrangement Inline-4 Bore 3.39 in (86.0 mm) Stroke 3.39 in (86.0 mm) Compression ratio 10.5 Thermostat valve opening temperature 188.6 °F (87.0 °C) Spark plugs DIFR5E11 Spark plug gap… -
Page 446
Charging system specifications Charging system specifications N01148501053 Rated input voltage AC 240V (single phase) AC 120V (single phase) Rated input frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz Rated current 15 A (max) 8 A/12 A (max)* Maximum power consumption 3.3 kVA* 1.8 kVA* UL2594: Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment SAE J1772: (R) SAE Electric Vehicle and Plug in Hybrid Electric Normal charging system… -
Page 447
Electric motor specifications Electric motor specifications N01147301041 Item Front motor Rear motor Electric motor model Maximum output 60 kW Maximum torque 137 N•m 195 N•m 12 V starter battery N01147801323 S46B24L(S) Battery is a 12 volt type. Tires and wheels N01147901832 Tire P225/55R18 97H… -
Page 448
Multipurpose type grease NLGI Grade 2 Engine coolant 7.9 qt (7.5 L) {Includes .69 qt (0.65 L) in reserve tank} Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Super Long Life Coolant Premium or equivalent* Rear motor coolant 6.9 qt (6.5 L) [includes 1.13 qt (1.07 L) in reserve tank] Front motor fluid 2.3 qt (2.2 L) -
Page 450: Alphabetical Index
Alphabetical index Assist grip ……..5-214 Pedal ……….5-68 Numerics Pedal free play…….. 9-19 Automatic High Beam (AHB) …. 5-180 Power brakes……..5-68 12 V power outlets……5-196 Automatic transaxle Service brake……..5-68 12 V starter battery ……9-12 Select positions ……5-55 Warning lights and buzzer …..
-
Page 451
Alphabetical index Charging indicator ……5-174 Dinghy towing ……..6-17 Engine Compartment ……..9-6 Charging troubleshooting guide … 3-36 Disc brake pads……..9-21 Coolant……..9-8, 11-9 Child restraint systems ……4-25 Dome light (front)/Reading lights ..5-207 Engine model ……… 11-2 Bulb capacity…….. -
Page 452
Alphabetical index For persons with electro-medical apparatus High-Voltage components ….3-40 such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or Hill start assist ……..5-71 implantable cardiovascular defibrillator ..General maintenance ……9-21 HomeLink® Wireless Control System 5-201 3-10 General vehicle data ……11-4 Hood lock release mechanism and safety Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) Genuine parts…….. -
Page 453
Alphabetical index Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system . Multi-information display ….5-129 Power switch……..5-9 Power windows ……..5-38 Precautions during Charging the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery ……3-19 Normal charging ……3-20, 3-31 Keyless entry system……5-18 Puncture (Tire repair kit) ……. 8-7 Keys………… -
Page 454
Alphabetical index Inside rearview mirror ….. 5-46 Regenerative braking force level selector Outside rearview mirrors ….5-49 (paddle type)…….. 5-56 Replacement of light bulbs ….9-28 Service brake ……..5-68 Tail light Bulb capacity ……… 9-29 Replacing tires and wheels….9-17 Service precautions……. -
Page 455
Alphabetical index Lever……….. 5-185 Weights……….11-5 Wheel Specification……..11-8 Wiper USB input terminal ……5-194 Rear window wiper ……. 5-190 How to connect a USB memory device..Switch………. 5-187 5-194 Wiper blades……..9-19 How to connect an iPod….5-195 Wiper deicer switch……5-191 Vanity mirror …….. -
Page 457
How to calculate your gasoline mileage…
MITSUBISHI MOTORS Outlander PHEV Автомобиль
Это краткое руководство было подготовлено, чтобы помочь вам наслаждаться безопасным и комфортным вождением.
Это краткое руководство представляет собой краткую версию руководства пользователя. Подробную информацию см. в руководстве пользователя.
Это краткое руководство охватывает ряд спецификаций и опций производителя, поэтому некоторые из описаний могут не относиться к вашему гибридному электромобилю OUTLANDER с подключаемым модулем.
Несколько советов для начала!
Поздравляем с приобретением нового гибридного электромобиля Outlander с подключаемым модулем! Вот список нескольких важных вещей, которые вам нужно знать:
- Когда вы вернетесь домой, убедитесь, что вы подключили свой Outlander к розетке и настроили зарядку на ночь, чтобы получить преимущество.tage непиковых тарифов на электроэнергию после 11:XNUMX. Вы можете проверить оставшееся время до полной зарядки на центральной панели приборов.
- Ваш автомобиль заправляется неэтилированным бензином марки 91, доступным на любой станции технического обслуживания.
- Ваше первое техническое обслуживание проводится при пробеге 1,500 км или в течение одного месяца. Но не волнуйтесь, если вы забудете, мы свяжемся с вами, чтобы напомнить вам!
- Чтобы загрузить приложение для смартфона, просто зайдите в магазин приложений Google Play или Apple и выполните поиск «Outlander PHEV».
- Доверяйте обслуживание вашего Outlander только официальному дилеру Mitsubishi Motors. Список дилеров см. ммнз .co. nz/найти дилера/.
Советы по экономии топлива
Мы также собрали несколько лучших советов по экономии топлива, которые помогут вам максимально эффективно использовать гибридный электромобиль Outlander с подключаемым модулем.
- Держите аккумулятор заряженным: поддержание заряда аккумулятора гарантирует, что вы будете использовать как можно больше электроэнергии и как можно меньше бензина, экономя топливо и деньги. Это также поможет увеличить запас хода вашего электромобиля.
- Зарядка вне пиковой нагрузки: максимальное преимуществоtagЕсли у вас есть Outlander Plug-In Hybrid, не забудьте установить время зарядки так, чтобы тарифы на электроэнергию были самыми низкими. Уточните у своего поставщика электроэнергии информацию о непиковом режиме.
- Прогрейте или охладите автомобиль перед поездкой, пока автомобиль все еще подключен к электросети дома. Это уменьшит расход заряда батареи, когда вы начнете движение, и увеличит запас хода вашего электромобиля.
- Используйте обогреватели сидений, чтобы согреться, так как они потребляют меньше энергии, чем автомобильный обогреватель.
- Выключайте кондиционер, когда он не нужен.
- Используйте экономичный режим: этот режим максимально экономит топливо автомобиля и может быть активирован простым нажатием кнопки «ECO». Экономичный режим ограничивает другие аспекты характеристик автомобиля, такие как скорость ускорения и кондиционирование воздуха для экономии топлива.
- Увеличьте скорость, удерживая стрелку «мощности» в зеленом диапазоне, и бензиновый двигатель не запустится.
- Избегайте резкого торможения: предусмотрите остановку и тормозите плавно или умеренно. Это позволяет системе рекуперативного торможения автомобиля восстанавливать энергию от движения автомобиля вперед и сохранять ее в виде электричества. Резкое торможение заставляет автомобиль использовать свои обычные фрикционные тормоза, которые не восстанавливают энергию. При использовании рекуперативного торможения «отрицательная» лопатка увеличивает количество рекуперативного торможения и, следовательно, увеличивает тормозное усилие на транспортном средстве.
- Используйте режим блокировки крышки только тогда, когда требуется дополнительное сцепление или устойчивость.
- Экраны дисплея: ознакомьтесь с информационным дисплеем гибридного автомобиля, чтобы вы могли контролировать, сколько энергии используется.
Подключаемая гибридная система электромобиля
Что такое Plug-in Hybrid EV System?
- В режиме EV Drive транспортное средство приводится в движение только электродвигателями, как и электромобиль, на определенном расстоянии, используя электричество, хранящееся в приводной батарее.
- При низком заряде аккумуляторной батареи или при необходимости мощного ускорения автомобиль работает в режиме серийного гибрида.
- Когда требуется вождение на высокой скорости, автомобиль приводится в движение двигателем в режиме параллельного гибрида.
- Высокопроизводительные двигатели значительно снижают шум и вибрацию во время движения и обеспечивают мощное ускорение.
- Система рекуперативного торможения автоматически начинает заряжать аккумулятор привода при отпускании педали акселератора.
- Аккумулятор можно заряжать через зарядный порт AC220-2Li0 V. Если в вашем автомобиле есть дополнительный порт для быстрой зарядки, аккумулятор можно зарядить на демонстрационной* зарядной станции CHA.
CHA demo — это стандарт быстрой зарядки электромобилей, продвигаемый Японией для принятия в качестве международного стандарта.
РЕЖИМ ЭЛЕКТРОМОБИЛЬНОГО ДВИЖЕНИЯ
Транспортное средство приводится в движение только двигателями, использующими электричество, хранящееся в приводной батарее.
Серийный гибридный режим
При низком уровне заряда аккумуляторной батареи или когда требуется мощная тяга, например, при быстром ускорении или подъеме в гору, транспортное средство приводится в движение только двигателями, использующими электроэнергию, вырабатываемую двигателем.
Рекуперативная тормозная система
- Энергия движения преобразуется в электрическую энергию, используя двигатель в качестве генератора энергии.
- Затем создается тормозное усилие, и преобразованная электрическая энергия будет заряжаться на приводной аккумулятор.
- Интенсивность рекуперативного торможения можно выбрать из двух уровней с помощью рычага селектора.
- Интенсивность можно выбрать из шести уровней с помощью лепестков.
- Если с помощью рычага селектора или селектора уровня рекуперативного торможения (лепестка) прикладывается большое усилие рекуперативного торможения, тормоз lamps будет автоматически подсвечиваться.
Параллельный гибридный режим
При движении на высокой скорости, когда двигатель работает эффективно, транспортное средство приводится в движение двигателем и поддерживается двигателями.
Рычаг селектора (тип джойстика)
Роли двигателей и двигателя в различных режимах
Работа системы EV/рычага селектора
Запуск подключаемой гибридной системы EV
- Запуск подключаемой гибридной системы EV
- Убедитесь, что стояночный тормоз включен.
- Полностью выжмите педаль тормоза.
- Полностью нажмите выключатель питания.
- Не отпускайте педаль тормоза, пока система не запустится успешно.
- Убедитесь, что горит индикатор READY.
- Не нажимайте на рычаг селектора, пока не загорится индикатор READY. Если использовать рычаг селектора при мигающем индикаторе READY, система не запустится.
- Не нажимайте на рычаг селектора, пока не загорится индикатор READY. Если использовать рычаг селектора при мигающем индикаторе READY, система не запустится.
Что-то действительно не так?
- Если не удается запустить систему гибридного электромобиля с подключаемым модулем, верните рабочий режим в положение ВЫКЛ. Подождите более 10 секунд, а затем повторите шаги запуска с 1 по 5.
- Если невозможно выбрать положение e или G (на дисплее не меняется схождение или G) с помощью рычага селектора, когда горит индикатор READY, педаль тормоза может быть нажата не полностью. Полностью нажмите педаль тормоза, а затем повторите начальные шаги с 1 по Li, прежде чем выбрать e или G.
Важные точки!
- Чтобы войти в режим READY, нажмите выключатель питания, удерживая педаль тормоза.
- Чтобы перевести режим работы в положение OFF, нажмите переключатель один раз, когда индикатор lamp горит синим (ON) или дважды, когда lamp горит оранжевым (ACC), когда педаль тормоза отпущена.
Управление рычагом селектора
Чтобы запустить автомобиль с места, выполните следующие действия.
- Убедитесь, что горит индикатор READY.
- Вы не можете переключиться на D или R, даже если вы переместите селектор в эти положения, когда индикатор READY не горит или мигает. Отображение выбранного положения также не изменится на D или R.
- Полностью выжмите педаль тормоза.
- Переместите рычаг селектора в положение D или R.
- Убедитесь, что на дисплее выбранного положения отображается D или R.
- Используйте положение B, когда необходимо резкое торможение, например, при движении вниз по крутому склону.
- Положение B можно выбрать только из положения D.
Предупреждение
Во время движения не кладите никакие предметы рядом с рычагом селектора, так как они могут быть случайно прижаты к селектору, который затем может задвинуться внутрь.
Вокруг рычага селектора
- Переключатель режима СПОРТ
Нажав переключатель при горящем индикаторе READY, вы можете переключить режим SPORT. Этот режим обеспечивает быстрое ускорение в ответ на нажатие педали акселератора и быстрое замедление за счет сильного рекуперативного тормозного усилия. Чтобы отменить режим SPORT, снова нажмите переключатель или установите режим работы в положение OFF. - Переключатель режимов движения
С помощью переключателя в режиме работы ON можно изменить режим привода S-AWC.
Даже если выбран режим привода S-AWC, после выключения режима работы выключателя питания и повторного включения режим привода S-AWC устанавливается на «НОРМАЛЬНЫЙ».
режим привода
Функция
НОРМАЛЬНЫЙ Этот режим можно использовать как на сухой, так и на мокрой дороге. Распределение крутящего/тормозного момента на каждое колесо автоматически регулируется в зависимости от условий движения. СНЕГ Этот режим предназначен для движения по скользкому дорожному покрытию, например по заснеженным дорогам, и повышает устойчивость на скользкой дороге. Блокировки Этот режим предназначен для движения там, где требуется максимальная тяга. Этот режим подходит для движения по неровным дорогам или по песку или свежему снегу. - EVswitch
Нажав переключатель в режиме работы ON, вы можете управлять автомобилем, максимально используя только режим движения EV, даже если педаль акселератора резко нажата. (режим приоритета EV) - Переключатель режима SAVE/CHARGE
Нажав переключатель при включенном режиме работы, вы можете изменить режим работы аккумуляторной батареи в следующем порядке: СОХРАНИТЬ, ЗАРЯДИТЬ, ВЫКЛЮЧИТЬ, СОХРАНИТЬ.- Режим экономии заряда батареи
Для экономии оставшегося заряда аккумулятора привода во время движения можно использовать режим экономии заряда аккумулятора.
Когда активирован режим экономии заряда батареи, двигатель запустится, чтобы сохранить оставшийся заряд аккумуляторной батареи, и автомобиль будет работать в последовательно-гибридном режиме или в параллельном гибридном режиме в зависимости от оставшегося заряда аккумуляторной батареи. - Режим заряда батареи
Для зарядки аккумуляторной батареи во время движения можно использовать режим зарядки аккумуляторной батареи. Когда активирован режим зарядки аккумулятора, двигатель начнет почти полностью заряжать приводной аккумулятор.
- Режим экономии заряда батареи
- Рычаг селектора
R (Обратный ход): Автомобиль движется задним ходом. Н (нейтральный): Крутящий момент не передается на колеса, которые также не заблокированы. Д (привод): Автомобиль движется вперед. B (Регенеративный тормоз): Интенсивность рекуперативного торможения увеличивается. - Выбранное вами положение подсвечивается на панели за рычагом селектора и на приборной панели.
- Только когда выбрано положение ·D·, вы можете переключиться в положение «В» (регенеративный тормоз).
- Когда выбрано положение ·D· и применяется большая сила рекуперативного торможения, тормоз lamps загорится автоматически.
- Электрический парковочный переключатель
Нажмите переключатель, чтобы заблокировать колеса во время парковки автомобиля. Индикатор лamp на выключателе горит зеленым цветом. - Выключатель электрического стояночного тормоза
Потяните переключатель вверх, одновременно нажимая педаль тормоза, чтобы задействовать стояночный тормоз. Индикатор лamp на выключателе загорится.
Нажмите переключатель, нажимая педаль тормоза, чтобы отключить стояночный тормоз. - Переключатель автоматического удержания тормоза
При нажатии переключателя при соблюдении всех следующих условий система автоматического удержания тормоза перейдет в режим ожидания, а индикатор lamp на выключателе загорается.- Режим работы переключателя питания в положении ON.
- Ремень безопасности водителя пристегнут.
- Водительская дверь закрыта.
- Когда автомобиль останавливается путем нажатия на педаль тормоза, когда переключатель находится в любом положении, кроме P (СТОЯНКА) или R (ЗАДНИЙ ХОД), система активируется, и автомобиль можно удерживать неподвижным, даже если вы отпустите ногу с педали тормоза.
- Индикатор автоматического удержания тормоза lamp в комбинации приборов загорится, когда система активируется.
- При нажатии на педаль акселератора тормоза отпускаются.
Зарядка
Аккумулятор привода можно заряжать от источника зарядки одним из способов, показанных ниже, используя специальный зарядный порт на автомобиле.
- Используйте это время в качестве ориентира, поскольку номинальная переменнаяtage и номинальное значение тока могут различаться в разных странах. Также время зарядки будет варьироваться в зависимости от состояния аккумуляторной батареи привода, температуры воздуха, потребления электроэнергии электроприборами во время зарядки и состояния источника питания. (например, характеристики устройства для быстрой зарядки)
- Не прикасайтесь к металлическим контактам на порте или разъеме для обычной зарядки, а также на порте или разъеме для быстрой зарядки. в противном случае возможно поражение электрическим током и/или выход из строя компонента.
Нормальная зарядка
- Прежде чем вставить зарядный разъем в порт, установите режим работы на OFF. Если вы откроете крышку зарядного устройства или вставите зарядный разъем в порт при включенном рабочем режиме, прозвучит звуковой сигнал, чтобы предупредить вас.
- Включите стояночный тормоз, нажмите электрический переключатель стояночного тормоза и установите положение выбора на 6> на отображаемом дисплее.
- Выключите свет и другие электрические системы. Установите режим работы на OFF.
- Отперев дверь водителя, откройте крышку зарядного устройства до щелчка. Отпустите язычок, чтобы открыть внутреннюю крышку.
- Ли. Вставьте вилку обычного зарядного кабеля в розетку.
- Откройте колпачок на обычном зарядном разъеме. Возьмитесь за ручку коннектора и, не нажимая на кнопку фиксатора, вставьте коннектор до щелчка. Когда зарядка начинается, зарядный порт любезно lamp мигает три раза.
Индикатор зарядки на комбинации приборов должен загореться. Индикатор зарядки гаснет, когда зарядка завершена.
Быстрая зарядка
- Выполните шаги с 1 по 3, описанные в разделе «Нормальная зарядка».
На шаге 3 откройте крышку порта быстрой зарядки вместо обычной крышки порта зарядки. - Вставьте разъем быстрой зарядки в порт быстрой зарядки, чтобы начать зарядку. Следуйте инструкциям руководства по быстрому зарядному устройству для правильного подключения и отключения зарядного устройства. Когда зарядка начинается, зарядный порт любезно lamp мигает три раза.
- Индикатор зарядки на комбинации приборов должен загореться. Индикатор зарядки гаснет, когда зарядка завершена. Зарядка автоматически прекращается через 60 минут после начала зарядки. Хотя запуск электродвигателя возможен, если быстрая зарядка не завершилась нормально, индикатор зарядки постоянно мигает. В такой ситуации снова выполните быструю зарядку и завершите ее в обычном режиме или обратитесь в авторизованный сервисный центр MITSUBISHI MOTORS.
- Пульт дистанционного управления MITSUBISHI* обеспечивает синхронизированную зарядку и кондиционирование воздуха на вашем OUTLANDER PHEV. Подробную информацию см. в руководстве пользователя или на следующих сайтах MITSUBISHI MOTORS. web сайт.
URL: https://www.mitsubishi-motors.com/en/ products/ outlander _phev2/app/remote/ - MITSUBISHI Remote Control позволяет дистанционно управлять OUTLANDER PHEV с помощью специальных приложений через соединение между автомобилем и устройством беспроводной локальной сети.
Использование электрических устройств во время зарядки
Как пользоваться электроприбором во время зарядки
Если вы установите рабочий режим переключателя питания в положение «ON» во время обычной зарядки, быстрой зарядки, зарядки V2H, источника питания V2H, вы сможете использовать кондиционер, автомобильную навигационную систему, аудиооборудование и т. д.
Как это работает?
- Начните обычную зарядку или быструю зарядку. См. «Обычная зарядка» на стр. 6. См. «Быстрая зарядка» на стр. 6.
- Убедившись, что нормальная зарядка или быстрая зарядка начались правильно, установите рабочий режим переключателя питания в положение ON.
- Сообщение справа появится на информационном экране на многофункциональном информационном дисплее» и можно будет использовать электрические устройства, такие как кондиционер’2, автомобильная навигационная система, аудиооборудование.
Автоматическое выключение режима работы*3
В следующих случаях режим работы будет автоматически отключен.
- При дальнейшем уменьшении оставшегося заряда аккумуляторной батареи после выключения кондиционера.
- Когда температура наружного воздуха низкая и отображается следующий предупреждающий дисплей.
- Когда зарядка завершена.
- Когда обычный зарядный разъем отсоединен.
- Когда операция остановки зарядки выполняется устройством быстрой зарядки.
- Когда время быстрой зарядки прошло 60 минут.
- Когда условие остановки (количество заряда/время зарядки) на быстром зарядном устройстве удовлетворено.
- Когда зарядка останавливается из-за отключения электроэнергииtage.
- Когда зарядка прекращается из-за сбоя.
- При переводе рычага селектора в положение N (НЕЙТРАЛЬНОЕ} (зарядка также прекращается).
- Могут отображаться другие сообщения с более высоким приоритетом.
- Для автомобилей без электронагревателя подогрев кондиционера нельзя использовать во время зарядки.
- Даже при автоматическом отключении режима работы кондиционеры, автомобильные навигационные системы, аудиоаппаратура и т. д. остановятся.
- Кроме того, состояние транспортного средства будет таким же, как при выключении режима работы, например, при выключении света, в комнате.amp включена подсветка или уберите зеркала с электроприводом.
Автоматическая остановка кондиционера
- В следующих случаях кондиционер автоматически останавливается. Когда кондиционер останавливается, панель управления кондиционером выключается.
- Когда оставшийся заряд аккумуляторной батареи становится низким и отображается предупреждение.
- Когда температура аккумуляторной батареи становится слишком низкой и отображается предупреждение.
Отображение потока энергии во время зарядки
Когда зарядный разъем подключен к
порт зарядки, отображение потока энергии во время зарядки может отображаться с помощью переключателя многофункционального дисплея. Вы можете видеть состояние зарядки и разрядки аккумулятора привода.
При зарядке аккумуляторной батареи
Это индикация при зарядке аккумуляторной батареи привода. Зарядка прекращается, когда аккумулятор привода полностью заряжен.
Это индикация при разрядке аккумулятора привода. Если вы хотите произвести зарядку, установите рабочий режим переключателя питания в положение OFF или включите кондиционер и т. д.
Это дисплей, когда электричество подается в систему V2H.
- Даже когда вы не используете кондиционер, автомобильную навигационную систему, аудиоаппаратуру и т. д., поскольку бортовой компьютер потребляет электроэнергию, могут отображаться стрелки от зарядного устройства или аккумуляторной батареи.
- Отображение потока энергии может меняться независимо от работы кондиционера, автомобильной навигационной системы, аудиооборудования и т. д. Если вы измените настройку кондиционера, может пройти некоторое время, прежде чем отображение потока энергии стабилизируется.
Индикатор и предупреждение Lamps на комбинации приборов
Предупреждения, отображаемые на информационном дисплее
- Если на информационном дисплее отображается предупреждение, обратитесь к руководству пользователя и примите соответствующие меры. Ниже приведены некоторые предупреждения, которые могут появиться на дисплее.
Предупреждения

Другие всплывающие окна
Документы / Ресурсы

![]() |
|
|
#2 |
|
Старожил Клуба Имя: Антон Авто: Outlander PHEV Сообщений: 575 |
Есть еще вариант самому заказать OGGR14E5, отличается каками-то страницами. Вечером гляну какими. Стоимость до 100р. Заказал себе в интернет-магазине запчастей. Одна лежит в авто, другая дома. |
|
|
|
|
|
#3 |
|
Старожил Клуба Имя: Антон Авто: Outlander PHEV Сообщений: 575 |
Инструкция E5 отпечатана в 2014 года, она толще, чем E1, которая напечатана в 2013 году. Пролистал, вроде все пункты одинаковы. |
|
|
|
|
|
#4 |
|
Старожил Клуба Имя: Антон Авто: Outlander PHEV Сообщений: 575 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
#5 |
|
Администратор
Имя: Владимир Авто: MITSUBISHI Сообщений: 12,221 |
Отправил запрос в ММС РУС на предоставление эл.версии. Переписку выложу после ответа. |
|
|
|
|
|
#6 |
|
Администратор
Имя: Владимир Авто: MITSUBISHI Сообщений: 12,221 |
Ответ следующий: Цитата: Согласно политике Mitsubishi Motors в электронном виде пользовательская документация на автомобили Mitsubishi не представлена. Возможность ее получения владельцами отсутствует. Но ведь ничего невозможного нет |
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
|
Администратор
Имя: Владимир Авто: MITSUBISHI Сообщений: 12,221 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
#8 |
|
ЗАБАНЕН Имя: Иван Авто: Outlander IV 3.0 AT Сообщений: 4 |
Спасибо. |
|
|
|
|
|
#9 |
|
Бывалый Имя: Павел Авто: Outlander PHEV Сообщений: 33 |
У кого-нибудь есть инструкция на русском (можно и на английском) по MMCS PHEV? Интересует в Setting разделы Система, Зарядка и Прогрев. У меня J11, но думаю подойдет любая. И кто-нибудь слышал о прошивке японцев на английский или русский? Видео в движении хочется, но боюсь прошивки не от нашей головы удалят дополнительные функции для PHEV/ |
|
|
|
|
|
#10 |
|
Житель Клуба Имя: Георгий Авто: Outlander PHEV 2016 Сообщений: 117 |
|
|
|
|
|
Пользователь сказал cпасибо: |
|
|
#11 |
|
Бывалый Имя: Павел Авто: Outlander PHEV Сообщений: 33 |
Это юзермануал. Меня интересует управление головой. Добавлено через 3 минуты |
|
|
|
|
|
#12 |
|
Житель Клуба Имя: Георгий Авто: Outlander PHEV 2016 Сообщений: 117 |
у меня есть еще на финском. |
|
|
|
|
|
#13 |
|
Бывалый Имя: Павел Авто: Outlander PHEV Сообщений: 33 |
Указанные мной пункты не отражены в юзермануале. С норвежского хоть копипастить проще) Спасибо. Добавлено через 54 минуты |
|
|
|
|
|
#14 |
|
Житель Клуба Имя: Георгий Авто: Outlander PHEV 2016 Сообщений: 117 |
не, мануал для MMCS совсем о другом. То что по твоей ссылке написано как раз в юзер мануале описано |
|
|
|
|
|
#15 |
|
Бывалый Имя: Павел Авто: Outlander PHEV Сообщений: 33 |
У меня щас проблема немножко другая) В теме про ошибки… |
|
|
|
![]() |
|
Быстрый переход |
Текущее время: 16:51. Часовой пояс GMT +3.
Powered by vBulletin® Version 3.8.10
Copyright ©2000 — 2023, vBulletin Solutions, Inc. Перевод: zCarot
Использование материалов сайта разрешается только при условии размещения активной ссылки на OUT-CLUB.RU
Copyright ©2006 — 2023, WWW.OUT-CLUB.RU
Summary of Content for Mitsubishi Motors Outlander PHEV 2022 Owner’s Manual PDF
2022 / Owners Manual
Printed in Japan
MITSUBISHI MOTORS
T00UMW175P
T00UM W
175P
N09200102534
Thank you for buying a MITSUBISHI OUTLANDER PHEV.
We are confident you will enjoy your vehicle. It has been engineered for optimum performance, durability and comfort. By thoroughly reading this Owners Manual, you will gain an understanding of the many features that are included in the OUTLANDER PHEV. The Owners Manual contains descriptions and illustrations that will assist in the operation and maintenance of your vehicle.
A certified Mitsubishi EV dealer will be happy to assist you with any further questions you may have regarding the operation of your vehi- cle. Please note that this manual applies to all OUTLANDER PHEV mod- els and explains all features including options. Some features explained in this manual may not be installed on your vehicle.
Please leave this Owners Manual in the vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will appreciate having access to the information con- tained here.
This manual includes instructions for standard and optional equipment available at the time of printing. Mitsubishi Motors Corporation reserves the right to make changes in design and specifications and to make additions or improvements in its product without assuming any obligation to install these on previously manufactured products.
Introduction Throughout this manual the words WARNING and CAUTION appear. These are reminders to be especially careful. Failure to follow the instructions could result in personal injury or damage to your vehi- cle.
Indicates a strong possibility of severe personal injury or death if instructions are not followed.
Points out hazards or unsafe practices that could cause minor personal injury or damage to your vehicle. You will see another important symbol: NOTE Gives helpful information. As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle cor- rectly may result in loss of control or an accident. Be sure to read on-pavement and off-road driving guidelines in the Driving safety and Features and controls sections.
2021 Mitsubishi Motors Corporation Printed in Japan
BK0302800US.book 1
N09349100044
BK0302800US.book 1
Table of contents 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Overview Quick index General information/Charging Seat and restraint systems Features and controls Driving safety Comfort controls For emergencies Vehicle care and maintenance Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects
Specifications Alphabetical index
BK0302800US.book 1
Instruments and controls
1-1
1
Overview
N00100202980
Instruments and controls
Combination headlights and dimmer switch P.5-190 Automatic High Beam (AHB) switch (if so equipped) P. 5-193 Turn signal lever P.5-198 Front fog light switch P.5-199
Steering wheel remote control switches [Refer to the separate owners manual.]
Active stability control (ASC) OFF switch P.5-82
Supplemental restraint system (SRS) — airbag (for drivers seat) P.4-36, 4-42 Horn switch P.5-206
Instrument cluster P.5-137
Windshield wiper and washer switch P.5-200 Rear window wiper and washer switch P.5-203
Cruise control switches P.5-84, 5-88
Steering wheel height and reach adjustment lever P.5-49
Power switch P.5-9
Multi-information display switch P.5-142
Drivers side power liftgate switch (if so equipped) P.5-31
Fuses P.9-24
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switch (if so equipped) P.5-118
Forward Collision Mitigation system (FCM) ON/OFF switch (if so equipped) P.5-104
Supplemental restraint system (SRS) — front knee airbag (for drivers seat) P.4-36, 4-43
Fuel tank filler door opener switch P.3-51
Regenerative braking level selector (paddle type) P.5-59
Camera switch (if so equipped) P.5-132
BK0302800US.book 1
Instruments and controls
Overview 1-2
1Audio [Refer to the separate owners manual.] Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) P.5-128
Hazard warning flasher switch P.5-198
Electric rear window defogger switch P.5-204 Wiper deicer switch (if so equipped) P.5-204
Selector lever P.5-56
Air conditioner P.7-4
Hood release lever P.9-4
Floor console box P.5-224 Arm rest
Cup holder P.5-226
12 V power outlet P.5-209 Power liftgate main switch (if so equipped) P.5-31
Key slot P.5-15
Passengers vents P.7-2
Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) P.5-205
120 V AC power supply switch (if so equipped) P.5-211
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) switch (if so equipped) P.5-109
USB input terminal P.5-207
USB input terminal (if so equipped) P.5-207
Rear vents P.7-2
120 V AC power supply (if so equipped) P.5-211 USB port (for charging) (if so equipped) P.5-210
ECO mode switch P.5-199
BK0302800US.book 2
Instruments and controls
1-3 Overview
1 Supplemental restraint system (SRS) — airbag (for front passengers seat) P.4-36, 4-42
Glove compartment P.5-224 Card holder P.5-224
Electrical parking switch P.5-55
Drive mode switch P.5-61
Heated seat switch P.4-7
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch P.5-68
Electric parking brake switch P.5-45
Brake auto hold switch P.5-74
EV switch P.5-66
SPORT mode switch P.5-71
BK0302800US.book 3
Interior
Overview 1-4
1 N00100302659
Interior
Supplemental restraint system (SRS) — side airbag (for front seats) P.4-36, 4-47
Electric remote-controlled outside rearview mirrors switch P.5-53
Lock switch P.5-42
Power door lock switch P.5-26
Power window switch P.5-40
Rear seats P.4-8
Dome light (rear) P.5-221, 9-33 Inside rearview mirror P.5-49 HomeLink Wireless Control System (if so equipped) P.5-214
Front seats P.4-4
Supplemental restraint system (SRS) — curtain airbags P.4-36, 4-48
Head restraints P.4-9
Arm rest P.4-9 Cup holder P.5-226
Sunglasses holder (if so equipped) P.5-225
BK0302800US.book 4
Interior
1-5 Overview
1
Bottle holders P.5-226
Cargo area cover (if so equipped) P.5-227
Adjustable seat belt shoulder anchor P.4-21 Seat belts P.4-15
Cargo room light P.5-222, 9-33
Sun visors P.5-208 Vanity mirror P.5-208 Ticket holder P.5-208
Assist grips P.5-228 Coat hooks P.5-229
Sunroof switch (if so equipped) P.5-43
Dome light (front)/Reading lights P.5-220, 5-221, 9-33
Downlight P.5-222
Hands-free microphone
Front passenger seat belt warning light P.4-21
Passengers airbag off indicator P.4-41
BK0302800US.book 5
Luggage area
Overview 1-6
1 N00100501612
Luggage area
Tools P.8-6
Luggage hooks P.5-229
Luggage floor box P.5-225
Tether anchorages for child restraint system P.4-27
Jack P. 8-6
Tire repair kit P.8-7
12 V starter battery P.9-12
EV charging cable P.3-28
12 V power outlet (if so equipped) P.5-209 120 V AC power supply (if so equipped) P.5-211
BK0302800US.book 6
Outside (Front)
1-7 Overview
1 N00100603037
Outside (Front)
Sunroof (if so equipped) P.5-43
Windshield wipers P.5-200
Engine hood P.9-4
Front fog lights P.5-199, 9-31, 9-36
Outside rearview mirrors P.5-52 Side turn-signal lights P.5-198, 9-31, 9-36 Side-view camera (if so equipped) P.5-128
Fuel tank filler P.3-51
Power window P.5-40
Front turn-signal lights P.5-198, 9-31, 9-35
Front turn signal lights P.5-198, 9-31, 9-35
Headlights, low beam P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35
Parking lights P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35 Daytime running lights P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35
Headlights, low beam P.5-190, 9-31, 9-33
Parking lights P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35 Daytime running lights P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35
Headlights, high beam P.5-193, 9-31, 9-34
Headlights, high beam P.5-193, 9-31, 9-35
Halogen headlights type LED headlights type
Front side-marker lights P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35
Front side-marker lights P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35
Front-view camera (if so equipped) P.5-128
Sensor (if so equipped) [for Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM), Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Automatic High Beam (AHB)] P. 5-100, 5-118, 5-193 Rain sensor P. 5-200
BK0302800US.book 7
Outside (Rear)
Overview 1-8
1 N00100602997
Outside (Rear)
F.A.S.T.-key (Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter) P.5-4 Locking and unlocking P.5-24 Tires P.9-12
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) P.5-122 Tire inflation pressures P.9-17 Changing tires P.8-14 Tire rotation P.9-19 Tire chains P.9-20 Size of tires and wheels P.11-8
Stop lights P.9-31, 9-37
Rear turn signal lights P.5-198, 9-31, 9-37
Back-up lights P.9-31, 9-38
License plate lights P.5-190, 9-31, 9-39
Rear-view camera P.5-126, 5-128
Rear window wiper P.5-203
High-mounted stop light P.9-31
Antenna
Liftgate (if so equipped) P.5-28 Power liftgate (if so equipped) P.5-30
Rear side-marker lights P.5-190, 9-31
Tail lights P.5-190, 9-31, 9-37
Charging lid P.3-22
Roof spoiler
BK0302800US.book 8
2-1
2
If this warning light comes on or flashes while youre driving…
Quick index
N00200702407
If this warning light comes on or flashes while youre driving…
NOTE For information regarding warning displays in the multi-information display, refer to Multi-information display on page 5-140. These warning lights will come on for a few seconds for a bulb check when the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON.
Warning lights Do this Ref. Page
12 V starter battery charging system warning light
Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. P. 5-188
or
Brake warning light
If this light comes on while driving, check to see that the parking brake is released. If this light stays on after releasing the Electric parking brake, immediately stop and
check the brake fluid level. If the brake fluid level is correct, there may be a system malfunction. Avoid hard
braking and high speed and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-187
Electric parking brake warning light
When the warning light remains on or does not come on, there is the possibility that the parking brake cannot be operated or released. Immediately contact the nearest certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If the warning light comes on during driving, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place, and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-188
BK0302800US.book 1
If this warning light comes on or flashes while youre driving…
2-2 Quick index
2
Plug-in Hybrid EV System warning light
If the warning light comes on, there may be a malfunction in the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
If the EV SYSTEM SERVICE REQUIRED warning display may appear on the multi-information display, have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If the EV SYSTEM SERVICE REQUIRED STOP SAFELY warning display may appear on the multi-information display, park your vehicle in a safe place and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-189
or
Engine malfunction indicator (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or
Check engine light)
If the indicator comes on, there may be a malfunction in the emission or engine con- trol system.
Although your vehicle will usually be drivable and not need towing, have the emis- sion or engine control system checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible. If the vehicle is not drivable, contact emergency roadside assistance at 1- 888-648-7820 (for vehicles sold in U.S.A.) or 1-888-576-4878 (for vehicles sold in Canada), a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer, or local towing company for assistance.
P. 5-188
Anti-lock braking system warning light
When this light comes on, the anti-lock braking system is not functioning and only the ordinary braking system is functioning.
Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. Test the system as described on page 5-79.
If the light does not go out after the test, or if it comes on again, we recommend that you have the system checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possi- ble.
P. 5-79
SRS warning light
Immediately have the airbag and the pre-tensioner seat belt system checked at a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer. P. 4-42
Warning lights Do this Ref. Page
BK0302800US.book 2
If this warning light comes on or flashes while youre driving…
Quick index 2-3
2 and
ASC indicator and ASC OFF indicator
Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. Restart the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and check whether the indicator goes out.
If the indicator does not go out, or if it comes on again, have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
When this indicator comes on, the active stability control is not functioning and normal operation of the vehicle will not be affected.
P. 5-84
ASC indicator
Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. Restart the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and check whether the indicator goes out.
If the indicator does not go out, or if it comes on again, have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
When this indicator comes on, the hill start assist is not functioning. Start off carefully on a steep uphill slope.
P. 5-77
Regenerative brake warning light
If the warning light comes on, there may be a malfunction in the regenerative brake system. Have the vehicle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-189
Tire pressure monitoring system warn- ing light
If the warning light comes on, you should stop and adjust the tires to the proper inflation pressure as soon as possible. (See Tire inflation pressures on page 9-17.) Once adjustments have been made, the warning light will go off after a few minutes of driving.
If the warning light blinks for approximately 1 minute and then remains continu- ously illuminated, the system is not operating properly. If the system returns to nor- mal, the warning light will go off. If the warning light does not go off, have the vehicle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-122
Warning lights Do this Ref. Page
BK0302800US.book 3
If this problem occurs…
2-4 Quick index
2
N00200902180
LED headlight warning light (Vehicles equipped with LED head-
light)
If the warning light comes on, there may be a malfunction in the LED headlight unit. Have the vehicle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-192
If this problem occurs…
Problem Do this Ref. Page The Plug-in Hybrid EV System does not start when the power switch is pressed.
Make sure the F.A.S.T.-key is in the vehicle. Make sure the select position is in the P (PARK) position, and then press the power switch while depressing the brake pedal.
P. 5-14
The Plug-in Hybrid EV system does not start and the operation mode cannot be changed to OFF.
1. Put the select position in P (PARK) position, and then change the operation mode to OFF.
2. One of the other causes could be low 12 V starter battery voltage. If this occurs, the key- less entry system and the F.A.S.T.-key operation will also not operate. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV.
P. 5-11
Warning lights Do this Ref. Page
BK0302800US.book 4
If this problem occurs…
Quick index 2-5
2The F.A.S.T.-key does not oper- ate.
Insert the F.A.S.T.-key into the key slot of the instrument panel, and then start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System or change the operation mode. Use the emergency key to lock and unlock the drivers door.
P. 5-15
Cannot shift the select position from the P (PARK) position.
Make sure the ready indicator illuminates, and move the selector lever while pressing the brake pedal. If the ready indicator does not illuminate, you can shift the select position to the N (NEU- TRAL) position only.
P. 5-57
The windows are fogged up.
Press the defogger switch to change to the position. P. 7-9
The Plug-in Hybrid EV system does not start. The lights do not come on. The lights are dim. The horn does not honk. The horn sound is weak.
Have the 12 V Starter battery checked. Recharge or replace the 12 V Starter battery at a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 8-2, 9-12
Problem Do this Ref. Page
BK0302800US.book 5
If this problem occurs…
2-6 Quick index
2 Problem Do this Ref. Page
The information screen in the multi-information display will be interrupted and the engine coolant temperature warning display will appear.
Steam comes out of the engine compartment.
The engine is overheated. Carefully stop the vehicle in a safe place. P. 8-4
BK0302800US.book 6
If this problem occurs…
Quick index 2-7
2 Problem Do this Ref. Page
If your vehicle becomes stuck in sand, mud or snow
1. Operate the drive mode switch to set the LOCK mode, temporarily turning off Active stability control (ASC) with the ASC OFF switch and slowly press down on the accelera- tor pedal to get your vehicle moving again.
2. If there is nothing to stop your tires from slipping, rock your vehicle out of the stuck posi- tion.
P. 8-19
WARNING When attempting to rock your vehicle out of a stuck position, be sure that no one is near the vehicle. The rocking motion may cause the vehicle to
suddenly lurch forward or backward, possibly injuring bystanders. Avoid spinning the wheels. Prolonged efforts to free a stuck vehicle may result in overheating and transaxle failure.
If the vehicle remains stuck after several rocking attempts, have a towing service pull the vehicle out.
Problem Do this Ref. Page The brakes are not functioning properly after driving through water.
Dry out the brakes by driving slowly while lightly pressing the brake pedal. P. 6-5
A tire is punctured.
1. Park the vehicle in a safe place where the surface is flat and level. 2. Repair the flat tire with tire repair kit. P. 8-7
BK0302800US.book 7
3
General information/Charging
Plug-in Hybrid EV System ……………………………………………………..3-2 Main drive lithium-ion battery …………………………………………………3-6 EV cruising range ………………………………………………………………….3-7 Operating sound under charging or Remote Climate Control …….3-10 For persons with electro-medical apparatus such as
implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardiovascular defibrillator ……………………………………………………………………..3-10
Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat …………………………3-12 Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold …………………………3-13 Charging …………………………………………………………………………….3-17 Precautions during Charging the
Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery …………………………………………3-19 Normal charging
(charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) …………………….3-20 EV charging cable ………………………………………………………………..3-28 Normal charging
(using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) ………………..3-31 Quick charging
(charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped)…………..3-32 High-Voltage components ……………………………………………………..3-36 MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped) ……………………….3-38 How to use electric device during charging ……………………………..3-42 Charging troubleshooting guide …………………………………………….3-46 Fuel selection ………………………………………………………………………3-49 Filling the fuel tank ………………………………………………………………3-51 Modifications to and racing of your vehicle …………………………….3-54 Genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts …………………………………………..3-56 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements ………………………..3-56
Event Data Recording …………………………………………………………..3-56
BK0302800US.book 1
Plug-in Hybrid EV System
3-2 General information/Charging
3
N01206500022
N01206600052
The Plug-in Hybrid EV system on this vehi- cle will automatically select an optimum driv- ing mode from EV drive mode, Series hybrid mode and Parallel hybrid mode according to the remaining power in the main drive lithium-ion battery and/or driving con- ditions. The vehicle is designed to typically use the EV drive mode which drives the vehicle as an electric vehicle by using only electrical power stored in the main drive lithium-ion battery. However, when driving with the Series hybrid mode or the Parallel hybrid mode is required, the EV drive mode will automati- cally be switched to the Series hybrid mode or the Parallel hybrid mode. The main drive lithium-ion battery can be charged using an EV charging device com- patible with your vehicle. For details, refer to Charging on page 3-17. The regenerative braking described in this section will also charge the main drive lith- ium-ion battery when the accelerator pedal is released while the vehicle is moving.
The vehicle is driven only by electric motors using the electric power stored in the main drive lithium-ion battery.
The EV drive mode will automatically be switched to the Series hybrid mode or the Parallel hybrid mode depending on the remaining power in the main drive lith- ium-ion battery and/or driving conditions, such as vehicle speed and operation of the air conditioner. If you want to drive the vehicle without starting the engine as much as possible, make the switch to the EV priority mode by pressing the EV switch. Refer to EV switch on page 5-66.
The distance you can drive the vehicle (cruising range) using the EV drive mode varies depending on the remaining power in the main drive lithium-ion battery and/or driving conditions, such as vehicle speed and operation of the air conditioner.
An estimated cruising range using the EV drive mode can be shown in the informa- tion screen. Refer to EV cruising range display/Total cruising range display on page 5-151.
Driving at a moderate speed and avoiding rapid acceleration will help obtain longer cruising range using the EV drive mode.
Rapid and repeated accelerations and decelerations consumes more electric power from the main drive lithium-ion battery and may reduce the cruising range using the EV drive mode.
The electric power in the main drive lith- ium-ion battery can be reserved in order to later drive the vehicle using the EV drive mode in a specific area. Refer to SAVE/CHARGE mode switch on page 5-68.
The vehicle is driven by the motors only using the electricity generated by the engine. This mode is used when the remaining power in the main drive lith- ium-ion battery becomes low, when quick acceleration is required, or when more propulsion power is required like climb- ing a hill.
Plug-in Hybrid EV System
Main features
EV drive mode
Series hybrid mode
NOTE While driving the Series hybrid mode, the
engine malfunction diagnostic system may operate. If this system operates, the engine sound will decrease. This does not indicate a malfunc- tion.
BK0302800US.book 2
Plug-in Hybrid EV System
General information/Charging 3-3
3 The vehicle is driven mainly by the
engine with assistance from the motors. This mode is used when the vehicle is driven at a high-speed.
Parallel hybrid mode
BK0302800US.book 3
Plug-in Hybrid EV System
3-4 General information/Charging
3
N01206700040
Motion energy is converted into electric energy using the motor as a power generator. While decelerating, electric energy will be created and used to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery.
If you lift your foot off the accelerator pedal while driving, a braking force equivalent to the engine braking of a gasoline or diesel powered vehicle will be generated. Also, if you shift the select position into B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) from D (DRIVE), the regenerative brake force will become stronger. Shift the selector lever into B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) position according to the driving condition.
As greater brake force is applied by depressing the brake pedal, increased regenerative braking occurs. When stronger regenerative braking is generated, the stop lights will illuminate even when the brake pedal is not depressed.
The roles of the motors and engine in each drive mode
Motor Engine EV Drive Mode Drives the vehicle OFF
Series Hybrid Mode Drives the vehicle Generates electricity Parallel Hybrid Mode Drives the vehicle Drives front wheels and generates electricity
Regenerative braking
NOTE When the main drive lithium-ion battery level is full or nearly full, or the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature is too high or too low, the regenera-
tive braking force may temporarily be reduced or eliminated and stronger service brake effort may be required to operate the brakes. When the main drive lithium-ion battery level is no longer full or near full, or the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature has returned to a normal range, the regenerative brake force will resume.
If a problem occurs in the Plug-in hybrid EV system, or if the ABS and/or the ASC have been activated, the regenerative braking will be restricted. The service brake will still operate.
BK0302800US.book 4
Plug-in Hybrid EV System
General information/Charging 3-5
3
N01206800038
When the vehicle is driven in the EV drive mode, the drive mode may automat- ically be switched to the Series hybrid mode or the Parallel hybrid mode under the following conditions: If the temperature of the Plug-in hybrid
EV system is too hot or too cold. When quick acceleration is applied. When the air conditioner is operating. When the accelerator pedal is depressed
hard on an uphill road or expressway. In cold weather. If the vehicle has not been refueled for a
long period of time. When the main drive lithium-ion battery
level is low.
In addition to the above, there are other situations where the EV drive mode may automatically be changed to the series or parallel hybrid mode.
While the vehicle is stationary, the engine may automatically start. Some examples are; When the main drive lithium-ion battery
level is low. If the temperature of the Plug-in hybrid
EV system is too hot or too cold. When the air conditioner is operating. If the vehicle has not been used for a
long period of time. If the engine has not been started for a
long period of time. If the vehicle has not been refueled for a
long period of time.
Operation of gasoline engine NOTE Depending on usage of the vehicle, the
engine may not start for a long period of time and unused fuel will remain in the fuel tank. Fuel can deteriorate over time, which can adversely affect the engine and/or the fuel system. If the vehicle is not refueled with more than 4 gallons (15 liters) at least once every three months, the engine will automatically start, while the ready indicator is illuminated, to help prevent deterioration of the fuel. At that time, charging of the main drive lithium-ion battery will start and the battery charge mode display will appear on the information screen in the multi-information display. The charg- ing will stop, however, before the main drive lithium-ion battery is fully charged. The engine may also start even while the EV drive mode is selected or the vehicle is sta- tionary. To stop the engine from starting automati- cally when the vehicle is operated on the main drive lithium-ion battery power only for a long time, start the engine and drive the vehicle enough to reduce the fuel level to approximately half tank. Refill the fuel tank with at least 4 gallons (15 liters) of gasoline.
BK0302800US.book 5
Main drive lithium-ion battery
3-6 General information/Charging
3
N01206900042
N01207000037
Refueling (gasoline)
CAUTION If the fuel remaining warning display
appears in the multi-information display, refuel the vehicle immediately. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, electricity can- not be generated by the engine and the fol- lowing will occur. The propulsion power of the vehicle may be
reduced, since the vehicle must be driven using only electrical power stored in the main drive lithium-ion battery.
The heater for the air conditioner and the front window defogger will be degraded.
The catalytic converter may be damaged due to excessive high temperature.
Refer to Filling the fuel tank on page 3-51 and Fuel remaining display screen on page 5-147.
Depending on the usage of the vehicle, the engine may not start for a long period of time. Unused fuel can deteriorate over time. To avoid this situation, start the engine more than once every three months by activating the battery charge mode, or refill the vehicle with more than 4 gallons (15 liters) more than once every three months after the fuel remaining display is indicated below half. Refer to SAVE/CHARGE mode switch on page 5-68 and Fuel remaining display screen on page 5-147.
Main drive lithium-ion bat- tery
WARNING The main drive lithium-ion battery is a
sealed high voltage battery and has no user serviceable parts. To avoid severe burns and/or electrical
shock that may result in serious injury or death, never attempt to detach the main drive lithium-ion battery from the vehi- cle or try to disassemble it.
Never attempt to dispose or recycle the main drive lithium-ion battery by your- self. Consult with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer, when the main drive lithium- ion battery is disposed or recycled.
Never attempt to use the main drive lith- ium-ion battery for any other purpose.
CAUTION To help prevent damage to the main drive
lithium-ion battery, follow the instructions described below. Failure to do so can result in damage to the main drive lithium-ion bat- tery that will not be covered by the main drive lithium-ion battery warranty.
Repeatedly performing quick charging can reduce battery capacity. Normal charging is recommended unless quick charging is nec- essary. For details of charging, refer to Charging on page 3-17.
If your vehicle is not used for a long time, check the main drive lithium-ion battery level display every 3 months. If the gauge of the main drive lithium-ion battery level display screen in the multi- information display indicates that the bat- tery level is completely empty, charge the main drive lithium-ion battery until an indi- cation appears in the gauge. Refer to Multi-information display on page 5-140. Alternatively, start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and turn on the ready indicator. The engine will then automatically start to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery. Wait until the engine automatically stops, then put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF.
Do not store your vehicle at ambient tem- peratures above 131 F (55 C) for over 24 hours, or below -13 F (-25 C) for over 7 days. The temperatures may damage the main drive lithium-ion battery.
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 6
EV cruising range
General information/Charging 3-7
3
N01207100041
The capacity of the main drive lithium-ion battery used on your OUTLANDER PHEV, like other commonly used lithium- ion batteries, will decrease according to time and usage. This type of decrease in battery capacity is normal, and is not indicative of any defect or failure in your main drive lithium-ion battery. As the main drive lithium-ion battery capacity decreases, the initial EV cruising range of the vehicle and the vehicle performance will similarly decrease. Also, when the ambient temperature is low, charging times get longer or charging may be stopped before complete charging.
The capacity of your vehicle battery over time will depend on a variety of factors including how your vehicle is used, stored and charged. Factors that can adversely affect battery capacity over time include frequent driving using aggressive acceler- ation/deceleration, repeated frequent use of the quick charger, and operation/stor- age in extreme temperature environments.
When the ambient temperature lowers, the engine will start frequently, even if there is a large amount of remaining power in the main drive lithium-ion battery.
Because the engine starts frequently, the fuel consumption will increase.
The main drive lithium-ion battery has a limited service life, and when its charging capacity falls, owners should bring their vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for inspection and possible battery replacement.
For details regarding the warranty cover- age for the main drive lithium-ion battery, refer to the Warranty and Maintenance Manual.
N01207200026
The distance you can drive the vehicle (EV cruising range) depends on a number of fac- tors including available charge, weather, tem- perature, usage, battery age, topography, and driving style. Your actual range can vary, either initially or as the battery ages and with use over time. As the main drive lithium-ion battery capac- ity decreases, the EV cruising range of the vehicle will similarly decrease. Refer to Decrease of battery capacity on page 3-7.
NOTE It is recommended that your vehicle be
stored at temperatures below 77 F (25 C) to help maximize the life of the main drive lithium-ion battery.
Decrease of battery capacity
NOTE It is not necessary to consume the main drive
lithium-ion battery completely before charg- ing.
To help maintain the capacity of the main drive lithium-ion battery, the following is recommended: If you repeatedly perform only the quick
charging, fully charge the vehicle by nor- mal charging once every approximately 2 weeks.
Do not repeat charging when the main drive lithium-ion battery is at or near the full charge.
EV cruising range
NOTE Since cooling or heating consumes power
from the main drive lithium-ion battery, operation of these functions will reduce the EV cruising range.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 7
EV cruising range
3-8 General information/Charging
3
Put the selector lever in the B (REGEN- ERATIVE BRAKE) position according to the road condition. Using appropriate regen- erative braking can help increase the EV cruising range. Refer to Regenerative brak- ing on page 3-4.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 8
EV cruising range
General information/Charging 3-9
3
N01207300027
EV cruising range-Driving conditions
Shorten driving range
Lengthen driving
range
Range Reducing Condition Range Extending High acceleration, speed Driving style Low acceleration, speed
Heater on Heater usage Heater off (or use seat heater)
A/C on A/C usage A/C off Highway City/Highway City
Heavy payload Payload Light payload Windy, wet Weather Calm, dry
Uphill, rough Road conditions Flat/Downhill, smooth D (DRIVE) Select position B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE)
BK0302800US.book 9
Operating sound under charging or Remote Climate Control
3-10 General information/Charging
3 N01207400031
While charging, even if the operation mode of the power switch is OFF, you may hear operating sounds from the cooling fan and air conditioning compressor when operating the main drive lithium-ion battery cooling system or Remote Climate Control (if so equipped). This is normal. Refer to MITSUBISHI Remote Control on page 3-38.
N01207500032
Operating sound under charging or Remote Climate Control
For persons with electro- medical apparatus such as implantable cardiac pace- maker or implantable car- diovascular defibrillator
WARNING Before charging, read the instructions
described below carefully and follow them. Also read and follow the instruc- tions for Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) on page 3-20, Normal charging (using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) on page 3-31, and Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) on page 3-32.
Before charging, individuals using an elec- tro-medical apparatus such as implant- able pacemakers and implantable cardiovascular-defibrillators should check with the manufacturer of the apparatus to confirm the effect of the electromagnetic waves from charging. The electromagnetic waves may affect the operations of the electro-medical apparatus.
When performing normal charging, keep your electro-medical apparatus, such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardiovascular defibrillator, away from the charge connector, EV charging cable, control box or normal charging station.
Do not perform quick charging and keep away from a quick charger. Electromag- netic waves produced by a quick charger may affect the operation of your electric- medical apparatus. If you have acciden- tally approached a quick charger, walk away from the quick charger immediately. If quick charging is necessary, ask some- one for help.
While charging; Do not stay inside the vehicle. Do not go inside the vehicle, for example
to remove or place an item in the passen- ger compartment.
Do not open the liftgate, for example to remove or place an item in the cargo area.
Do not bring your body close to the foot area of the rear seat and do not stay in the cargo area while the vehicle is running. Also, do not allow persons using an elec- tro-medical apparatus to ride in the cargo area while the vehicle is running. The operation of electro-medical apparatus may be affected.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 10
For persons with electro-medical apparatus such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardiovascular defibrillator
General information/Charging 3-11
3
When using the Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key), please observe following precautions. People with implantable cardiac pace-
makers or implantable cardiovascular- defibrillators should not go near the external transmitters or the internal transmitters. The radio waves used by the F.A.S.T.-key could adversely affect implantable cardiac pacemakers or implantable cardiovascular-defibrilla- tors.
When using electromedical devices other than implantable cardiac pacemakers or implantable cardiovascular-defibrilla- tors, contact the electromedical device manufacturer ahead of time to determine the affects of radio waves on the devices. Electromedical device operations could be adverse effects by radio waves. Refer to Free-hand Advanced Security Trans- mitter (F.A.S.T.-key) on page 5-4.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 11
Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat
3-12 General information/Charging
3
N01201001061
When the ambient temperature is approximately 113 F (45 C) or higher, the phenomena described below may occur. Please take the described actions.
Even if the ambient temperature is approximately 113 F (45 C) or lower, when performing quick charging, driving at high-speed and uphill repeatedly, the phenomena described below may occur. Please take the described actions.
Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat
Approx. ambient temperature Phenomena Corrective action
Approx.113 F (45 C) or higher
Startup and driving If quick charging and high-speed driving or quick charg- ing and uphill driving are repeated, the PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED warning display* may appear and the motor output is restricted to protect the main drive lithium-ion battery and/or motor.
If driving continues a few miles/kilometers while the PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED warning dis- play* appears, the vehicle may stop.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place for a while, avoid quick charging, and wait for the PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED warning display* to go off.
Regenerative braking performance may decrease. When braking, depress the brake pedal more strongly.
Charging and battery The EV charging cable cannot be used. Charging times get longer.
Park in a safe, well-ventilated and shady place.
The main drive lithium-ion battery capacity is decreased more quickly, and the EV cruising range is decreased.
NOTE *: Refer to PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED warning display on page 5-181. Display of the PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED warning
display does not indicate a malfunction.
BK0302800US.book 12
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold
General information/Charging 3-13
3
N01201101075
When the ambient temperature is approximately 5 F (-15 C) or lower, the phenomena described below may occur. Please take the corrective actions described below.
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold
Approx. ambi- ent tempera-
ture Phenomena Corrective action
Approx.5 F (-15 C) or
lower
Startup and driving
Motor output is restricted and the vehicle perfor- mance may be decreased.
Keep driving if you can drive at a safe speed. If you cannot drive at a safe speed, stop the vehicle in a safe place and charge the main drive lithium-ion battery.
Regenerative braking performance may decrease. When braking, depress the brake pedal more strongly.
Charging and battery
Charging times get longer. Complete charging may not be possible.
When you have finished driving, charge the main drive lithium-ion battery before ambient temperature falls to 5 F (-15 C) or lower.
BK0302800US.book 13
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold
3-14 General information/Charging
3 Approx.-18 F (-28 C) or
lower
Startup and driving
The motor output is restricted and the vehicle perfor- mance may be decreased. Then, the PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED warning display*1 and BATTERY TOO COLD warning display*2 may appear alternately. (Vehicles with main drive lithium-ion battery warming system)
Keep driving if you can drive at the same speed as surrounding vehicles. If you cannot drive the same speed as surrounding vehicles, stop the vehicle in a safe place.
The vehicle performance decreases, the BATTERY TOO COLD FOR VEHICLE TO OPERATE warn- ing display*3 may appear.
In the daytime, wait for the temperature to rise. When the temperature in the vicinity of the main drive lithium-ion battery has risen, start up.
Regenerative braking performance may decrease or be eliminated.
When braking, depress the brake pedal more strongly.
Charging and battery
Charging may become impossible. (Except for vehi- cles with main drive lithium-ion battery warming system)
When you have finished driving, charge the main drive lithium-ion battery before ambient temperature falls to -18 F (-28 C) or lower.
Charging times get longer. Complete charging may not be possible. (Vehi-
cles with main drive lithium-ion battery warming system)
If low temperature is predicted, even if the main drive lithium-ion battery is fully charged, connect the EV charging cable. The main drive lithium-ion battery will automatically be warmed.
Approx. ambi- ent tempera-
ture Phenomena Corrective action
BK0302800US.book 14
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold
General information/Charging 3-15
3Approx. -22 F (-30 C) or
lower
Startup and driving
The Plug-in Hybrid EV system may not be started and BATTERY TOO COLD warning display*2 may appear. (Except for vehicles with main drive lithium-ion battery warming system)
In the daytime, wait for the temperature to rise. When the temperature in the vicinity of the main drive lithium-ion battery has risen, start up.
The Plug-in Hybrid EV system may not be started. The ready indicator*4 blinks and BATTERY TOO COLD PLUG IN NORMAL CHARGER TO WARM warning display *5 may appear. (Vehicles with main drive lithium-ion battery warming system)
If low temperature is predicted, even if the main drive lithium-ion battery is fully charged, connect the EV charging cable (normal charger). The main drive lithium-ion battery will automatically be warmed. The Plug-in Hybrid EV system can be started within 1 hour after the EV charging cable is connected.
Regenerative braking performance may decrease or be eliminated.
When braking, depress the brake pedal more strongly.
The vehicle performance decreases, the BATTERY TOO COLD FOR VEHICLE TO OPERATE warn- ing display*3 may appear.
In the daytime, wait for the temperature to rise. When the temperature in the vicinity of the main drive lithium-ion battery has risen, start up.
Charging and battery
Charging may become impossible. (Except for vehi- cles with main drive lithium-ion battery warming system)
In the daytime, wait for the temperature to rise. When the temperature in the vicinity of the main drive lithium-ion battery has risen, begin charging.
Charging times get longer. Complete charging may not be possible. (Vehi-
cles with main drive lithium-ion battery warming system)
If low temperature is predicted, even if the main drive lithium-ion battery is fully charged, connect the EV charging cable. The main drive lithium-ion battery will automatically be warmed.
Approx. ambi- ent tempera-
ture Phenomena Corrective action
BK0302800US.book 15
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold
3-16 General information/Charging
3
CAUTION When BATTERY TOO COLD FOR VEHICLE TO OPERATE is displayed*3, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE *1: Refer to PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED warning display on page 5-181.
Display of the PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED warning display does not indicate a malfunction.
*2: Refer to BATTERY TOO COLD warning display on page 5-162.
*3: Refer to BATTERY TOO COLD FOR VEHICLE TO OPERATE warning display on page 5-162.
*4: Refer to Ready indicator on page 5-187.
*5: Refer to BATTERY TOO COLD PLUG IN NORMAL CHARGER TO WARM warning display on page 5-162. When warming the main drive lithium-ion battery with the main drive lithium-ion battery warming system (if so equipped), use the EV charging cable. If
using a home charging device or a public charging device (EVSE: Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment), charging and warm-up of the main drive lithium- ion battery may be stopped. If this happens, disconnect the charge connector and insert the charge connector again. Accordingly, the main drive lithium-ion battery warming system will be reactivated and you can start the Plug-in Hybrid EV system within 1 hour.
The main drive lithium-ion battery warming system may not be activated depending on the situation. While warm up the main drive lithium-ion battery, the following phenomena may occur.
The operation sound of on board equipment and the state of charge is displayed on the multi-information display. The main drive lithium-ion battery may not become full charge.
BK0302800US.book 16
Charging
General information/Charging 3-17
3
N01201201092
Your vehicle comes standard with a charge port and charging cable (EV charging cable) that uses a household outlet (AC 110-120 V) as a charg- ing source. You may also charge your vehicle using an OUTLANDER PHEV compatible 220-240 V charging device (EVSE*1 — available sepa- rately). As an optional feature, your vehicle may come equipped with an additional quick charge port to be used with a CHAdeMO*2 quick charger.
Charging
Category Charge port Charge connector Charging Source Charging time Reference
Level 1
Normal charging 110-120 V
(Attached EV charging cable)
Right rear side of vehicle 110-120 V household out- let (15 amp dedicated cir-
cuit required)
120 V/8 A: Approximately
14.5 hours 120 V/12 A:
Approximately 9 hours
P.3-20
Level 2 Normal charging
220-240 V (Primary Home EVSE*1 Dock- Available sepa-
rately) Right rear side of vehicle Home or public charging
device
Approximately 4 hours P.3-31
BK0302800US.book 17
Charging
3-18 General information/Charging
3
Charging time will vary depending on the condition of the main drive lithium-ion bat- tery, air temperature, electric power con- sumption of electrical devices during charging and condition of the power source (such as specifications of the quick charger). A vehicle equipped with a quick charge port is compatible with most CHAdeMO connec- tors on charging stations. Charging stations using the CHAdeMO standard are UL certi- fied and safe to use in the US. For details of charging system specifications, refer to Charging system specifications on page 11-7.
Quick charging (charging method with quick char-
ger)*3
Right rear side of vehicle Public charging stations where available
Approximately 25 minutes for 80 % charge
P.3-32
*1: EVSE = Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment
*2: CHAdeMO is a standard for quick charging of electric vehicle originally started in Japan, and the contents have also become international standard.
*3: Optional equipment
Category Charge port Charge connector Charging Source Charging time Reference
NOTE The main drive lithium-ion battery can be
charged to nearly full using the battery charge mode. Refer to SAVE/CHARGE mode switch on page 5-68.
The 12 V starter battery will be automati- cally charged during charging and also while the ready indicator is illuminated. Refer to Ready indicator on page 5-187.
Repeatedly performing only quick charging can reduce battery capacity. Normal charging is recommended unless quick charging is necessary.
If the 12 V starter battery is discharged, the main drive lithium-ion battery cannot be charged. Refer to Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system on page 8-2.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 18
Precautions during Charging the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery
General information/Charging 3-19
3
N01202601080
Both normal charging and quick charging cannot be performed at the same time. The quick charging is given priority.
Precautions during Charg- ing the Main Drive Lithium- ion Battery
WARNING Improper charging can result in a fire,
property damage, and serious injury or death. Read the instructions described below carefully and follow them. Also read and follow the instructions for Normal charg- ing (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) on page 3-20, Normal charging (using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) on page 3-31 and Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) on page 3-32 before using the charging device. Do not touch charge port, charge connec-
tor, plug and outlet with wet hands. Keep away from water when connecting
the charge port, charge connector, plug and outlet.
NOTE Do not perform charging outdoors in
adverse weather, such as heavy rain, heavy snow or strong winds, or when adverse weather is expected.
Never charge or touch the vehicle when lightning or thunder is observed or expected. A lightning strike may back feed into the normal charging causing damage and possible personal injury or death. If lightning or thunder begins during normal charging, do not touch the vehicle or the EV charging cable and turn off the breaker.
Make sure there is no water or foreign materials in the charge port, charge con- nector or plug, and that they are not damaged or affected by rust or corro- sion. If any of these conditions are notice- able, do not charge the main drive lithium-ion battery.
Never touch the metal contacts of the charge port, charge connector or plug.
Never disassemble or modify the charge port or charging cable.
If you notice unusual odor or smoke coming from the vehicle, charging cable or plug, or if the charging cable or plug becomes hot to the touch, stop charging immediately.
WARNING Keep away from the cooling fan under the
hood during charging. During charging, the cooling fan may automatically be operated even if the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF.
Some public chargers may not be compat- ible with your vehicle. If you attempt to charge from a non-compliant charger, you may not be able to charge or you may not receive a complete charge. If necessary, consult an administrator or the maker of the charger to determine whether the charger is compatible with your vehicle before using it. Also be sure to use the charger according to operating proce- dures indicated on the body of the char- ger.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the charging equip-
ment: Do not close the charging port lid without
closing the inner lid. Do not subject the charging equipment to
impact. Do not pull, twist or bend the EV charge
cable. Do not drag the EV charge cable. Do not store charging equipment in loca-
tions where the temperature is above 185 F (85 C) or below -40 F (-40 C).
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 19
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
3-20 General information/Charging
3
N01203101066
Carefully read instructions regarding Pre- cautions during Charging the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery on page 3-19 and described in this section and also instructions on EV charging cable on page 3-28 or instructions for a charging device you use, and follow them.
Do not place the charging equipment close to a heater or other heat source.
Make sure the inner lid is closed on the charge port when charging is finished. If the charging lid is closed when the inner lid is open, water or foreign materials may enter the charge port.
When charging, do not use a car cover except for the Mitsubishi Motors genuine car cover.
Do not attempt to perform a jump start on the 12 V starter battery at the same time that the main drive lithium-ion battery is being charged. Doing so may damage the vehicle or EV charging cable and could cause an injury. See Jump-starting in the 6. For emergency section.
Forcing the charge connector to connect may cause damage to the charging equipment and vehicle.
NOTE If the charging lid is opened with the opera-
tion mode of the power switch in ON, a buzzer will intermittently sound for approxi- mately 10 minutes to alert that charging has been disabled. When the charging lid is closed or the operation mode is put in OFF, the buzzer will stop.
CAUTION If a charge connector is connected to the
charge port with the operation mode of the power switch in ON, a buzzer will continu- ously sound for approximately 10 minutes to alert that charging has been disabled. When the charge connector is detached from the charge connector or the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF, the buzzer will stop.
Repeatedly performing only quick charging can reduce the main drive lithium-ion battery capacity. Normal charging is recommended unless quick charging is necessary.
While charging, even if the operation mode of the power switch is OFF, you may hear operating sounds from the cooling fan and air conditioning compressor when operating the main drive lithium-ion battery cooling system or Remote Climate Control. This is normal. Refer to MITSUBISHI Remote Control on page 3-38.
NOTE If your vehicle is not used for a long time,
check the gauge of the main drive lithium- ion battery level display at least once every 3 months. If the gauge of the main drive lithium-ion battery level display in the multi-information display indicates that the battery level is completely empty, charge the main drive lithium-ion battery until an indication appears in the gauge. Refer to Multi-infor- mation display on page 5-140. Alternatively, start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. Then the engine will automatically start to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery. Wait until the engine automatically stops, then put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF.
If an electrical power outage occurs while charging, the charging will automatically resume when the electric power resumes.
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 20
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
General information/Charging 3-21
3
WARNING Improper charging can result in a fire,
property damage, and serious injury or death.
To minimize the risk of electrical shock and/or a fire, always use an outlet rated AC 120 V that is grounded, protected by a ground-fault circuit interrupter, rated for 15 A or more, and connected to a dedi- cated circuit. Outlets located outdoors must be waterproofed. If you have any doubt whether your charging outlet meets these requirements, check with a licensed electrician. If the outlet is not grounded, the risk of electrical shock will increase in the event of an insulation failure in the EV charging cable. If the circuit is shared, and another elec- trical device is being used at the same time the vehicle is charging, the circuit may heat abnormally, the breaker may trip and the circuit may cause adverse inter- ference on household electrical appliances such as televisions and audio systems.
Individuals using an electro-medical apparatus such as implantable pacemak- ers and implantable cardiovascular-defi- brillators should check with the manufacturer of the apparatus to confirm the effect of the electromagnetic waves from charging. The electromagnetic waves may affect the operations of the electro- medical apparatus.
If you use an electro-medical apparatus, such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibril- lator, observe the following precautions before charging; Keep your electro-medical apparatus
away from the charge connector, EV charging cable, control box and normal charging station.
While normal charging; Do not stay inside the vehicle. Do not return to the vehicle. Do not open the liftgate, for example to
remove or place an item in the cargo area.
Never use an extension cable, multi-plug adapter or conversion adapter. Using them may cause overheating result- ing in fire.
Never force the connection if the EV charging cable or plug shows damage or is not easily connected due to foreign mate- rial entering the plug or the outlet.
Never use an outlet that is damaged or will not hold the plug firmly in place. Never use a plug that is bent or damaged. Failure to follow these instructions can result in an electric shock and/or fire.
Make sure that the plug is inserted all the way into the outlet before use.
WARNING While it is normal for the plug and EV
charging cable to become warm during charging, discontinue use immediately if the plug or EV charging cable becomes too hot to touch.
Never pull the cable to remove the plug. Never connect or disconnect the plug with
a wet hand.
CAUTION During charging, the cooling fans in the
engine compartment may automatically be operated even if the operation mode of the power switch is in OFF. Keep your hands away from the cooling fan during charging.
Do not perform charging from other power source like a generator. Doing so could cause a malfunction.
Do not push the rear portion of the charging lid when the charging lid is locked. There is a possibility that the charging lid open unexpectedly when the drivers door is unlocked.
NOTE Your vehicle is equipped with an EV charg-
ing cable for normal charging. Refer to EV charging cable on page 3-28.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 21
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
3-22 General information/Charging
3
N01216201045
The charging port courtesy light (A) illumi- nates when the charging lid is opened while the select position is in P (PARK) position. It goes off automatically after approximately 3 minutes. If you want to turn it on again, press the charging port courtesy light switch (B). When charging is started, the charging port courtesy light blinks three times.
N01216500025
1. Firmly apply the parking brake, press the electrical parking switch to shift the P position and put the operation mode of the power switch is in OFF.
2. On vehicle equipped with the charging lid lock, unlock the drivers door to unlock the charging lid.
3. Push the rear portion of the charging lid (A) until it clicks, and open the charging lid.
N01203201113
1. Open the charging lid.
Refer to To open the charging lid on page 3-22.
When connecting or disconnecting the nor- mal charge connector, insert/pull out the con- nector straight. Also, do not incline or twist the connector. Doing so could cause a bad connection or malfunction.
Make sure to lock the doors to prevent theft, etc. during charging.
Charging port courtesy light
NOTE NOTE The charging port courtesy light illuminating
time can be adjusted. For details, please consult a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer.
If the MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped) is operated when the charging port courtesy light is off, the light may illuminate.
To open the charging lid
NOTE On vehicles equipped with the charging lid
lock, the charging lid is unlocked in conjunc- tion with unlocking of the drivers door as the following condition. The operation mode is put in OFF or
ACC. The selector lever position is P (PARK).
On vehicles equipped with the charging lid lock, when the charging lid cannot be unlocked even if the drivers door is unlocked. Open the charging lid manually by using the release lever inside of the interior trim in the cargo room. Refer to If the charging lid cannot be unlocked on page 3-26.
Charging from rated AC 120 V outlet
BK0302800US.book 22
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
General information/Charging 3-23
3
2. Press the tab (A) to open the inner lid (B).
3. Insert the EV charging cable plug into an outlet.
WARNING Do not touch the metal terminal of the
normal charge port (C) and the normal charge connector. Doing so could cause an electric shock and/or malfunction.
CAUTION To help keep foreign material out of the nor-
mal charge port, do not leave the inner lid open without connecting the normal charge connector. Doing so could allow water, dirt or other objects to enter in the normal charge port resulting in a fire or electrical shock.
NOTE There is a hole on the normal charge port for
water drainage. If this hole is blocked and water gets trapped in the normal charge port, do not charge. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If the normal charge port becomes frozen, use a hair dryer to defrost and dry the normal charge port before charging. Forcing the charging connector to connect with the nor- mal charge port while it is frozen can dam- age the normal charge port and/or prevent charging.
WARNING Make sure that the plug is inserted all the
way into the outlet before use.
To minimize the risk of electrical shock and/or a fire, always use an outlet rated AC 120 V that is grounded, protected by a ground-fault circuit interrupter, rated for 15 A or more, and connected to a dedi- cated circuit. Outlets located outdoors must be waterproofed. If you have any doubt whether your charging outlet meets these requirements, check with a licensed electrician. If the outlet is not grounded, the risk of electrical shock will increase in the event of an insulation failure in the EV charging cable. If the circuit is shared, and another elec- trical device is being used at the same time the vehicle is charging, the circuit may heat abnormally, the breaker may trip and the circuit may cause adverse inter- ference on the household electrical appli- ances such as televisions and audio systems.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 23
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
3-24 General information/Charging
3
4. Press the 8 A/12 A manual selection but- ton (D) on the control box to charge quickly when needed. If selected, the 12 A indicator (E) will illuminate.
5. Open the cap (F) on the normal charge connector (G) and make sure that there is no foreign matter such as dust at the end of the normal charge connector and the normal charge port.
6. Without pressing the release button (H), insert the normal charge connector until a click is heard.
Never use an extension cable, multi-plug adapter or conversion adapter. Using them may cause overheating resulting in fire.
To prevent an electrical shock or fire, do not use a multi type outlet. The grounded line may not work properly and it is not a dedicated type outlet.
WARNING
WARNING If the selected electrical current level
exceeds the electrical current capacity of the electrical circuit or outlet being used for charging, the circuit and outlet can overheat resulting in fire. If the capacity of an outlet and its electri- cal circuit are unknown, do not use the outlet for charging the vehicle.
BK0302800US.book 24
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
General information/Charging 3-25
3
7. Make sure that the charging indicator (I) on the instrument cluster is illuminated.
If the charging indicator is not illumi- nated, charging will not start. Make sure that the normal charge port, the plug and the connector are correctly con- nected, and perform charging from Step 4 again.
CAUTION Do not grasp the top of normal charge con-
nector. It could cause injury from the protru- sion on the charging lid.
NOTE If the operation mode of the power switch is
put in ON with the EV charging cable con- nected to the normal charge port, the Plug-in hybrid EV system will not turn on.
Do not connect or disconnect the normal charge connector repeatedly in a short time period. You may experience difficulty charg- ing your vehicle.
To change the operation mode of the power switch to OFF from ACC or ON after using an electric device, such as the audio system, during charging, make sure that the select position is in P (PARK) position, and press the power switch without depress- ing the brake pedal.
NOTE When the normal charge connector is con-
nected to the normal charge port, the charg- ing indicator is blinking. When charging is started, the charging indicator is illuminated and the charging port courtesy light blinks three times.
If you want to confirm the main drive lith- ium-ion battery level or the predicted charg- ing time during charging, one of the doors is opened or the multi-information display switch is operated, the main drive lithium- ion battery level display (J) appears and the predicted charging time display (K) appears on the information screen in the multi-infor- mation display. In addition, when the remaining time is less than 1 hour, the pre- dicted charging time display appears —:—. This does not indicate a malfunction.
When an electrical component is used during charging, charge time may become longer.
You may hear operating sounds from the main drive lithium-ion battery cooling sys- tem, such as sounds from the cooling fan and air conditioning compressor, during normal charging. This is normal.
BK0302800US.book 25
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
3-26 General information/Charging
3
8. Charging is complete when the charging indicator turns off. Pull out the normal charge connector while pressing the release button (L).
9. Close the inner lid and press the rear of the charging lid until it clicks to close it.
10. Remove the EV charging cable plug from the outlet.
11. Install the cap on the normal charge con- nector.
N01216400024
When the charging lid cannot be unlocked even if the drivers door is unlocked, take the following measure to open the charging lid.
1. Firmly apply the parking brake, press the electrical parking switch to shift the P position and put the operation mode in OFF.
2. Press the tab (A) on the interior trim of the lid in the cargo room and remove the inte- rior trim of the lid.
WARNING After charging, disconnect the charge con-
nector completely from the normal charge port. If the normal charge connector remains partially engaged with the latch unlocked, the operation mode of the power switch can be put in ON and the vehicle can be moved.
NOTE Charging can be stopped half way. In this
case, pull out the normal charge connector while pressing the release button.
WARNING After charging, be sure to close the inner
lid and the charging lid completely. Be careful that water or dust does not enter in the normal charge port, inner lid and normal charge connector. Entry of water or dust could cause electric leakage, resulting in a fire or electric shock.
NOTE Make sure that the inner lid is completely
closed before closing the charging lid. If the charging lid is forcibly closed without completely closing the inner lid, the hinge on the inner lid may be broken.
When the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON while the charging lid is not completely closed, a warning may be dis- played on the information screen in the multi-information display. Refer to Warning display list on page 5-162.
On the vehicle equipped with the charging lid lock, if the charging lid is closed while the drivers door is locked, the charging lid will be locked.
CAUTION Before using an automatic car wash, make
sure that the charging lid is completed closed to avoid damage to the charging lid.
If the charging lid cannot be unlocked
BK0302800US.book 26
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
General information/Charging 3-27
3
3. Pull the lever (B) in the direction indi- cated by the arrow. The charging lid will be unlocked.
N01202501089
You cannot start the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys- tem and drive when the ambient temperature is -22 F (-30 C) or lower (The warning dis- play is displayed on the information screen in the multi-information display). The main drive lithium-ion battery warming system will automatically operate and the main drive lithium-ion battery will be heated when you connect the normal charge connector to the normal charge port. Then, when the ambient temperature is higher -18 F (-28 C), you can start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and drive. The main drive lithium-ion battery warming system will automatically operate and the main drive lith- ium-ion battery will be heated when all the following conditions are met.
NOTE After taking the emergency measure, please
inspect at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Main drive lithium-ion battery warming system
The normal charge connector is con- nected to the normal charge port at an ambient temperature under -22 F (-30 C).
The Plug-in Hybrid EV System is started at an ambient temperature between -20 F (-29 C) and 14 F (-10 C).
The main drive lithium-ion battery warming system will automatically stop after the main drive lithium-ion battery has been heated until suitable temperature.
NOTE When the ambient temperature is very cold,
you cannot use function of charging timer because of operating the main drive lithium- ion battery warming system. And when the ambient temperature is -22 F (-30 C) or lower, you cannot use the function of the remote climate control. Then, when the ambient temperature is higher -20 F (-29 C) after operating the main drive lith- ium-ion battery warming system, you can use the function of the remote climate con- trol.
BK0302800US.book 27
EV charging cable
3-28 General information/Charging
3
N01202801066
Your vehicle is equipped with an EV charging cable that consists of a cable (A), control box (B), plug (C), and normal charge connector (D). The EV charging cable is stowed in the luggage floor box. Refer to Luggage floor box on page 5-225.
For a quicker charge, press the 8 A/12 A manual selection button (E) and confirm that the 12 A indicator (F) is illuminated. Each time you press the button, either the 12 A indicator or the 8 A indicator (G) will illuminate. POWER (H), FAULT (I) and CHARGING (J) indicators located on the control box will illuminate/blink in response to the following conditions:
EV charging cable
E- 8 A/12 A manual selection button H ( )- POWER indicator F- 12 A indicator I ( )- FAULT indicator G- 8 A indicator J ( )- CHARGING indicator
Indicator (LED) and button
BK0302800US.book 28
EV charging cable
General information/Charging 3-29
3
: Illuminates : Blinking : Not illuminated
POWER FAULT CHARGING Operating condition
Every time the EV charging cable plug (C) is connected to an outlet, all indicator lights illumi- nate for 1/2 second, then go out. After initial processing is completed, when the normal charge connector is not connected to the normal charge port, or the normal charge connector is connected to the normal charge port but charging is not being performed.
While the main drive lithium-ion battery is being charged
When the ground cable is disconnected Check the grounding of the outlet being used. If the outlet is properly grounded, contact a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
When charging is completed.
POWER FAULT CHARGING Abnormal operating condition and corrective action
When an electric leakage occurs or the EV charging cable malfunctions. Stop use immediately and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. When the EV charging cable malfunctions. Stop use immediately and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. If the control box indicator light does not illuminate after connecting the EV charging cable plug to the outlet, check the circuit breaker for the outlet. If the breaker has tripped, the circuit may not be suitable for use with EV charging cable. You should have a licensed electrician inspect and repair the electrical circuit. If the breaker is not tripped, stop using the EV charging cable and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
BK0302800US.book 29
EV charging cable
3-30 General information/Charging
3
N01202901067
FCC Notice: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radi- ate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
WARNING Improper use of the EV charging cable
can result in a fire, property damage, and serious injury or death. Carefully read instructions regarding Precautions during Charging the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery on page 3-19 and on Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) on page 3-20 and described in this section and follow them.
To minimize the risk of electrical shock and/or a fire, always use an outlet rated AC 120 V that is grounded, protected by a ground-fault circuit interrupter, rated for 15 A or more, and connected to a dedi- cated circuit. Outlets located outdoors must be waterproofed. If you have any doubt whether your charging outlet meets these requirements, check with a licensed electrician.
Never use an extension cable or conver- sion adapter.
Never connect or disconnect the plug with a wet hand.
Make sure that the plug is inserted all the way into the socket before use. Continued charging with a plug not completely inserted or pulled halfway out of the socket may result in a risk of overheating or fire.
If the indictors show the EV charging cable malfunctions as described below, stop using the EV charging cable and con- tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Never disassemble the EV charging cable or attempt to open the control box.
NOTE All indicators are illuminated momentarily
for confirming operation when the EV charg- ing cable plug is inserted into an outlet. After that, the POWER indicator is continuously illuminated and the CHARGING indicator is continuously blinking.
The CHARGING indicator will start to blink when charging is completed. The POWER indicator is continuously illuminated while EV charging cable plug is inserted into an outlet.
Handling and storing the con- trol box
CAUTION Use the method shown below to help secure
the control box and to prevent the plug from being pulled halfway out of the socket during charging.
WARNING NOTE Use customer supplied hook (A) and rope
(B) supplied with the vehicle, that can sup- port the weight of the EV charging control box, 8.8 lbs (4 kg) as shown in the figure below.
Make sure that the rope has no damage before use.
Never at any time should the EV charging control box be solely supported by the power cord plugged into a socket. Doing so may cause strain and/or damage on the electrical outlet/plug.
A
B
BK0302800US.book 30
Normal charging (using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment)
General information/Charging 3-31
3
instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interfer- ence will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interfer- ence to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a
circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
ICES Notice: This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
N01203001023
1. Gently wipe outside surface of the EV charging cable with gauze or a similar soft cloth soaked with a mild soap and water solution.
2. Wipe off all detergent with a soft cloth dipped in fresh water and thoroughly wrung out.
3. Wipe all moisture off and dry in a shaded, well-ventilated area.
N01216101031
You can charge your vehicle through the nor- mal charge port using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) compatible with OUTLANDER PHEV. Carefully read instructions on Precautions during Charging the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery on page 3-19, described in this sec- tion. For connecting/disconnecting the charging connector to/from the vehicle, follow instruc- tions for the normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) on page 3-20. Also, Mitsubishi Motors recommends that all 240 V home charging docks be installed by a licensed professional electrician using a dedicated circuit. Please review and follow the instructions provided with your charging dock.Cleaning the EV charging cable
WARNING Before cleaning, be sure to remove the EV
charging cable plug from the socket and the normal charging connector from the vehicle. Do not connect or disconnect the plug with a wet hand. Doing so can cause an electric shock.
Never expose the metal terminal of the normal charge connector or the EV charg- ing cable plug to water or neutral deter- gent. Water or detergent entering into the plugs can cause a fire or an electric shock.
CAUTION Never use benzine, gasoline, organic sol-
vents, acid, or alkaline solvents to clean the charging cable. Doing so could cause defor- mation, discolor, or malfunction. Also, these substances may be present in various clean- ers, so check carefully before use.
Normal charging (using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment)
BK0302800US.book 31
Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped)
3-32 General information/Charging
3 N01203301084
As an optional feature, your vehicle may come equipped with an additional quick charge port. The quick charge port is compat- ible with most CHAdeMO* connectors on charging stations. *: CHAdeMO is a standard for quick charg- ing of electric vehicle originally started in Japan, and the contents have become an inter- national standard. Charging stations using this standard are UL certified and safe to use in the US. Improper charging can result in a fire, prop- erty damage, and serious injury or death. Carefully read and follow instructions on Precautions during Charging the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery on page 3-19, instruc- tions described in this section and also instructions for the quick charger you use.
WARNING Individuals using an electro-medical
apparatus such as implantable pacemak- ers and implantable cardiovascular-defi- brillators should check with the manufacturer of the apparatus to confirm the effect of the electromagnetic waves from charging. The electromagnetic waves may affect the operations of the electro- medical apparatus.
If you use an electro-medical apparatus, such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibril- lator, observe the following precautions before charging; Keep your electro-medical apparatus
away from the charge connector, EV charging cable, control box and normal charging station.
While normal charging; Do not stay inside the vehicle. Do not get in the vehicle (including the
cargo area) to take out something or for other purpose.
Do not open the liftgate, for example to remove or place an item in the cargo area.
Do not bring your body close to the foot area of the rear seat and do not ride in the cargo area while the vehicle is running. Also, do not allow persons using an elec- tro-medical apparatus to ride in the cargo area while the vehicle is running. The operation of electro-medical apparatus may be affected.
CAUTION Be sure to use a 240 V EVSE compatible
with OUTLANDER PHEV. Use of a non- compatible 240 V EVSE may not charge the main drive lithium-ion battery correctly or may damage the main drive lithium-ion bat- tery.
NOTE The 240 V EVSE compatible with OUT-
LANDER PHEV is available separately. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
WARNING Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped)
WARNING Always use a CHAdeMO quick charger.
Use of a non-CHAdeMO quick charger may cause a fire or malfunction. When operating a quick charger, follow the instructions provided with the quick charger.
BK0302800US.book 32
Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped)
General information/Charging 3-33
3
1. Open the charging lid. Refer to To open the charging lid on page 3-22.
2. Press the tab (A) to open the inner lid (B).
If you use an electro-medical apparatus, such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrilla- tor, follow the precautions described below. Quick charging may affect the operation of electric medical devices. Do not perform quick charging and keep
away from a quick charger. Electromag- netic waves produced by a quick charger may affect the operation of your electric- medical apparatus.
If you have accidentally approached a quick charger, walk away from the quick charger immediately.
If quick charging is necessary, ask some- one for help.
While quick charging; Do not stay inside the vehicle. Do not go inside the vehicle, for exam-
ple to remove or place an item in the passenger compartment.
Do not open the liftgate, for example to remove or place an item in the cargo area.
Never connect or disconnect the charger with a wet hand.
Never pull the cable to disconnect the charger.
During charging, the cooling fans under the hood may automatically operate even if the operation mode of the power switch is OFF. Keep your hands away from the cooling fans during charging.
WARNING As the quick charge connector is heavier
in comparison to the normal charge con- nector, allowing it to drop could cause damage to the vehicle or charge connector or personal injury.
CAUTION If the charge connector cannot easily be con-
nected to the quick charge port, do not force the connection. Foreign material may be in the charge connector or quick charge port, or the charging device may not be compatible with your vehicle. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE Repeatedly performing only quick charging
can reduce the main drive lithium-ion battery capacity. Normal charging is recommended unless quick charging is necessary.
Before using a publicly available quick char- ger, confirm that the charger is suitable for your vehicle.
Make sure to lock the doors to prevent theft, etc. during charging.
WARNING When using a quick charger, make sure that
the time available is enough so that the quick charging can be finished in the time avail- able. If the power supply to the quick charger is shut off during quick charging, it could lead to a malfunction.
WARNING Do not touch the metal terminal of the
quick charge port (C) or the quick charge connector. Doing so could cause an electric shock and/or malfunction.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 33
Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped)
3-34 General information/Charging
3
3. Insert the quick charge connector com- pletely into the quick charge port to begin charging. For connecting and disconnecting, follow the instruction manual for each quick charger.
4. Make sure that the charging indicator (D) on the instrument cluster is illuminated.
If the charging indicator is not illumi- nated, charging has not started. Refer to the quick charger user manual.
CAUTION Be sure to insert the quick charge connector
straight into the quick charge port all the way to the base. Failure to do so may result in the main drive lithium-ion battery not charging or cause damage to the charging equipment.
Do not leave the inner lid open for any sig- nificant period of time without the charge connector inserted. Foreign material, if allowed to enter the quick charge port, can damage the quick charge port and/or prevent charging.
NOTE There is a hole on the quick charge port for
water drainage. If this hole is blocked and water gets trapped in the quick charge port, do not charge. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If the quick charge port becomes frozen, use a hair dryer to defrost and dry it before charging. Forcing the charging connector into the quick charge port while it is frozen can damage the quick charge port, and it may prevent charging.
WARNING Be sure to insert the charge connector
completely into the quick charge port. If the charge connector is only partially inserted and the connector latch is not locked, the operation mode of the power switch can still be put in ON and the vehi- cle can still be moved.
BK0302800US.book 34
Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped)
General information/Charging 3-35
3
5. Charging is complete when the charging indicator turns off. Disconnect the quick charge connector according to the manual of the quick char- ger.
6. Close the inner lid and press the rear of the charging lid until it clicks to close it.
NOTE When the quick charge connector is con-
nected to the quick charge port, the charging indicator will blink. Once charging has started, the charging indicator will illuminate and the charging port courtesy light blinks three times.
If you want to confirm the main drive lith- ium-ion battery level or the predicted charg- ing time during charging, open one of the doors or operate the multi-information dis- play switch, and the main drive lithium-ion battery level display (E) appears on the information screen in the multi-information display. Although the predicted charging time display (F) appears, the charging time for quick charging is approximately 30 minutes and displayed —:— in the screen and you can- not confirm the predicted charging time.
When an electrical component is used during charging, charge time may become longer.
You may hear operating sounds from the main drive lithium-ion battery cooling sys- tem, such as sounds from the cooling fan and air conditioning compressor, during quick charging. This is normal.
Since the main drive lithium-ion battery cooling system uses cool air from the air conditioning system, the air conditioning will automatically be operated. After quick charging, you may find dehu- midified water from the air conditioning sys- tem under the vehicle. This is normal.
CAUTION Do not leave the quick charge connected to
the quick charge port after charging. Someone might stumble on the charger or the quick charge port might get damaged.
NOTE If quick charging has not completed nor-
mally, and the charging indicator continu- ously blinking, perform quick charging again and complete it normally. If the charging indicator is continuously blinking, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
WARNING After charging, be sure to close the inner
lid and the charging lid completely. Be careful that water or dust does not enter in the quick charge port, inner lid and quick charge connector. Entry of water or dust could cause a fire, electric shock or short circuit.
NOTE If the operation mode of the power switch is
put in ON with the quick charge connector connected to the quick charge port, the Plug- in Hybrid EV System cannot be started. Be sure to disconnect the quick charge con- nector before starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
Charging will stop at approximately 80 % charge. This is a control for efficient charge and not a malfunction. To achieve full charge, repeat charging from Step 2 again.
Make sure that the inner lid is completely closed before closing the charging lid. If the charging lid is forcibly closed without first completely closing inner lid, the hinge on the inner lid may be broken.
When the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON while the charging lid is not completely closed, a warning may be dis- played on the information screen in the multi-information display. Refer to Warning display list on page 5-162.
On the vehicle equipped with the charging lid lock, if the charging lid is closed while the drivers door is locked, the charging lid will be locked.
BK0302800US.book 35
High-Voltage components
3-36 General information/Charging
3
N01205701066
High voltage components and wiring cables are located as shown in the figure below.
N01205801041
A crash or impact significant enough to require an emergency response for conven-
tional vehicles would also require the same response for Plug-in Hybrid electric vehicle. Also follow the instructions described below to avoid severe burns and electrical shock that may result in serious injury or death.
High-Voltage components
WARNING The Plug-in Hybrid EV System uses high
voltage up to DC 300 volt. The system can be hot during and after starting and when the vehicle is shut off. Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature. Follow the warning labels that are attached to the vehicle.
Never touch, disassemble, remove or replace high-voltage parts, exposed elec- trical components, cables or connectors. Failure to follow this instruction can result in severe burns or electric shock causing serious injury or death. High-volt- age cables are colored orange. The vehicle high voltage system has no user service- able parts. Take your vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. for any necessary maintenance.
Always assume the high voltage battery and associated components are energized and fully charged.
1- On board charger/DC-DC converter 2- Rear motor 3- Service plug 4- Electric heater 5- Main drive lithium-ion battery 6- Front motor 7- Generator 8- Air conditioner compressor 9- Power drive unit (PDU)
10- Rear electric motor control unit (MCU) 11- Normal charge port/Quick charge port
(if so equipped) 12- 120 V AC power supply (if so
equipped)
In case of a collision
WARNING If your vehicle is drivable, pull your vehi-
cle off the road to a safe, nearby location and remain on the scene. Also, if possible, do the following opera- tions and stay out of the way of any oncoming traffic while awaiting the arrival of emergency responders. Apply chocks to the wheels. Put the select position in the P (PARK)
position. Apply the parking brake. Open the windows, doors and liftgate. Put the operation mode in OFF. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. Move the key away from the vehicle to
prevent unintended start-up of the sys- tem by inadvertent contact with a switch or impact from the crash.
Never touch high-voltage wiring, connec- tors, and other high-voltage parts, such as the inverter unit and main drive lithium- ion battery. An electric shock may occur if exposed electric wires are visible when viewed from inside or outside of your vehicle. For their locations, see High- voltage components on page 3-36.
BK0302800US.book 36
High-Voltage components
General information/Charging 3-37
3
If the vehicle receives a strong impact to the floor while driving, stop the vehicle in a safe place and check the floor.
Leaks or damage to the main drive lith- ium-ion battery may result in a fire. If you discover them, contact emergency services immediately. Since the fluid leak may be lithium manganite from the Lithium-ion battery, never touch any fluid leaking from the inside or outside of the vehicle. If the fluid contacts your skin or eyes, wash it off immediately with a large amount of water and receive immediate medical attention to help avoid serious injury.
If you are unable to safely assess the vehi- cle due to vehicle damage, do not touch the vehicle. Leave the vehicle and contact emergency services. Advise emergency responders that this is Plug-in Hybrid electric vehicle.
If a fire occurs in this vehicle, leave the vehicle as soon as possible and contact emergency services. Do not attempt to extinguish a fire by yourself. If the fire involves a lithium-ion battery, it will require large, sustained volumes of water for extinguishment. Using a small amount of water or the incorrect fire extinguisher can result in serious injury or death from electrical shock.
WARNING When you leave the vehicle, if possible,
open the windows, doors and liftgate to prevent accumulation of poisonous/com- bustible gasses. This will also assist in the rescue and fire fighting process.
As with any vehicle fire, the byproducts of combustion can be toxic. Do not inhale smoke, vapors, or gas from the vehicle. Move to a safe distance upwind and uphill from the vehicle fire and out of the way of any oncoming traffic while awaiting the arrival of emergency responders.
If you detect leaking fluids, sparks, smoke, flames, gurgling, popping or hissing noises originating from the high voltage battery compartment, contact emergency services immediately. This may result in a fire.
Physical damage to the vehicle or high voltage battery may result in immediate or delayed release of toxic and/or flammable gases and fire.
If your vehicle needs to be towed, trans- port the vehicle on a flatbed truck or tow the vehicle either with all wheels off the ground. If the any wheels are on the ground when towing, this may cause dam- age to the electric motors. This may also cause a fire, if wiring in the electric motor unit room becomes damaged. Refer to Towing on page 8-17.
WARNING Do not attempt to repair a damaged Plug-
in Hybrid electric vehicle yourself. Please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for service.
In the event of an accident that requires body repair and painting, the vehicle should be delivered to a certified Mitsubi- shi EV dealer to have the main drive lith- ium-ion battery and high voltage parts such as the inverter, including the attached wiring harness, removed prior to painting. If exposed to heat in the paint booth, the main drive lithium-ion battery will experience battery capacity loss. A damaged main drive lithium-ion battery can also pose safety risks to untrained mechanics and repair personnel.
NOTE The emergency shut-off system will be acti-
vated and the high-voltage system will auto- matically turn off under the following conditions: Certain front, side or rear collisions. Certain Plug-in Hybrid EV System mal-
functions. When the emergency shut-off system is acti-
vated, the ready indicator is turned off. Refer to Indicator light, warning light, and infor- mation screen display list on page 5-160.
If the emergency shut-off system activates, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 37
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped)
3-38 General information/Charging
3 N01216300052
The MITSUBISHI Remote Control allows you to operate the vehicle within the commu- nication range of the wireless LAN device (which conforms to IEEE 802.11b and sup- ports iOS or Android). The following opera- tions are available.
Charging timer If you specify the charge start and/or stop time with the normal charge cable con- nected, charging is started and/or stopped at that time.
Remote climate control By setting the remote climate control to operate at a predetermined time, cabin comfort can be improved or visibility can be ensured (defrosting/demisting) before getting in the vehicle.
Customize (function setting change) The function setting of the F.A.S.T.-key, outside rear-view mirror, operation mode of the power switch, air conditioning, lights and windshield wipers can be changed by MITSUBISHI Remote Con- trol.
MITSUBISHI Remote Con- trol (if so equipped)
NOTE The communication distance differs depend-
ing on the wireless LAN device, due to this the communication may go down.
1- Wireless LAN device 2- Antenna
NOTE In a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), it is possible to change the setting by means of screen opera- tions. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
If you want to quickly start normal charging even when the charging timer is already set, you can cancel the charging timer and start the normal charging by the following meth- ods. [How to temporarily cancel the charging timer] You can temporarily cancel the charging timer by the following methods. In addition, the predetermined charging timer settings automatically return after the charging timer is turned on again or the oper- ation mode of the power switch is put in ON. F.A.S.T.-key
After connecting the normal charging cable and closing all doors and the liftgate, you can cancel the charging timer by pressing the switch (A) of the F.A.S.T.-key twice within 2 seconds. When the charging timer is canceled, the hazard warning lights will blink four times.
Wireless LAN device
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 38
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped)
General information/Charging 3-39
3
Devices that support wireless LAN are required to communicate with the vehicle using the MITSUBISHI Remote Control. Also, an SSID* (A) and password (B) are required to connect a wireless LAN device to the vehicle. The SSID and password are described in the registration information card (C) that is attached to the key at the time of your purchase of the vehicle.
[How to cancel the charging timer] The charging timer can be canceled by the following methods. Wireless LAN device Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA)
When using the charging timer, use the EV charging cable. If using a home or public charging device (EVSE: Electric Vehicles Supply Equip- ment), the charging timer may not be started.
NOTE
*: An SSID is the identifier of an access point for IEEE 802.11 series wireless LAN. It is displayed on wireless LAN devices.
NOTE When you transfer ownership of the vehicle
to another person, transfer the registration information card with the vehicle.
For the function and the operation method of the MITSUBISHI Remote Control, please visit Mitsubishi Motors Web site (in English only):
https://www.mitsubishi-motors.com/en/ products/outlander_phev2/app/remote/ If you need further information, please
contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
WARNING The Remote Climate Control, even when
set, cannot be relied upon to maintain safe vehicle cabin temperatures while the vehi- cle is stopped or parked. Never leave chil- dren or persons requiring supervision/ nursing unattended inside the vehicle. Temperature inside the vehicle could become extremely high or low resulting in a risk of heat stroke or hyperthermia that could result in death. In addition, children can activate switches and controls, result- ing in an injury or fatal accident.
BK0302800US.book 39
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped)
3-40 General information/Charging
3
The cooling fan in the engine compart- ment can automatically start during charging or while the air conditioner is operating. Keep away from the cooling fan under the hood.
CAUTION Do not use a car cover except for the
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine car cover, when using the charging timer or the remote cli- mate control.
NOTE When ownership of the vehicle is transferred
to or from others, it is necessary to initialize the registration of MITSUBISHI Remote Control. For the registration initialization procedure, please visit our web site. https://www.mitsubishi-motors.com/en/ products/outlander_phev2/app/remote/
Keep the following points in mind when using a wireless LAN device: Communication speed and range vary
depending on the wireless LAN devices and the surrounding conditions (radio environ- ment, obstacles, parking area environment, etc.).
WARNING Due to the characteristics of radio waves,
communication speed tends to decrease as the communication distance increases. Use your wireless LAN device at a short dis- tance from the vehicle for better response.
When a microwave oven or ISM (indus- trial, scientific and medical) equipment is being used, the communication speed and range of wireless LAN devices may decrease. Use your wireless LAN device away from these appliances and equipment.
If a wireless LAN device and Bluetooth
(registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.) are used simultaneously, the commu- nication speed and range of each device may decrease. Use your wireless LAN device away from Bluetooth devices.
Wireless LAN devices may not communicate with the vehicle, or may not operate nor- mally or stably in the following environment or situations. Check that the device can com- municate with your vehicle before use. There is an obstruction such as a concrete
or metal wall between the vehicle and wire- less LAN device.
The vehicle is surrounded by tall vehicles in a parking lot.
There are facilities nearby that emit strong radio waves, such as a TV tower, trans- former substation, broadcasting station or airport.
NOTE There is a communication device such as a
mobile phone or radio, or an electric device such as a personal computer near the wire- less LAN device.
The wireless LAN device is in contact with or covered by a metal object.
The battery of the wireless LAN device has run down.
The MITSUBISHI Remote Control cannot be used under the following conditions: The wireless LAN device is turned off. The MITSUBISHI Remote Control appli-
cation software is not installed. The MITSUBISHI Remote Control appli-
cation software is not running. The wireless LAN device is not registered
on the vehicle or it is not connected to the vehicle.
The wireless LAN device is out of the com- munication range.
The wireless LAN device is connected to other wireless LAN device.
The wireless LAN device has failed, or its battery has run out.
Some charging facilities have a timer func- tion that turns the power on or off at a spe- cific time of the day. When charging at a facility with a timer function, make sure that the charging timer is set within the time period when the power in the charging facil- ity is on.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 40
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped)
General information/Charging 3-41
3
N01216600039
MODEL: K9499-002 FCC ID: RX8K9499-001 IC: 2795E-K9499001
This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules and Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause unde- sired operation of this device.
This equipment complies with FCC/IC radia- tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon- trolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines in Sup- plement C to OET65 and RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment has very low levels of RF energy that it deemed to comply without maximum permissive exposure evaluation (MPE). But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20 cm or more away from persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles).
The 12 V starter battery is automatically and periodically charged using electrical power stored in the main drive lithium-ion battery. A buzzer in cabin sounds while the 12 V starter battery is being charged.
While the remote climate control is operating or the charging, the cooling fan or air condi- tioner compressor may start operating and its sound may be heard. But this is normal.
The remote climate control operates in its own mode based on the mode selected on the wireless LAN device, regardless of the switch setting of the vehicles air condi- tioner.
Air conditioning performance may deterio- rate or the remaining quantity of the main drive lithium-ion battery may decrease under the following conditions: In extremely hot weather. In hot sunshine. In extremely cold weather.
If the remote climate control is started during charging, the time until full charge may extend or the charging rate may decrease.
When the remaining quantity of the main drive lithium-ion battery is decreased, the remote climate control does not operate or it may stop on the way.
NOTE When the 12 V starter battery is removed,
the timer control of the MITSUBISHI Remote Control is reset and each function of the MITSUBISHI Remote Control cannot be used. Also the main drive lithium-ion battery cannot be warmed up. Communicate the wireless LAN device and your vehicle again.
General information
CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for com- pliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 41
How to use electric device during charging
3-42 General information/Charging
3 N01216700030
If the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON during normal charging, quick charging, V2H charging, V2H power supply, you can use air conditioning, car navigation system, audio equipment and so on.
Vehicle power can be used as a household power supply source. Bidirectional charging of the vehicle or the home is carried out by using the quick charge connector of CHAdeMO standard which is same as quick charge. V2H charging will charge the vehi- cle from the V2H main unit. V2H power supply supplies power from the vehicle to the home via the V2H main unit. For details of V2H, please confirm with the instruction manual issued by the V2H maker or consult the V2H maker.
N01216800031
1. Start the normal charging or the quick charging. Refer to Normal charging on page 3-31. Refer to Quick charging on page 3-32.
2. Make sure that the charging indicator on the instrument cluster is illuminated.
How to use electric device during charging
V2H (Vehicle to Home)
WARNING Any person with an electro-medical appa-
ratus, such as implantable cardiac pace- maker or implantable cardioverter- defibrillator, should not be inside the vehi- cle when air conditioning is in operation during charging. This may affect the operation of electro- medical apparatus.
Do not leave children and people who need nursing care and pets etc. inside the vehi- cle. The inside of the vehicle may become hot or cold for reasons such as automatic sys- tem shutdown. Also, when the outside air temperature is low, the temperature inside the vehicle may fall rapidly. In the worst case, there is a danger of death. Also, since the wiper and the electric parking brake can be operated, an error in operation may lead to unexpected acci- dents.
Please check the surroundings before using.
Do not move the selector lever, the vehicle may move unintentionally.
NOTE When using electric devices during charging,
the charging of the main drive lithium-ion battery is restricted and the following cases occur.
During normal charging: The electricity consumption becomes larger than the charge amount, the main drive lith- ium-ion battery may not be charged, and the remaining power of the main drive lith- ium-ion battery may decrease.
During quick charging: Charging time may become longer. Also, depending on the specifications of the quick charger, the main drive lithium-ion battery may not be charged and the remain- ing power of the main drive lithium-ion battery may decrease.
If you use air conditioning etc. during charg- ing, you may not be able to hear the radio due to strong electromagnetic waves or noise.
When using electrical devices
NOTE If the charging indicator is not illuminated,
the electrical devices will not be operated. Check that the charging is done correctly.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 42
How to use electric device during charging
General information/Charging 3-43
3
3. Put the operation mode of the power switch from OFF to ON. Refer to Changing the operation mode on page 5-11.
4. Electric devices such as air conditioning, navigation system, audio equipment can be used. Refer to Warning display list on page 5-162.
N01216900032
Put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF. Electric devices such as air condi- tioning, audio equipment etc. can be stopped. Refer to Changing the operation mode on page 5-11.
N01217000030
In the following cases, the operation mode will be put in OFF automatically.
When the remaining power of the main drive lithium-ion battery further decreases after air conditioning is stopped.
When the outside air temperature is low and the following warning display appears.
When charging is completed. When the normal charge connector is dis-
connected. When the charging stop operation is per-
formed by the quick charger. When quick charging time has passed 60
minutes. When the stop condition (charging
amount/charging time) on the quick char- ger is satisfied.
When charging stops due to the electrical power outage.
When charging stops due to a failure. When operating the selector lever to N
(NEUTRAL) position. (charging also stops)
NOTE Always put the operation mode of the power
switch in ON after the charging indicator is illuminated. Charging may not start when put the operation mode of the power switch in ON before the charging indicator is illumi- nated.
When the operation mode of the power switch is ON, the doors and tailgate cannot be locked by the keyless entry or the F.A.S.T.-key function. When leaving the vehicle, put the operation mode in OFF and lock the vehicle.
NOTE Put the operation mode in ON and use the
electrical devices. If the operation mode of the power switch is ACC, air conditioning cannot be used.
120 V AC Power Supply (1500 W) cannot be used during charging.
If the information screen of the multi-infor- mation display is switched to the energy flow display, you can see the state of charging and discharging of the main drive lithium-ion battery. Refer to Energy flow indication during charging on page 3-44.
When stopping the use of elec- trical devices
NOTE Charging continues even if the operation
mode of the power switch is put in OFF.
Automatic OFF of the opera- tion mode
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 43
How to use electric device during charging
3-44 General information/Charging
3
N01217100031
In the following cases, air conditioning auto- matically stops. When air conditioning stops, air conditioning control panel turns off.
When the remaining power of the main drive lithium-ion battery becomes low and the following warning display appears.
Refer to Warning display list on page 5-162.
When the temperature of the main drive lithium-ion battery becomes extremely low and the following warning display appears.
Refer to Warning display list on page 5-162.
N01217200029
It shows the flow of energy during charging.
Blue arrow: Flow of electric energy
NOTE Even when the operation mode automatically
put in OFF, air conditioning, car navigation system, audio equipment, etc. will stop. Also, the vehicle status will be the same as putting the operation mode in OFF manually, such as the headlights go off, the dome lights are illuminated or the outside rearview mir- rors are retracted automatically (if so equipped), etc..
Automatic stop of the air condi- tioner
NOTE To use air conditioning again after air condi-
tioning automatically stops, press the power switch while the following message is dis- played to put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF, then press the power switch again to put the operation mode in ON.
Refer to Warning display list on page 5-162.
Energy flow display during charging
A: Various electrical devices B: Main drive lithium-ion battery C: Charger
Display of energy flow (example)
When charging the drive battery
BK0302800US.book 44
How to use electric device during charging
General information/Charging 3-45
3
When discharging from the main drive lithium-ion battery
When the V2H power supply
When no energy flow
NOTE Even when you are not operating air condi-
tioning, car navigation system, audio equip- ment, etc., since the on-board computer consumes electricity, arrows may be dis- played from the charger or the main drive lithium-ion battery.
Energy flow display may change regardless of the operation of air conditioning, car navi- gation system, audio equipment, etc.
If you change the settings of air condition- ing, it may take time until the display of energy flow stabilizes.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 45
Charging troubleshooting guide
3-46 General information/Charging
3
N01202301061
Charging troubleshooting guide
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution Charging cannot be started. The operation mode of the power
switch is in ON. Before charging, put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF.
The main drive lithium-ion battery is already fully charged.
Charging cannot be performed if the main drive lithium-ion battery is already fully charged. Charging automatically turns off if the main drive lithium-ion battery is fully charged.
The temperature of the main drive lithium-ion battery is too high or too low to charge.
Confirm the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature. Refer to Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat on page 3-12 and Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold on page 3-13.
The 12 V starter battery is discharged. The main drive lithium-ion battery can be charged if the vehicle electrical systems cannot be turned on. If the battery is discharged, charge or jump start the 12 V starter battery. Refer to Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system on page 8-2.
The vehicle or the EV charging cable has a malfunction.
The vehicle or the EV charging cable may have a malfunction. Confirm if the warning light on the meter is illuminated. Confirm if the indicator on the charger is indicating a malfunction. If a warning is displayed, stop charging and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The fuse has blown. Confirm if the fuse of the interior lights (dome lights) in the fuse block in the passenger compartment located in front of the drivers seat has blown. Refer to Fuses on page 9-24.
BK0302800US.book 46
Charging troubleshooting guide
General information/Charging 3-47
3
Normal charging cannot be started.
There is no electrical power coming from the outlet.
Confirm that there has not been a power failure. Make sure the breaker is on. If an outlet with a timer device installed is used, power will only be available at the time set by the timer. Confirm if the POWER indicator on the control box is illuminated.
The charge connector is not con- nected correctly.
Confirm the charge connector is connected correctly.
The charge connector was connected and disconnected repeatedly in a short time.
Disconnect the charge connector, wait for a while, then start charging pro- cedure again from the beginning.
A charging cable for other vehicle is used.
Use the EV charging cable only for your vehicle.
The normal charger may not be com- patible with your vehicle.
Ask an administrator or the manufacturer of the normal charger whether the charger is compatible with your vehicle. Always follow the instruc- tions shown on the normal charger.
Reservation of charging timer is set up by MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped) or the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA).
The normal charging cannot be started when the EV charging cable is con- nected, if the charging timer is set. Cancel all the charging timer settings, if you want to start the normal charging immediately. Refer to MITSUBISHI Remote Control on page 3-38. For the Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA), refer to the separate owners manual.
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
BK0302800US.book 47
Charging troubleshooting guide
3-48 General information/Charging
3
Normal charging is discon- tinued.
There is no power coming from the outlet.
There may have been an electrical power failure, or the breaker may have failed. Charging will resume when the power source is reset.
The EV charging cable has been dis- connected.
Check that the EV charging cable has not been disconnected.
The button on the normal charge con- nector has been pressed.
If the normal charge connector button is pressed for a long period of time, charging will be stopped. Start the charging procedure again.
The temperature of the main drive lithium-ion battery is too hot or too cold to charge.
Confirm the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature. Refer to Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat on page 3-12 and Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold on page 3-13.
Charging is stopped by the mormal charge timer.
Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the normal charge device. If you need to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery more, start the charging procedure again.
The Charging timer was set up by the MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped) or the Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA) after starting of normal charging.
Cancel all the charging timer settings. Charging is automatically restarted if you cancel the charging timer. Refer to MITSUBISHI Remote Control on page 3-38. For the Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA), refer to the separate owners manual.
Quick charging cannot be started.
The charge connector is not con- nected correctly and/or not locked.
Check that the charge connector is connected correctly and that it is locked.
The self-diagnostic function of the quick charge device returns a nega- tive result.
There is a possibility that the vehicle has a malfunction. Stop charging and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The power switch of the quick char- ger is off.
Check the power switch of the quick charger. Consult an administrator or a maker of the quick charger.
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
BK0302800US.book 48
Fuel selection
General information/Charging 3-49
3
N01207600033
Your vehicle is designed to use unleaded gas- oline only. It is equipped with a fuel tank filler pipe specifically designed to accept only a small diameter unleaded gasoline dispens- ing nozzle.
Quick charge is discontin- ued.
Charging is stopped by the quick charge timer.
Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the quick charge device. If you need to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery more, start the charging procedure again.
Charging stops at 80 % capacity. Charging is designed to stop when the main drive lithium-ion battery capacity reaches 80 %. If you need to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery more than 80 %, start the charging procedure again.
The power supply for the quick char- ger is off.
Check whether the power supply for the quick charger is off. Consult an administrator or a maker of the quick charger.
The charging indicator is continuously blinking even if the quick charge connec- tor is not connected into the quick charge port when you start the Plug-in Hybrid EV system after quick charging.
Quick charging has not finished nor- mally.
Perform quick charging again and finish it normally or contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Plug-in Hybrid EV System does not start after quick charging.
The vehicle have a malfunction. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. If you need to push the vehicle, put the operation mode of the power switch in ON and put the select position in the N (NEUTRAL) position.
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
Fuel selection WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explo-
sive. You could be burned, seriously injured or killed when handling it. When- ever you refuel your vehicle, put the oper- ation mode of the power switch in OFF and keep flames, sparks, and smoking materials away from the vehicle. Always handle fuel in well-ventilated outdoor areas.
CAUTION Using leaded gasoline in your vehicle will
damage the engine, catalytic converter, and the oxygen sensors. Also, using leaded gaso- line is illegal, and will void your warranty coverage of the engine, catalytic converter, and oxygen sensors.
BK0302800US.book 49
Fuel selection
3-50 General information/Charging
3 In the United States, fuel suppliers are required by law to add detergents to their gas- oline to minimize fuel-injector clogging and minimize intake-valve deposits. Detergent gasoline helps keep your engine in tune and your emission-control system working prop- erly.
Your vehicle is designed to operate on unleaded gasoline having a minimum octane number of 87 [(MON+RON)/2] or 91 RON.
Gasoline sold at some service stations con- tains oxygenates such as ethanol, although the oxygenates may not be identified by those names. Oxygenates are required in some areas of the country. Oxygenated fuel can be used in your vehicle.
A mixture of up to 10 % ethanol (grain alco- hol) and 90 % unleaded gasoline may be used
in your vehicle, provided the octane number is at least as high as that recommended for unleaded gasoline.
Do not operate your vehicle on gasoline con- taining methanol (wood alcohol). Using this type of alcohol could adversely affect the vehicles performance and damage critical parts of the vehicles fuel system.
Many areas of the country require the use of cleaner burning fuel referred to as Reformu- lated Gasoline. Reformulated gasoline contains oxygenates and is specially blended to reduce vehicle emissions and improve air quality. Mitsubishi Motors Corporation strongly sup- ports the use of reformulated gasoline. Prop- erly blended reformulated gasoline has no adverse effect on vehicle performance or the durability of the engine and the fuel system.
MMT is a manganese-containing metallic additive that is blended into some gasolines to increase the octane number. Mitsubishi Motors Corporation recommends using gaso- lines without MMT. Use of gasolines blended with MMT may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for assistance.
Your vehicle may have been designed to sat- isfy Californias low-emission regulations based on clean-burning low-sulfur gasoline. Gasoline sold in parts of the country other than California is allowed to have a higher sulfur content. Using such gasoline could adversely affect the vehicles catalytic con- verter and cause the engine malfunction indi- cator (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check engine light) to come on. Illumina- tion of this indicator while using high-sulfur gasoline does not necessarily mean the vehi- cles emission-control system is malfunction- ing. A certified Mitsubishi EV dealer may suggest using a different, lower-sulfur brand
Gasoline detergent additives
Octane requirement
Oxygenated gasoline
Ethanol (Gasohol)
Methanol
Reformulated gasoline
MMT (methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl)
Sulfur in gasoline
BK0302800US.book 50
Filling the fuel tank
General information/Charging 3-51
3
of unleaded gasoline to determine if the prob- lem is fuel-related.
N01207700050
11.3 gal (43 L)
1. Before refueling, put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF to stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
2. The fuel tank filler is located on the rear driver side of your vehicle. The fuel tank filler door can be opened from inside the vehicle by pressing the fuel tank filler door switch located on the instrument panel.
NOTE Poor-quality gasoline can cause problems
such as hard starting, stalling during idling, abnormal engine noise, and poor accelera- tion. If you experience any of these prob- lems, try using a different brand of gasoline. If the engine malfunction indicator (SER- VICE ENGINE SOON or Check engine light) flashes, have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible by the nearest a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Filling the fuel tank
WARNING When handling fuel, comply with the
safety regulations displayed by garages and filling stations.
Gasoline is highly flammable and explo- sive. You could be burned, seriously injured or killed when handling it. When refueling your vehicle, always turn off the Plug-in Hybrid EV system and keep away from flames, sparks, and smoking materi- als. Always handle fuel in well-ventilated outdoor areas.
Before removing the fuel tank filler cap, be sure to get rid of your bodys static electricity by touching a metal part of the car or fuel pump. Any static electricity on your body could create a spark that ignites fuel vapor.
Perform the whole refueling process (opening the fuel tank filler door, remov- ing the fuel cap, etc.) by yourself; do not let any other person near the fuel tank filler. If you allowed a person to help you and that person was carrying static elec- tricity, fuel vapor could be ignited.
Never perform charging and refueling simultaneously. During charging, you could pick up a fresh charge of static elec- tricity. Any static electricity on your body could create a spark that ignites fuel vapor.
Do not move away from the fuel tank filler until refueling is finished. If you moved away and did something else (for example, sitting on a seat) part-way through the refueling process, you could pick up a fresh charge of static electricity.
Be careful not to inhale fuel vapor. Fuel contains toxic substances.
Keep the doors and windows closed while refueling the vehicle. If they were open, fuel vapor could get into the cabin.
WARNING Fuel tank capacity
Refueling
BK0302800US.book 51
Filling the fuel tank
3-52 General information/Charging
3
3. The internal pressure of the fuel tank will automatically be released to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel filler. Before opening the fuel tank filler cap, wait until READY TO REFUEL is dis- played on the information screen in the multi-information display. If the internal pressure is high, it may take several sec- onds.
4. Open the fuel tank filler pipe by slowly turning the fuel tank filler cap counter- clockwise.
WARNING If a problem occurs related to the system
for releasing the internal pressure of the fuel tank, a warning will be displayed on the information screen in the multi-infor- mation display and the fuel tank filler door cannot be opened. Have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE If the 12 V starter battery is weak or dis-
charged, the function to release the internal pressure of the fuel tank is disabled and the fuel tank filler door cannot be opened.
1- Remove 2- Close
WARNING Since the fuel system may be under pres-
sure, remove the fuel tank filler cap slowly. This relieves any pressure or vac- uum that might have built up in the fuel tank. If the cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the sound stops before removing the cap. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, injuring you or others.
BK0302800US.book 52
Filling the fuel tank
General information/Charging 3-53
3
5. Fueling correctly depends mainly on cor- rect handling of the fuel filler nozzle. Do not tilt the nozzle. Insert the nozzle in the fuel tank filler port as far as it goes.
6. When the nozzle stops automatically, do not add more fuel.
7. To re-install, turn the fuel tank filler pipe cap slowly clockwise until you hear click- ing sounds, then gently push the fuel tank filler door closed.
NOTE While filling with fuel, hang the fuel cap on
the hook (A) located on the inside surface of the fuel tank filler door.
CAUTION Never press the pin (B) during refueling.
Doing so can cause the fuel to overflow from the fuel filler.
Your vehicle can only be operated using unleaded gasoline. Serious engine and cata- lytic converter damage will result if leaded gasoline is filled into these vehicles, and consequently, this must never be attempted.
CAUTION To avoid fuel spillage and overfilling, do not
top-off the fuel tank. Spilled fuel could discolor, stain, or crack the vehicles paint- work. If fuel spills on the paintwork, wipe it off with a soft cloth.
Refueling should be completed within 30 minutes after pressing the fuel tank filler door switch. After 30 minutes, the refueling system for releasing the internal pressure of the fuel tank will be disabled. Close the fuel cap and fuel tank filler door once. To prevent the fuel from overflowing, press the fuel tank filler door switch again to reac- tivate the refueling system.
CAUTION
WARNING Make sure the fuel tank filler cap is
securely closed. If the fuel cap were loose, fuel could leak, resulting in a fire.
CAUTION If you need to replace the fuel tank filler cap,
use only the cap specified for your model vehicle.
NOTE If the fuel tank filler cap is not tight while
driving, the engine malfunction indicator (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check engine light) may come on when the onboard diagnostic (OBD) system performs a self check. Always tighten the fuel tank filler cap until you hear at least three clicks. The indicator will go off after several driving cycles. If the indicator does not go off, con- tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
BK0302800US.book 53
Modifications to and racing of your vehicle
3-54 General information/Charging
3
N01207900049
To open the fuel tank filler door, the manual fuel tank filler door release lever inside of the interior trim cover (A) can be used.
1. Open the cover (A) and then pull the lever (B) to open the fuel tank filler door.
N01200501030
This vehicle should not be modified with non-Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts. Mit- subishi Motors designs and manufactures high quality vehicles with an emphasis on safety and durability. Modifications using
If you drive with the fuel tank filler door left open, warning display is displayed on the information screen in the multi-information display.
If the fuel tank filler door can- not be opened
NOTE WARNING Never use the manual fuel tank filler door
release lever unless the fuel door cannot be opened by operating the fuel tank filler door switch. If the fuel tank filler door is opened using the manual fuel tank filler door release lever, the internal pressure of the fuel tank will not automatically be released. To avoid the fuel overflowing from the fuel filler, remove the fuel tank filler cap slowly to gradually release the internal pressure of the fuel tank and refuel with a lower flow rate.
To open the fuel tank filler door manually
CAUTION If the cover (A) is left open, luggage can
accidentally contact the manual fuel tank filler door release lever and the fuel tank filler door can open.
NOTE When the manual fuel tank filler door release
lever is operated, the warning screen shown in the illustration may be displayed.
The warning screen will disappear when; Several seconds after the vehicle is driven
with closing the fuel tank filler door; or Approximately 30 minutes after the manual
fuel tank filler door release lever is oper- ated.
Modifications to and racing of your vehicle
BK0302800US.book 54
Modifications to and racing of your vehicle
General information/Charging 3-55
3
non-Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts may affect the performance, safety and/or durabil- ity of your vehicle, and may violate applica- ble state and/or federal regulations.
DAMAGE OR PERFORMANCE PROB- LEMS RESULTING FROM MODIFICA- TIONS TO OR RACING OF YOUR VEHICLE ARE NOT COVERED UNDER WARRANTY.
Examples of modifications to your vehicle that can cause damage or performance prob- lems include the following:
Failure to use Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts
Failure to use required fuel and fluids Failure to use proper size tires and wheels Modification of the fuel, intake, exhaust,
emission, suspension, electric motor, engine, drive train, batteries (main drive lithium-ion battery and 12 V starter bat- tery), charging systems or electrical wir- ing systems
Modification of any onboard com- puter/control module, including repro- gramming, or replacing/adding chips to any onboard computer/control module
Review the Warranty and Maintenance Man- ual for further details regarding warranty cov- erage.
N01200601057
The installation of accessories, optional parts, etc., should only be performed within the limits prescribed by law, and in accordance with the guidelines and warn- ings contained within the documents accompanying this vehicle. Only Mitsubishi Motors approved acces- sories should be fitted to your vehicle.
Improper installation of electrical parts could cause a fire. Refer to the Modifica- tion/alterations to the electrical or fuel systems section within this owners man- ual.
Using a cellular phone or radio set inside the vehicle without an external antenna may cause electrical system interference, which could lead to unsafe vehicle opera- tion.
Tires and wheels which do not meet spec- ifications must not be used. Refer to the Specifications section for information regarding wheel and tire sizes.
Due to the large number of accessory and replacement parts provided by different man- ufacturers in the market, it is not always pos- sible for a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to check whether the attachment or installation of non-Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts affects the driving safety of your vehicle.
Installation of accessories
CAUTION Before any electrical or electronic accesso-
ries are installed, consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Your vehicle is equipped with a diagnosis connector (data link connector) for checking and servicing the electronic control system. Mitsubishi Motors does not recommend con- necting a device other than the Scan Tool for inspections and service to this connector because an unexpected problem could result. In addition, malfunctions caused by connect- ing a device other than the Scan Tool may not be covered under warranty.
WARNING While driving, do not use a cellular phone
in a way that hinders safe driving. Any- thing, including cellular phone usage, that distracts you from the safe operation of your vehicle increases your risk of an acci- dent. Refer to and follow all state and local laws in your area regarding cellular phone usage while driving.
Important point!
BK0302800US.book 55
Genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts
3-56 General information/Charging
3 N01200701032
Mitsubishi Motors manufactures high quality vehicles with an emphasis on safety. It is important to consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer before installation of any accessory which may involve modification of the elec- trical or fuel systems.
N01207800022
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Parts are designed and manufactured to meet high stan- dards of performance, and are recommended for all of your maintenance needs. Also avail- able from a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer are a wide variety of accessories to personalize your new vehicle. Each Mitsubishi Motors
vehicle has a selection of Mitsubishi Motors authorized accessories to choose from to tai- lor your new vehicle to your own personal preference. A certified Mitsubishi EV dealers Parts Manager has information on various audio systems, protection items, as well as interior and exterior accessories avail- able for your specific model.
N01200900011
Certain components of this vehicle, such as airbag modules, seat belt pretensioners, and button cell batteries, may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardous- waste/perchlorate.
N01210000028
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in under- standing how a vehicles systems performed.
The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
Whether or not the driver and front pas- senger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
How far (if at all) the driver was depress- ing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better under- standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.
Modification/alterations to the electrical or fuel systems
CAUTION Please consult a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer concerning any such accessory fit- ment or modification. If the wires interfere with the vehicle body or improper installation methods are used (pro- tective fuses not included, etc.), electronic devices may be adversely affected, resulting in a fire, vehicle damage, or other accident.
Genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts
California Perchlorate Materials Requirements
Event Data Recording NOTE
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driv- ing conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash inves- tigation.
BK0302800US.book 56
Event Data Recording
General information/Charging 3-57
3
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehi- cle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equip- ment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
BK0302800US.book 57
4
Seat and restraint systems
Seats …………………………………………………………………………………….4-2 Seat arrangement …………………………………………………………………..4-3 Seats and restraint systems ……………………………………………………..4-4 Front seats …………………………………………………………………………….4-4 Rear seats ……………………………………………………………………………..4-8 Head restraints ………………………………………………………………………4-9 Making a cargo area ……………………………………………………………..4-11 Making a flat seat …………………………………………………………………4-14 Seat belts …………………………………………………………………………….4-15 Seat belt use during pregnancy ………………………………………………4-23 Seat belt pre-tensioner and force limiter systems ……………………..4-23 Child restraint systems ………………………………………………………….4-24 Maintenance and inspection of seat belts ………………………………..4-36 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag ………………………..4-36
BK0302800US.book 1
Seats
4-2 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00408401678
To adjust the seat forward or back- wardPage 4-5
To adjust the seatback Page 4-5 To adjust the seat height Page 4-6 To adjust the lumbar support (Drivers
side only) Page 4-7 Heated seat Page 4-7
To adjust the seatback Page 4-8 Arm rest Page 4-9
Seats
1 — Front seats
2 — Rear seats
BK0302800US.book 2
Seat arrangement
Seat and restraint systems 4-3
4
N00401701135
You may arrange your seats in the following positions.
Seat arrangement
Ordinary use
Flat seat Page 4-14
Making a cargo area Page 4-12
BK0302800US.book 3
Seats and restraint systems
4-4 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00401601251
Your vehicle has seat belts and other safety features that help protect you and your pas- sengers in an accident. Seat belts are the most important safety device. When worn properly, seat belts can reduce the chance of serious injury or death in various types of crashes. For added protec- tion during a severe frontal collision, your vehicle has a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) with airbags for the driver and passen- gers. The seats, head restraints, and door locks also are safety equipment, which must be used correctly.
Always check the following before you drive:
That everyone in your vehicle is properly wearing their seat belt.
That infants and small children are prop- erly secured in an appropriate child restraint system in the rear seat.
That all doors are fully closed and locked. That seatbacks are upright, with head
restraints properly adjusted.
Safety equipment cannot prevent injury or death in all motor vehicle accidents. How- ever, you can help reduce the risk of injury or death, by following the instructions in this manual.
N00401801501
Position the drivers seat as far back as possi- ble while maintaining a position that still enables you to fully apply the pedals, easily control the steering wheel and safely operate the vehicle.
Seats and restraint systems WARNING Do not place objects under the seats. This
could prevent the seat from locking securely, and it could lead to an accident. It may also cause damage to the seat or other parts.
Front seats
WARNING Do not attempt to adjust the seat while
driving. This can cause loss of vehicle con- trol and result in an accident.
After adjusting the seat, make sure that it is securely locked into position.
To reduce the risk to the driver of serious injury or death during deployment of the drivers airbag, always properly wear the seat belt and adjust the drivers seat as far back as possible while maintaining a posi- tion that still enables you to fully apply the pedals, easily control the steering wheel, and safely operate the vehicle.
To reduce the risk to the front passenger of serious injury or death during deploy- ment of the passengers airbag, always properly wear the seat belt and adjust the front passengers seat as far back as possi- ble.
Always place children 12 years old and under in the rear seat and use appropriate child restraint systems.
CAUTION Make sure that the seat is adjusted by an
adult. If it is adjusted by a child, an unex- pected accident might occur.
Do not place a cushion or the like between your back and the seatback while driving. The effectiveness of the head restraints will be reduced in the event of an accident.
When sliding the seats, be careful not to catch your hand or leg.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 4
Front seats
Seat and restraint systems 4-5
4
N00401901401
Operate the switch forward or backward to move the seat to the desired position. Release the switch to lock the seat in place.
N00402001454
Operate the switch in the direction of the arrows to adjust the seatback.
When sliding or reclining the seat rearward, pay careful attention to the rear seat passen- gers.
When adjusting the front seat while the rear seat is folded, be careful not to apply strong force to the flipped rear seat cushion. Doing so could cause damage to the cover of the front seat and the fitting of the rear seat cushion.
CAUTION To adjust the seat forward or backward
1- Forward (toward the front of the vehicle) 2- Backward (toward the rear of the vehi-
cle)
NOTE To prevent the 12 V starter battery from
completely discharging, operate the power seat with the Plug-in Hybrid EV System run- ning.
To adjust the seatbacks
1- Move forward 2- Move backward
NOTE To prevent the 12 V starter battery from
completely discharging, operate the power seat with the Plug-in Hybrid EV System run- ning.
BK0302800US.book 5
Front seats
4-6 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00402101312
Operate the switch in the direction of the arrows to raise or lower the seat.
WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death in the event of an accident or sud- den stop, all seatbacks should be kept in the upright position while the vehicle is in motion. Seat belt performance during an accident can be adversely affected if the seatbacks are reclined. The more a seatback is reclined, the more likely seat belt perfor- mance will be adversely affected. If the seat belt is not properly positioned against the body during an accident, there is increased risk you will slide under the belt and receive serious injury or death.
To adjust the seat height
NOTE To prevent the 12 V starter battery from
completely discharging, operate the power seat with the Plug-in Hybrid EV System run- ning.
1- Raise or lower the front end of the seat
2- Raise or lower the back end of the seat
3- Raise or lower the entire seat
BK0302800US.book 6
Front seats
Seat and restraint systems 4-7
4
N00402201179
A lumbar support is included in the seatback of the drivers seat.
N00435601506
The heated seats can be operated by pushing the switch when the operation mode of the power switch is in ON. The indicator light (A) will illuminate while the heater is on.
To adjust the lumbar support (Drivers side only)
1- Strong 2- Weak
Heated seat
1 (HI) — Heater high (for quick heating)
2 (neutral position)
— Heater off
3 (LO) — Heater low (to keep the seat warm)
WARNING Persons who are unable to feel tempera-
ture change or skin pain due to age, ill- ness, injury, medication, alcohol use, fatigue or other physical conditions or who have sensitive skin may suffer burns when using the heated seat even at low temperatures. To reduce the risk of burns, people with such conditions must use care when using the heated seat.
CAUTION Switch off the heated seats when not in use.
Operate the heaters at the HI position for quick heating. After the seat has become warm, set the heater switch to the LO posi- tion to keep it warm. Slight variations in the seat temperature may be felt while using the heated seats. This is caused by the operation of the heaters internal thermostat and does not indicate a malfunction.
Do not place heavy objects on the seat or stick pins, needles, or other pointed objects into the seat.
Do not place a blanket, cushion, or other insulating material on the seat while using the heater; doing so can cause the heater ele- ment to overheat.
When cleaning the seat, do not use benzine, kerosene, gasoline, alcohol, or other organic solvents; doing so can cause damage not only to the surface of the seat, but also to the heater.
BK0302800US.book 7
Rear seats
4-8 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00402501244
When sitting in the middle seating position of the rear seat, adjust the head restraints to an appropriate height where they lock in posi- tion. Refer to Head restraints on page 4-9.
Pull the lever up and adjust the seatback by hand to the desired position, and release the lever. The seatback will lock in place.
If water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat, allow it to dry thoroughly before attempting to use the heater. Turn the heater off immediately if it appears to be malfunc- tioning during use.
CAUTION Rear seats
To adjust the seatbacks
NOTE You can adjust the seatback forward or back-
ward on either side separately.
WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death in the event of an accident or sud- den stop, all seatbacks should be kept in the upright position while the vehicle is in motion.
Seat belt performance during an accident can be adversely affected if the seatbacks are reclined. The more a seatback is reclined, the more likely seat belt perfor- mance will be adversely affected. If the seat belt is not properly positioned against the body during an accident, there is increased risk you will slide under the belt and receive serious injury or death.
When a person is sitting in the middle seating position of the rear seats, the two sides of the rear seats must have the same seatback angle.
BK0302800US.book 8
Head restraints
Seat and restraint systems 4-9
4
N00403001321
To use the arm rest, tilt the arm rest down for use as shown. The arm rest includes a cup holder.
N00404301624
Head restraints can reduce the risk of a whip- lash injury if your vehicle is hit from the rear. The head restraints are equipped in the illus- trated position. To maximize the effectiveness of the head restraints, adjust the seatback to the upright position, and the head restraint to the proper position. Sit back against the seatback with your head close to the head restraint.
Arm rest
NOTE Never sit on an arm rest.
Doing so could damage the arm rest.
Head restraints WARNING Driving without the head restraints in
place can cause you and your passengers serious injury or death in an accident. To reduce the risk of injury in an accident, always make sure the head restraints are installed and properly positioned when the seat is occupied.
In order to minimize the risk of a neck injury due to a rear impact, the seatback must be adjusted to the upright position and the head restraint must be adjusted to the proper position before vehicle opera- tion. The driver should never adjust the seat while the vehicle is in motion.
Never place a cushion or similar device on the seatback. This can adversely affect head restraint performance by increasing the distance between your head and the restraint.
BK0302800US.book 9
Head restraints
4-10 Seat and restraint systems
4 To reduce the risk of injury in an accident, adjust the head restraint height so that the center of the restraint is at your ear level when seated. Any person too tall for the restraint to reach their ear level when seated should raise the restraint to the highest locked position.
To raise the restraint, pull it straight up. To lower the restraint, push down on it
while pressing the lock knob (A) in the direction shown by the arrow.
After adjusting the height, push down on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position.
To reduce the risk of injury in an accident, pull up the head restraint to the locked posi- tion.
To raise the restraint, pull it straight up. To lower the restraint, push down on it
while pressing the lock knob (A) in the direction shown by the arrow.
After adjusting the height, push down on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position.
Adjustment of the head restraint height
Front seats
Rear center seat WARNING When a person sits in the rear center seat-
ing position, pull up the head restraint to a height at which it locks in position. Be sure to make this adjustment before start- ing to drive. Serious injuries could other- wise be suffered in the result of an impact.
NOTE The head restraint height in the rear outboard
seats cannot be adjusted.
BK0302800US.book 10
Making a cargo area
Seat and restraint systems 4-11
4
Press the lock knob (A) in the direction shown by the arrows. Then pull the head restraint up and out of the seatback.
First check that the head restraint is facing in the right direction as shown in the previous illustration, and then insert it into the seat- back. Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock knob (A) until the restraint locks into place.
N00405501128
To remove
WARNING To help minimize the risk of neck injury in
the event of an accident, the head restraints must be properly installed and positioned to proper height before vehicle operation.
To install
CAUTION Check that the lock knob (A) is extended out
as shown in the illustration. Then pull the head restraint up to make sure that it is locked in place and will not come out of the seatback.
CAUTION The shape and size of the head restraint dif-
fers according to the seat. Always use the correct head restraint provided for the seat and do not install the head restraint in the wrong direction.
Making a cargo area
WARNING Never adjust the seats to make a cargo
area when the vehicle is in motion or on a slope. The seats could move more than necessary or move suddenly and causing a serious accident and/or injury.
When returning a seat back to its seating position after folding down, make sure that the seat is firmly secured and seat belt buckles are in proper position. If the seat is not secured, it could move causing a serious accident.
Do not allow anyone to ride in the cargo area while the vehicle is in motion. People who are not properly seated and restrained can be seriously injured or killed in an accident.
BK0302800US.book 11
Making a cargo area
4-12 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00405701159
The rear seat can be folded to create an addi- tional cargo area.
1. When folding the left side rear seat, store the seat belt for the middle seating posi- tion of the rear seat. Refer to Detachable center seat belt for rear seat on page 4-19.
2. Lower the head restraint for rear middle seating position to its lowest position. Refer to Head restraints on page 4-9.
3. Pull the strap (A), then fold forward the head restraints for rear outside seating position.
4. Pull the strap (B), then flip the seat cush- ion forward.CAUTION
In the cargo area, do not load the luggage higher than the top of the seats and make sure that the luggage is firmly secured. Restricted rear vision or flying objects enter- ing the passenger compartment during sud- den braking could result in a serious accident and/or injury.
Seats should always be operated by an adult. Seat adjustments by a child could lead to an unexpected accident.
When adjusting the seats, be careful not to catch your hand or leg. Personal injury could result.
NOTE When the seatback of a front seat is reclined,
return it to the upright position before driv- ing.
Folding the rear seats
NOTE You can separately fold the right and left side
of the rear seat.
To fold the rear seat
BK0302800US.book 12
Making a cargo area
Seat and restraint systems 4-13
4
5. Fold forward the seat belt buckle.
6. Pull up the lever (D), then fold the seat- back forward.
1. Raise the seatback until it locks securely into place.
2. While lifting the seat belt buckle (A), gen- tly lower the seat cushion. Make sure that there is a hook (B) at the position shown in the illustration.
CAUTION Do not fold the rear seat while the 120 V AC
power supply on the back of the floor con- sole box is being used or while the lid of the 120 V AC power supply is open. Doing so may damage the 120 V AC power supply, its lid, a connected appliance and/or the rear seat. Also, this could lead to an electrical shock.
CAUTION Do not allow any person to get on the plastic
cover (C), and do not place luggage on it. Doing so could damage the plastic cover.
CAUTION Do not allow any person to sit on the flipped
seat cushion, and do not place luggage on it. The seats mounting fittings could bend under the weight, making it impossible for the seat cushion to be secured when it returns to the original position.
To return
NOTE A rubber strap (C) is attached to the seat belt
buckle for the left outboard seating position. This helps raise the seat belt buckle while the seat cushion returns to the original position.
BK0302800US.book 13
Making a flat seat
4-14 Seat and restraint systems
4
3. Push down the seat cushion until it locks securely into place.
4. Make sure that all seat belt buckles are properly positioned on the seat cushion.
5. Return the folded head restraint to its original position.
6. If the center seat belt is stored; Pull out the detachable anchor plate (D)
from the seatback. Pull the small latch plate (E) slowly and
insert it into the detachable anchor plate until a click is heard.
Make sure that the seat belt is not twisted. For details, refer to Detachable center seat belt for rear seat on 4-19.
N00404801179
The entire interior of the vehicle may be used for sleeping accommodations by removing the head restraints and fully reclining all the seats when the vehicle is stopped.
WARNING Ensure that the head restraints are
returned to their original positions before the seats are occupied. Failure to do so could cause serious injury if involved in an accident.
Making a flat seat
WARNING Never drive with passengers or cargo on
the flat seat. This is extremely dangerous and can cause severe or fatal injury or death in an accident or if heavy braking is required.
CAUTION Adjust the seats only when the vehicle is
stopped in a safe place. Seat should be adjusted only by adults to
avoid accidents. When sliding the seats, be careful not to
catch your hand or leg. Do not walk around on top of the seats after
they have been laid flat because the footing is uneven. It is safest to move about on your hands and knees.
To ensure the seats are locked securely, attempt to move them back and forth.
Do not jump on or drop heavy objects on the seatbacks.
To raise the seatback of the front seat, firmly place your hand on the seatback, pull the seatback lock knob up, and raise the seatback slowly. (Refer to To adjust the seatback on page 4-5.) Do not let children adjust the seat- back.
BK0302800US.book 14
Seat belts
Seat and restraint systems 4-15
4
1. Remove the head restraints from the front seats and raise the arm rest on the rear seats. For vehicles with a cargo area cover, remove the cover. (Refer to Head restraints on page 4-9, Arm rest on page 4-9 and Cargo area cover on page 5-227.)
2. Slide the front seats fully forward, then recline their seatbacks backward to achieve a flat surface. (Refer to To adjust the seat forward or backward on page 4-5 and To adjust the seatback on page 4-5.)
3. Recline the seatbacks of the rear seats. (Refer to To adjust the seatback on page 4-8.)
4. The flat seat configuration is now com- plete. To return the seats to the normal position, reverse the above procedure.
N00406001582
Seat belts are installed in your vehicle to help reduce the risk of injury to the driver and pas- senger in the event of an accident. Always use the provided seat belts. Carefully review the following information for proper seat belt usage.
Seat belts
WARNING To help reduce the risk of injury or death
in an accident, seat belts and child restraint systems must always be used. Refer to Child restraint systems on page 4-24 for additional information.
BK0302800US.book 15
Seat belts
4-16 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00406201513
All seats are equipped with a seat belt which uses one combined lap-and-shoulder belt with an emergency locking retractor.
This system is designed to provide both com- fort and safety. It permits full extension and automatic retraction of the belts during nor- mal vehicle operation. A sensing device inside the belt retractor is designed to lock the retractor in the event of a sudden change in the vehicles motion.
Never use one seat belt for more than one person.
Never carry more people in your vehicle than there are seat belts.
Always adjust the seat belt for a snug fit. Always place the shoulder belt over your
shoulder and across your chest. Never put it behind you or under your arm.
Always wear the lap belt as low as possible across your hips, not around your waist.
Never insert any foreign object, such as a piece of plastic, paper clip, button or coin, into the seat belt buckle.
Never modify or alter the seat belts in your vehicle.
To reduce the risk to the driver of serious injury or death during deployment of the drivers airbag, always properly wear the seat belt and adjust the drivers seat as far back as possible while maintaining a posi- tion that still enables you to fully apply the pedals, easily control the steering wheel, and safely operate the vehicle.
WARNING To reduce the risk to a front seat passen-
ger of serious injury or death from a deploying airbag, make sure the passenger always wears the seat belt properly, remains seated all the way back and upright in their seat, and moves the seat as far back as possible. Refer to Supplemen- tal Restraint System (SRS) — airbag on page 4-36 for additional information.
Never hold an infant or child in your arms or on your lap when riding in this vehicle even when you are wearing your seat belt. Never place any part of the seat belt you are wearing around an infant or child. Failure to follow these simple instructions creates a risk of serious injury or death to your child in the event of an accident or sudden stop.
Children 12 years old and under should always ride in the rear seat and be prop- erly restrained. This reduces their risk of serious injury or death in an accident, especially due to a deploying front passen- gers airbag. Refer to Child restraint sys- tems on page 4-24 for additional information.
Any child who is too small to properly wear a seat belt must be properly restrained in an appropriate child restraint system.
Infants MUST be placed in a rear-facing child safety seat and positioned in the rear seat.
WARNING In the event of an accident, all seat belt
assemblies, including retractors and attachment hardware, should be inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to determine whether replacement is neces- sary.
Do not let children play with the seat belts. If children play with the seat belts by wrapping them around their bodies, the seat belt may retract and become tight. This can result in a serious injury or death, such as suffocation. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. If the child cannot be released from the seat belt, use an appropriate tool such as a knife or scis- sors to cut the seat belt.
Seat belt instructions
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 16
Seat belts
Seat and restraint systems 4-17
4 1. Occupants should always sit back in their
seats with their backs against the upright seatback. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death during deployment of the airbag, adjust the drivers seat as far back as possible while maintaining a position that still enables you to fully apply the pedals, easily control the steering wheel, and safely operate the vehicle. The front passenger seat should also be moved as far back as possible. Refer to Supple- mental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag on page 4-36. Also refer to To adjust the seat forward or backward on page 4-5.
2. Before using the center seat belt for sec- ond row, make sure that the detachable anchor is securely latched and the seat belt is not twisted. For details, refer to page 4-19.
3. Grasp the latch plate and slide it up the webbing so that it easily pulls across your body.
4. Pull the seat belt out slowly while holding the latch plate. Push the latch plate into the buckle until you hear a click. Pull up on the belt to be sure the latch plate is locked securely in the buckle.
NOTE For instructions on installing a child restraint
system using a seat belt, refer to Installing a child restraint system using the seat belt on page 4-32.
WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death in the event of an accident or sud- den stop, all seatbacks should be kept in the upright position while the vehicle is in motion.
Seat belt performance during an accident can be adversely affected if the seatbacks are reclined. The more a seatback is reclined, the more likely seat belt perfor- mance will be adversely affected. If the seat belt is not properly positioned against the body during an accident, there is increased risk you will slide under the belt and receive serious injury or death.
BK0302800US.book 17
Seat belts
4-18 Seat and restraint systems
4 5. The lap part of the belt must always be
worn low and snug across the hips. Pull up on the shoulder portion of the belt to take up any slack in the lap belt.
6. To release the belt, press the button on the buckle and allow the belt to retract. If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull it out and check for kinks or twists in the webbing. Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.
NOTE If the seat belt locks up and cannot be pulled
out, pull it once with force and let it retract all the way. Then, pull the belt out slowly once again.
NOTE With the exception of the seat belt for the
driver, the seat belts in all other seating posi- tions are equipped with an Automatic Lock- ing Retractor (ALR) function. If you pull the seat belt fully out of the retractor, the retrac- tor will switch to its ALR child restraint installation function (see page 4-32). When the ALR function has been activated, the seat belt will only retract. If this happens, let the belt fully retract, then pull the seat belt back out, repeating steps 1 through 4.
WARNING Be sure the lap belt portion fits snugly and
is worn as low as possible across the hips, not around the waist. Failure to follow this instruction will increase the risk of serious injury or death in the event of an accident.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted when worn. Twisted webbing may adversely affect seat belt performance.
NOTE If the seat belt (A) or ring (B) becomes dirty,
the belt may not retract smoothly. If the seat belt and ring are dirty, clean them with a mild soap or detergent solution.
BK0302800US.book 18
Seat belts
Seat and restraint systems 4-19
4
N00409900077
The center seat belt for the rear seat can be detached to fold the left side rear seat. This seat belt must be worn correctly as illus- trated.
1. Pull out the detachable anchor from the storage pocket on seat back cushion.
2. Pull out the small latch plate (A) and then pull out the latch plate (B) by tilting it as shown in the illustration.
3. Pull the small latch plate (A) slowly and insert it into the detachable anchor (C) until a click is heard. Make sure that the seat belt is not twisted.
Detachable center seat belt for rear seat
WARNING Never detach the center seat belt except
when the left side seat back in the rear seat is folded. Using the center seat belt with the detachable anchor unlatched increases the risk of serious injury or death in an accident. Make sure the small latch plate (A) is properly latched to the detachable anchor before the center seat belt is used.
To attach
NOTE Pulling out the latch plate by force may dam-
age the headliner.
NOTE If the seat belt locks up and cannot be pulled
out, pull it once with force and let it retract all the way. Then, pull the belt out slowly once again.
The seat belt can be buckled up by inserting the latch plate (B) into the buckle (D) like other seat belts.
If the seat belt switch to the ALR child restraint installation function and cannot be pulled out, detach the latch plate (B). Refer to Installing a child restraint system using the seat belt on page 4-32.
BK0302800US.book 19
Seat belts
4-20 Seat and restraint systems
4
1. While holding the seat belt, insert a metal plate, such the latch plate of the seat belt or a key, into the slit (E) on the detachable anchor (C) and release the center seat belt from the detachable anchor.
2. Retract the seat belt slowly by holding the seat belt.
3. After the seat belt has retracted com- pletely, insert the latch plate (B) into the upper slit (F), and then insert the small latch plate (A) into the lower slit (G).
4. Store the detachable anchor in the storage pocket on the seatback.
N00418401424
A tone and warning light are used to remind the driver to fasten the seat belt. If the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON without the drivers seat belt being fastened, a warning light will come on and a tone will sound for approximately 6 seconds to remind you to fasten your seat belt. If the vehicle is driven with the seat belt still unfastened, the warning light will blink and the tone will sound intermittently until the seat belt is fastened. At the same time, FAS- TEN SEAT BELT is displayed on the infor- mation screen in the multi-information display.
To detach
NOTE If the seat belt is not held, the seat belt will
rapidly retract. This could cause damage to the interior trim.
Drivers seat belt reminder/warning light and display
BK0302800US.book 20
Seat belts
Seat and restraint systems 4-21
4
N00418301319
The front passenger seat belt warning light is located as shown in the illustration.
When the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON, this indicator normally comes on and goes off a few seconds later. The light comes on when a person sits on the front passenger seat but does not fasten the seat belt. It goes off when the seat belt is sub- sequently fastened.
N00406301354
The seat belt shoulder anchor height can be adjusted. To move the anchor down, press the lock knob (A) and slide the anchor down to the desired position. To move the anchor up, slide the anchor up to the desired position.
WARNING In order to reduce the risk of serious
injury or death in an accident, always fas- ten your own seat belt. Do not allow any- one to ride in your vehicle unless he or she is also seated and fastening a seat belt. Children should additionally be restrained in a secure child restraint system.
NOTE If the seat belt subsequently remains unfas-
tened, the warning light and the tone will issue further warnings each time the vehicle starts moving from a stop.
Front passenger seat belt warn- ing light
WARNING When a child booster seat is used on the
front passenger seat, the front passenger seat belt warning light will not come on, if the seat belt is not fastened when the booster seat is used. Confirm that the child is wearing the seat belt properly.
Do not install any accessory or sticker that makes the light difficult to see.
Adjustable seat belt shoulder anchor (front seats)
WARNING
Anchor down Anchor up
BK0302800US.book 21
Seat belts
4-22 Seat and restraint systems
4 N00406501125
When seat belts for the rear seat outboard seating position is not used, the seat belts can be stored.
Put the seat belt webbing in the back slot (A) on the clip and insert the metal plate of the latch plate into the front slot (B) as shown in the illustration.
WARNING Always adjust the shoulder belt anchor so
that the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your shoulder without touch- ing your neck. The shoulder belt should not be able to fall off your shoulder. Fail- ure to follow this instruction can adversely affect seat belt performance and increase the risk of serious injury or death in the event of an accident.
Adjust the shoulder belt anchor only when the vehicle is not in motion.
Make sure the anchor is securely locked in position after adjusting it.
Storing the seat belts for the rear seat (outboard seating positions)
BK0302800US.book 22
Seat belt use during pregnancy
Seat and restraint systems 4-23
4
N00406701202
If your seat belt is not long enough, even when fully extended, a seat belt extender must be obtained. The extender may be used for either of the front seats.
N00406800134
Seat belts work for everyone, including preg- nant women. Like all occupants, pregnant women are more likely to be seriously injured or killed in an accident if they do not wear seat belts.
N00417701749
The drivers and front passengers seats each have a seat belt equipped with a pre-tensioner system and force limiter system.
The driver and front passenger seat belts are equipped with a seat belt pre-tensioner sys- tem. In a moderate-to-severe frontal or side collision or when a rollover or overturning of the vehicle is detected, the pre-tensioner sys- tem operates simultaneously with the deploy- ment of the front airbags, side airbags or curtain airbags. The seat belt pre-tensioners are located in the drivers and front passengers seat belt retrac- tors (A) and in the front passenger seats final anchor (B). When activated, the pre-tension- ers quickly draw back seat belt webbing and increase seat belt performance.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system includes the following components:
Seat belt extender
WARNING The extender should only be used if the
existing belt is not long enough. Anyone who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender. Unnecessary use of an extender can adversely affect seat belt performance in an accident.
When not required, the extender must be removed and stowed.
Seat belt use during preg- nancy
WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to pregnant women and unborn children in an accident, pregnant women should always wear a seat belt. The lap portion of the seat belt should be worn snug and low across the hips and below the rounding. Consult your doctor if you have any additional questions or concerns.
Seat belt pre-tensioner and force limiter systems
Pre-tensioner system
BK0302800US.book 23
Child restraint systems
4-24 Seat and restraint systems
4
The airbag control unit monitors the readiness of the electronic parts of the system whenever the operation mode of the power switch is in ON. These include all of the items listed above and all related wiring.
The seat belt pre-tensioners will operate under the same conditions as the airbag con- trol unit.
When the seat belt pre-tensioners activate, some smoke is released and a loud noise will be heard. The smoke is not harmful, but care should be taken not to intentionally inhale it,
as it may cause some temporary irritation to people with respiratory problems. Even in the event of a severe impact, the pre- tensioners will not operate if the seat belts are not fastened. The seat belt pre-tensioners may not activate in certain collisions, even though the vehicle may appear to be severely dam- aged. Such non-activation does not mean that something is wrong with the seat belt pre-ten- sioner system, but rather that the collision forces were not severe enough to activate the system.
N00408701147
This warning light tells you if there is a prob- lem involving the SRS airbags and/or the seat belt pre-tensioner system. Refer to SRS warning light/display on page 4-42.
N00408900126
In the event of an accident, the seat belt force limiter system will help reduce the force applied to the driver and front seat passenger.
N00407101900
When transporting infants or small children in your vehicle, an appropriate child restraint system must always be used. This is required by law in the U.S. and Canada. Child restraint systems specifically designed for infants and small children are offered by several manufacturers. Choose only a child restraint system with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 (FMVSS 213) or Motor Vehicle Restraint Systems and Booster Seats Safety Regulations (RSSR). Look for the manufac- turers statement of compliance on the box and child restraint system itself.
The child restraint system should be appropri- ate for your childs weight and height, and should properly fit your vehicles seat. For detailed information, refer to the instruc- tion manual accompanying the child restraint system.
1- SRS warning light 2- Front impact sensors 3- Seat belt pre-tensioner 4- Airbag control unit 5- Side impact sensors 6- Seat belt buckle switches
WARNING The seat belt pre-tensioner system is
designed to work only once. After the seat belt pre-tensioners have been activated, they will not work again. They must promptly be replaced and the entire seat belt pre-tensioner system inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
SRS warning
Force limiter system
Child restraint systems
BK0302800US.book 24
Child restraint systems
Seat and restraint systems 4-25
4 All children should be properly restrained in a restraint device that offers the maximum protection for their size and age as specified by local, state, or provincial laws. Be sure to check local, state, or provincial requirements for child size and age that may vary from the recommendations listed below.
Children less than 2 years old and who weigh 40 pounds (18 kg) or less MUST ride in a rear-facing child safety seat that MUST ONLY be used in the rear seat.
Children older than 2 years of age and who weigh less than 60 pounds (27 kg) or who are less than 57 inches (145 cm) tall must be in an appropriate child restraint system used only in the rear seat.
Children who weigh more than 60 pounds (27 kg) or who are more than 57 inches (145 cm) tall, regardless of age, should use a suitable child seat or a booster seat in the rear seat until the vehicles lap-and- shoulder belt fits them properly.
Recommendations for child restraint system selection
WARNING All children must be seated in the rear
seat, and properly restrained. Accident statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat, rather than in the front seat.
Be sure to select a child restraint system that is appropriate not only for the childs size and age but also for your vehicle. Some child restraint systems may not fit your vehicle properly.
Any child who is too large to use a child restraint system should ride in the rear seat and wear the lap-and-shoulder belt properly. The shoulder belt must be posi- tioned over the shoulder and across the chest, not across their neck, and with the lap belt positioned low on the childs hips, not across their stomach. If necessary, a booster seat should be used to help achieve a proper seat belt fit. Follow the booster seat manufacturers instructions. Only use a booster seat that is certified as comply- ing with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Motor Vehicle Restraint Sys- tems and Booster Seats Safety Regula- tions.
WARNING Never hold an infant or child in your arms
or on your lap when riding in this vehicle, even when you are wearing your seat belt. Never place any part of the seat belt you are wearing around an infant or child. Failure to follow these simple instructions creates a risk of serious injury or death to your child in the event of an accident or sudden stop.
BK0302800US.book 25
Child restraint systems
4-26 Seat and restraint systems
4
WARNING Your vehicle is also equipped with a front
passengers airbag. Never put REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS or INFANT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS in the front pas- senger seat. This places the infant too close to the passengers airbag. During deployment of that airbag, the infant can be seriously injured or killed. Rear-facing child restraint systems or infant restraint systems must only be used in the rear seat.
Airbag
WARNING FRONT-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
SYSTEMS should be used in the rear seat whenever possible. If one must be used in the front passenger seat, move the seat to the most rearward position and make sure the child stays in the child restraint sys- tem, properly restrained. Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious injury or death to the child.
WARNING It is important to use an approved rear-
facing infant restraint until the infant is one year old (unless the infant outgrows the seat sooner). This allows the infants neck and spine to develop enough to sup- port the weight of their head in the event of an accident.
When installing a child restraint system, follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer and follow the directions in this manual. Failure to do so can result in serious injury or death to your child in an accident or sudden stop.
After installation, push and pull the child restraint system back and forth, and side to side, to see that it is firmly secured. If the child restraint system is not installed securely, it may cause injury to the child or other occupants in the event of an acci- dent or sudden stop.
When not in use, keep your child restraint system secured with the seat belt, or remove it from the vehicle, in order to pre- vent it from being thrown around inside the vehicle during an accident.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 26
Child restraint systems
Seat and restraint systems 4-27
4N00418801170
The outboard seating positions in the rear seat of your vehicle are equipped with lower anchors for attaching child restraint systems compatible with the LATCH system.
N00418901256
Your vehicle has three attachment points on the backside of the rear seats. These are for securing a child restraint system tether strap to each of the three rear seating positions in your vehicle.
NOTE Before purchasing a child restraint system,
try installing it in the rear seat to ensure proper fit. Due to the location of the seat belt buckles and the shape of the seat cushion, it may be difficult to securely install some manufacturers child restraint systems. If the child restraint system can be pulled forward or to either side easily on the seat cushion after the seat belt has been tightened, choose another manufacturers child restraint system. Depending on the seating position in the vehicle and the child restraint system that you have, the child restraint system can be attached using one of the following two methods: Attach to the lower anchorage in the rear
seat ONLY if the child restraint system is compatible with the LATCH system (See page 4-27).
Attach to the seat belt (See page 4-32).
Installing a child restraint sys- tem using the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for chil- dren) system
Lower anchor locations
NOTE The symbols on the seatback show the loca-
tion of the lower anchor points.
Tether anchor locations
BK0302800US.book 27
Child restraint systems
4-28 Seat and restraint systems
4 N00419000198
N00419101343
1. In order to securely fasten the tether strap, remove the head restraint from the loca- tion where you wish to install the child restraint system.
2. Open the gap a little between the seat cushion (A) and the seatback (B) with your hand to locate the lower anchors (C).
3. For easier access, the seatback may be reclined rearward. Push the anchor connectors (D) on the child restraint system into the lower anchors (C) in accordance with the instructions provided by the child restraint systems manufacturer. After it is securely fastened, adjust the seatback to four steps forward from most reclined position. Remember, the lower anchors (C) pro- vided with your vehicle are designed to secure suitable child restraint systems compatible with the LATCH system in the outboard positions of the rear seats only. The anchor connectors are NOT designed to secure a suitable child restraint system in the middle seating position of the rear seat.
Examples of child restraint sys- tems compatible with the LATCH system
A- Rear-facing child restraint system B- Front-facing child restraint system C- Child restraint system lower anchor
connectors D- Tether strap
(These are only examples.)
Using the LATCH system
Except for booster seat
A- Vehicle seat cushion B- Vehicle seatback C- Lower anchor D- Connector
NOTE In order to secure a child restraint system
compatible with the LATCH system, use the lower anchor points in the outboard positions of the rear seat. It is not necessary to use the vehicles seat belt. The vehicles seat belt, however, MUST be used to secure a child restraint system in the middle seating posi- tion of the rear seat.
BK0302800US.book 28
Child restraint systems
Seat and restraint systems 4-29
4
4. Latch the tether strap hook (E) of the child restraint system to the tether anchor bar (F) and tighten the tether strap so it is securely fastened.
5. Before putting your child in the restraint, push and pull the restraint in all directions to be sure it is firmly secure. Do this before each use. If the child restraint sys- tem is not firmly secure, repeat steps 3 and 4.
WARNING If there is any foreign material in or
around the lower anchors, remove it before installing the child restraint sys- tem. Also, make sure the seat belt is away from, not looped through or otherwise interfering with, the child restraint sys- tem. If foreign matter is not removed and/or the seat belt interferes with the child restraint system, the child restraint system will not be secured properly, could detach and move forward in the event of sudden braking or an accident, and could result in injury to the child or other vehi- cle occupants.
When the vehicle is moving, do not adjust the seat where the child restraint system is installed.
NOTE If it is difficult to latch the tether strap hook,
turn the hook sideways.
WARNING Child restraint system tether anchors are
designed only to withstand loads from cor- rectly fitted child restraint systems. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts, harnesses, for attaching other items, or equipment to the vehicle.
WARNING When using a child restraint in a rear
seating position, always review the instructions provided with that restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle and to understand how to properly install it. Child restraints, including booster seats, come in different sizes and configurations. Depending on where you place these child restraints, and depending on their size and configuration, you may not be able to access or properly use one or more adja- cent seat belt assemblies. If this occurs, the adjacent seating position or positions should not be used. Failure to use a seat belt or improper use of a seat belt can result in serious injury or death should a crash occur.
CAUTION After removing the child restraint system,
install the head restraint.
BK0302800US.book 29
Child restraint systems
4-30 Seat and restraint systems
4
1. In order to securely fasten the tether strap, remove the head restraint from the loca- tion where you wish to install the high back booster seat.
2. Open the gap a little between the seat cushion (A) and the seatback (B) with your hand to locate the lower anchors (C).
3. For easier access, the seatback may be reclined rearward. Push the anchor connectors (D) on the high back booster seat into the lower anchors (C) in accordance with the instructions provided by the child restraint systems manufacturer. After it is securely fastened, adjust the seatback to four steps forward from most reclined position. Remember, the lower anchors (C) pro- vided with your vehicle are designed to secure suitable high back booster seats compatible with the LATCH system in the outboard positions of the rear seats only. The anchor connectors are NOT designed to secure a suitable high back booster seat in the middle seating posi- tion of the rear seat.
Booster seat
A- High back booster seat B- Booster cushion
WARNING To avoid injury to child, do not use the
lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) child restraint installa- tion function when using a booster seat with the seat belts.
High back booster seat
A- Vehicle seat cushion B- Vehicle seatback C- Lower anchor D- Connector
WARNING If there is any foreign material in or
around the lower anchors, remove it before installing the high back booster seat. Also, make sure the seat belt is away from, not looped through or otherwise interfering with, the high back booster seat. If foreign matter is not removed and/or the seat belt interferes with the high back booster seat, the high back booster seat will not be secured properly, could detach and move forward in the event of sudden braking or an accident, and could result in injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
BK0302800US.book 30
Child restraint systems
Seat and restraint systems 4-31
44. Latch the tether strap hook (E) of the high back booster seat to the tether anchor bar (F) and tighten the tether strap so it is securely fastened.
5. Before putting your child in the restraint, push and pull the high back booster seat in all directions to be sure it is firmly secure. Do this before each use. If the high back booster seat is not firmly secure, repeat steps 3 and 4.
6. Sit the child in the high back booster seat. Fit the seat belt to the high back booster seat according to the child restraint sys- tems manufacturer.
When the vehicle is moving, do not adjust the seat where the high back booster seat is installed.
NOTE If it is difficult to latch the tether strap hook,
turn the hook sideways.
WARNING WARNING Child restraint system tether anchors are
designed only to withstand loads from cor- rectly fitted child restraint systems. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts, harnesses, for attaching other items, or equipment to the vehicle.
WARNING When using a child restraint in a rear
seating position, always review the instructions provided with that restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle and to understand how to properly install it. Child restraints, including booster seats, come in different sizes and configurations. Depending on where you place these child restraints, and depending on their size and configuration, you may not be able to access or properly use one or more adja- cent seat belt assemblies. If this occurs, the adjacent seating position or positions should not be used. Failure to use a seat belt or improper use of a seat belt can result in serious injury or death should a crash occur.
CAUTION After removing the high back booster seat,
install the head restraint.
BK0302800US.book 31
Child restraint systems
4-32 Seat and restraint systems
4 1. Open the gap a little between the seat
cushion (A) and the seatback (B) with your hand to locate the lower anchors (C).
2. For easier access, the seatback may be reclined rearward. Push the anchor connectors (D) on the booster cushion into the lower anchors (C) in accordance with the instructions provided by the child restraint systems manufacturer. After it is securely fastened, adjust the seatback to four steps forward from most reclined position. Remember, the lower anchors (C) pro- vided with your vehicle are designed to secure suitable booster cushions com- patible with the LATCH system in the outboard positions of the rear seats only. The anchor connectors are NOT designed to secure a suitable booster cushion in the middle seating position of the rear seat.
3. Sit the child in the booster cushion. Fit the seat belt to the booster cushion according to the child restraint systems manufac- turer.
N00407301609
With the exception of the driver, the seat belt in all other seating positions can be converted
Booster cushion
CAUTION Do not remove the head restraint when
installing a booster cushion.
A- Vehicle seat cushion B- Vehicle seatback C- Lower anchor D- Connector
WARNING If there is any foreign material in or
around the lower anchors, remove it before installing the booster cushion. Also, make sure the seat belt is away from, not looped through or otherwise interfering with, the booster cushion. If foreign mat- ter is not removed and/or the seat belt interferes with the booster cushion, the booster cushion will not be secured prop- erly, could detach and move forward in the event of sudden braking or an acci- dent, and could result in injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
When the vehicle is moving, do not adjust the seat where the booster cushion is installed.
WARNING When using a child restraint in a rear
seating position, always review the instructions provided with that restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle and to understand how to properly install it. Child restraints, including booster seats, come in different sizes and configurations. Depending on where you place these child restraints, and depending on their size and configuration, you may not be able to access or properly use one or more adja- cent seat belt assemblies. If this occurs, the adjacent seating position or positions should not be used. Failure to use a seat belt or improper use of a seat belt can result in serious injury or death should a crash occur.
Installing a child restraint sys- tem using the seat belt (with emergency/automatic locking mechanism)
BK0302800US.book 32
Child restraint systems
Seat and restraint systems 4-33
4
from normal Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode, to Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode. This means that when you pull the seat belt fully out of the retractor, the retractor will switch to its ALR child restraint installation function. Always use the ALR child restraint installation function when you install a child restraint system using the seat belt. Children 12 years old and under should always be restrained in the rear seat, when- ever possible, although the front passenger seat belt can also be converted to ALR mode.
1. Place the child restraint system on the seat where you wish to install it. To help assure proper fitting of the child restraint system, always remove the head restraint. When installing the front-facing child restraint system on the rear seat, adjust the angle of the rear seatback to the most upright position.
2. Route the seat belt through the child restraint system according to the instruc- tions provided by the child restraint sys- tems manufacturer. Then insert the seat belt latch plate into the buckle. Make sure you hear a click when you insert the latch plate into the buckle.
WARNING When you install a child restraint system
using the seat belt, always make sure the retractor has been switched to the ALR child restraint installation function. The ALR function will keep the child restraint system tightly secured to the seat. Failure to convert the retractor to the ALR function may allow the child restraint system to move forward during sudden braking or an accident, resulting in serious injury or death to the child or other occupants.
When using a child restraint in a rear seating position, always review the instructions provided with that restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle and to understand how to properly install it. Child restraints, including booster seats, come in different sizes and configurations. Depending on where you place these child restraints, and depending on their size and configuration, you may not be able to access or properly use one or more adja- cent seat belt assemblies. If this occurs, the adjacent seating position or positions should not be used. Failure to use a seat belt or improper use of a seat belt can result in serious injury or death should a crash occur.
Installation
Except for booster seat
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 33
Child restraint systems
4-34 Seat and restraint systems
4
3. To activate the ALR child restraint instal- lation function, slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out of the retractor until it stops. Then let the belt feed back into the retractor.
4. After the belt has retracted, tug on it. If the belt is in the ALR function, you will not be able to pull it out. If the webbing can be pulled out from retractor, the ALR function has not been activated and you will need to repeat steps 3 and 4.
5. After confirming that the belt is locked, grab the shoulder part of the belt near the buckle and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt allowing the slack to feed into the retractor. Remember, if the lap belt portion is not tight, the child restraint system will not be secure. It may help to put your weight on the child restraint system and/or push on its seat- back while pulling up on the belt (See illustration).
6. Latch the tether strap hook (A) of the child restraint system to the tether anchor bar (B) and tighten the tether strap so it is securely fastened.
If your child restraint system requires the use of a tether strap, fasten the tether strap in accordance with the following procedures.
NOTE If it is difficult to latch the tether strap hook,
turn the hook sideways.
WARNING Child restraint system tether anchors are
designed only to withstand loads from cor- rectly fitted child restraint systems. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts, harnesses, for attaching other items, or equipment to the vehicle.
BK0302800US.book 34
Child restraint systems
Seat and restraint systems 4-35
4
7. Before putting your child in the restraint, push and pull the restraint in all directions to be sure it is firmly secure. Do this before each use. If the child restraint sys- tem is not firmly secure, repeat steps 1 through 6.
1. Place the high back booster seat on the seat where you wish to install it. To help assure proper fitting of the high back booster seat, always remove the head restraint.
2. If your high back booster seat requires the use of a tether strap, latch the tether strap hook (A) of the high back booster seat to the tether anchor bar (B) and tighten the tether strap so it is securely fastened.
3. Sit the child in the high back booster seat. Fit the seat belt to the high back booster seat according to the child restraint sys- tems manufacturer.
1. Place the booster cushion on the seat where you wish to install it.
CAUTION After removing the child restraint system, be
sure to perform the following actions. Wind up the seat belt completely to deacti-
vate the ALR mode. Install the head restraint.
Booster seat
A- High back booster seat B- Booster cushion
WARNING To avoid injury to child, do not use the
lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) child restraint installa- tion function when using a booster seat with the seat belts.
High back booster seat
NOTE If it is difficult to latch the tether strap hook,
turn the hook sideways.
WARNING Child restraint system tether anchors are
designed only to withstand loads from cor- rectly fitted child restraint systems. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts, harnesses, for attaching other items, or equipment to the vehicle.
CAUTION After removing the high back booster seat,
install the head restraint.
Booster cushion
CAUTION Do not remove the head restraint when
installing a booster cushion.
BK0302800US.book 35
Maintenance and inspection of seat belts
4-36 Seat and restraint systems
4
2. Sit the child in the booster cushion. Fit the seat belt to the booster cushion according to the child restraint systems manufac- turer.
N00407601628
Children who have outgrown a child restraint system should be seated in the rear seat and wear the seat belt. If the shoulder belt crosses their face or neck, and/or the lap belt crosses their stomach, a commercially available booster seat must be used to raise the child so that the shoulder belt crosses their shoulder and the lap belt remains positioned low across their hips. The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying compliance with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Motor Vehicle Restraint Systems and Booster Seats Safety Regula- tions.
N00407001361
Regularly check your seat belt buckles and their release mechanisms for positive engage- ment and release of the latch plate. Check the retractors for automatic locking when in the Automatic Locking Retractor function.
The entire seat belt assembly should be replaced if the webbing shows any obvious cuts, tears, increase in thickness in any sec- tion of the webbing from broken fibers, or severe fading from sunlight. All of these con- ditions indicate a weakening of the belt, which may adversely affect seat belt perfor- mance in an accident.
N00407701847
This vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), which includes air- bags for the driver and passengers.
The SRS front airbags are designed to supple- ment the primary protection of the driver and front passenger seat belt systems by provid- ing those occupants with protection against
Children who have outgrown child restraint systems
WARNING Any child who is too small to properly
wear a seat belt must be properly restrained in an appropriate child restraint system, to reduce their risk of serious injury or death in an accident.
A child should never be left unattended in, or unsupervised around, your vehicle. When you leave the vehicle, always take the child out as well.
Children can die from heat stroke if left or trapped inside the vehicle, especially on hot days.
Keep your vehicle locked when not in use. Keep your vehicle keys away from chil- dren.
Maintenance and inspection of seat belts
WARNING WARNING Do not attempt to repair or replace any
part of the seat belt assemblies. This work should be done by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Failure to have a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer perform the work could reduce the effectiveness of the belts and could result in a serious injury or death in an accident.
Never use an organic solvent to clean the seat belt webbing. Do not attempt to bleach or re-dye the seat belt webbing. These may weaken the seat belt webbing, increasing risk of injury or death in an accident. Clean seat belt webbing only with mild soap or detergent solution and rinse it with lukewarm water, and dry the seat belt webbing completely before retracting it.
Supplemental Restraint Sys- tem (SRS) — airbag
BK0302800US.book 36
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-37
4
head and chest injuries in certain moderate to severe frontal collisions. The SRS front air- bags, together with sensors at the front of the vehicle and sensors attached to the front seats, form an advanced airbag system.
The SRS drivers knee airbag is designed to supplement the primary protection of the drivers seat belt system. It can reduce the forward movement of the drivers lower legs and provide increased overall body protection in certain moderate to severe frontal colli- sions.
The SRS side airbags and the curtain airbags are also designed to supplement the seat belts. The SRS side airbags provide the driver and front passenger with protection against chest injuries by deploying the bag on the side impacted in moderate to severe side impact collisions. The SRS curtain airbags provide the driver and the passengers on the front seat and the rear outboard seats with protection against head injuries by deploying the curtain airbag on the side impacted in moderate to severe side impact collisions and by deploy- ing both curtain airbags when a rollover is detected. The curtain airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of complete and partial ejection from the vehicle through side windows in both side impact and roll- over type accidents.
The SRS airbags are NOT a substitute for use of the seat belts. For maximum protection in all types of accidents, seat belts must ALWAYS be worn by everyone who drives or rides in this vehicle (with infants and small children in an appropriate child restraint sys- tem in the rear seat, and older children buck- led in the rear seat). Refer to Child restraint systems on page 4-24.
WARNING IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO ALWAYS
WEAR YOUR SEAT BELT PROPERLY EVEN WITH AN AIRBAG. Seat belts help keep the driver and pas-
sengers properly positioned. This reduces the risk of injury in all collisions, and reduces the risk of serious injuries or death when the airbags inflate. During sudden braking just before a col- lision, an unrestrained or improperly restrained driver or front passenger can move forward into direct contact with, or within close proximity to, the airbag when it begins to inflate. The beginning stage of airbag inflation is the most forceful and can cause serious injuries or death if the occupant comes in contact with the airbag at this time.
Seat belts reduce the risk of injury in rear impact collisions, and in lower- speed frontal collisions because the air- bags are not designed to inflate in those situations.
Seat belts reduce the risk of being thrown from your vehicle in a collision or rollover.
BK0302800US.book 37
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
4-38 Seat and restraint systems
4
WARNING IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO BE PROP-
ERLY SEATED. A driver or front passenger sitting too
close to the steering wheel or instrument panel during airbag deployment can be seriously injured or killed.
Airbags inflate very quickly and with great force. If the driver and front pas- senger are not properly seated and restrained, the airbag may not provide the proper protection, and can cause serious injuries or death when it inflates.
To reduce the risk to the driver of serious injury or death due to a deploying drivers airbag, always properly wear your seat belt and adjust the drivers seat as far back as possible, maintaining a position that still allows the driver to have good control of the steering wheel, brake, accelerator, and other vehicle con- trols.
To reduce the risk to the front passenger of serious injury or death from a deploy- ing passengers airbag, make sure the passenger always wears the seat belt properly, remains seated upright and all the way back in the seat, and positions the seat as far back as possible.
Seat all infants and children in the rear seat, properly restrained in an appropri- ate child restraint system.
WARNING Airbags inflate very quickly and with
great force. Do not sit on the edge of the seat or sit with your lower legs too close to the instrument panel, or lean your head or chest close to the steering wheel or the instrument panel.
Do not put your feet or legs on or against the instrument panel.
WARNING Infants and small children should never
ride unrestrained, or lean against the instrument panel. They should never ride held in your arms or on your lap. They can be seriously injured or killed in an accident, especially when the airbags inflate. Seat all infants and children in the rear seat, properly restrained in an appro- priate child restraint system. Refer to Child restraint systems on page 4-24.
BK0302800US.book 38
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-39
4
N00407801675
The SRS includes the following components:
WARNING NEVER put REAR-FACING CHILD
RESTRAINT SYSTEMS or INFANT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS in the front pas- senger seat. This places the infant too close to the passengers airbag. During deployment of that airbag, the infant can be seriously injured or killed. Rear-facing child restraint systems or infant restraint systems must only be used in the rear seat.
Airbag
WARNING FRONT-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
SYSTEMS should be used in the rear seat whenever possible. If they must be used in the front passenger seat, move the seat to the most rearward position and make sure the child stays in the child restraint sys- tem, properly restrained. Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious injury or death to the child.
WARNING Older children should be seated in the
rear seat with their seat belt properly worn, and with an appropriate booster seat if needed. Refer to Children who have outgrown child restraint systems on page 4-36.
How the Supplemental Restraint System works
1- Airbag module (Driver) 2- Passengers airbag off indicator 3- SRS warning light 4- Airbag module (Passenger) 5- Side airbag modules 6- Drivers seat position sensor 7- Passengers seat occupant classifica-
tion sensor system 8- Airbag module (Drivers knee) 9- Airbag control unit
BK0302800US.book 39
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
4-40 Seat and restraint systems
4
The airbag control unit monitors the readiness of the electronic parts of the system whenever the operation mode of the power switch is in ON. These include all of the items listed above and all related wiring.
The airbags will operate under the same con- ditions as the airbag control unit.
When the impact sensors detect a sufficient front or side impact to deploy the airbag(s), the appropriate airbag(s) will be deployed.
When the airbag control unit detects rollover of the vehicle, curtain airbags will be deployed.
When airbags deploy, some smoke is released accompanied by a loud noise. The smoke is not harmful, but do not intentionally inhale the smoke as it may cause temporary irrita- tion to people with respiratory problems.
An inflated airbag will deflate quickly, so you may not even notice that the airbag was inflated. Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing or being able to steer the vehicle, and does not prevent people from leaving the vehicle.
N00417901220
The drivers seat position sensor is attached to the seat rail and provides the airbag control unit with information on the seats fore-aft position. The airbag control unit controls deployment of the drivers front airbag in accordance with the information it receives from this sensor. If there is a problem involving the drivers seat position sensor, the SRS warning light in
the instrument panel will come on. Refer to SRS warning light/display on page 4-42.
N00418001390
The passengers seat occupant classification sensor system is attached to the front passen- ger seat cushion and provides the airbag con- trol unit with information regarding the occupant on the front passenger seat. The air-
10- Curtain airbag modules 11- Front impact sensors 12- Side impact sensors
CAUTION Airbags inflate very quickly and with great
force. In certain situations, contact with an inflating airbag may cause small cuts, abra- sions, and bruises.
Drivers seat position sensor
WARNING If the SRS warning light or warning dis-
play comes on, have the vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
Please observe the following instructions to ensure that the drivers seat position sensor can operate correctly. Adjust the seat to the correct position,
and sit well back against the seatback. Refer to Front seats on page 4-4.
Do not recline the seatback more than necessary when driving.
Do not place metallic objects or luggage under the front seat.
If the vehicle is involved in a severe impact, have the SRS sensors inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
Passengers seat occupant clas- sification sensor system
BK0302800US.book 40
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-41
4
bag control unit controls deployment of the passengers front airbag in accordance with the information it receives from this system. The passengers front airbag will not deploy in an impact when the system senses no occu- pant on the front passengers seat or a child in a child restraint system. In this case, the pas- senger airbag off indicator will come on. Refer to Passengers airbag off indicator on page 4-41. If there is a problem involving the passen- gers seat occupant classification sensor sys- tem, the SRS warning light in the instrument panel will come on. Refer to SRS warning light/display on page 4-42.
N00418101418
The passengers airbag off indicator is located as shown in the illustration.
The indicator normally comes on when the operation mode is put in ON, and goes out a few seconds later. In the following situations, the indicator will stay on to show that the pas- senger front airbag is not operational.
The front passengers seat is not occupied. The system senses that a child is using a
child restraint system on the front passen- gers seat.
WARNING If any of the following conditions occur,
you should immediately have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible: The SRS warning light does not initially
come on when the operation mode of the power switch is in ON.
The SRS warning light does not go out after several seconds.
The SRS warning light comes on while you are driving.
To ensure that the passengers seat occu- pant classification sensor system can sense correctly, observe the following instruc- tions. Failure to follow these instructions can adversely affect the performance of the passengers airbag system. Adjust the seat to the correct position,
and sit well back against the seatback. Refer to Front seats on page 4-4.
Do not recline the seatback more than necessary.
Never have more than one person (adult or child) sitting on the seat.
Do not place anything between the seat and the floor console.
When attaching a child restraint system, secure it firmly.
Do not place luggage or other objects on the seat.
Do not use a seat cover or a cushion. Do not modify or replace the seat and
seat belt. Do not place luggage or other objects
under the seat. Do not place and use an electronic device
such as a computer on the seat. Do not place heavy objects on the seat or
stick pins, needles, or other objects into it.
Do not remove the seat cushion skin. If any liquid is spilled on the seat, wipe it
and dry the seat immediately.
WARNING If the vehicle is involved in a severe
impact, have the SRS sensors inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
Passengers airbag off indicator
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 41
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
4-42 Seat and restraint systems
4
When the passengers seat occupant classifi- cation sensor system sense there is a person seated in the front passengers seat, the indi- cator goes out to show that the passengers front airbag is operational.
N00408301664
There is a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) warning light on the instrument panel.
The system checks itself every time the oper- ation mode of the power switch is put in ON. The SRS warning light will come on for sev- eral seconds and then go out. This is normal and means the system is working properly. If there is a problem involving one or more of the SRS components, the warning light will come on and stay on. At the same time, the warning display will appear on the informa- tion screen in the multi-information display. The SRS warning light/display is shared by the SRS airbag and the seat belt pre-tensioner system.
N00407901331
The drivers airbag is located under the pad- ded cover in the middle of the steering wheel. The front passengers airbag is contained in the instrument panel above the glove com- partment. The drivers airbag and the front passengers airbag are designed to deploy at the same time. However, the front passen- gers airbag does not deploy when the front
WARNING If any of the following conditions occur,
you should immediately have the airbag system in your vehicle inspected by a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as pos- sible: The passengers airbag off indicator
comes on when an adult is sitting on the front passenger seat.
The passengers airbag off indicator does not come on when the front passenger seat is not occupied.
The passengers airbag off indicator does not come on when the operation mode is put in ON.
The passengers airbag off indicator does not come on when a child is in a child restraint system on the front passengers seat.
The passengers airbag off indicator comes on and goes out repeatedly.
Do not attach any accessory to your vehi- cle that makes the passengers airbag off indicator difficult or impossible to see. You must be able to see the passengers airbag off indicator and verify the status of the passengers airbag system.
SRS warning light/display WARNING If any of the following conditions occur,
there may be a problem with the SRS air- bags and/or seat belt pre-tensioners, and they may not function properly in a colli- sion or may suddenly activate without a collision: Even when the operation mode is in ON,
the SRS warning light does not come on or it remains on.
The SRS warning light and/or the warn- ing display comes on while driving.
The SRS airbags and seat belt pre-ten- sioners are designed to help reduce the risk of serious injury or death in certain collisions. If either of the above conditions occurs, immediately have your vehicle checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Drivers and passengers front airbag system
BK0302800US.book 42
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-43
4
passenger seat is not occupied or when the system senses that a child is in the child restraint system.
N00404500010
The drivers knee airbag is located under the steering wheel. The drivers knee airbag is designed to deploy at the same time as the drivers front airbag.
Drivers knee airbag system
Driver
Front passenger
BK0302800US.book 43
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
4-44 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00408001645
The front airbags and drivers knee airbag are designed to deploy when the vehicle suffers a moderate to severe frontal impact. A typical condition is shown in the illustration to the left.
The front airbags and drivers knee airbag are designed to deploy only in certain moderate to severe frontal collisions within the shaded area between the arrows in the illustration to the right.
The front airbags and drivers knee airbag will deploy if the impact to the vehicles main structure is above a specific threshold level. The threshold level is approximately 15 mph (25 km/h) for a frontal collision straight into a solid flat wall that does not bend or deform. If the impact to the vehicles main structure is below this threshold level, the front airbags and drivers knee airbag may not deploy. This threshold level may also be higher if the vehi- cle hits something that absorbs the impact, either by bending or moving (for example,
another stationary vehicle, a pole or a guard rail). The initial stage of airbag inflation is the most forceful, and can cause serious injury or death if you are too close to the deploying air- bag. Accordingly, it is important that you always wear the available seat belt.
Deployment of front airbags
The front airbags and drivers knee airbag ARE DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when
Head-on collision with a solid wall at speeds of approx. 15 mph (25 km/h) or higher
Moderate to severe frontal impact within the shaded area between the arrows
BK0302800US.book 44
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-45
4In certain types of front collisions, the front airbags and drivers knee airbag may not deploy, even if the deformation of the body seems to be large, because the vehicles body structure is designed to absorb the impact and deform in order to help protect the occupants. Some typical situations where the front air- bags and drivers knee airbag may not deploy are shown in the illustrations.
Since the front airbags and drivers knee air- bag do not protect the occupant in all types of frontal collisions, be sure to always wear your seat belts properly.
The front airbags and drivers knee airbag are not designed to deploy in situations where
they cannot provide protection to the occu- pants. Some typical situations are shown in the illustration.
Since the front airbags and drivers knee air- bag do not protect the occupants in all types of collisions, be sure to always wear your seat belts properly.
The front airbags and drivers knee airbag MAY NOT DEPLOY when
The front airbags and drivers knee airbag ARE NOT DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when
Collision with a utility pole, tree or other narrow object
Collision where the vehicle slides under the rear body of a truck
Oblique frontal impact
Rear end collision to your vehicle
Side collision to your vehicle
Vehicle rolls onto its side or roof
BK0302800US.book 45
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
4-46 Seat and restraint systems
4 The front airbags and drivers knee airbag may deploy if the underside of the vehicle suffers a moderate to severe impact (under- carriage impact). Some typical situations are shown in the illustration.
Since the front airbags and drivers knee air- bag may deploy in certain types of unex- pected impacts, as shown in the illustrations, and these unexpected impacts can move you out of position, it is important to always wear your seat belts properly. When worn properly, seat belts can help maintain your distance from the airbags when they begin to inflate. The initial stage of airbag inflation is the most forceful and can cause serious injury or death if you are close to the deploying airbag.
The front airbags and drivers knee airbag MAY DEPLOY when
Collision with an elevated median/island or curb
Vehicle travels over a deep hole/pothole
Vehicle drives down a steep slope and hits the ground
WARNING Do not attach anything to the steering
wheels padded cover, such as trim mate- rial, badges, etc. These could strike and injure an occupant if the airbag inflates.
Do not set anything on, or attach anything to, the instrument panel above the glove compartment. Such items could strike and injure an occupant if the airbag inflates.
WARNING Do not attach accessories to, or put them
in front of, the windshield. They could restrict the airbag inflation, or strike and injure an occupant, when the airbag inflates.
BK0302800US.book 46
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-47
4
N00408101431
The side airbags (A) are contained in the driver and front passenger seatbacks. The side airbag is designed to inflate only on the side of the vehicle that is impacted, even with no passenger in the front seat.
A label is attached to the seatbacks in vehi- cles equipped with side airbags.
Do not attach accessories to the lower por- tion of the drivers side instrument panel. Such objects could prevent the drivers knee airbag from inflating normally or could be propelled to cause serious injury if the airbag inflates.
WARNING Do not attempt to remove, install, disas-
semble or repair the SRS airbags. Do not place objects, such as packages or
pets, between the airbags and the driver or the front passenger. Such objects can adversely affect airbag performance, or cause serious injury or death when the airbag deploys.
Immediately after airbag inflation, some parts of the airbag system will be hot. Do not touch them. You could otherwise be burned.
WARNING The airbag system is designed to work
only once. After the airbags deploy, they will not work again. They must promptly be replaced and the entire airbag system must be inspected by a certified Mitsubi- shi EV dealer.
Side airbag system
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 47
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
4-48 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00419201298
The curtain airbags are contained in the front pillar, the rear pillar and the side sections of the roof. The curtain airbag is designed to inflate only on the side of the vehicle that is impacted, even with no passenger in the seat. Also, when the airbag control unit detects rollover of the vehicle, the curtain airbags will deploy.
Curtain airbag system WARNING The side airbags and curtain airbags can
cause serious injury or death to anyone too close to the airbag when it deploys. To reduce the risk of injury from a deploying side airbag or curtain airbag, driver and front passenger must be properly restrained and seated well back, upright, and in the middle of the seat. Do not lean against the door.
WARNING In order to reduce the risk of injury from
a deploying side airbag, do not allow any rear seat passengers to hold onto the back of either front seat. Special care should be taken with children.
Do not place any objects around the area where the side airbags deploy. Such objects can interfere with proper side air- bag deployment, and cause injury during deployment of the side airbag.
Do not place stickers, labels or additional trim on the back of either front seat. They can interfere with proper side airbag deployment.
Do not attach a microphone (A) or any other object around the part where the curtain airbag (B) deploys, such as on the windshield, side door glass or front and rear pillars and roof side rail. When the curtain airbag inflates, the microphone or other object may be hurled with great force or the curtain airbag may not inflate correctly, resulting in death or serious injury.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 48
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-49
4
N00408201591
The side airbag and curtain airbag are designed to deploy when the vehicle suffers a moderate to severe side impact to the middle of the passenger compartment. Also when the vehicle detects rollover of the vehicle, the curtain airbags will deploy. Typical situations are shown in the illustra- tion.
WARNING Do not put a hanger or any heavy or
pointed object on the coat hook. If the cur- tain airbag was activated, any such item could be propelled away with great force and could prevent the curtain airbag from inflating correctly. Hang clothes directly on the coat hook (without using a hanger). Make sure there are no heavy or sharp objects in the pockets of clothes that you hang on the coat hook.
Do not install seat covers or re-cover seats that have side airbags. Covers can inter- fere with proper side airbag deployment and adversely affect side airbag perfor- mance.
Never install a rear-facing child restraint system in the front passenger seat. Rear- facing child restraint systems MUST ONLY be used in the rear seat.
Front-facing child restraint systems should also be used ONLY in the rear seat. If a front-facing child restraint system must be used in the front passenger seat, move the seat as far back as possible, and make sure that the child stays in the child restraint system, properly restrained and away from the door.
Do not allow a child to lean against or sit close to the passenger door, even if the child is seated in a child restraint system. The childs head should also not lean against or be close to the section of the seatback where the side airbag and cur- tain airbag are located. It is dangerous if the side airbag or curtain airbag deploys. Failure to follow all of these instructions could lead to serious injury or death to the child.
Work done on or in the vicinity of the side airbag or curtain airbag components should be done only by a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer. There is a risk of a seri- ous injury or death. Improper work methods can cause accidental side airbag or curtain airbag deployment, or render a side airbag or curtain airbag inoperable. Either of these situations could result in serious injury or death.
WARNING Deployment of side airbag and curtain airbag
The side airbag and curtain airbag ARE DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when…
Moderate to severe impact to the middle of the vehicle bodys side structure
When the vehicle detects rollover of the vehicle (Curtain airbag only)
BK0302800US.book 49
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
4-50 Seat and restraint systems
4
The seat belts in your vehicle are your pri- mary means of protection in an accident. The SRS side airbags and curtain airbags are designed to provide additional protection. Therefore, for your safety and the safety of all occupants, be sure to always wear your seat belts properly.
In certain types of side collisions, the side air- bag and curtain airbag may not deploy, even if the deformation of the body seems to be large, because the vehicles body structure is designed to absorb the impact and to deform in order to help protect the occupants. There are also cases where the side airbag and cur- tain airbag may not deploy at the same time, depending on the location of the impact. Some typical situations where the side air- bags and curtain airbags may not deploy are shown in the illustrations.
Since the side airbags and curtain airbags do not protect the occupant in all types of side collisions, be sure to always wear the seat belts properly.
The side airbag and curtain airbag are not designed to deploy in situations where they cannot provide protection to the occupants. Some typical situations are shown in the illustration.
The side airbag and curtain airbag MAY NOT DEPLOY when…
Side impact in an area away from the passenger compartment
Motorcycle or other similar small vehicle collision with the side of vehicle
Collision with a utility pole, tree or other narrow object
The side airbag and curtain airbag ARE NOT DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when…
Oblique side impact
Vehicle rolls onto its side or roof (Side airbag only)
BK0302800US.book 50
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-51
4
Since the side airbags and curtain airbags do not protect the occupant in all types of colli- sions, be sure to always wear your seat belts properly.
N00408501855
Head-on collision
Rear end collision to your vehicle
Pitch end over end
SRS servicing
WARNING Any maintenance performed on or near
the components of the SRS should be per- formed only by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Do not permit anyone else to do any service, inspection, maintenance or repair on any SRS components or wiring. Similarly, no part of the SRS should ever be handled, removed or disposed by any- one except a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Improper work methods on the SRS com- ponents or wiring could result in an acci- dental airbag deployment or could make the SRS inoperable. Either of these situa- tions could result in serious injury or death.
Do not modify your steering wheel or any other SRS component or related vehicle part. For example, replacement of the steering wheel, or modifications to the front bumper or body structure can adversely affect SRS performance and may lead to injury.
If your vehicle has received any damage, you should have the SRS inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to make sure it is in proper working order.
Do not modify your front seats, center pil- lar or center console. Such modifications can adversely affect SRS performance and may lead to injury. Also, if you discover any tear or open seam in the seat fabric near the side air- bag, have the seat inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If you have found any scratch, crack or damage to the portion of the front and rear pillars and roof side rail, you should have the SRS inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE When you transfer ownership of the vehicle
to another person, we urge you to alert the new owner that it is equipped with the SRS and refer that owner to the applicable sec- tions in this owners manual.
If you decide to junk or scrap your vehicle, we urge you to first take it to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer so that the SRS can be made safe for disposal.
If any of the following parts needs to be modified for use by a handicapped person, the advanced airbag system will be greatly affected. Please consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Drivers seat Front passenger seat Front seat belt
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 51
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) — airbag
4-52 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00408600354
Occupant restraint warning labels for the SRS are located in the vehicle as shown in the illustration.
Steering wheel Instrument panel
[For vehicles sold in U.S.A.] To contact Mitsubishi Motors North America, Inc. call 1-888-648-7820 or write to: Mitsubishi Motors North America, Inc. Customer Relations Department P.O. Box 689040 Franklin, TN 37068
NOTE [For vehicles sold in Canada] To contact Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Canada, Inc. call 1-888-576-4878 or write to: Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Canada, Inc. Customer Relations Department P.O. Box 41009 4141 Dixie Road Mississauga, ON L4W 5C9
[For vehicles sold in Puerto Rico] To contact Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Caribbean, Inc. call 1-787-251-8715 or write to: Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Caribbean, Inc. Customer Service Department P.O. Box 192216 SAN JUAN PR 00919-2216
Warning label
* — Located in the passengers side as well.
BK0302800US.book 52
5
Features and controls
Break-in recommendations ……………………………………………………..5-3 Keys …………………………………………………………………………………….5-3 Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) …………..5-4 Door locks …………………………………………………………………………..5-24 Power door locks …………………………………………………………………5-26 Child safety locks for rear door ……………………………………………..5-28 Liftgate (except for vehicles equipped with the power liftgate) ….5-28 Power liftgate (if so equipped) ……………………………………………….5-30 Inside liftgate release ……………………………………………………………5-36 Theft-alarm system ………………………………………………………………5-37 Power window control ………………………………………………………….5-40 Sunroof (if so equipped) ………………………………………………………..5-43 Parking brake ………………………………………………………………………5-45 Steering wheel height and reach adjustment …………………………….5-49 Inside rearview mirror ………………………………………………………….5-49 Outside rearview mirrors ………………………………………………………5-52 Electrical parking switch ………………………………………………………5-55 Selector Lever (Joystick type) ……………………………………………….5-56 S-AWC (Super-All Wheel Control) (if so equipped) …………………5-61 4-wheel drive operation ………………………………………………………..5-63 Inspection and maintenance following rough road operation ……..5-65 Cautions on the handling of 4-wheel drive vehicles ………………….5-65 EV switch ……………………………………………………………………………5-66 SAVE/CHARGE mode switch ………………………………………………5-68 SPORT mode switch …………………………………………………………….5-71 Acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS) ………………………………..5-72 Service brake ………………………………………………………………………5-73 Brake auto hold ……………………………………………………………………5-74
Hill start assist …………………………………………………………………….5-77 Brake assist system ………………………………………………………………5-78 Anti-lock braking system (ABS) ……………………………………………5-78 Electric power steering system (EPS) …………………………………….5-80 Active stability control (ASC) ……………………………………………….5-81 Cruise control (if so equipped) ……………………………………………….5-84 Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)…………..5-88 Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)….5-100 Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
(with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped) ………………………..5-109 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped) ………………….. 5-114 Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped)……….. 5-118 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ……………………………..5-122 Rear-view camera (if so equipped)………………………………………..5-126 Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)………………………………….5-128 Instrument cluster ………………………………………………………………5-137 Multi-information display …………………………………………………..5-140 Indicator light, warning light, and
information screen display list ………………………………………….5-160 Indicators ………………………………………………………………………….5-186 Warning lights ……………………………………………………………………5-187 Information screen display ………………………………………………….5-189 Combination headlights and dimmer switch ………………………….5-190 Turn signal lever ………………………………………………………………..5-198 Hazard warning flasher switch …………………………………………….5-198 ECO mode switch ………………………………………………………………5-199 Front fog light switch …………………………………………………………5-199 Wiper and washer switch …………………………………………………….5-200
BK0302800US.book 1
5
Features and controls
Wiper deicer switch (if so equipped)…………………………………….. 5-204 Electric rear window defogger switch ………………………………….. 5-204 Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped)……………………….. 5-205 Horn switch ……………………………………………………………………… 5-206 Link System ……………………………………………………………………… 5-206 USB input terminal ……………………………………………………………. 5-207 Sun visors ………………………………………………………………………… 5-208 12 V power outlets ……………………………………………………………. 5-209 USB port (for charging) (if so equipped) ………………………………. 5-210 120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped) ……………………………. 5-211 HomeLink Wireless Control System (if so equipped) …………… 5-214 Interior lights ……………………………………………………………………. 5-220 Storage spaces ………………………………………………………………….. 5-223 Cup holders ……………………………………………………………………… 5-226 Bottle holders …………………………………………………………………… 5-226 Cargo area cover (if so equipped) ……………………………………….. 5-227 Assist grips ………………………………………………………………………. 5-228 Coat hooks ……………………………………………………………………….. 5-229 Luggage hooks …………………………………………………………………. 5-229
BK0302800US.book 2
Break-in recommendations
Features and controls 5-3
5
N00508701379
Advanced automobile manufacturing tech- niques permit you to operate your new vehi- cle without requiring a long break-in period of low-speed driving. However, you can add to the future perfor- mance and economy of your vehicle by observing the following precautions during the first 300 miles (500 km). Drive your vehicle at moderate speeds during the break-in period.
Do not overload the vehicle. Stay within the seating capacity. (Refer to Cargo load precautions on page 6-11.)
Refrain from towing a trailer or other vehicle (Refer to Trailer towing on page 6-13).
N00508801817
Two F.A.S.T.-keys and two emergency keys are provided. Keep one F.A.S.T.-key and one emergency key in a safe place together as a set of spare keys.
Break-in recommendations Keys
1- F.A.S.T.-key (with electronic immobilizer and key- less entry system function)
2- Emergency key 3- Key number plate
Type 1
Type 2
NOTE The key (except for the emergency key) is a
precision electronic device with a built-in signal transmitter. Please observe the follow- ing in order to prevent damage. Do not leave where it may be exposed to
heat caused by direct sunlight, such as on top of the dashboard.
Do not take the remote control transmitter apart.
Do not excessively bend the key or subject it to strong impacts.
Keep the remote control transmitter dry. Keep away from magnetic objects such as
key rings. Keep away from devices that produce mag-
netism, such as audio systems, computers and televisions.
Keep away from devices that emit strong electromagnetic waves, such as cellular phones, wireless devices and high fre- quency equipment (including medical devices).
Do not clean with ultrasonic cleaners. Do not leave the key where it may be
exposed to high temperature or high humid- ity.
BK0302800US.book 3
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-4 Features and controls
5
N00503101219
The Free-hand Advanced Security Transmit- ter (F.A.S.T.-key) enables the doors and the liftgate to be locked and unlocked, the Plug- in Hybrid EV System to be started and the operation mode to be changed simply by car- rying it. The F.A.S.T.-key can also be used as the remote control transmitter of the keyless entry system. Refer to Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key): Keyless entry system on page 5-19.
If you lose your key, to prevent the theft of the vehicle immediately contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. If you notify a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer of the key number, they can make a new key. The key number is stamped on the key num- ber plate. Keep the key number plate in a safe place separate from the key itself.
If you wish to obtain an additional key, please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. A maximum of four key can be pro- grammed for your vehicle. Also, to use the new keys, it is necessary to register the key with both the electronic immobilizer and keyless entry system. Refer to Electronic immobilizer (Antitheft starting system): Customer F.A.S.T.-key pro- gramming on page 5-17.
No keys other than those registered in advance can be used to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. Refer to Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key): Electronic immobilizer (Anti-theft starting system) on page 5-17.
When the theft-alarm is in the system opera- tional status, the alarm operates if a door or liftgate is opened after using the key, the door lock knob or the power door lock switch to unlock the vehicle.
NOTE The system does not enter the preparation
status if the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.-key operation was not used to lock the vehicle.
Free-hand Advanced Secu- rity Transmitter (F.A.S.T.- key)
NOTE The F.A.S.T.-key must be carried by the driver. The F.A.S.T.-key is required for vehicle operations such as locking and unlocking the doors and the liftgate, starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and changing the operation mode. When leaving the vehicle, make sure you are carrying the F.A.S.T.-key and then lock the vehicle.
WARNING Individuals who use implantable pace-
makers or implantable cardiovascular- defibrillators should keep away from the external and internal transmitters. The electromagnetic waves used in the F.A.S.T.-key may affect the operation of implantable pacemakers and implantable cardiovascular-defibrillators.
BK0302800US.book 4
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-5
5
The operations possible with the F.A.S.T.- key can be modified as stated below. (Keyless entry operations are possible.) For details, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Enabling only the locking and unlocking
of the doors and the liftgate Enabling only the starting of the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System Deactivating the F.A.S.T.-key
N00503201278
When a person enters the operating range of the F.A.S.T.-key while carrying the F.A.S.T.- key and presses the drivers or front passen- gers door lock/unlock switch, the liftgate LOCK switch or the liftgate OPEN switch, verification of the ID code is performed. The doors and the liftgate can be locked and unlocked and the Plug-in Hybrid EV System can be started only when the ID codes of the vehicle and F.A.S.T.-key match.
A- External transmitter B- Internal transmitter
WARNING Individuals using other electro-medical
apparatus besides implantable pacemak- ers and implantable cardiovascular-defi- brillators should check with the manufacturer of the apparatus to confirm the effect of the electromagnetic waves used by the F.A.S.T.-key. The electromag- netic waves may affect the operations of the electro-medical apparatus.
NOTE The F.A.S.T.-key uses weak electromagnetic
waves. In cases such as the following, operation may be improper or unstable. The vehicle is near a facility that emits
strong electromagnetic waves, such as a TV transmitting tower, a power station, a radio station or an airport
The key is carried together with other com- munication devices such as cellular phones or radios, or electrical appliances such as computers
The F.A.S.T.-key touches or is covered by a metal object
A keyless entry system is being used nearby
The battery of the F.A.S.T.-key is run down The vehicle is in a location with strong
electromagnetic waves or noise
Use the emergency key to lock and unlock the drivers door in such circumstances. Refer to To operate without using the F.A.S.T.-key on page 5-16.
The F.A.S.T.-key is constantly performing reception operations in its communication with the vehicle. This means that the battery is always running down, regardless of how often the F.A.S.T.-key is used. The battery life is approximately 1 to 3 years, depending on the usage conditions.
Since the F.A.S.T.-key is constantly perform- ing reception operations, the reception of strong electromagnetic waves can accelerate the running down of the battery. Do not place near to electrical appliances such as televi- sions or computers.
Operating range of the F.A.S.T.-key
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 5
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-6 Features and controls
5
The operating range is within approximately 2.3 feet (70 cm) of the drivers and front pas- sengers door lock/unlock switch, the liftgate OPEN switch, and the liftgate LOCK switch.
NOTE When the battery of the F.A.S.T.-key has run
down or there are strong electromagnetic waves or noise in the area, the operating range could decrease or operations could become unstable.
Operating range for locking and unlocking the doors and the lift- gate
*: Front of the vehicle : Operating range
NOTE The door or liftgate switch can only be used
for locking or unlocking when a matching F.A.S.T.-key is detected.
The system may not operate if the F.A.S.T.- key is too close to the windshield, door win- dows or liftgate.
Even if the F.A.S.T.-key is within approxi- mately 2.3 feet (70 cm) of the drivers and front passengers door lock/unlock switch, the liftgate OPEN switch, and the liftgate LOCK switch, the system may not operate if the key is close to the ground or in a high position.
If the F.A.S.T.-key is within the operating range, even a person not carrying the F.A.S.T.-key can lock and unlock the doors or the liftgate by pressing the drivers or front passengers door lock/unlock switch, the liftgate LOCK switch or the liftgate OPEN switch.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 6
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-7
5
N00503301080
The operating range is the interior of the vehicle.
N00503401502
While carrying the F.A.S.T.-key, press the drivers or front passengers door lock/unlock switch (A), or the liftgate LOCK switch (B) within the operating range to lock all the doors and the liftgate. The turn signal lights will blink once and the buzzer will sound once.
Also refer to Doors locks, Power door locks, Liftgate and Power liftgate on pages 5-24, 5-26, 5-28 and 5-30 respectively.
Operating range for starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and changing the operation mode
*: Front of the vehicle : Operating range
NOTE Even if the F.A.S.T.-key is within the operat-
ing range, it may not be possible to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and change the operation mode if the key is in a storage space such as the glove compartment, on top of the instrument panel, or in the door pocket or luggage compartment.
Even if the F.A.S.T.-key is inside the vehicle, it may not be possible to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and change the operation mode if the key is too close to a door or door window.
To operate using the F.A.S.T.- key
To lock
NOTE
NOTE On the vehicles equipped with the mirror
retractor switch, the outside rearview mirrors automatically retract when all doors and lift- gate are locked using the drivers or front passengers door lock/unlock switch (A) or the liftgate LOCK switch (B).
In cases such as the following, the F.A.S.T.- key does not operate.
Drivers and front passengers door lock/unlock switches
Liftgate switches
BK0302800US.book 7
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-8 Features and controls
5
While carrying the F.A.S.T.-key within the operating range, you can unlock the doors and the liftgate by using the F.A.S.T.-key operation. The dome light will turn on for 30 seconds. The turn signal lights will blink twice and the buzzer will sound twice.
Also refer to Door locks, Power door locks, Liftgate and Power liftgate on pages 5-24, 5-26, 5-28 and 5-30 respectively.
Press the drivers door lock/unlock switch (A) to unlock only the drivers door. Within approximately 2 seconds, press the drivers door lock/unlock switch one more time to unlock all the doors and the liftgate.
Press the front passengers door lock/unlock switch (B) or the liftgate OPEN switch (C) to unlock all the doors and the liftgate. There is a F.A.S.T.-key in the passenger
compartment. A door or the liftgate is open or ajar. The operation mode is not in OFF.
The liftgate OPEN switch (C) can be used to confirm that the vehicle is locked properly. Press the liftgate OPEN switch within approximately 3 seconds of locking.
If the liftgate OPEN switch is pressed 3 sec- onds or more after the vehicle is locked, the doors and the liftgate are unlocked.
The time within which locking confirmation is possible can be adjusted. See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details. On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), the function can be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer to the separate owners manual.
To unlock
NOTE
NOTE On the vehicles equipped with the mirror
retractor switch, the outside rearview mirrors automatically extend when the drivers door is unlocked using the drivers lock/unlock switch (A), front passengers door lock/unlock switch (B) or the liftgate open switch (C).
Settings can be changed so that all doors and the liftgate are unlocked automatically by pressing the drivers door lock/unlock switch once. Refer to Setting of door and liftgate unlock function on page 5-20.
Drivers door lock/unlock switch
Front passengers door lock/unlock switch
Liftgate OPEN switch
BK0302800US.book 8
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-9
5
N00513501199
NOTE If the doors and the liftgate are unlocked
using the drivers or front passengers door lock/unlock switch when all doors and the liftgate are locked and no doors or the lift- gate are opened within approximately 30 seconds, the doors and the liftgate will auto- matically re-lock.
The amount of time after unlocking until the vehicle re-locks automatically can be adjusted. See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details. On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), the functions can be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer to the separate owners manual.
The F.A.S.T.-key does not operate when the operation mode is not in OFF.
The doors and the liftgate cannot be unlocked by using the liftgate OPEN switch for approximately 3 seconds after locking.
The time within which locking confirmation is possible can be adjusted. See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details. On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), the function can be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer to the separate owners manual.
Functions settings can be modified as stated below. See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details. On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), the functions can be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer to the separate owners manual. Activating the operation confirmation func-
tion (blinking of the turn signal lights) only during locking, or only during unlocking.
Deactivating the operation confirmation function (blinking of the turn signal lights) and buzzer.
Modifying the number of blinks in the operation confirmation function (blinking of the turn signal lights).
Making the buzzer sound when the F.A.S.T.-key is removed from the passenger compartment when all the doors and the liftgate are closed.
NOTE Power switch
WARNING When the vehicle is left in a closed or
poorly ventilated area, never leave the Plug-in Hybrid EV system running and make sure that the ready indicator is not illuminated. While the ready indicator is illuminated, even if the engine is not running, the engine may automatically start later depending on the condition of the Plug-in Hybrid EV system and/or the main drive lithium-ion battery. If the engine runs in a closed or poorly ventilated area, carbon monoxide gas, which is odorless and extremely poison- ous, could build up and cause serious injury or death.
BK0302800US.book 9
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-10 Features and controls
5
To prevent vehicle theft, no F.A.S.T.-keys other than those registered in advance can be used to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. (Electronic immobilizer function) While carrying the F.A.S.T.-key, the power switch can be used to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
The indicator light on the power switch turns off. The operation mode cannot be put in OFF when the selector lever is in any position other than the P (PARK) position.
Allows operation of electrical accessories. The indicator light on the power switch illu- minates orange.
All electrical accessories can be used. The indicator light on the power switch illu- minates blue. The indicator light illuminates for a few sec- onds and goes off when the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operating.
CAUTION The indicator light (A) will flash orange
when there is a problem or malfunction in Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter. Never drive if the indicator light on the power switch is flashing orange. Immedi- ately contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If the power switch operation is not smooth and feels like it is sticking, do not operate the switch. Immediately contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
A
NOTE When operating the power switch, press the
switch all the way in. If the switch is not fully pressed, the Plug-in Hybrid EV System may not start or the operation mode may not change. If the power switch is pressed cor- rectly, there is no need to hold the power switch down.
When the battery in the F.A.S.T.-key has worn out, or the F.A.S.T.-key is out of the vehicle, a warning display will appear.
Operation mode of the power switch and its function
OFF
ACC
ON
NOTE If the operation mode of the power switch is
put in ON while the charge connector is con- nected, the indicator light on the power switch illuminates blue for a few seconds and goes off automatically.
Your vehicle is equipped with an electronic immobilizer. To start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System, the ID code which the F.A.S.T.-key sends must match the one registered to the immobilizer computer. (Refer to Electronic immobilizer (Anti-theft starting system) on page 5-17)
BK0302800US.book 10
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-11
5
N00568001123
If you press the power switch without press- ing the brake pedal while the vehicle is sta- tionary, you can change the operation mode in the order of OFF, ACC, ON, OFF.
N00568101124
After approximately 30 minutes has elapsed with the operation mode in ACC, the function automatically cuts out the power for the audio system and other electric devices that can be operated with that mode. When the power switch is pressed after acti- vation of ACC power auto-cutout function, the power is supplied again to those devices.
Changing the operation mode
CAUTION When the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is not
operating, put the operation mode in OFF. Leaving the operation mode in ON or ACC for a long time when the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is not operating may cause the 12 V starter battery to be discharged, making it impossible to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
When the 12 V starter battery is discon- nected, the current operation mode is memo- rized. After reconnecting the 12 V starter battery, the memorized mode is selected automatically. Before disconnecting the 12 V starter battery for repair or replacement, make sure to put the operation mode in OFF. Be careful if you are not sure which opera- tion mode the vehicle is in when the 12 V starter battery is run down.
The operation mode cannot be changed from OFF to ACC or ON if the F.A.S.T.-key is not detected to be in the vehicle. Refer to Oper- ating range for starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and changing the operation mode on page 5-7.
When there is the F.A.S.T. -key in the vehi- cle and the operation mode is not changed, the battery in the F.A.S.T.-key may have worn out. Refer to Warning activation on page 5-12.
NOTE If the operation mode cannot be changed to
OFF, perform the following procedure. 1. Press the electrical parking switch and
lock the wheels, and then change the operation mode to OFF.
CAUTION 2. One of the other causes could be low 12
V starter battery voltage. If this occurs, the keyless entry system and the F.A.S.T.-key operation will also not oper- ate. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
ACC power auto-cutout function
NOTE It is possible to modify functions as follows:
The time until the power cuts out can be changed to approximately 60 minutes.
The ACC power auto-cutout function can be deactivated.
For details, we recommend you to consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 11
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-12 Features and controls
5
N00503501297
With the F.A.S.T.-key, warnings are given through buzzers and displays on the information screen in the multi-information display in order to pre- vent mistaken operations or vehicle theft. When a warning operates, be sure to check the vehicle and the F.A.S.T.-key. A warning is also displayed if there is a problem in the F.A.S.T.-key.
Warning activation
Item Display Buzzer Solution Note Detection of failure Inner buzzer sounds
once There is a problem in the F.A.S.T.- key.
Inner buzzer sounds once
There is a fault in the electronic immobilizer (Anti-theft starting system).
Put the operation mode in OFF and then start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System again. If the warning is not canceled, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Fall of battery voltage Inner buzzer sounds once
The battery of the F.A.S.T.-key is run down.
The warning is not activated if the battery is completely dead.
BK0302800US.book 12
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-13
5
F.A.S.T.-key take-out monitoring system
Inner buzzer sounds once
Outer buzzer sounds intermittently
When the vehicle is parked with the operation mode in any mode other than OFF, if you close the door after opening any of the doors and taking the F.A.S.T.-key out of the vehicle, a warning is issued until the F.A.S.T.-key is detected in the vehicle.
The F.A.S.T.-key take-out moni- toring system does not function if the F.A.S.T.-key is removed through a window without open- ing a door. This setting can be changed. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details.
The warning may display even if the F.A.S.T.-key is in the operating range for starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and changing the operation mode. The surround- ing environment or electromag- netic waves may make it impossible to verify the ID codes of the F.A.S.T.-key and vehicle.
Key lock-in preven- tion system
Inner buzzer sounds once
Outer buzzer sounds approximately 3 sec- onds intermittently
When the operation mode is in OFF, the F.A.S.T.-key is left in the passenger compartment, all the doors and the liftgate are closed, and someone tries to lock the vehi- cle by pressing the drivers or front passengers door lock/unlock switch, or the liftgate LOCK switch, a warning is issued and you cannot lock the doors and lift- gate.
Make sure you have the F.A.S.T.- key with you before locking the doors. Even if you leave the F.A.S.T.-key inside the vehicle, it is possible that the doors will lock depending on the surrounding environment and wireless signal conditions.
Item Display Buzzer Solution Note
BK0302800US.book 13
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-14 Features and controls
5
N00588100022
1. Check that the EV charging cable is not connected to your vehicle.
2. Fasten the seat belt. 3. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 4. Press and hold the brake pedal down
firmly with your right foot.
5. When you press the power switch while depressing the brake pedal, the READY indicator in the meter blinks and the acti- vation of Plug-in Hybrid EV System starts.
6. When the READY indicator changes from blinking to staying on, the startup of Plug-in Hybrid EV System is activated and the vehicle is now ready to drive.
Door ajar prevention system
Inner buzzer sounds once
Outer buzzer sounds approximately 3 sec- onds intermittently
When the operation mode is in OFF, and someone tries to lock the vehicle by pressing the drivers or front passengers door lock/unlock switch, or the liftgate LOCK switch while one of the doors or the liftgate is not fully closed, a warning is issued and you cannot lock the doors and liftgate.
Operation mode OFF reminder system
Inner buzzer sounds once
Outer buzzer sounds approximately 3 sec- onds intermittently
When the operation mode is in any mode other than OFF, and some- one tries to lock the vehicle by pressing the drivers or front pas- sengers door lock/unlock switch, or the liftgate LOCK switch, a warning is issued and you cannot lock the doors and liftgate.
Item Display Buzzer Solution Note
Starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System
CAUTION When the Plug-in Hybrid EV System warn-
ing light comes on while the READY indica- tor is on, avoid high-speed driving and have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer as soon as possible. (Refer to Plug-in Hybrid EV System warning light on page 5-189.)
Never attempt to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System by pushing or pulling the vehicle.
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 14
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-15
5
N00588200023
1. Stop your vehicle completely.
2. Apply the parking brake firmly while depressing the brake pedal.
3. After pressing the electrical parking switch, press the power switch to stop Plug-in Hybrid EV System. (Refer to Electrical Parking switch on page 5-55)
N00568301070
Insert the F.A.S.T.-key into the key slot in the instrument panel. Starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and changing the operation mode should be now possible. Remove the F.A.S.T.-key from the key slot after starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System or changing the operation mode.
CAUTION Do not press the power switch while holding
the select lever at the operated position.
NOTE Continue to depress the brake pedal until the
READY indicator in the meter stays on. After the Plug-in Hybrid EV System has not
started for a while, the brake pedal effort needed to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys- tem may become greater. If this occurs, depress the brake pedal more than usual.
You can drive your vehicle even if the engine is stopped.
Plug-in Hybrid EV System can be started in any operation mode.
If the READY indicator does not come on, check the select position indicator. If the indicator is not indicating P, press the elec- trical parking switch to display P position.
If the READY indicator does not come on, turn the power switch to OFF once and, after a while, press the power switch to start Plug- in Hybrid EV System.
Stopping the Plug-in Hybrid EV System
WARNING Never stop Plug-in Hybrid EV System
during running except in emergency. The effectiveness of the brake becomes very poor and the steering wheel becomes very heavy, which can easily lead to an acci- dent.
NOTE Do not operate the power switch during run-
ning except in emergency. If you have to stop Plug-in Hybrid EV System in emergency during running, continue to press the power switch for three seconds or longer or press the power switch three times or more quickly. Plug-in Hybrid EV System stops, the operation mode turns to ACC, and the selector lever position shifts to the P posi- tion at very slow speed.
If you press the power switch when the selector lever position is other than P posi- tion while your vehicle is stopped, the selec- tor lever position automatically shifts to P position, Plug-in Hybrid EV System stops, and the power mode turns to OFF.
If the parking lock mechanism is faulty, a warning is displayed on the information screen in the multi-information display. When this warning is displayed, Plug-in Hybrid EV System cannot be stopped unless you apply the parking brake and then press the power switch. Park on a flat place with the parking brake securely applied. Have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer.
If the F.A.S.T.-key is not operat- ing properly
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 15
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-16 Features and controls
5
Warning display
If the operation mode is in OFF and the drivers door is opened with the F.A.S.T.-key in the key slot, a warning is issued with the warning display and the buzzer buzzing for approximately 3 seconds to remind you to remove the key.
N00514800017
N00515201187
The emergency key is built into the F.A.S.T.- key. When the F.A.S.T.-key cannot be used, such as when the battery of the F.A.S.T.-key or the vehicle has run down, the emergency key can be used to lock and unlock the drivers door.
To use the emergency key (A), unlock the lock knob (B) and remove it from the F.A.S.T.-key (C).
NOTE Do not insert into the key slot anything other
than the F.A.S.T.-key. This could cause dam- age or a malfunction.
Remove the object or additional key from the F.A.S.T.-key before inserting the key into the key slot. The vehicle may not be able to receive the registered ID code from the regis- tered key. Therefore, the Plug-in Hybrid EV System may not start and the operation mode may not change.
The F.A.S.T.-key is fixed in the key slot when inserted in the illustrated direction. Simply pull out the key to remove it from the key slot.
F.A.S.T.-key reminder
To operate without using the F.A.S.T.-key
Emergency key
NOTE Only use the emergency key in an emer-
gency. When the battery of the F.A.S.T.-key has run down, replace the battery as soon as possible and use it as a F.A.S.T.-key again.
After using the emergency key, be sure to reinsert it into the F.A.S.T.-key.
BK0302800US.book 16
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-17
5
Turn the emergency key toward the front of the vehicle to lock the door. After checking that the door is locked, turn the emergency key back to the center and remove it.
N00529601182
The electronic immobilizer is designed to sig- nificantly reduce the possibility of vehicle theft. The purpose of the system is to immo- bilize the vehicle if an invalid start is attempted. A valid start attempt can only be achieved (subject to certain conditions) using
a F.A.S.T.-key registered to the immobi- lizer system. All of the keys provided with your new vehi- cle have been programmed to the vehicles electronics.
N00561001065
Only the F.A.S.T.-keys that have been pro- grammed to the vehicles electronics can be used to start the vehicle.
If you lose the F.A.S.T.-key, you can order a F.A.S.T.-key from a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer by referring to the key number. To prevent vehicle theft, take your vehicle and the remaining F.A.S.T.-keys to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the ID codes reprogrammed.
N00561101079
To add a F.A.S.T.-key, you must already have two registered F.A.S.T.-keys. You need to register the ID code to the vehicle.
Registering the ID code can be done by a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Or it can be done by yourself (except for vehicles sold in Can- ada). For you to register the ID code yourself, fol- low the Customer F.A.S.T.-key program- ming procedure below. If you choose to have a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer register the ID code, take your vehicle and all remaining F.A.S.T.-keys to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00561201344
You can program new F.A.S.T.-keys to the system if you have two valid (already regis- tered) F.A.S.T.-keys and a blank (not regis- tered) F.A.S.T.-key.
For F.A.S.T.-key programming, follow the procedures below.
Locking and unlocking the drivers door
1- Insert or remove the emergency key 2- Lock 3- Unlock
Electronic immobilizer (Anti- theft starting system)
CAUTION Do not make any alterations or additions to
the immobilizer system. Alterations or addi- tions could cause failure of the immobilizer.
Replacement F.A.S.T.-keys
Additional F.A.S.T.-keys
NOTE You are provided with two F.A.S.T.-keys, but
you may register up to four F.A.S.T.-keys. You can obtain blank F.A.S.T.-keys specially cut for your vehicle from a certified Mitsubi- shi EV dealer.
Customer F.A.S.T.-key program- ming (Except for vehicles sold in Canada)
BK0302800US.book 17
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-18 Features and controls
5
1. Open the drivers door.
2. While carrying the first valid F.A.S.T.- key, put the operation mode in ON. (Per- form the following procedure within 30 seconds.)
3. Insert the new F.A.S.T.-key into the key slot in the illustrated direction.
4. With the first valid F.A.S.T.-key, press the UNLOCK button for 4 to 8 seconds and press the LOCK button during this time.
5. Release in sequence the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons within 8 seconds of pressing the LOCK button in step 4. (Per- form the following procedure within 30 seconds.)
6. With the second valid F.A.S.T.-key, press the UNLOCK button for 4 to 8 seconds and press the LOCK button during this time.
7. Release in sequence the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons within 8 seconds of pressing the LOCK button in step 6. The immobilizer display on the information screen in the multi-information display will blink (Perform the following proce- dure within 20 seconds.)
When registration of ID code is complete, the buzzer will sound three times and the immobilizer display will come on for 30 seconds. If an error occurs, F.A.S.T.-key program- ming will be terminated and the buzzer will sound for 3 seconds.
8. If you wish to register another F.A.S.T.- key, repeat the process from step 1 after the operation mode is put in OFF.
9. When all F.A.S.T.-keys are registered, remove the F.A.S.T.-key from the key slot.
NOTE Keep the drivers door open until F.A.S.T.-
key programming is finished. Do not open or close other doors.
NOTE F.A.S.T.-key programming will be termi-
nated if the operation mode is put in OFF before the immobilizer display starts blink- ing.
NOTE The immobilizer display will go off immedi-
ately if the operation mode is put in OFF. Perform the operation when the interrupt dis-
play screen is not showing. The interrupt dis- play screen may prevent you from seeing the immobilizer display.
It is not possible to register a F.A.S.T.-key if the immobilizer display goes off during the procedure.
BK0302800US.book 18
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-19
5
N00515501409
Press the remote control transmitter buttons to lock or unlock the doors and the liftgate. It can also help you signal for attention by setting off the panic alarm.
Press the LOCK button (1) to lock all the doors and the liftgate.
The turn signal lights will also blink once.
Press the UNLOCK button (2) to unlock the drivers door only.
Within approximately 2 seconds, press the UNLOCK button one more time to unlock all the doors and liftgate. The dome light will turn on for 30 seconds. The turn signal lights will also blink twice. The front side-marker and parking lights will also turn on for approximately 30 seconds. Refer to Welcome light on page 5-197.
Keyless entry system
1- LOCK ( ) button 2- UNLOCK ( ) button 3- Power liftgate button (if so equipped) 4- PANIC button 5- Operation indicator light 6- Charging timer cancel switch (if so
equipped)
Type 1
Type 2
NOTE For the operation of the power liftgate button
(3), refer to Power liftgate on page 5-30. For the operation of the Charging timer can-
cel switch (6), refer to MITSUBISHI Remote Control on page 3-38.
The indicator light (5) comes on each time a button is pressed.
On vehicles equipped with the mirror retrac- tor switch, the outside rearview mirrors auto- matically retract or extend when the doors and the liftgate are locked or unlocked using the remote control transmitter buttons. Refer to Features and controls: Outside rearview mirrors on page 5-52.
If the following conditions are observed after pressing the LOCK (1) or UNLOCK (2) but- ton on the remote control transmitter, the battery in the F.A.S.T.-key may need to be replaced. The doors and the liftgate cannot be locked
or unlocked. The panic alarm cannot be operated. The indicator light (5) is dim or does not
come on. Refer to Procedure for replacing the remote control transmitter battery on page 5-23.
To lock
NOTE If you press the LOCK button (1) twice, the
horn will sound once.
To unlock
NOTE If the UNLOCK button (2) is pressed and no
doors or the liftgate are opened within approximately 30 seconds, the doors and the liftgate will automatically re-lock. On vehicle equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), the functions can be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer to the separate owners manual.
BK0302800US.book 19
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-20 Features and controls
5 N00544501137
The horn and turn signal lights of the keyless entry system answerback function can be changed as required. This is done with the operation mode in OFF.
N00597200045
The answerback function can be set in the following three ways. Each time the answerback function is set, a chime will sound to tell you the condition of the answerback function.
To change the setting, refer to Customizing the Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) on page 5-22.
N00597300046
The answerback function from the turn signal lights can be turned ON or OFF separately. Each time the answerback function is set, a chime will sound to tell you the condition of the answerback function.
To change the setting, refer to Customizing the Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) on page 5-22.
N00597400047
The buzzer answerback function can be turned ON or OFF as required.
N00544601268
The door and liftgate unlock function can be set to the following two conditions. Each time the door and liftgate unlock func- tion is set, a chime will sound to tell you the condition of the door and liftgate unlock function.
The door and liftgate unlock function can be set so that all doors and liftgate unlock when the UNLOCK button (2) is pressed once. Refer to Setting of door and liftgate unlock function on page 5-20.
Answerback function
NOTE On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), the functions can be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer to the separate owners manual.
Horn deactivation/reactivation
NOTE Number of chimes Condition
One chime The horn will not sound. Two chimes The horn will sound.
Four chimes The horn will sound if the- LOCK button (1) is pressed twice within 1 second.
Turn signal light deactivation/reac- tivation
Number of chimes To lock To unlock
One chime One flash Two flashes Two chimes One flash No flash Three chimes No flash Two flashes Four chimes Two flashes One flash Five chimes No flash One flash
Six chimes Two flashes No flash Seven chimes No flash No flash
Buzzer deactivation/reactivation
Setting of door and liftgate unlock function
Number of chimes To lock To unlock
BK0302800US.book 20
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-21
5
To change the setting, refer to Customizing the Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) on page 5-22.
N00579500020
After unlocking the doors and the liftgate, the power liftgate can be operated by pressing the power liftgate button (3). Refer to Power liftgate on page 5-30.
N00544701197
If you are near your vehicle and feel threat- ened, you can activate the alarm to call atten- tion as follows:
1. Press the PANIC button (4) for more than 1 second.
2. The headlights will blink on and off and the horn will sound intermittently for approximately 3 minutes.
3. To turn off the alarm, press any button on the remote control transmitter.
Number of chimes Condition
One chime [Factory setting]
When the UNLOCK button, drivers or front passengers door lock/unlock switch, or liftgate OPEN switch is pressed one time, all doors and the liftgate unlock.
Two chimes
When the UNLOCK button or the drivers door lock/unlock switch is pressed one time, only the drivers door unlocks. When the UNLOCK button or the drivers door lock/unlock switch is pressed two times in succession, all doors and the liftgate unlock.
Operating the power liftgate
Using the panic alarm
NOTE The F.A.S.T.-key can be used from approxi-
mately 40 feet (12 m) away. However, this distance may change if your vehicle is near a TV transmitting tower, a power station, or a radio station.
BK0302800US.book 21
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-22 Features and controls
5
N00596600042
You can change the settings for the following functions according to your preferences. When changing a setting, perform the following steps.
1. Put the operation mode in OFF. 2. Open the drivers door and turn the combination headlights and dimmer switch to the OFF position. 3. Complete steps i to iv of the procedure. Steps ii to iv should be completed within 8 seconds.
Customizing the Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Item Step i Step ii Step iii Step iv Notification
Horn deactiva- tion/reactivation
Press and hold the LOCK button (1) for 4 to 8 seconds.
While holding the LOCK button (1), press the UNLOCK button (2).
While holding the LOCK button (1), release the UNLOCK button (2).
Release the LOCK but- ton (1).
Chimes Page 5-20
Turn signal lights deactivation/reac- tivation
Press and hold the UNLOCK button (2) for 4 to 8 seconds.
While holding the UNLOCK button (2), press the LOCK button (1).
While holding the LOCK button (1), release the UNLOCK button (2).
Release the LOCK but- ton (1).
Chimes Page 5-20
Setting the door and liftgate unlock function
Press and hold the LOCK button (1) for 4 to 8 seconds.
While holding the LOCK button (1), press the UNLOCK button (2).
While holding the UNLOCK button (2), release the LOCK button (1).
Release the UNLOCK button (2).
Chimes Page 5-20
BK0302800US.book 22
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-23
5 N00562001121
N00562101207
NOTE Be sure to press the buttons correctly when performing the procedures. If you perform the procedures incorrectly, the settings could be changed uninten-
tionally.
General information
Your F.A.S.T.-key operates on a radio fre- quency subject to Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Rules (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.) and Industry Canada Rules (For vehicles sold in Canada). This device com- plies with Part 15 of FCC Rules and Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two con- ditions.
This device may not cause harmful interference.
This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the manufacturer for compli- ance could void the users authority to oper- ate the equipment.
Procedure for replacing the remote control transmitter bat- tery
WARNING Do not swallow a coin type battery.
This product contains coin type battery. If a coin type battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns and can lead to death. There have been cases where a swallowed battery has caused severe internal burns in just 2 hours.
Keep new and used batteries away from children.
If the remote control transmitter case does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away from children.
If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of a persons body, seek immediate medical attention.
To prevent an explosion or leakage of flammable liquid or gas: Do not replace the battery with an incor-
rect type. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.
Do not dispose of a battery into a fire or incinerator, or by mechanically crushing or cutting the battery.
Do not use, store, or take a battery any place where it may be exposed to extremely high temperature or extremely low air pressure.
CAUTION When the remote control transmitter case is
opened, be careful to keep water, dust, etc. out. Also, do not touch the internal compo- nents.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 23
Door locks
5-24 Features and controls
5
1. Before replacing the battery, remove static electricity from your body by touching a metal grounded object.
2. Remove the emergency key from the key. Refer to Emergency key on page 5-16.
3. With the Mitsubishi mark facing you, insert the cloth-covered tip of a flat blade screwdriver into the notch in the case and use it to open the case.
4. Remove the used battery.
5. Install a new battery with the +side (A) up.
6. Close the case firmly. 7. Install the emergency key removed in step
2. 8. Check the keyless entry system to see that
it works.
N00509201560
Dispose of used battery according to regula- tions for the disposal of battery.
NOTE Be sure to perform the procedure with the
Mitsubishi mark facing you. If the Mitsubishi mark is not facing you when you open the case, the transmitter may come out.
CAUTION
NOTE You may purchase a replacement battery at
an electric appliance store. A certified Mitsubishi EV dealer can replace
the battery for you if you prefer.
Door locks
WARNING Make sure all doors are tightly closed and
locked while driving.
+ side
— side
Coin type bat- tery CR2032
Locked doors, in combination with the use of seat belts, can help reduce the risk of ejection in an accident.
Locked doors can help keep passengers, especially small children, from opening doors and falling out of moving vehicles.
Locked doors can help prevent outsiders from gaining access to your vehicle when you slow or come to a stop.
Lock your vehicle whenever you leave it. Children who get into unlocked vehicles may not be able to get out. Children trapped inside vehicles can quickly be overcome by heat and suffer serious injury or death due to heat stroke.
Never leave a child alone in the vehicle. In addition to the risk of heat stroke, chil- dren can activate switches and controls, resulting in an injury or fatal accident.
When closing a door, make sure that the door is fully closed and the door-ajar warning display goes out on the informa- tion screen on the multi-information dis- play. If the door is ajar it could open while driving and cause an accident.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 24
Door locks
Features and controls 5-25
5
The drivers door can be locked and unlocked using the emergency key. Refer to Emergency key on page 5-16. Turn the emergency key toward the front of the vehicle to lock the door. After checking that the door is locked, turn the emergency key back to the center and remove it.
Move the lock knob to the lock position to lock the door. All doors should be kept locked while driv- ing.
The drivers door can be unlocked without using the lock knob by pulling on the inside door handle.
To lock and unlock with the emergency key (drivers door)
1- Insert or remove the emergency key 2- Lock 3- Unlock
NOTE When locking or unlocking with the emer-
gency key, only the drivers door will be locked or unlocked. To lock or unlock all doors and liftgate, use the power door lock switch, the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.-key operation. Refer to Power door locks on page 5-26, Keyless entry system on page 5-19 and To operate using the F.A.S.T.-key on page 5-7.
On vehicles equipped with the charging lid lock, the charging lid can be locked or unlocked at the same time when driver’s door is locked or unlocked using the emergency key. However, the charging lid cannot be unlocked while the operation mode of the power switch is in ON.
To lock or unlock the door from the inside
1- Lock 2- Unlock
BK0302800US.book 25
Power door locks
5-26 Features and controls
5
1. Move the inside lock knob to the locked position.
2. Be sure the keys are not inside the vehi- cle. Close the door.
N00517301065
If the key operation mode is in any mode other than OFF, when you push the lock knob forward with the drivers door or passengers door open, the lock knob will automatically return to the unlocked position.
N00503801160
If the drivers door is opened while the Plug- in Hybrid EV System is stopped and the oper- ation mode is in any mode other than OFF, the operation mode ON buzzer will sound intermittently to remind you put the operation mode in OFF. The warning display will be displayed on the information screen in the multi-information display.
N00509301675
NOTE On vehicles equipped with the charging lid
lock, the charging lid can be locked or unlocked at the same time when driver’s door is locked or unlocked using the lock knob. However, the charging lid cannot be unlocked while the operation mode of the power switch is in ON.
To lock the door without using the key
Lock out protection
Operation mode ON reminder system
Power door locks
NOTE When locking or unlocking with the key on
the drivers door, only the drivers door will lock or unlock.
Repeated continuous operation between lock and unlock could activate the power door locking systems built-in protection circuit, and prevent the system from operating. If this occurs, wait approximately 1 minute before operating the power door lock switch.
BK0302800US.book 26
Power door locks
Features and controls 5-27
5
All of the doors and the liftgate can be locked or unlocked by pressing the power door lock switch on the drivers or the front passenger door.
N00563401278
All doors and the liftgate will unlock when the operation mode is put in OFF.
All doors and the liftgate will unlock when the electrical parking switch is pressed with the operation mode in ON.
To lock and unlock the doors and liftgate
Using the power door lock switch
1- Lock 2- Unlock
NOTE On vehicles equipped with the charging lid
lock, the charging lid can be locked or unlocked at the same time when driver’s door is locked or unlocked using the power door lock switch. However, the charging lid cannot be unlocked while the operation mode of the power switch is in ON.
To unlock the doors and liftgate
You can select the functions to unlock the doors and liftgate either using the power switch or using the electrical parking switch. These functions are not activated when the vehicle is shipped from the factory. To acti- vate or deactivate these functions, please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Using the power switch
Using the electrical parking switch
NOTE On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), the functions can be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer to a separate owners manual.
BK0302800US.book 27
Child safety locks for rear door
5-28 Features and controls
5
N00509401298
Child safety locks help prevent rear passen- gers, especially children, from opening the rear door using the inside door handle. A lock lever for the child safety lock is pro- vided on each rear door. When the lever is in the lock position (1), the rear door cannot be opened using the inside door handle. To open the rear door when the child safety lock lever is in the lock position, pull the out- side door handle. When the lever is in the release position (2), the child safety lock is released and the rear
door can be opened using the inside door han- dle.
N00510101341
Child safety locks for rear door
1- To lock 2- To release
WARNING Always keep the doors tightly closed and
locked when driving. An unlocked door may be accidentally opened by a passen- ger, especially by a child who could fall out. Also, if the doors are not locked, there is a greater risk of someone being thrown from the vehicle in an accident.
Liftgate (except for vehicles equipped with the power liftgate)
WARNING It is dangerous to drive with the liftgate
open since carbon monoxide (CO) gas con- tained in engine exhaust gases can enter the passenger compartment. CO is an invisible, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and even death.
When opening and closing the liftgate, make sure that there are no people nearby and be careful not to hit your head or pinch your hands, neck, etc.
If snow or ice has accumulated on the lift- gate, remove it before opening the liftgate. Otherwise the liftgate may abruptly close due to the weight of the snow or ice.
When opening the liftgate, always fully open it. A partially opened liftgate can unexpectedly close due to its own weight.
When the vehicle is parked on a slope, the effort required to open or close the liftgate may be greater or less than expected. The liftgate may also open or close more quickly.
CAUTION Do not stand behind the exhaust pipe when
loading and unloading luggage with engine running. Heat from the exhaust could lead to burns.
To avoid damage to the liftgate, make sure that area above and behind the liftgate is clear before opening it.
NOTE Locking and unlocking the doors by using
power door locks (driver and front passenger side), keyless entry system, or F.A.S.T.-key operation also locks and unlocks the liftgate.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 28
Liftgate (except for vehicles equipped with the power liftgate)
Features and controls 5-29
5
1. After unlocking, push the liftgate open switch (A) and raise the liftgate.
1. Pull the liftgate grip (B) downward as illustrated and release it before the liftgate closes completely. Gently close the lift- gate from the outside so that it is com- pletely closed.
To open
CAUTION Make sure there is no one standing nearby
when opening the liftgate.
NOTE The liftgate cannot be raised if it is not raised
immediately after pressing the liftgate open switch. If this happens, raise the liftgate again after pressing the liftgate open switch.
It is not possible to open the liftgate while the 12 V starter battery is disconnected. If necessary, use the inside liftgate release.
When the 12 V starter battery is reconnected, all doors and the liftgate will be locked. Unlock them before trying to open the lift- gate.
On vehicles equipped with the mirror retrac- tor switch, the outside rearview mirrors auto- matically extend when the liftgate and all doors are unlocked using the liftgate open switch (A).
To close
NOTE CAUTION To avoid injuring your hand or arm, do not
attempt to close the liftgate without releasing the liftgate grip (B).
Before starting the vehicle, be sure to con- firm that the liftgate is locked. If the liftgate opens while driving the vehicle, objects stored in the luggage compartment could fall out into the road.
NOTE Gas struts (C) are installed in the locations
illustrated in order to support the liftgate. Please observe the following in order to pre- vent damage or faulty operation: Do not touch, push or pull the gas struts
when closing the liftgate. Do not attach any plastic material, tape,
etc., to the gas struts. Do not tie string, etc., around the gas struts. Do not hang objects on the gas struts.
BK0302800US.book 29
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
5-30 Features and controls
5
N00575900039
Before operating the power liftgate, unlock the power liftgate by pushing the power door lock switch or the unlock button on the F.A.S.T.-key. Refer to Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) and Power door locks on pages 5-4 and 5-26 respectively.
N00576000040
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
Operating the power liftgate
WARNING The luggage area was not designed for
people to ride in. Do not let your children ride in or play in the luggage area. Riding or playing in the luggage area could result in a serious accident and/or injury.
Before driving, make sure the power lift- gate is securely closed. If you drive with the power liftgate open, exhaust gas may enter the vehicle and cause carbon monoxide poisoning.
To avoid injury, the power liftgate should not be operated by children.
When opening and closing the power lift- gate, make sure that there are no people nearby and be careful not to hit your head or pinch your hands, neck, etc. Make sure the power liftgate is completely open before loading and unloading lug- gage.
CAUTION Do not stand behind the exhaust pipe when
loading and unloading luggage with engine running. The heat from the exhaust could cause burns.
Before driving, make sure the power liftgate is securely closed. If the liftgate opens while driving, objects stored in the luggage com- partment could fall out into the road.
Do not install any accessory other than Mit- subishi Motors Genuine parts on the power liftgate. The weight of the accessory may cause faulty operation of the liftgate.
Before closing the liftgate, make sure there is no foreign object around the striker (A). If a foreign object matter gets into the striker, it could prevent the power liftgate from clos- ing securely.
WARNING
NOTE When opening and closing the power lift-
gate, do not place your hands near the arm (B) and gas struts (C).
To prevent damage to the gas struts: Do not push or pull on the gas struts. Do not wrap, attach or hang anything on the
gas struts.
BK0302800US.book 30
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-31
5
N00576500032
When the power liftgate main switch (A) is on, the power liftgate can be operated using either the power liftgate switch on the F.A.S.T.-key, the drivers side power liftgate switch or the open/close switches on the power liftgate. Refer to Operating conditions on page 5-31.
N00576100054
The power liftgate can be opened automati- cally when all of the following conditions are met.
The operation mode is in OFF. The power liftgate is completely closed. The power liftgate is unlocked.
Automatic operation
WARNING To avoid accidental or unintended opera-
tion of the power liftgate, turn off the power liftgate main switch when not oper- ating the power liftgate.
Do not turn off the power liftgate main switch while the power liftgate is opening or closing.
CAUTION Do not apply excessive force to the power
liftgate when opening or closing it. Doing so could damage to the power liftgate.
NOTE Do not start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System
while the power liftgate is operating. The sudden operation prevention mechanism could operate, making the power liftgate stop intermittently while it moves.
The power liftgate cannot be opened when the 12 V starter battery is discharged or dis- connected. The liftgate must be then opened using the inside liftgate release. Refer to Inside liftgate release on page 5-36.
If the keyless entry system or close switch is operated when the power liftgate main switch is off, the warning buzzer sounds 4 times to notify the driver that the power lift- gate cannot be operated.
The power liftgate does not operate normally under the following conditions: When parked on an incline In strong winds When the power liftgate is covered with
snow
Repeated continuous opening and closing operation of the power liftgate will activate a built-in protection circuit and switch the power liftgate to manual operation.
If one of the power liftgate switches is oper- ated while the power liftgate is operating, the power liftgate will reverse and return to the full open or close position.
If the select position is moved from P (PARK) position to another position while the power liftgate is operating or completely open, a warning buzzer will sound for approximately 10 seconds to notify the driver that the power liftgate is open.
If the 12 V starter battery or fuse is replaced while the power liftgate is open, it cannot be closed automatically. In this case close the power liftgate manu- ally.
Operating conditions
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 31
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
5-32 Features and controls
5
The operation mode is in ON with the select position in the P (PARK) posi- tion, or the operation mode is in OFF or ACC.
The power liftgate is completely closed. The power liftgate is unlocked.
The power liftgate can be closed automati- cally when all of the following conditions are met.
The operation mode is in OFF. The power liftgate is completely open. Nothing is touching the auto reverse sen-
sors (A) on the power liftgate.
The operation mode is in ON with the select position in the P (PARK) posi- tion, or the operation mode is in OFF or ACC.
The power liftgate is completely open. Nothing is touching the auto reverse sen-
sors on the power liftgate.
After unlocking the doors and the power lift- gate, the power liftgate can be operated by pressing the switch (A) of the F.A.S.T.-key or the drivers side power liftgate switch (B).
Operating the power liftgate using the F.A.S.T.-key or the drivers side power liftgate switch
BK0302800US.book 32
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-33
5
If the power liftgate switch is pressed twice in a row, the power liftgate operates after the warning buzzer sounds and the hazard warn- ing flasher blinks. The power liftgate operates as follows:
If the power liftgate switch is pressed once while the power liftgate is operating, the warning buzzer sounds and the liftgate will reverse and return to the full open or closed position.
If the drivers side power liftgate switch is pressed for more than 1 second, the power liftgate will operate after the buzzer sounds and the hazard warning flasher blinks.
The power liftgate operates as follows.
If the drivers side power liftgate switch is pressed once while the power liftgate is oper- ating, the warning buzzer will sound and the power liftgate will move in the direction opposite to the one in which it was operating.
The power liftgate can be opened by pressing the open switch (C).
If the open switch is pressed while the power liftgate and all doors are unlocked, the power liftgate will open after the warning buzzer sounds and the hazard warning flasher blinks.
While closed: The warning buzzer sounds and the power liftgate com- pletely opens.
While open: The warning buzzer sounds and the power liftgate com- pletely closes.
NOTE If the power liftgate switch is pressed three
or more times in a row, the power liftgate may not operate normally. If this occurs, wait a short time before again pressing the power liftgate switch twice.
While closed: The warning buzzer sounds and the power liftgate com- pletely opens.
While open: The warning buzzer sounds and the power liftgate com- pletely closes.
WARNING When operating the power liftgate, make
sure that there are no people near the power liftgate and that there is sufficient space behind and above the vehicle.
Opening the power liftgate using the open switch
NOTE When you are carrying the F.A.S.T.-key with
the power liftgate is locked, the power lift- gate can be opened by pressing the open switch even if the power liftgate is locked.
For vehicles equipped with the mirror retrac- tor switch, the outside rearview mirrors auto- matically extend when the power liftgate and all doors are unlocked using the liftgate open switch (C).
BK0302800US.book 33
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
5-34 Features and controls
5
The power liftgate can be closed by pressing the close switch (D) on the power liftgate.
If the close switch on the power liftgate is pressed, the power liftgate will close after the warning buzzer sounds and the hazard warn- ing flasher blinks. If the close switch is pressed once while the power liftgate is closing, the warning buzzer sounds and the power liftgate opens.
N00576200039
If the auto reverse sensors (A) on either side of the power liftgate detect that something is being trapped by the closing power liftgate, the warning buzzer will sound once and the liftgate will automatically reverse direction and return to the full open position.
After the power liftgate has opened automati- cally, if it is detected that the power liftgate is dropping due to factors such as accumulated snow, the power liftgate will close automati- cally. A warning buzzer will sound continuously while the drop prevention mechanism is oper- ating.
Closing the power liftgate using the close switch
NOTE If the close switch is again pressed once
while the power liftgate is operating in the opening direction, the warning buzzer will sound once and the power liftgate will close.
Auto reverse
WARNING The auto reverse mechanism will not oper-
ate just before the power liftgate becomes fully closed. Therefore, be careful not to trap a hand, part of your body or an object at this time.
When the power liftgate is closed manu- ally, the auto reverse mechanism will not operate.
If the auto reverse mechanism has been repeatedly activated, the power liftgate may stop and then, depending on its posi- tion, may abruptly open or close. Once the power liftgate is completely closed or open, automatic operation will be resumed.
CAUTION Do not damage the auto reverse sensor, when
loading or unloading luggage. If the sensor is damaged, the power liftgate will not close automatically.
Drop prevention mechanism
NOTE If snow has accumulated on the power lift-
gate, remove it before operating the power liftgate.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 34
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-35
5
If the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is started while the power liftgate is operating, the power liftgate may intermittently move or stop moving to prevent the power liftgate from moving abruptly. Approximately 10 seconds after the power liftgate has fully closed or opened, power liftgate operation will again resume.
N00576300043
When the power liftgate main switch is off, the power liftgate can be manually opened and closed.
After unlocking the power liftgate, push the power liftgate open switch (A) and pull up the power liftgate.
To close the power liftgate, pull the power liftgate grip (B) downward and release it before the power liftgate is completely closed, and then gently close the power lift- gate from the outside.
Do not install any accessory other than Mit- subishi Motors Genuine parts on the power liftgate. The drop prevention mechanism may be activated due to the weight of the accessory.
The drop prevention mechanism could be activated if you attempt to close the liftgate manually immediately after the power lift- gate has been completely opened automati- cally.
Sudden operation prevention mechanism
CAUTION The auto reverse will not operate while the
sudden operation prevention mechanism is activated.
NOTE Manual operation
WARNING When the power liftgate is closed manu-
ally, the auto reverse mechanism will not operate even if something is trapped under the liftgate.
CAUTION Make sure there is no one around the power
liftgate when opening it.
NOTE The liftgate cannot be opened if it is not
raised immediately after pressing the power liftgate open switch. If this happens, raise the liftgate again after pressing the liftgate open switch.
When the 12 V starter battery is discharged or disconnected, the power liftgate cannot be opened even manually. At that time, the lift- gate can be opened only by using the inside liftgate release. Refer to Inside liftgate release on page 5-36.
BK0302800US.book 35
Inside liftgate release
5-36 Features and controls
5
N00576400031
The power liftgate easy closer is designed to help the power liftgate close securely. If the power liftgate is closed to a position where it is detected as being ajar, it closes automatically.
N00523101130
The inside liftgate release is designed to pro- vide a way to open the liftgate if the 12 V starter battery is dead or disconnected. The liftgate release lever (see illustration) is mounted on the liftgate.
You and your family should familiarize your- selves with the location and operation of the liftgate release lever.
CAUTION The auto reverse mechanism will not operate
when the power liftgate is closed manually. Therefore be especially careful not to trap a hand or finger.
Do not fully close the power liftgate with your hand still on the power liftgate grip. Doing so could trap and injure your hand or arm.
Power liftgate easy closer
WARNING Keep your hands and fingers away from
the power liftgate while the power liftgate easy closer is activated. To return the power liftgate to the slightly ajar position while the power liftgate easy closer is acti- vated, press the power liftgate open switch.
CAUTION Do not touch the latch (A) on the inside of
the power liftgate. The power liftgate easy closer could operate and catch your fingers.
NOTE The power liftgate easy closer operates even
when the power liftgate main switch is OFF. Repeated continuous operation of the handle
could activate the protection circuit and tem- porarily prevent the power liftgate easy closer from operating. If this occurs, wait approximately 1 minute before operating the power liftgate easy closer again.
Inside liftgate release
BK0302800US.book 36
Theft-alarm system
Features and controls 5-37
5
1. Open the lid (A) inside of the liftgate.
2. Move the lever (B) to unlock the liftgate.
3. Push out on the liftgate to open it.
N00510201296
The theft-alarm system is designed to provide protection from unauthorized entry into the vehicle. This system is operated in three stages: the first is the armed stage, the sec- ond is the alarm stage, and third is the dis- armed stage. If triggered, the system provides both audible and visual alarm sig- nals.
N00510301255
Park the vehicle and stop the engine. Arm the system as described below.
1. Put the operation mode in OFF. 2. Make sure that the engine hood is closed.
3. Lock all doors and the liftgate by using the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.- key operation.
At this time, the theft-alarm indicator (A) in the instrument cluster flashes for con- firmation.
4. The system has entered the armed stage after approximately 20 seconds, when the theft-alarm indicator (A) flashing becomes slower.
To open
Vehicles with power liftgate
Vehicles without power liftgate
CAUTION Always keep the release lever lid on the lift-
gate closed when driving so that your lug- gage cannot accidentally bump the lever and open the liftgate.
Theft-alarm system
CAUTION Do not modify or add parts to the theft-alarm
system. Doing so could cause the theft-alarm to malfunction.
Armed stage
Arm the system and leave
BK0302800US.book 37
Theft-alarm system
5-38 Features and controls
5
The theft-alarm indicator (A) continues to flash while the system is in the armed stage.
N00510401227
The alarm will be activated if any of the fol- lowing occur while the vehicle is parked and the system is armed.
One of the doors and the liftgate is opened without using the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.-key operation.
The engine hood is opened.
Also, for vehicles equipped with the interior alarm sensor, the alarm will be activated if any of the following occur.
NOTE If the engine hood is open, the theft-alarm
indicator (A) illuminates and the system can- not enter the armed stage. The system enters the armed stage approxi- mately 20 seconds after the engine hood is closed.
The system will be disarmed if, while the theft-alarm indicator (A) is illuminated, all doors and the liftgate are unlocked by using the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.-key operation.
The system will be disarmed if, while the theft-alarm indicator is illuminated, the oper- ation mode is put in ON
The system will not be armed if a door, the liftgate or the engine hood is not completely closed. If this happens, rearm the system as described above.
The theft-alarm system can be activated when people are riding inside the vehicle or when the windows are open. To prevent acci- dental activation of the alarm, do not set the system to the system armed mode while peo- ple are riding in the vehicle.
For vehicles equipped with the interior alarm sensor, if the turn signal lights do not flash after the locking and unlocking operation using the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.-key operation, the theft-alarm sys- tem may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. If the answerback function (flashing of the turn signal lights by locking and unlocking the doors and the liftgate) is deactivated, the turn signal lights do not flash after the lock- ing and unlocking operation. For information on the answerback function, refer to Keyless entry system on pages 5-19 and To operate using the F.A.S.T.-key on page 5-7.
For vehicles equipped with the interior alarm sensor, the theft-alarm system could be acti- vated in the following situations. Using a car washer. Taking the vehicle on a ferry. Parking in an automated car park. Leaving someone or a pet in the vehicle. Leaving a window or the sunroof open. Leaving an unstable object such as a stuffed
toy or accessory in the vehicle.
NOTE During a continuous impact or vibration by
hail, thunder, etc. According to the situations, deactivate the vehicle inclination detection function and the interior intrusion detection function. Refer to Theft-alarm system: To deactivate the vehicle inclination detection function and the interior intrusion detection func- tion on page 5-39.
For vehicles equipped with the interior alarm sensor, the sensitivity of the interior intru- sion detection function can be adjusted. For further details, please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Alarm stage
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 38
Theft-alarm system
Features and controls 5-39
5
Attempt an unauthorized moving of the vehicle. (the vehicle inclination detection function)
Detect a motion in the vehicle. (the inte- rior intrusion detection function)
Disconnect the 12 V starter battery termi- nal.
N00582500037
When the alarm is activated:
1. The headlights blink on and off for 3 min- utes. After 3 minutes the headlights automati- cally shut off.
2. The horn (the siren for vehicles equipped with the interior alarm sensor) will sound intermittently for 3 minutes.
N00582600038
The alarm can be deactivated in the following ways.
By using the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.-key operation to lock or unlock the doors and liftgate.
Put the operation mode in ON.
N00582700039
The vehicle inclination detection function and the interior intrusion detection function can
be deactivated when parking in automated car parks or leaving pets in the vehicle.
1. Put the operation mode in OFF. 2. Raise and hold the wiper and washer
switch to the MIST position for approx- imately 3 seconds. The buzzer will sound twice and the function will be deactivated.
To activate the function again, raise and hold the wiper and washer switch to the MIST position for approximately 3 seconds. The buzzer will sound once and the function will be activated.
Type of alarm
Horn or siren sounds! Headlights blink on and off!
NOTE The alarm will continue to operate for 3 min-
utes. At the end of that period, the alarm will automatically shut off to save 12 V starter battery power. The system will then be rearmed until the proper disarming step is taken.
The alarm will resume if unauthorized actions are taken again, even if the alarm has stopped.
Alarm deactivation
To deactivate the vehicle inclina- tion detection function and the interior intrusion detection func- tion (vehicles equipped with the interior alarm sensor)
NOTE The function will be activated again if the
following operation is performed. If the doors and the liftgate are unlocked
using the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.-key operation.
BK0302800US.book 39
Power window control
5-40 Features and controls
5
N00510501231
The system will be disarmed if the following operation is performed.
The operation mode is put in ON. All doors and the liftgate are unlocked by
using the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.-key operation.
N00510601144
Use the following procedure to test the sys- tem:
1. Lower the drivers window. 2. Arm the system as explained in Armed
stage. 3. Make sure that the theft-alarm indicator
comes on and flashes for approximately 20 seconds.
4. Wait a few seconds and then unlock the drivers side door by using the inside door lock knob. Open the door.
5. Make sure that the horn (the siren for vehicles equipped with the interior alarm sensor) sounds intermittently and the headlights blink when a door is opened.
6. Disarm the system by unlocking all doors and the liftgate by using the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.-key operation.
N00510801423
If the operation mode is put in ON or ACC.
Disarmed stage
NOTE If the UNLOCK button on the remote control
transmitter, or the drivers or front passen- gers door lock/unlock switch is pressed when all doors and the liftgate are closed and no door is opened within approximately 30 seconds, re-arming will automatically occur.
NOTE
Disarm…by using the keyless entry system or F.A.S.T.-key operation
The amount of time after unlocking until the vehicle relocks automatically can be adjusted. See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details. On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), the functions can be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer to a separate owners manual.
Once the system has been disarmed, it can- not be rearmed except by repeating the arm- ing procedure.
Testing the theft-alarm system
NOTE
Power window control
1- Open (down) 2- Close (up)
NOTE Never try to operate the main switch and
sub-switch in different directions at the same time. This will freeze the window in posi- tion.
Operating the power windows repeatedly with the Plug-in Hybrid EV System stopped will run down the 12 V starter battery. Use the window switches only while the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operating.
BK0302800US.book 40
Power window control
Features and controls 5-41
5
N00548701209
The main switch located on the drivers door can be used to operate all the windows. A window can be opened or closed by operat- ing the corresponding switch. Press the switch down to open the window, and pull up the switch to close it. If the switch is fully pressed down/pulled up, the door window automatically opens/closes completely. If you want to stop the window movement, operate the switch lightly in the reverse direc- tion. N00548800102
Each sub-switch can be used for its own pas- senger door window, unless the drivers win- dow lock switch is activated.
WARNING Before operating the power windows,
make sure that nothing can be trapped (head, hands, fingers, etc.) in the window.
Never leave the vehicle without carrying the key.
Never leave children or unreliable adults unattended inside the vehicle.
Main switch
1- Drivers door window switch 2- Front passenger door window switch 3- Left rear door window switch 4- Right rear door window switch 5- Lock switch
NOTE If the switch is operated continuously, the
power window protection function will acti- vate and the door window may not be opened and closed automatically even if the switch is fully pressed down/pulled up. In such a case, pull up the door window switch until the window has been fully closed. You should now be able to operate the door window in a normal fashion.
Sub switch
1- Close 2- Open
BK0302800US.book 41
Power window control
5-42 Features and controls
5 N00548901168
The power windows can be run up or down when the operation mode is in ON. The door windows can be opened or closed for a 30-second period after the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is stopped. However, once the drivers door or the front passengers door is opened, the power windows cannot be operated.
N00549001209
When this switch is in the lock mode, the pas- senger door switches cannot be used to open or close the door windows, and the main switch will open or close only the drivers door window. To unlock the switch, push it again.
N00528801204
If a hand or head is trapped, for safety the door window is automatically lowered a little. After the obstruction is removed, pull up the switch again to close the door window.
NOTE The rear door windows open only half-way.
Power window timer function
Lock switch
1- Lock 2- Unlock
WARNING Before driving with a child in the vehicle,
be sure to lock the window switch to make it inoperative. Children tampering with the switch could easily trap their hands or heads in the window.
Safety mechanism
WARNING If the 12 V starter battery terminals are
disconnected or the fuse for electric win- dow is replaced, the safety mechanism will be canceled. If a hand or head got trapped, a serious injury could result.
CAUTION The safety mechanism is deactivated just
before the door window closes. This allows the door window to close completely. There- fore be especially careful that fingers are not trapped in the door window opening.
The safety mechanism is deactivated while the switch is pulled up. Therefore be espe- cially careful that fingers are not trapped in the door window opening.
Do not deliberately trap your hands or head in order to activate the safety mechanism. Your hand or head could be trapped and per- sonal injury could result.
BK0302800US.book 42
Sunroof (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-43
5
N00551400014
Wind buffeting can be described as the per- ception of pressure on the ears or a booming or rumbling sound. Your vehicle may exhibit wind buffeting when driving with one or both rear door windows down or partially opened. This is a normal occurrence that can be mini- mized. If the buffeting occurs with the rear door windows open, open the front door win-
dows as well as the rear door windows to minimize the condition.
N00511001741
The sunroof can be opened and closed with the operation mode in ON.
Press the switch (1), the sunroof automati- cally opens. To stop the moving sunroof, press the switch.
Press the switch (3), the sunroof automati- cally closes. To stop the moving sunroof, press the switch.
When the switch (2) is pressed, the rear of the sunroof raises for ventilation.
Press the switch (3).
NOTE The safety mechanism can be activated if the
driving conditions or other circumstances cause the door windows to be subjected to a physical shock similar to that caused by trapped hand or head.
If the 12 V starter battery terminals are dis- connected or the fuse for power window is replaced, the safety mechanism will be can- celed and the door window will not automat- ically open/close completely. If the window is open, repeatedly raise appropriate window switch until that win- dow has been fully closed. Following this, release the switch, raise the switch once again and hold it in this condi- tion for at least 1 second, then release it. You should now be able to operate all windows in the normal function.
What to do if you hear wind buffeting when driving
Sunroof (if so equipped)
To open
NOTE The sunroof stops just before reaching the
fully open position. If the vehicle is driven with the sunroof in this position, wind buf- feting is lower than with the sunroof fully open.
To close
To tilt up
To tilt down
NOTE Be sure to tilt down the sunroof before clos-
ing the sunshade.
BK0302800US.book 43
Sunroof (if so equipped)
5-44 Features and controls
5
The sunroof can be operated when the opera- tion mode is in ON. The sunroof can be opened or closed for a 30- second period after the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is stopped. However, when the drivers door or the front passenger door is opened, the sunroof cannot be operated. Start the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys- tem again to operate.
If a hand or head is trapped in the closing sunroof opening, the safety mechanism will cause the sunroof to re-open automatically. The opened sunroof will become operational again after a few seconds.
If the safety mechanism is activated 5 or more times consecutively, normal closing of the sunroof will be aborted. As an emergency measure, the sunroof can be closed bit by bit until the sunroof is com- pletely closed by repeatedly pressing the switch (2). After that, the sunroof can be set the initial- ized state in the following procedure.
1. Move the sunroof in slide open position. 2. Press the tilt up switch (2) continually in
10 seconds. 3. The sunroof will be moved to tilt up posi-
tion automatically bit by bit. 4. The initialize is completed when the sun-
roof is stopped at tilt up position. If the sunroof does not return to normal, consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The sunshade can be opened or closed manu- ally while the sunroof is closed.
Sunroof timer function
Safety mechanism
CAUTION The safety mechanism is deactivated while
the switch (2) is pressed. Therefore be espe- cially careful that fingers are not trapped in the sunroof opening.
Do not deliberately trap your hands or head in order to activate the safety mechanism. Personal injury and malfunction of the sun- roof could result.
NOTE The safety mechanism can be activated if the
driving conditions or other circumstances cause the sunroof to be subjected to a physi- cal shock similar to that caused by a trapped hand or head.
Sunshade
WARNING Do not stick your head, hands or anything
else in the sunroof opening. Before operating the sunroof, make sure
that nothing can be trapped (head, hands, fingers, etc.).
Never leave a child unreliable adults unat- tended inside the vehicle.
CAUTION Do not attempt to close the sunshade when
the sunroof is opened. Be careful that hands are not trapped when
closing the sunshade.
BK0302800US.book 44
Parking brake
Features and controls 5-45
5 N00591500033
To park the vehicle, first bring it to a com- plete stop, firmly apply the parking brake, and then shift the select position to the P (PARK) to lock the wheels. Make sure the brake warning light is illumi- nated.
The Electric parking brake is the system that applies the parking brake by the electric motor.
N00591600076
When the parking brake is applied, the brake warning light in the instrument cluster and the indicator light (A) on the Electric parking brake switch will come on.
NOTE When leaving the vehicle unattended, be
sure to close the sunroof and carry the key. Do not try to operate the sunroof if it is fro-
zen closed (after snowfall or during extreme cold).
Do not sit on or place heavy luggage on the sunroof or roof opening edge.
Do not apply any force that may cause dam- age to the sunroof.
Release the switch when the sunroof has reached a completely open or completely closed position.
If the sunroof does not operate when the sun- roof switch is operated, release the switch and check whether something is trapped by the sunroof. If nothing is trapped, have the sunroof checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Be careful when tilting up the sunroof if a ski carrier or a roof carrier is installed. Depend- ing on the model of ski carrier or roof carrier, the sunroof may contact the carrier when the sunroof is tilted up.
Be sure to close the sunroof completely when washing the vehicle or when leaving the vehicle.
Do not put any wax on the weatherstrip (black rubber) around the sunroof opening. If it is waxed, the weatherstrip cannot maintain a weatherproof seal with the sunroof.
After washing the vehicle or after rain be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sun- roof before operating it.
Operating the sunroof repeatedly with the Plug-in Hybrid EV System stopped will run down the 12 V starter battery. Operate the sunroof only while the Plug-in Hybrid EV System operating.
Parking brake
Electric parking brake
NOTE You may hear an operation noise from the
vehicle body when operating the Electric parking brake. This does not indicate a mal- function and the Electric parking brake is operating normally.
NOTE When the 12 V starter battery is weak or
dead, the Electric parking brake cannot be applied or released. Refer to Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system on page 8-2.
You may feel the brake pedal moving when operating the Electric parking brake. This does not indicate a malfunction.
To apply
1. Stop the vehicle completely. 2. Pull up the Electric parking brake switch
while depressing the brake pedal.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 45
Parking brake
5-46 Features and controls
5
When parking on a hill, set the parking brake, and turn the front wheels toward the curb on a downhill, or away from the curb on an uphill.
CAUTION Do not place any items near the Electric
parking brake switch. Items may come into contact with the switch, which may unexpectedly trigger operation of the Electric parking brake.
While the vehicle is in motion, do not apply the Electric parking brake. Doing so may cause overheating and/or premature wear of brake parts, reducing brake performance.
NOTE In the following conditions, the brake warn-
ing light will illuminate for approximately 15 seconds and then go off. While the Electric parking brake is applied,
the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF.
While the operation mode of the power switch is in OFF, the Electric parking brake switch is pulled up.
If the Electric parking brake must be applied in an emergency situation, pull and hold the Electric parking brake switch to apply the Electric parking brake. At that time, the fol- lowing warning display will appear in the multi-information display and a buzzer will sound, however you should continue to pull and hold the Electric parking brake switch.
When parking on steep grades, pull up the Electric parking brake switch twice (once more after the operation is completed once). The maximum effect of the parking brake will be obtained.
If the parking brake does not hold the vehicle stationary after the foot brake is released, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
When the operation mode of the power switch is other than ON, if the Electric park- ing brake is applied, the Electric parking brake indicator light comes on for a while.
NOTE If the Electric parking brake switch is repeat-
edly operated in a short time, the following warning display will appear in the multi- information display and the Electric parking brake will temporarily stop working. In such case, wait for approximately 1 minute until the warning display disappears, and operate the Electric parking brake switch again.
The brake warning light and the indicator light on the Electric parking brake switch may blink. This does not indicate a malfunc- tion if the lights go off when/if the Electric parking brake is released.
Depending on the situation, the Electric parking brake may be applied automatically. Refer to Brake auto hold on page 5-74.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 46
Parking brake
Features and controls 5-47
5
N00591700051
When the accelerator pedal is depressed slowly while all of the following conditions are met, the Electric parking brake is auto- matically released.
The Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operat- ing.
The select position is in the D (DRIVE) or the R (REVERSE) position.
The drivers seat belt is fastened.
When the parking brake is released, the brake warning light and the indicator light on the Electric parking brake switch go off.
Before driving, be sure that the parking brake is released and brake warning light is off.
To release
Manual operation
1. Make sure that the operation mode of the power switch is ON.
2. Press down the Electric parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal.
Automatic operation
CAUTION After the Electric parking brake switch has
been operated to apply or release the Electric parking brake, if the brake warning light and the indicator on the Electric parking brake switch remain blinking or the Electric park- ing brake warning light remain illuminated, the Electric parking brake system may be malfunctioning and the Electric parking brake may not be applied or released. Imme- diately park your vehicle in a safe place and contact the nearest certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If a vehicle is driven without releasing the parking brake, the brake will overheat, resulting in ineffective braking and possible brake failure.
If the brake warning light does not go off after the parking brake has been released, the brake system may be malfunctioning. Contact the nearest certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If the acceleration of the vehicle seems abnormally slow after the vehicle has been parked with the Electric parking brake applied in cold weather, stop the vehicle in a safe place, then apply and release the Elec- tric parking brake. If the vehicle acceleration is still slow, contact the nearest certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE When the operation mode of the power
switch is other than ON, the parking brake cannot be released.
If the Electric parking brake does not auto- matically release, it may be released by man- ual operation.
When in other than P (PARK) position, if you try to release the Electric parking brake without depressing the brake pedal, the warning display will appear.
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 47
Parking brake
5-48 Features and controls
5
N00591800065
Warning light
Warning display
If there is a malfunction in the system, the warning light will come on. In addition, the warning display appears on the information screen in the multi-information display.
Under normal conditions, the warning light only comes on when the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON and goes off a few seconds later.
If you start driving without releasing the Electric parking brake, the warning display will appear.
If the drivers foot contacts the accelerator pedal in the condition that the Electric park- ing brake can release by an automatic opera- tion, the Electric parking brake may be released automatically.
Warning display
NOTE
CAUTION When the Electric parking brake warning
light does not illuminate or remains illumi- nated when the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON, or comes on while driv- ing, the Electric parking brake may not be applied or released. Immediately contact the nearest certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. For details, refer to Electric parking brake warning light on page 5-188. When parking your vehicle while the Elec- tric parking brake warning light is illumi- nated, park the vehicle on level and stable ground, shift the select position to P (PARK) and place chocks, blocks, or stones behind and in front of the tires to prevent the vehicle from moving.
NOTE If the following warning is displayed in the
information screen in the multi-information display, operate the Electric parking brake switch several times. After operating the switch, if the display dis- appears, there is no abnormality.
BK0302800US.book 48
Steering wheel height and reach adjustment
Features and controls 5-49
5
N00511501267
To adjust the steering wheel to the desired position, move the lever upward or down- ward while moving the steering wheel to the desired position.
N00511601444
Adjust the inside rearview mirror only after making any seat adjustments so as to have a clear view to the rear of the vehicle.
Adjust the inside mirror to maximize the view through the rear window.
It is possible to move the mirror up and down to adjust its position.
Steering wheel height and reach adjustment
A- Wheel lock B- Release
WARNING After adjusting, make sure the lock lever
is secured in the locked (A) position. Do not attempt to adjust the steering
wheel while driving. This can be danger- ous.
Inside rearview mirror
WARNING Do not attempt to adjust the inside rear-
view mirror while driving. This can be dangerous. Be sure to adjust the mirrors before driv- ing.
Type 1
Type 2
To adjust the vertical mirror position
BK0302800US.book 49
Inside rearview mirror
5-50 Features and controls
5
It is possible to move the mirror up/down and left/right to adjust its position.
The day/night knob (A) at the bottom of the mirror can be used to adjust the mirror to reduce the glare from the headlights of vehi- cles behind you during night driving.
When the headlights of the vehicles behind you are very bright, the reflection factor of the rearview mirror is automatically changed to reduce the glare.
Normally, use the automatic mode. When the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON, the green indicator (1) illuminates and the reflection factor of the mirror is automati- cally changed.
To adjust the mirror position To reduce the glare
Type 1
1- Daytime position 2- Night position
Type 2
NOTE Do not hang items on, or spray glass cleaner
on the sensors (2), as reduced sensitivity could result.
BK0302800US.book 50
Inside rearview mirror
Features and controls 5-51
5
N00589200033
When the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON, the vehicles directional heading (N, NE, E, SE, S, SW, W and NW) will be displayed in the visual display (A). To turn off the electronic compass, press the switch (1) for approximately 5 seconds.
N00589400022
Drive the vehicle in a circle at approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) or less until the direction is displayed in the visual display.
N00589500023
Under certain circumstances, as during a long distance cross-country trip, it will be neces- sary to adjust for compass variance. Compass variance is the difference between the earths magnetic north and the true geo- graphic north. If not adjusted to account for
If you want to stop automatic mode, press the switch (3) and the indicator (1) will go off. To return to automatic mode, press the switch again or put the operation mode of the power switch in ON after putting the opera- tion mode in OFF.
Electronic compass (if so equipped)
To operate the compass
NOTE NOTE If the massage (C) is displayed in the
visual display, calibrate the compass accord- ing to the instruction. Refer to To calibrate the compass on page 5-51.
The electronic compass may not show the correct direction in the following places where the earths magnetic field is disrupted. In these cases, the correct direction will be displayed once the vehicle returns to a place where the earths magnetic field is stable. Vehicle in tunnels or parked in buildings. Expressways, near railroads, underneath
railroad cables, or over subways Near transformer stations or high voltage
power lines Up or down a steep hill
Installing items such as a ski rack, antenna, or even some body repair work can cause changes to the vehicles magnetic field. In these situations, the compass will need to be recalibrated to the vehicles magnetic field.
To calibrate the compass
NOTE You can also calibrate the compass in your
vehicle on your everyday routine and after several turns.
Compass variance
BK0302800US.book 51
Outside rearview mirrors
5-52 Features and controls
5
this compass variance, your compass could give false readings.
N00589600024
1. Find your current geographic location and the correct corresponding zone number on the zone map.
2. Press the switch (1) for approximately 7 seconds until the zone number is dis- played in the visual display.
3. Press the switch (1) until the correct zone number is found and release the switch. The visual display will show a compass direction within a few seconds.
N00589700025
1. Press the switch (1) for approximately 10 seconds until the C is displayed in the visual display.
2. Drive the vehicle in a circle at approxi- mately 5 mph (8 km/h) or less until the direction is displayed in the visual display.
N00512201232
Adjust the outside rearview mirrors only after making any seat adjustments so as to have a clear view to the rear of the vehicle.
To adjust for compass variance
CAUTION Adjust for compass variance when the vehi-
cle is safety parked.
NOTE The compass adjustment mode will automat-
ically shut off, if no adjustment is made within approximately 10 seconds.
If adjusting the zone setting did not correct the compass heading error, or if the zone is already properly set for your area, re-cali- brate the compass according to the instruc- tion. Refer to To re-calibrate the compass on page 5-52.
To re-calibrate the compass
Outside rearview mirrors
BK0302800US.book 52
Outside rearview mirrors
Features and controls 5-53
5
N00549101183
The outside rearview mirrors can be adjusted when the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON or ACC. Move the lever (A) to the same side as the mirror you wish to adjust.
Press the switch (B) to adjust the mirror posi- tion.
N00549201285
The outside mirror can be retracted toward the side window to prevent damage when parking in tight locations.
Push the mirror toward the back of the vehi- cle with your hand to retract it in. When extending the mirror, pull it out toward the front of the vehicle until it clicks to lock in place.
WARNING Do not attempt to adjust the outside rear-
view mirrors while driving. This can be dangerous. Be sure to adjust the mirrors before driv- ing.
Your passengers side mirror is convex. The objects you see in the mirror will look smaller and farther away than they appear in a regular flat mirror. Do not use this mirror to estimate the dis- tance of vehicles following you when changing lanes.
To adjust the mirror position
L- Left outside mirror adjustment R- Right outside mirror adjustment
1- Up 2- Down 3- Right 4- Left
Except for vehicles equipped with the mirror retractor switch
Vehicles equipped with the mirror retractor switch
NOTE After adjusting, return the lever to the
(OFF) position.
To retract the mirror
Except for vehicles equipped with the mirror retractor switch
BK0302800US.book 53
Outside rearview mirrors
5-54 Features and controls
5 With the operation mode of the power switch in ON or ACC, push the mirror retractor switch to retract the mirrors. Push it again to extend the mirrors to their original positions. After putting the operation mode of the power switch in OFF, it is possible to retract and extend the mirrors using the mirror retractor switch for approximately 30 sec- onds.
The mirrors automatically retract or extend when the doors and liftgate are locked or unlocked using the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T-key operation. Refer to Keyless entry system on page 5-19 or To operate using the F.A.S.T.-key on page 5-7.
For vehicles equipped with the mirror retractor switch
Retracting and extending the mir- rors using the mirror retractor switch
CAUTION It is possible to retract and extend the mirrors
by hand. After retracting a mirror using the mirror retractor switch, however, you should extend it by using the switch again, not by hand. If you extended the mirror by hand after retracting it using the switch, it would not properly lock in position. As a result, the mirror could move because of the wind or vibration while you are driving, and this may prevent the drivers rearward visibility.
NOTE Be careful not to get your hands trapped
while a mirror is moving. If you move a mirror by hand or it moves
after hitting a person or object, you may not be able to return it to its original position using the mirror retractor switch. If this hap- pens, push the mirror retractor switch to place the mirror in its retracted position and then push the switch again to return the mir- ror to its original position.
When freezing has occurred and mirrors fail to operate as intended, please refrain from repeated pushing of the retractor switch as this action can result in burn-out of the mir- ror motor circuits.
Retracting and extending the mir- rors without using the mirror retractor switch (automatic exten- sion function)
NOTE Functions can be modified as stated below.
Please consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to the separate owners manual for details. Automatically extend when the operation
mode of the power switch is put in ON with the drivers door closed, and automatically retract when the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF with the drivers door opened.
Automatically extend when the vehicle speed reaches approximately 19 mph (30 km/h).
Deactivate the automatic extension func- tion.
BK0302800US.book 54
Electrical parking switch
Features and controls 5-55
5
N00549301358
When the rear window defogger switch is pressed with the ready indicator illuminating, the outside rearview mirrors are defogged or defrosted. Current will flow through the heater element inside the mirrors, thus clear- ing away frost or condensation. The indicator light (A) will illuminate while the defogger is on. The heater will be turned off automatically in approximately 15 to 20 minutes depending on the ambient temperature.
N00586000030
To park the vehicle, bring it to a complete stop, firmly apply the parking brake, and then press the electrical parking switch to lock the wheels. The indicator on the switch will illu- minate in green and the select position indica- tor on the information screen will display P.
Heated outside rearview mirror NOTE The heated outside rearview mirror can be
set so that it can turn on automatically only once if the ambient temperature becomes low, when the operation mode is put in ON. For further information, please contact a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
Electrical parking switch
BK0302800US.book 55
Selector Lever (Joystick type)
5-56 Features and controls
5
If the vehicle is stationary and the drivers door is opened while the select position is not in the P (PARK) position, a buzzer will sound to remind you to press the electrical parking switch.
N00583600048
WARNING Never press the electrical parking switch
while the vehicle is in motion. Doing so while the vehicle is moving at low speed may also cause shifting to the P (PARK) position and stop the vehicle abruptly. This can damage the vehicle and/or could result in injury to occupants.
To avoid unintended actuation of the P (PARK) position switch, never place an object on the switch. Unintentional shifting to the P (PARK) position can lead to an accident.
CAUTION If a problem occurs with the electrical park-
ing switch system, a warning will be dis- played on the information screen in the multi-information display. If this warning is displayed, have your vehicle immediately inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Do not spill liquid, such as a beverage, on the electrical parking switch. This can cause the electrical parking switch to malfunction.
NOTE When shifting to or from the P (PARK)
position, you may hear an operation noise and/or feel vibration. This is normal.
If the electrical parking switch and the selec- tor lever are repeatedly operated in a short time period, shifting from or to the P (PARK) position will temporarily be restricted to protect the system. If this occurs, wait for a while and then oper- ate the electrical parking switch or the selec- tor lever again.
Electrical Parking switch reminder buzzer
Selector Lever (Joystick type)
BK0302800US.book 56
Selector Lever (Joystick type)
Features and controls 5-57
5
N00583700049
The selector lever always returns to its home () position when it is released. The position you select with the selector lever will be illuminated on the shift position panel shown in the illustration below.
Move the selector lever slowly and securely in the following method.
To select D (DRIVE) or R (REVERSE): Move the selector lever in the direction of the arrow.
To select N (NEUTRAL): Move the selector lever in the direction of the arrow and hold it for a while.
To select B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE): Move the selector lever in the direction of the arrow.
The B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) posi- tion can only be selected while the shift posi- tion is in D (DRIVE) position. When the selector lever is moved to the B position, the regenerative brake force will become stronger. When the selector lever is again moved to the B position, the maximum regenerative brake force will be used. To return to the D position, use the selector lever to select the D position.
Selector lever operation
Home position NOTE
If you move the selector lever to B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) position twice too quickly, the maximum regenerative brake force may not be used.
WARNING Do not replace the selector lever knob
with anything other than a Mitsubishi Motors Genuine part. In addition, do not hang, attach or place any object, pouch or bag around the selector lever. The selector lever may unintentionally move resulting in an accident.
Before moving the selector lever to the D (DRIVE) or R (REVERSE) posi- tion from the P (PARK) or N (NEU- TRAL) position, always depress the brake pedal firmly with your right foot and never depress the accelerator pedal. Fail- ure to follow this recommendation could result in abrupt, unintended vehicle move- ment and/or damage to vehicle compo- nents.
NOTE While the Adaptive Cruise Control system
(ACC) is operating, the level of the regenera- tive brake cannot be changed by shifting to the B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) posi- tion or operating the regenerative braking level selector.
When operating the selector lever, always make sure that the select position indicator on the multi-information display changes to the selected select position.
If the following operation is performed, a buzzer may sound and the select position may automatically be shifted to the N (NEUTRAL) position. If the Electrical parking switch is pressed
while the vehicle is in motion. If the selector lever is moved to the R
(REVERSE) position while the vehicle is moving forward.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 57
Selector Lever (Joystick type)
5-58 Features and controls
5
N00583800040
When the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON, the selected select posi- tion is shown on the multi-information dis- play.
N00583900054
This position locks the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving.
This position is used to back up.
This position should only be used when the vehicle is stationary for an extended length of time while driving, such as in a traffic jam.
If the selector lever is moved to the D (DRIVE) position while the vehicle is mov- ing backward.
If the selector lever is moved to the B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) position after shifted to the R position.
If the following operation is performed using the selector lever, a buzzer will sound and the selector lever operation will be canceled. While the select position is in the P posi-
tion, the selector lever is moved without depressing the brake pedal.
While the select position is in the P or N position, the selector lever is moved to the B position.
When the operation mode of the power switch is in ON and the ready indicator is not illuminated, the selector lever is moved to the D (DRIVE) or R (REVERSE) position.
If the selector lever is moved and held for approximately 10 seconds or longer, a buzzer will sound. The buzzer will stop when the selector lever is released.
If the driver’s door is opened while the vehi- cle is stationary with the shift position in any position other than P or the vehicle is mov- ing slowly and the ready indicator is illumi- nated, a warning buzzer will sound. The buzzer will stop sounding when the driver’s door is closed or the electrical parking switch is pressed to shift to the P position.
NOTE Select position display
NOTE When the B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE)
position is selected, the regenerative braking force level is also displayed.
Select positions
P PARK
WARNING Before leaving the vehicle, make sure that
the electrical parking switch has been pressed, P is displayed on the informa- tion display in the meter cluster and the parking brake is firmly applied to prevent the vehicle from rolling away.
R REVERSE
N NEUTRAL
WARNING Never move the selector lever to the N
(NEUTRAL) position while the vehicle is moving. The regenerative braking will be lost.
Always depress the brake pedal firmly with your right foot when shifting into or out of N (NEUTRAL) to avoid unin- tended vehicle movement.
BK0302800US.book 58
Selector Lever (Joystick type)
Features and controls 5-59
5
This position is for normal driving.
Use this position when strong regenerative braking is required, such as on a steep down- hill. Two regenerative brake force levels can be selected by operating the selector lever. Refer to Selector lever operation on page 5-57, Regenerative braking on page 3-4 and When driving down a long hill on page 6-5.
N00586100044
While the D (DRIVE) or B (REGENER- ATIVE BRAKE) position is selected, the regenerative braking force level can be changed by pulling one of the regenerative braking force paddle selectors toward you. One of six regenerative braking force levels, B0 (without regenerative braking), or B1 (weakest level) to B5 (strongest level), can be selected. When stronger regenerative braking is applied, more energy will be charged to the main drive lithium-ion battery. Refer to Regenerative braking on Page 3-4.
To decrease the regenerative braking force: Pull the + selector. The regenerative braking force will become weaker by one level with each operation.
To increase the regenerative braking force: Pull the selector. The regenerative braking force will become stronger by one level with each operation.
D DRIVE
B REGENERATIVE BRAKE
WARNING While driving on a slippery road, do not
use the B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) position. Abruptly releasing the accelera- tor pedal can apply strong regenerative braking causing the vehicle to skid which could result in an accident.
If a large regenerative braking force is applied by using the selector lever or the regenerative braking level selector, the stop lights will be automatically illumi- nated.
NOTE When the main drive lithium-ion battery
level is full or nearly full, or the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature is too high or too low, the regenerative braking force may temporarily be reduced or eliminated and stronger effort may be required to operate the brakes.
Regenerative braking force level selector (paddle type)
+
BK0302800US.book 59
Selector Lever (Joystick type)
5-60 Features and controls
5
To return to the normal regenerative brak- ing force level (B2), pull and hold the + selector for two seconds or more. When the regenerative braking force is returned to the default level (B2), D will be dis- played on the multi-information display.
N00586200029
When the regenerative braking force level selector is operated or the B (REGENERA- TIVE BRAKE) is selected, the selected regenerative braking force level will be shown on the multi-information display.
N00584000036
WARNING When a stronger regenerative braking
force level is selected and the vehicle is driven on a slippery road, if the accelera- tor pedal is abruptly released, strong regenerative braking force will be applied which could cause the vehicle to skid and result in an accident. Always select a suitable regenerative braking force level for the road condition.
NOTE The regenerative braking force level may not
change when the lateral regenerative braking force level selectors are operated at the same time.
Repeated continuous operation of the regen- erative braking force level selector will con- tinuously change the regenerative braking force levels.
If you turn on the SPORT mode, the regener- ative braking force level will automatically switch to B5. After the regenerative braking force level is switched, the regenerative braking level can be adjusted by the regener- ative braking level selector.
If you turn on the cruise control while a weaker braking force level (B0 or B1) is selected, the regenerative braking force level will automatically return to the normal level (B2). Also, while the cruise control is operat- ing, the regenerative braking force levels B0 and B1 cannot be selected. A buzzer will sound if you attempt to select these levels.
On vehicles equipped with the Adaptive Cruise Control system (ACC), and while the Adaptive Cruise Control system (ACC) is operating, the regenerative braking force level cannot be changed from the normal level (B2). If the regenerative braking force level selector is operated, a buzzer will sound.
NOTE Regenerative braking level display
Operation of the transaxle
CAUTION Before selecting a select position with the
Plug-in Hybrid EV system operating and the vehicle stationary, firmly depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from creeping. The vehicle will begin to move as soon as the transaxle is engaged, and the brakes should only be released when you are ready to drive away.
BK0302800US.book 60
S-AWC (Super-All Wheel Control) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-61
5
For short waiting periods, such as at traffic lights, the vehicle can be left in select posi- tion and held stationary with the service brake. For longer waiting periods with the Plug-in Hybrid EV system operating, put the select position in the N (NEUTRAL) position and apply the parking brake, while holding the vehicle stationary with the service brake. Prior to moving off after having stopped the vehicle, make sure that the select position is in D (DRIVE) position.
To park the vehicle, first bring it to a com- plete stop, firmly apply the parking brake, and then press the electrical parking switch. When leaving the vehicle unattended, always stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV system and bring the key.
N00541301075
S-AWC is an integrated vehicle dynamics control system that helps enhance driving performance, cornering performance, and vehicle stability over a wide range of driving conditions through integrated management of the twin motor 4WD, the Active Yaw Control (AYC), the Anti-lock braking system (ABS) and the Active stability control (ASC).
This system improves vehicle performance and fuel economy during acceleration and deceleration using motors provided at front and rear wheels, respectively, controlling and optimizing the distribution of a drive force between the front and rear wheels.
N00541501022
The AYC is a system, with a left-right differ- ential limiting function and yaw control func- tion, that controls the left-right driving/braking force by managing the brake.
Always depress the brake pedal with the right foot. Using the left foot could cause delayed driver reaction or driver confusion.
Operating the accelerator pedal while the other foot is resting on the brake pedal will affect braking efficiency and may cause pre- mature brake pad wear.
Waiting
CAUTION Never hold the vehicle stationary on a hill
with the accelerator. This could cause trans- axle failure. Always apply the parking brake and/or service brake to hold the vehicle.
CAUTION Parking
S-AWC (Super-All Wheel Control) (if so equipped)
CAUTION Do not over-rely on the S-AWC. Even the S-
AWC cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle. This sys- tem, like any other system, has limits and cannot help you to maintain traction and con- trol of the vehicle in all circumstances. Reck- less driving can lead to accidents. It is the drivers responsibility to drive carefully. This means taking into account the traffic, road and environmental conditions.
Twin Motor 4WD
Active Yaw Control (AYC)
BK0302800US.book 61
S-AWC (Super-All Wheel Control) (if so equipped)
5-62 Features and controls
5
The left-right differential limiting function is a function that enhances driving performance and vehicle stability by preventing idle spin- ning of a wheel when driving on slippery road or when the road surfaces of left and right wheels are different.
The yaw control function is a function that enhances vehicle cornering performance and vehicle stability with management of vehicle turning power (yaw moment) by controlling the braking force when the vehicle does not turn in response to steering input, such as when the steering wheel is turned quickly or when driving on slippery road.
N00598300027
Select the drive mode from the following three types to suit the driving conditions.
N00598400028
When the operation mode of the power switch is in ON, operate the drive mode switch (A) to change the S-AWC drive mode.
Left-right differential limiting function
Yaw control function
CAUTION Control of the braking force does not
enhance the stopping performance of the vehicle, therefore, pay careful attention to the safety of your surroundings when driv- ing.
S-AWC drive mode
Drive mode Function
NORMAL
This mode can be used on both dry and wet roads. The distribution of driving/brak- ing torque to each wheel is automatically controlled according to the driving con- dition.
SNOW
This mode is for driving on slippery road surfaces, such as snow-covered roads and improves stability on a slip- pery road.
LOCK
This mode is for driving where maximum traction is required. This mode is suit- able for driving on rough roads or driving in sand or fresh snow.
Drive mode switch
CAUTION Make sure that all four tires are the same
specified size, type, and brand, and have no significant difference in the amount of wear for all four wheels. Otherwise, the S-AWC system may not work properly, and a EV sys- tem warning (service required) may be dis- played.
BK0302800US.book 62
4-wheel drive operation
Features and controls 5-63
5
N00598500029
Example: SNOW mode is selected.
The currently selected drive mode is dis- played on the multi-information display. In addition, when the drive mode is changed, the selected mode appears on the interrupt display screen of the information screen in the multi-information display. The drive mode display will appear on the information screen for a few seconds, and then the original screen will return.
N00542501133
The S-AWC operation status can be displayed on the information screen in the multi-infor- mation display. To display the status, press the multi-informa- tion display switch to change the information screen. Refer to Information screen (With the opera- tion mode in ON) on page 5-145.
The S-AWC operation status is displayed.
N00530601267
Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement. But its unique 4 -wheel drive system allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads, to campgrounds, picnic sites, and similar locations. Not only does this ensure better handling on dry, paved roads but also permits better trac- tion when driving on slippery, wet or snow- covered roads and when moving out of mud. But it is not suitable for heavy off road use or towing in rough conditions.
NOTE Even if the S-AWC drive mode is selected,
after turning the operation mode of the power switch OFF and turning to ON again, the S-AWC drive mode is set to NOR- MAL.
The drive mode can be switched while driv- ing or stopped.
S-AWC drive mode display
S-AWC operation display
Display example
Yaw control function display The amount of the yaw moment is displayed as a bar graph. A,D- Clockwise yaw moment about the
vehicles center of gravity
B,C- Counterclockwise yaw moment about the vehicles center of gravity
Torque distribution function display The torque distribution between the front and rear wheels is displayed in section E of the meter as a bar graph. If the red line is on the front, the torque of the front motor will be high, and if it is behind it the torque of the rear motor will be high.
WARNING Always concentrate on your driving first.
Keep your eyes and mind on the road. Dis- tractions while driving can lead to an acci- dent.
4-wheel drive operation
BK0302800US.book 63
4-wheel drive operation
5-64 Features and controls
5
It is particularly important to note that 4- wheel drive may not give sufficient hill climbing ability and regenerative braking on steep slopes. You should try to avoid driving on steep slopes. Also, you must exercise caution when driving on sand and mud and when driving through water because sufficient traction may not be available in certain circumstances. Please avoid driving the vehicle through areas where the tires may get stuck in deep sand or mud.
Set the drive mode to SNOW in accordance with the road conditions, and then gradually depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth start.
WARNING Do not over-rely on the 4-wheel drive vehi-
cles. Even 4-wheel drive vehicles have lim- its to the system and ability to maintain control and traction. Reckless driving may lead to accidents. Always drive carefully, taking account of the road conditions.
Improperly operating this vehicle on or off-pavement can cause an accident or rollover in which you and your passengers could be seriously injured or killed. Follow all instructions and guidelines in
the owners manual. Keep your speed low and do not drive
faster than conditions.
NOTE Driving on rough roads can be hard on a
vehicle. Before you leave the pavement, be sure all scheduled maintenance and service has been done, and that you have inspected your vehicle. Pay special attention to the condition of the tires, and check the tire pres- sures.
Mitsubishi Motors is not responsible to the operator for any damage or injury caused or liability incurred by improper and negligent operation of a vehicle. All techniques of vehicle operation depend on the skill and experience of the operator and other partici- pating parties. Any deviation from the rec- ommended operating instructions above is at their own risk.
Note that the stopping distance required of the 4-wheel drive vehicle differs very little from that of the front-wheel drive vehicle. When driving on a snow-covered road or a slippery, muddy surface, make sure that you keep a sufficient distance between your vehi- cle and the one ahead of you.
The driving posture should be more upright; adjust the seat to a good position for easy steering and pedal operation. Be sure to wear the seat belt.
After driving on rough roads, check each part of the vehicle and wash it thoroughly with water. Refer to the Inspection and maintenance following rough road opera- tion section and Vehicle care and Mainte- nance sections.
When moving out of mud, sand or fresh snow, pressing the accelerator pedal may not allow the power drive unit output to increase. In such situations, switching to LOCK with the drive mode switch and temporarily turning off the Active stability control (ASC) with the ASC OFF switch. Refer to Operation under adverse driving conditions: If your vehicle becomes stuck in sand, mud or snow page 8-19.
On snowy or icy roads
CAUTION Avoid sudden braking, sudden acceleration
and sharp turning. Skidding occurs and con- trol of the vehicle could be lost.
NOTE The use of snow tires is recommended. Maintain a safe distance between vehicles,
avoid sudden braking, and use regenerative braking.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 64
Inspection and maintenance following rough road operation
Features and controls 5-65
5
Set the drive mode to LOCK and then grad- ually depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth start. Keep the pressure on the accel- erator pedal as constant as possible, and drive at low speed.
Your vehicle may not provide sufficient hill climbing ability and regenerative braking on steep slope. Avoid driving on steep slopes even though the vehicle is an 4-wheel drive vehicle.
N00530701109
After operating the vehicle in rough road con- ditions, be sure to perform the following inspection and maintenance procedures:
Check that the vehicle has not been dam- aged by rocks, gravel, etc.
Carefully wash the vehicle with water.
Drive the vehicle slowly while lightly depressing the brake pedal in order to dry out the brakes. If the brakes still do not function properly, contact a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer as soon as possible to have the brakes checked.
Remove the insects, dried grass, etc. clog- ging the radiator core.
Check the inside of the vehicle. If water entry is found, dry the carpet etc.
Inspect the headlights. If water is in the headlight housing, have it drained at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00530801243
Since the driving torque can be applied to the four wheels, the driving performance of the vehicle when operating in 4-wheel drive is greatly affected by the condition of the tires.
Pay close attention to the tires.
Install only the specified tires on all wheels. Refer to Tires and wheels on page 11-8.
Be sure all four tires and wheels are the same size and type. When it is necessary to replace any of the tires or wheels, replace all four.
All tires should be rotated before the wear difference between the front and rear tires is recognizable.
Good vehicle performance cannot be expected if there is a difference in wear between tires. Refer to Tire rotation on page 9-19.
Check the tire inflation pressure regularly.
Driving on sandy or rough roads
Climbing/descending sharp grades
Inspection and maintenance following rough road opera- tion
Cautions on the handling of 4-wheel drive vehicles
Tires and wheels
CAUTION Always use tires of the same size, type, and
brand that have no wear differences. Using tires of different size, type, brands or degree of wear, will increase the differential oil tem- perature and result in possible damage to the driving system. Further, the drive train will be subject to excessive loading, possibly leading to oil leakage, component seizure, or other serious failures.
BK0302800US.book 65
EV switch
5-66 Features and controls
5
N00591900066
To drive the vehicle without starting the engine as much as possible, the EV priority mode can be used. This mode helps drive the vehicle at a place needed for concern of noises and exhaust gas emissions, such as residential areas etc. To switch to the EV priority mode, press the EV switch with operation mode of the power switch in ON. If the EV switch is pressed, you can drive the vehicle by using only the EV drive mode as much as possible, even if the accelerator pedal is roughly depressed. To cancel the EV priority mode, press the EV switch again.
When the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF, the EV priority mode will be canceled.
When switching to the EV priority mode, a screen showing the EV priority mode is dis- played on the information screen in the multi- information display.
Towing
CAUTION Do not tow 4-wheel drive vehicles with the
front or rear wheels on the ground (Type A or Type B) as illustrated. This could result in damage to the drivetrain, or unstable towing. If you tow 4-wheel drive vehicles, use Type C or Type D equipment.
Jacking up a 4-wheel drive vehicle
WARNING While jacking up the vehicle;
Do not turn on the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
Do not turn the jacked-up wheel. The tire on the ground may turn and the vehicle may roll off the jack.
Do not touch the high voltage area. Doing so can result in electrocution and serious injury or death.
EV switch
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 66
EV switch
Features and controls 5-67
5
The EV priority mode indication on the upper left of the screen also indicates the engine operating state. When the engine is not run- ning, it is displayed in blue, and when the engine is running, it is displayed in gray.
1: Engine is not running (blue) 2: Engine is running (gray)
NOTE While driving the vehicle in EV priority
mode, if the engine automatically starts while the vehicle is accelerating, the vehicle may accelerate more quickly.
In the following conditions, the EV priority mode cannot be used even if the EV switch is pressed, a buzzer will sound and the message will appear in the multi-information display. When the remaining power in the main
drive lithium-ion battery is low. Charge the main drive lithium-ion battery.
When the cruise control or the Adaptive Cruise Control system (ACC) is operating.
If you want to use the EV priority mode, cancel the cruise control or the ACC.
When the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature is too cold.
When using the EV priority mode is limited to protect the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
While the following message is displayed in the multi-information display, the EV prior- ity mode cannot be used even if the EV switch is pressed, a buzzer will sound.
In any of the situations listed below, the EV priority mode will be automatically canceled and the message will appear in the multi- information display. When the remaining power in the main
drive lithium-ion battery becomes low. Charge the main drive lithium-ion battery.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 67
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch
5-68 Features and controls
5
N00597900026
The battery save mode or the battery charge mode can be used by pressing the
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch while the operation mode of the power switch is in ON. If the SAVE/CHARGE mode switch is pressed, you can change the mode in the order of SAVE, CHARGE, OFF, SAVE.
When the vehicle speed of the cruise con- trol or the ACC is set.
If you want to use the EV priority mode, cancel the cruise control or the ACC.
When the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature becomes cold.
When the protecting device of the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operated.
When the SAVE/CHARGE mode switch or the SPORT mode switch is pressed on while driving in the EV priority mode, the mode changes to the selected mode. If the EV switch is pressed, the mode is returned to the EV priority mode. However, the mode may not return to the EV priority mode depending on the remaining power in the main drive lithium-ion battery.
NOTE In any of the situations listed below, the EV
priority mode continues even if the engine is automatically started. When the accelerator pedal is fully
depressed. When the vehicle speed is over 80 mph
(130 km/h). When the defogger switch is pressed.
If the ambient temperature is low, the engine may start for heating when the Plug-in Hybrid EV system is started with air condi- tioner performed. If you want to stop the engine running, select the EV priority mode with the operation mode of the power switch in ON before start- ing the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
In the EV priority mode, the accelerator pedal response may be negative even if the accelerator pedal is depressed or released.
The motor output in the EV priority mode may decrease due to the deteriorated main drive lithium-ion battery or the ambient tem- perature falls. In such a case, start the engine by canceling the EV priority mode to secure the motor output.
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 68
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch
Features and controls 5-69
5
N00598000024
To save the remaining power in the main drive lithium-ion battery while driving, the battery save mode can be used. This mode helps preserve the electrical power in the main drive lithium-ion battery for later use, such as in a residential area, or to use at your destination. The battery save mode can also be used to reduce electric power consumption from the main drive lithium-ion battery dur- ing high-speed driving. When the battery save mode is activated, the engine will start in order to preserve the remaining power of the main drive lithium- ion battery and the vehicle will operate in the series hybrid mode or the parallel hybrid mode depending on the remaining power in the main drive lithium-ion battery. To cancel battery save mode, press the SAVE/CHARGE mode switch twice. When the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF, the battery save mode will be canceled.
If the battery save mode is activated, the fol- lowing image is displayed on the information screen in the multi-information display.
N00598100025
To charge the main drive lithium-ion battery while driving, the battery charge mode can be
Battery save mode
NOTE The engine may stop when the vehicle stops
or is running. Even if the battery save mode is selected, the
engine may not start depending on the condi- tion of the remaining main drive lithium-ion battery capacity or the Plug-in Hybrid EV system control.
In the following conditions, the battery save mode cannot be used even if the battery save mode is selected, a buzzer will sound and the message will appear in the multi-information display. When the engine coolant temperature is
high. When the remaining fuel quantity is low.
In any of the situations listed below, the bat- tery save mode will be automatically can- celed and the message will appear in the multi-information display. When the engine coolant temperature
becomes high. When the remaining fuel quantity becomes
low.
When one of the following switches is pressed while driving in the battery save mode, the mode changes to the selected mode. SAVE/CHARGE mode switch EV switch SPORT mode switch Refer to Battery charge mode on page 5-69, EV switch on page 5-66 or SPORT mode switch on page 5-71. If the SAVE/CHARGE mode switch is pressed once, the mode is returned to the bat- tery save mode.
Battery charge mode
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 69
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch
5-70 Features and controls
5
used. It is recommended to use this mode before driving up long hills or mountain roads. When the battery charge mode is activated, the engine will start to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery to nearly full. To cancel the battery charge mode, press the SAVE/CHARGE mode switch once. When the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF, the battery charge mode will be canceled.
If the battery charge mode is activated, the following image is displayed on the informa- tion screen in the multi-information display.
WARNING Before leaving the vehicle, be sure that the
operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF. Refer to Parking on page 6-6.
The engine can start at any time when the battery charge mode is activated.
Never use the battery charge mode in a closed or poorly ventilated area, such as in a garage, or an area surrounded by snow banks. Carbon monoxide gas, which is odorless and extremely poison- ous, could build up and cause serious injury or death.
Use the battery charge mode only in a well-ventilated and open area.
Never use the battery charge mode where combustible materials such as dry grass or leaves can come in contact with a hot exhaust, since a fire could occur.
CAUTION While the battery charge mode is activated,
do not cover the front of the vehicle with anything including a car cover. Doing so could cause the engine to overheat.
NOTE Even if the battery charge mode is selected,
the engine may not start depending on the condition of the remaining main drive lith- ium-ion battery capacity or the Plug-in Hybrid EV system control.
In the following conditions, the battery charge mode cannot be used even if the bat- tery charge mode is selected, a buzzer will sound and the message will appear in the multi-information display.
WARNING When the engine coolant temperature is
high. When the remaining fuel quantity is low.
In any of the situations listed below, the bat- tery charge mode will be automatically can- celed and the message will appear in the multi-information display. When the engine coolant temperature
becomes high. When the remaining fuel quantity becomes
low.
When driving a continuous uphill road with 4 % gradient or more at a speed of 62 mph (100 km/h) or higher, it is recommended to activate the battery charge mode at least 20 minutes before reaching the uphill road. Depending on the road and/or vehicle condi- tion, it may not be possible to maintain a high speed.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 70
SPORT mode switch
Features and controls 5-71
5
N00598200026
To drive powerfuly and sporty on mountain roads and uphill slope, the SPORT mode can be used. Quick acceleration in response to operation of the accelerator pedal and quick deceleration by strong regenerative braking force are pos- sible. To switch to the SPORT mode, press the SPORT mode switch while the READY indi- cator is on. To cancel the sport mode, press the switch again. When the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF, the SPORT mode will be canceled.
If the SPORT mode is activated, the follow- ing display appears on the information screen in the multi-information display.At high ambient temperatures, even if the
battery charge mode is activated for a pro- longed time, the main drive lithium-ion bat- tery may not charge.
The charging time close to full charge of the main drive lithium-ion battery becomes lon- ger depending on the condition of the main drive lithium-ion battery, a driving condition or a environment.
The engine may stop near full charge. Using battery charge mode will increase fuel
consumption. Laws in some communities may prohibit
leaving the engine running while the vehicle is stationary. Before using the battery charge mode while the vehicle is stationary, check local regulations.
Check the remaining fuel level while the bat- tery charge mode is activated, since the fuel will be consumed.
When the EV switch or the SPORT mode switch is pressed while driving in the battery charge mode, the mode changes to the selected mode. Refer to EV switch on page 5-66 or SPORT mode switch on page 5-71. If the SAVE/CHARGE mode switch is pressed twice, the mode is returned to the battery charge mode.
NOTE SPORT mode switch
WARNING If a large regenerative braking force is
applied, the stop lights will be automati- cally illuminated.
NOTE When SPORT mode is selected, the engine
will starts frequently, even if there is a large amount of remaining power in the main drive lithium-ion battery. Also, since the response to the operation of the accelerator pedal will improve, you may feel a shock if you depress the accelerator pedal as usual.
When the SPORT mode is selected, the regenerative braking force level automati- cally switches to B5. After switching, you can change to your desired regenerative braking force level with the regenerative braking force level selector. Refer to Regenerative braking level selector (paddle type) on page 5-59.
BK0302800US.book 71
Acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS)
5-72 Features and controls
5
N00571901041
While driving at low speeds, such as in park- ing lots, the acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS) alerts people who may not hear your vehicle approaching. The system sounds when the vehicle speed is approximately 22 mph (35 km/h) or less. The system will not operate under the follow- ing conditions:
When the vehicle speed is approximately 22 mph (35 km/h) or more.
When the select position is in the P (PARK) position.
When the engine is running.
When you select the SPORT mode in the fol- lowing situations, the large regenerative braking force may temporarily be reduced or eliminated. When the main drive lithium-ion battery
temperature is high or low. When the main drive lithium-ion battery
level is full or nearly full. If you turn on the cruise control or the Adap-
tive Cruise Control System (ACC) while driving in the SPORT mode, the regenerative braking force level will be D (B2). When the SPORT mode is returned by can- celing the cruise control or the ACC, the regenerative braking force level returns to B5.
When the remaining fuel level is low, the SPORT mode cannot be used even if the SPORT mode switch is pressed.
If you want to use the SPORT mode, refuel the vehicle.
NOTE While the following message is displayed in
the multi-information display, the SPORT mode cannot be used even if the SPORT mode switch is pressed, a buzzer will sound.
When the remaining fuel level becomes low, the SPORT mode will be automatically can- celed and the message will appear in the multi-information display.
If you want to use the SPORT mode, refuel the vehicle.
When the following switch is turned on while driving in the SPORT mode, the mode changes to the selected mode. EV switch SAVE/CHARGE mode switch Drive mode switch ECO mode switch
NOTE Acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS)
WARNING Always pay special attention to pedestri-
ans. Even if the acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS) sounds, pedestrians may not notice your vehicle.
BK0302800US.book 72
Service brake
Features and controls 5-73
5
Under normal conditions, the indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates when the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON and goes off a few seconds later. Always confirm the indicator light goes off before driving.
N00517501315
Overuse of the brake can cause weakening, resulting in poor brake response and prema- ture wear of the brake pads. When driving down a long or steep hill, use regenerative braking.
N00517601459
Your vehicle is equipped with power brakes for more braking force with less brake pedal effort. Your brakes are designed to operate at full capacity, even if the power assist is not being used. If the power assist is not being used, the effort needed to press the brake pedal is greater. If you should lose the power assist for some reason, the brakes will still work. If the power brake unit or either of the two brake hydraulic systems stops working prop- erly, the rest of the brake system will still work, but the vehicle will not slow down as quickly. You will know this has happened if you find you need to press the brake down farther, or harder when slowing down or stopping, or if the brake warning light and the warning dis- play in the multi-information display come on.
NOTE If the indicator light blinks, the operation
mode of the power switch is put in OFF, and the operation mode is put in ON once again. It is not a malfunction if the indicator light goes off. If the indicator light blinks again, however, have the vehicle inspected at a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possi- ble.
Service brake
Brake pedal
WARNING Do not leave any objects near the brake
pedal or let a floor mat slide under it; doing so could prevent the full pedal stroke that would be necessary in an emergency. Make sure that the pedal can be operated freely at all times. Make sure the floor mat is securely held in place.
CAUTION It is important not to drive the vehicle with
your foot resting on the brake pedal when braking is not required. This practice can result in very high brake temperatures, pre- mature lining wear, and possible damage to the brakes.
Power brakes
BK0302800US.book 73
Brake auto hold
5-74 Features and controls
5
N00550701134
The disc brakes have an alarm that makes a metallic squeal when the brake pads have worn down enough to need service. If you hear this sound, have the brake pads replaced at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00592000107
When the vehicle is stopped at traffic lights etc., the vehicle can be held stationary with the brake auto hold system even if you release your foot from the brake pedal. When the accelerator pedal is depressed, the brakes are released.
WARNING Never coast downhill with the operation
mode of the power switch in OFF. Make sure that the ready indicator is illumi- nated whenever your vehicle is in motion. If you put the operation mode in OFF while driving, the power brake booster will stop working and your brakes will not work as well.
If the power assist is lost or if either brake hydraulic system stops working properly, take your vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer immediately.
NOTE At times, you may hear the brake electric
vacuum pump for the power brakes operat- ing when the ready indicator illuminates or the brake pedal is depressed. This sound is normal and does not indicate a problem.
Brake pad wear alarm
WARNING Driving with worn brake pads will make it
harder to stop, and can cause an accident.
Brake auto hold
WARNING Do not overly rely on the brake auto hold
system. On steep slope, depress the brake pedal firmly because the system may not hold the vehicle stationary.
Never leave the vehicle while it is being stopped by the brake auto hold system. When leaving the vehicle, apply the park- ing brake and shift the select position to the P (PARK) position.
Do not use brake auto hold system when driving on slippery roads. The system may not hold the vehicle stationary and could result in an accident.
NOTE While operating the brake auto hold system,
you may hear an operation noise to increase braking force when the system detected the movement of the vehicle. This does not indi- cate a malfunction.
BK0302800US.book 74
Brake auto hold
Features and controls 5-75
5 If the brake auto hold switch is pressed while all of the following conditions are met, the system will change to the standby state and the indicator light (A) on the switch comes on.
The operation mode of the power switch is in ON.
The drivers seat belt is fastened. The drivers door is closed.
How to use brake auto hold
To turn on brake auto hold
NOTE When the brake auto hold system cannot be
used, a buzzer will sound and the following warning will appear on the information screen in the multi-information display.
If this warning appears, confirm that all of the conditions for system operation are met and that there is no malfunction in the sys- tem.
If this warning appears, fasten the drivers seat belt.
If any of the following occur while the sys- tem is standby state, the brake auto hold sys- tem will be turned off automatically and the indicator light on the switch goes off. A buzzer will sound and the message will appear on the information screen in the multi-information display. When the drivers seat belt is unfastened. When the drivers door is opened. When there is a malfunction in the system
NOTE If keeping pressing the brake auto hold
switch after setting the brake auto hold to ON (stand by), the brake auto hold will return to OFF as a protection function is operated. After returning to OFF, the brake auto hold will not be switched to ON (Stand by) even if the brake auto hold switch is pressed. To set the brake auto hold to ON, restart the Plug-in Hybrid EV system and press the brake auto hold switch again.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 75
Brake auto hold
5-76 Features and controls
5
When the vehicle is stopped by depressing the brake pedal with the select position in any position other than P (PARK) or R (REVERSE), the brake auto hold activates and the vehicle will be held stationary. The brake auto hold indicator light in the instrument cluster will come on while the system activates.
Depress the acceleration pedal with the select position in any position other than P (PARK) or N (NEUTRAL). The brakes are released, and the brake auto hold indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off.
To activate brake auto hold
CAUTION Release the brake pedal only after the brake
auto hold indicator light has illuminated.
NOTE In the following situations, the brake auto
hold system may not operate temporarily. The vehicle is stopped on a slippery road.
or
The vehicle was stopped while the steering wheel was turned all the way to the left or right.
The vehicle is being turned on a parking lot turntable.
If this occurs, the brake auto hold system will return to the normal operation if you depress the accelerator pedal and the vehicle starts moving again.
If the following operation is performed, the brake auto hold will be deactivated and the brake auto hold indicator light in the instru- ment cluster goes off. When shifting the select position to the P
(PARK) or R (REVERSE) position with depressing the brake pedal.
When the Electric parking brake is applied by using the Electric parking brake switch.
While the vehicle is held stationary with the brake auto hold system, the Electric parking brake will be automatically applied under the following conditions, and a buzzer will sound and the message will appear on the information screen in the multi-information display. After approximately 10 minutes has elapsed
with applying the brake auto hold system. When the drivers seat belt is unfastened. When the drivers door is opened. When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in OFF.
NOTE When the system detects the vehicle sliding
down a slope.
If the Electric parking brake cannot be applied automatically due to the system mal- function, the message will appear on the information screen in the multi-information display. Depress the brake pedal.
To start the vehicle
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 76
Hill start assist
Features and controls 5-77
5
Press the brake auto hold switch to turn off the brake auto hold. The indicator light on the switch goes off. If you want to turn off the system while the brake auto hold indicator light is illuminated, press the switch with depressing the brake pedal.
N00562601101
The hill start assist makes it easy to start off on a steep uphill slope by preventing the vehicle from moving backwards. It keeps the braking force for approximately 2 second when you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal.
N00562701102
1. Stop the vehicle completely using the brake pedal.
2. Release the brake pedal and the hill start assist will maintain the braking force applied while stopped for approximately 2 seconds.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal and the hill start assist will gradually decrease the braking force as the vehicle starts moving.
N00562801116
If an abnormal condition occurs in the sys- tem, the following display/indicator will turn on.
To turn off brake auto hold
NOTE If the brake auto hold system is turned off
without the brake pedal being depressed, a buzzer will sound and the message will appear on the information screen in the multi-information display.
Hill start assist
CAUTION Do not overly rely on the hill start assist to
prevent backwards movement of the vehicle. Under certain circumstances, even when hill start assist is activated, the vehicle may move backwards if the brake pedal is not suf- ficiently depressed, if the vehicle is heavily loaded, or if the road is very steep or slip- pery.
The hill start assist is not designed to keep the vehicle stopped in place on uphill slopes for more than 2 seconds.
When facing uphill, do not rely on using the hill start assist to maintain a stopped position as an alternative to depressing the brake pedal. Doing so could cause an accident.
Do not put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF or ACC while the hill start assist is operating. The hill start assist could stop operating, which could result in an acci- dent.
To operate
NOTE The hill start assist is activated when all of
the following conditions are met. The Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operat-
ing. (The hill start assist will not be activated while the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is starting or immediately after the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is started.)
The select position is in any position other than P (PARK) or N (NEUTRAL).
The vehicle is completely stationary, with the brake pedal depressed.
The parking brake is released. The hill start assist will not operate if the
accelerator pedal is depressed before the brake pedal is released.
The hill start assist also operates when reversing on an uphill slope.
Warning display
BK0302800US.book 77
Brake assist system
5-78 Features and controls
5
Warning display
N00567301129
The brake assist system is a device assisting drivers who cannot depress the brake pedal firmly such as in emergency stop situations and provides greater braking force.
If the brake pedal is depressed suddenly, the brakes will be applied with more force than usual.
N00517901348
The anti-lock braking system (ABS) helps prevent the wheels from locking up when braking. This helps maintain vehicle drivabil- ity and steering wheel handling.
When using the ABS (sudden braking), steering is slightly different from normal driving conditions. Use the steering wheel carefully.
Always keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. Even if your vehi- cle is equipped with the ABS, leave a greater braking distance when: Driving on gravel or snow-covered
roads.
— ASC indicator
CAUTION If the warning is displayed, the hill start
assist will not operate. Start off carefully. Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System. Restart the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and check whether the indicator/display goes out, in which case the hill start assist is again working normally. If they remain displayed or reappear fre- quently, it is not necessary to stop the vehicle immediately, but the vehicle should be inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
Brake assist system
CAUTION The brake assist system is not a device
designed to exercise braking force greater than its capacity. Make sure to always keep a sufficient distance between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you without relying too much on the brake assist system.
NOTE Once the brake assist system is operational,
it maintains great braking force even if the brake pedal is lightly released. To stop its operation, completely remove your foot from the brake pedal.
The brake assist system may become opera- tional when the brake pedal is fully depressed even if it has not been depressed suddenly.
When the brake assist system is in use while driving, you may feel as if the depressed brake pedal is soft, the pedal moves in small motions in conjunction with the operation noise, or the vehicle body and the steering wheel vibrate. This occurs when the brake assist system is operating normally and does not indicate faulty operation. Continue to depress the brake pedal.
You may hear an operation noise when the brake pedal is suddenly or fully depressed while stationary. This does not indicate a malfunction and the brake assist system is operating normally.
When the anti-lock brake system warning light or only active stability control warning light illuminate, the brake assist system in not functioning.
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
Driving hints
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 78
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
Features and controls 5-79
5
Driving on uneven road surfaces. Operation of ABS is not restricted to situ-
ations where brakes are applied suddenly. This system may also prevent the wheels from locking when you drive over man- holes, steel roadwork plates, road mark- ings, or any uneven road surface.
When the ABS is in use, you may feel the brake pedal vibrating and hear a unique sound. You may also feel as if the pedal resists being pressed. In this situation, simply hold the brake pedal down firmly. Do not pump the brake, which will result in reduced braking performance. N00531601714
Warning light
Warning display
If there is a malfunction in the system, the ABS warning light will come on and the warning display will appear on the informa- tion screen in the multi-information display. Under normal conditions, the ABS warning light only comes on when the operation mode
of the power switch is put in ON and goes off a few seconds later.
N00531701728
Avoid hard braking and high-speed driv- ing. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. Test the system by restarting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system and driving at a speed of approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) or higher.
CAUTION The ABS cannot prevent accidents. It is your
responsibility to take safety precautions and to drive carefully.
To prevent failure of the ABS, be sure all 4 wheels and tires are the same size and the same type.
Do not install any aftermarket limited slip differential (LSD) on your vehicle. The ABS may stop functioning properly.
NOTE A whining sound is emitted from the engine
compartment when driving immediately after starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system. These are the normal sounds the ABS makes when performing a self-check. It does not indicate a malfunction.
The ABS can be used after the vehicle has reached a speed over approximately 6 mph (10 km/h). It stops working when the vehicle slows below 3 mph (5 km/h).
ABS warning light / display
CAUTION Any of the following indicates that the ABS
is not functioning and only the standard brake system is working. (The standard brake system is functioning normally.) If this happens, take your vehicle to a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer. When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in ON, the warning light does not come on or it remains on and does not go off
The warning light comes on while driving The warning display appears while driving
If the warning light / display illuminate while driving
If only the ABS warning light / dis- play illuminate
BK0302800US.book 79
Electric power steering system (EPS)
5-80 Features and controls
5
If the warning light / display then remains off during driving, there is no abnormal condition. However, if the warning light / display do not disappear, or if they come on again when the vehicle is driven, have the vehi- cle checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
Warning light
Warning display
The ABS and brake force distribution func- tion may not work, so hard braking could make the vehicle unstable. Avoid hard braking and high-speed driving. Stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00529201120
After driving on snow or icy roads, remove any snow and ice which may have be left around the wheels. On vehicles that have an ABS, be careful not to damage the wheel speed sensors (A) or the cables located at each wheel.
N00568401130
The power steering system operates while the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operating. It helps reduce the effort needed to turn the steering wheel. The power steering system has mechanical steering capability in case the power assist is lost. If the power assist is lost for some rea-
If the ABS warning light / display and brake warning light / display illuminate at the same time
NOTE The ABS warning light and brake warning
light illuminate at the same time and the warning displays appear alternately on the information screen in the multi-information display.
After driving on icy roads
Electric power steering sys- tem (EPS)
Front Rear
BK0302800US.book 80
Active stability control (ASC)
Features and controls 5-81
5
son, you will still be able to steer your vehi- cle, but you will notice it takes much more effort to steer. If this happens, have your vehi- cle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If there is a malfunction in the system, the warning display will appear on the informa- tion screen in the multi-information display.
N00559101186
The Active stability control (ASC) takes overall control of the anti-lock braking sys- tem (ABS), traction control function and skid control function to help maintain the vehicles control and traction. Please read this section in conjunction with the page on the ABS, traction control function and skid control function.
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) P.5-78 Traction control function P.5-82 Skid control function P.5-82
WARNING Do not stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System
while the vehicle is moving. Stopping the Plug-in Hybrid EV System would make the steering wheel extremely hard to turn, possibly resulting in an accident.
NOTE During repeated full-lock turning of the
steering wheel (for example, while you are manoeuvring the vehicle into a parking space), a protection function may be acti- vated to prevent overheating of the power steering system. This function will make the steering wheel gradually harder to turn. In this event, limit your turning of the steering wheel for a while. When the system has cooled down, the steering effort will return to normal.
If you turn the steering wheel while the vehi- cle is stationary with the headlights on, the headlights may become dim. This behavior is not abnormal. The headlights will return to their original brightness after a short while.
Electric power steering system warning display
CAUTION If the warning display appears while the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operating, have the vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubi- shi EV dealer as soon as possible. It may become harder to turn the steering wheel.
Active stability control (ASC)
CAUTION Do not over-rely on the ASC. Even the ASC
cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle. This system, like any other system, has limits and cannot help you to maintain traction and control of the vehicle in all circumstances. Reckless driv- ing can lead to accidents. It is the drivers responsibillty to drive carefully, This means taking into account the traffic, road and envi- ronmental conditions.
Be sure to use the same specified type and size of tire on all four wheels. Otherwise, the ASC may not work properly.
Do not install any aftermarket limited slip differential (LSD) on your vehicle. The ASC may stop functioning properly.
NOTE An operation noise may be emitted from the
engine compartment in the following situa- tions. The sound is associated with checking the operations of the ASC. At this time, you may feel a shock from the brake pedal if you depress it. These do not indicate a malfunc- tion. When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in ON.
BK0302800US.book 81
Active stability control (ASC)
5-82 Features and controls
5
N00559200021
On slippery surfaces, the traction control function prevents the drive wheels from spin- ning excessive, thus helping the vehicle to start moving from a stopped condition. It also provides sufficient driving force and steering performance as the vehicle turns while press- ing the acceleration pedal.
N00559301061
The skid control function is designed to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle on
slippery roads or during rapid steering maneuvers. It works by controlling the power drive unit output and the brake on each wheel.
N00559401349
The ASC is automatically activated when the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON. You can deactivate the system by press- ing down the ASC OFF switch for 3 seconds or longer. When the ASC is deactivated, the indica- tor will turn on. To reactivate the ASC, momentarily press the ASC OFF switch; the
indicator is turned off.
When the vehicle is driven for a while after starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
When the ASC is activated, you may feel a vibration in the vehicle body or hear a whin- ing sound from the engine compartment. This indicates that the system is operating normally. It does not indicate a malfunction.
When the ABS warning light is illuminated, the ASC is not active.
Traction control function
CAUTION When driving a vehicle on a snowy or icy
road, be sure to install snow tires and drive the vehicle at moderate speeds.
Skid control function
NOTE
NOTE The skid control function operates at speeds
of approximately 9 mph (15 km/h) or higher.
ASC OFF switch
CAUTION For safety reasons, the ASC OFF switch
should be operated when your vehicle is stopped.
Be sure to keep the ASC on while driving in normal circumstances.
BK0302800US.book 82
Active stability control (ASC)
Features and controls 5-83
5
N00559501236
Never deactivate the ASC unless necessary to move out of mud, sand or fresh snow. Reactivate the ASC immediately when done.
If you depress the accelerator pedal exces- sively while the ASC is deactivated, the vehicle may suddenly lurch forward/back- ward causing injury to nearby people, dam- age to nearby objects, or the wheels may spin excessively causing damage to the vehicle.
NOTE Using the ASC OFF switch turns off both the
stability control function and the traction control function.
When moving out of mud, sand or fresh snow, pressing the accelerator pedal may not allow the power drive unit output to increase. In such situations, switching to LOCK with the drive mode switch and temporarily turning off ASC with the ASC OFF switch will make it easier to move out your vehicle. Refer to Operation under adverse driving conditions: If your vehicle becomes stuck in sand, mud or snow page 8-19.
If you continue to press the ASC OFF switch after the ASC is turned off, the mistaken operation protection function will activate and the ASC will turn back on.
CAUTION ASC operation display or ASC OFF indicator
— ASC operation display/ASC indicator The display/indicator will blink when the ASC is operating.
— ASC OFF indicator This indicator will turn on when the ASC is turned off with the ASC OFF switch.
CAUTION When display/indicator blinks, ASC is
operating, which means that the road is slip- pery or that your vehicles wheels are begin- ning to slip. If this happens, drive slower.
If the temperature in the braking system con- tinues to increase due to continuous brake
control on a slippery road surface, the indicator will blink. To prevent the brake system from overheat- ing, the brake control of the traction control function will be temporarily suspended. The power drive unit output control of the traction control function and normal brake operation will not be affected. Park your vehicle in a safe place. When the temperature in the braking system has come
down, the indicator will be turned off and the traction control function will start operat- ing again.
NOTE The indicator may come on when you
start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. This means that the 12 V starter battery voltage momentarily dropped when the Plug-in Hybrid EV System was started. It does not indicate a malfunction, provided that the dis- play goes out immediately.
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 83
Cruise control (if so equipped)
5-84 Features and controls
5
N00546601132
If an abnormal condition occurs in the sys- tem, the following display/indicator will turn on.
Warning display
N00518301697
Cruise control is an automatic speed control system that keeps a set speed. It can be acti- vated at speeds from approximately 25 mph (40 km/h). Cruise control does not work at speeds below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
ASC warning display
— ASC indicator
— ASC OFF indicator
CAUTION The system may be malfunctioning.
Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. Restart the Plug- in Hybrid EV System and check whether the display/indicator goes out. If they go out, there is no abnormal condition. If they do not go out or if they turn on frequently, it is not necessary to stop the vehicle immediately, but you should have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
Cruise control (if so equipped)
CAUTION When you do not wish to drive at a set speed,
turn off the cruise control for safety. Do not use cruise control when driving con-
ditions will not allow you to stay at the same speed, such as in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding, icy, snow-covered, wet, slippery, on a steep downhill slope.
NOTE Cruise control may not be able to keep your
speed on uphills or downhills. Your speed may decrease on a steep uphill.
You may use the accelerator pedal if you want to stay at your set speed.
Your speed may increase to more than the set speed on a steep downhill. You have to use the brake to control your speed. As a result, the set speed driving is deactivated.
The regenerative braking level B0 or B1 can- not be selected under the cruise control. The buzzer sounds if you try to select these levels.
Cruise control switches
A- CRUISE CONTROL ON/OFF switch Used to turn on and off the cruise control.
B- SET — switch Used to reduce the set speed and to set the desired speed.
C- RES + switch Used to increase the set speed and to return to the original set speed.
D- CANCEL switch Used to deactivate the set speed driving.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 84
Cruise control (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-85
5 N00518401483
1. With the operation mode of the power switch in ON, press the CRUISE CON- TROL ON/OFF switch (A) to turn on the cruise control.
The cruise indicator display appears on the information screen in the multi-infor- mation display.
Indicator display
2. Accelerate or decelerate to your desired speed, then push down and release the SET — switch (B). The SET indicator appears on the information display in the multi-information screen. The vehicle will then maintain the desired speed.
N00518501426
There are two ways to increase the set speed.
Push up and hold the RES + switch (C) while driving at the set speed, and your speed will then gradually increase. When you reach your desired speed, release the switch. Your new cruising speed is now set.
To increase your speed in small amounts, push up the RES + switch (C) for less than approximately 1 second and release it. Each time you press the RES + switch (C), your vehicle will go approximately 1 mph (1.6 km/h) faster.
NOTE When operating the cruise control switches,
press the cruise control switches correctly. The set speed driving may be deactivated automatically if two or more switches of the cruise control are pressed at the same time.
To activate
NOTE When you release the SET — switch (B),
the vehicle speed will be set.
To increase the set speed
RES + switch
BK0302800US.book 85
Cruise control (if so equipped)
5-86 Features and controls
5
While driving at the set speed, use the accel- erator pedal to reach your desired speed and then push down the SET — switch (B) and release the switch momentarily to set a new desired cruising speed.
N00518601355
There are two ways to decrease the set speed.
Push down and hold the SET — switch (B) while driving at the set speed, and your speed will slow down gradually. When you reach your desired speed, release the switch. Your new cruising speed is now set.
To slow down your speed in small amounts, push down the SET — switch (B) for less than approximately 1 second and release it. Each time you push down the SET — switch (B), your vehicle will slow down by approxi- mately 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
While driving at the set speed, use the brake pedal, which disengages the cruise control, then push down the SET — switch (B) and release the switch momentarily to set a new desired cruising speed.
Accelerator pedal
To decrease the set speed
SET — switch Brake pedal
BK0302800US.book 86
Cruise control (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-87
5
N00541701125
Depress the accelerator pedal as you would normally. When you release the pedal, you will return to your set speed.
Depress the brake pedal to decrease the speed. To return to the previously set speed, push up the RES + switch (C). Refer to To resume the set speed on page 5-88.
N00518801621
The set speed driving can be deactivated as follows:
Press the CRUISE CONTROL ON/OFF switch (A) (Cruise control will be turned off.)
Press the CANCEL switch (D).
Depress the brake pedal.
The set speed driving is deactivated automati- cally in any of the following ways.
When your speed slows to approximately 10 mph (15 km/h) or more below the set speed because of a hill, etc.
When your speed slows to approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) or less.
When the active stability control (ASC) starts operating. Refer to Active stability control (ASC) on page 5-81.
To temporarily increase or decrease the speed
To temporarily increase the speed
NOTE In some driving conditions, the set speed
driving may be deactivated. If this happens, refer to To activate on page 5-85 and repeat the speed setting procedure.
To temporarily decrease the speed
To deactivate
BK0302800US.book 87
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
5-88 Features and controls
5
N00518901417
If the set speed driving is deactivated by the condition described in To deactivate on page 5-87, you can resume the previously set speed by push up the RES + switch (C) while driving at a speed of approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) or higher. The SET indicator appears on the informa- tion screen in the meter cluster.
Under either of the following conditions, however, using the switch does not allow you to resume the previously set speed. In these situations, repeat the speed setting procedure:
The CRUISE CONTROL ON/OFF switch is pressed.
The operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF.
The cruise indicator goes off.
N00576800077
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) maintains a set speed with no need for you to use the accelerator pedal. Using a sensor (A), the system also measures the relative speed and distance between your vehicle and a vehi- cle in front, and maintains a set following dis-
tance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front by automatically decelerating your vehi- cle if it becomes too close to the vehicle in front. The cruising set speed can be set from 25 mph (40 km/h) to 110 mph (180 km/h). The distance can be selected from three levels. If the vehicle in front decelerates, the ACC will automatically apply limited braking to maintain the distance, and if the front vehicle then accelerates, the ACC will automatically accelerate your vehicle up to the set speed. If your vehicle is approaching too close to the front vehicle, a buzzer will sound and a warn- ing is shown in the multi-information display. When the ACC detects no vehicle ahead, the set speed will be maintained. Conventional cruise control mode without the distance control can also be selected. Stop lights are illuminated during automatic braking.
WARNING Although the set speed driving will be
deactivated when shifting to the N (NEUTRAL) position, never move the selector lever to the N (NEUTRAL) position while driving. You would have no regenerative braking and could cause a serious accident.
CAUTION When the set speed driving is deactivated
automatically in any situation other than those listed above, there may be a system malfunction. Press the CRUISE CONTROL ON/OFF switch to turn off the cruise control and have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer.
To resume the set speed
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
BK0302800US.book 88
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-89
5
N00577000034
N00577100051
While the ACC is turned on, indicators for the ACC are shown in the multi-information display.
WARNING Before using the ACC, read this entire sec-
tion to understand the limitations of this system. Failure to follow instructions could result in an accident.
Never rely solely on the ACC. The ACC is not a collision avoidance system or an automatic driving system. It is designed to use only limited braking and is never a substitute for your safe and careful driv- ing. Always be ready to apply the brakes manually.
NOTE While the ACC is operating, the regenerative
braking level cannot be changed. If you attempt to change the level, a buzzer will sound.
If the ACC is turned on while the B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) position is selected, the shift position will be automati- cally changed to the D (DRIVE) position.
Cruise control switch
1- ACC ON/OFF switch Used to turn on and off the ACC sys- tem.
2- SET — switch Used to set a desired speed or to reduce the set speed.
3- RES + switch Used to resume the control function after cancelling the ACC or the conven- tional cruise control. Also used to increase the set speed.
4- CANCEL switch Used to cancel the control function of the ACC or the cruise control.
5- ACC distance switch Used to set or change the following dis- tance between your vehicle and a vehi- cle in front.
NOTE When operating the cruise control switches,
press the cruise control switches correctly. The ACC may be deactivated automatically if two or more switches of the cruise control are pressed at the same time.
ACC Indicators
1- ACC indicator: Indicating that the ACC is turned on.
2- Control state indicator: Indicating that ACC is activated.
BK0302800US.book 89
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
5-90 Features and controls
5
N00577200078
When the operation mode of the power switch is in ON, press the ACC ON/OFF switch.
The ACC indicators will appear in the multi- information display.
3- Set speed indicator: Indicating the set speed. If the set speed is not set, — is shown.
4- Front vehicle indicator: Indicating when the ACC detects a vehicle ahead. When a front vehicle is detected while the ACC is activated, the Active front vehicle indicator shown in the illustra- tion below will illuminate. When a front vehicle is detected while the ACC is not activated or the ACC is canceled, the Stand by front vehicle indicator will illuminate.
Display State
Stand by Active
Vehicle in front detected
5-Following distance indicator: Indicating the following distance. Two states: Stand by and Active When a front vehicle is detected while the ACC is activated, the Active fol- lowing distance indicator shown in the illustration below will illuminate. When a front vehicle is detected while the ACC is not activated or the ACC is canceled, the Stand by following dis- tance indicator will illuminate.
Following distance set- ting symbol
State
Stand by Active
Long
Middle
Short
How to use ACC
To turn on ACC
BK0302800US.book 90
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-91
5Press the ACC ON/OFF switch to turn off the ACC.
With the ACC turned on, push down the SET — switch while driving, and when your vehicle reaches your desired speed, release the SET — switch. The ACC will activate and initiate the speed control to maintain the set speed.
The set indicator comes on, the set speed is indicated and the following distance indicator changes to the active display. Also a buzzer will sound.
You can set the speed anywhere from approx- imately 25 mph (40 km/h) to 110 mph (180 km/h). While a vehicle in front is being detected and your vehicle speed is between approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) and 25 mph (40 km/h), you can activate the ACC. In this case, the set speed will be set at 25 mph (40 km/h). The ACC cannot otherwise be activated while your vehicle is traveling less than 25 mph (40 km/h) or greater than 110 mph (180 km/h).
NOTE Every time the operation mode is put in OFF,
the ACC is turned off.
To turn off ACC
NOTE The ACC can be turned off even while the
ACC is active. Every time the operation mode is put in OFF,
the ACC is turned off and the set speed is erased.
To activate ACC control
NOTE When any of the following conditions are
present, the ACC will not activate. When your vehicle speed is lower than
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) or greater than 110 mph (180 km/h).
When your vehicle is driven at speeds between approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) and 25 mph (40 km/h) and the ACC is not detecting a vehicle in front.
When ASC is in the OFF position. While ABS, ASC or TCL is activated. When the select position is in the P
(PARK), the R (REVERSE) or the N (NEUTRAL) position.
While the brake pedal is depressed. While the parking brake is applied. When the ACC system has judged that the
performance for detecting a front vehicle is degraded.
BK0302800US.book 91
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
5-92 Features and controls
5 N00581300025
The speed of your vehicle will be maintained at the speed you have set. The speed can be set between approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) and 110 mph (180 km/h).
N00581400055
The ACC will maintain the distance to the front vehicle and will apply the brakes auto- matically when the system judges braking is necessary. The distance can be selected from three levels.
When the front vehicle stops, the ACC will automatically apply the brakes to stop your vehicle. A few seconds after your vehicle has stopped, the ACC will release the brakes and your vehicle will start to move or creep slowly. You must apply the brakes to keep your vehi- cle stationary.
When an abnormality in the ACC system has been detected.
When ACC detects no vehicle in front within the set distance
NOTE If the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed on
a down slope, the system will automatically apply the brake to maintain the vehicle set speed.
NOTE When ACC detects a vehicle in front within the set distance
WARNING Never leave the vehicle while it is being
stopped by the ACC.
NOTE If the brake pedal is not depressed within 2
seconds after your vehicle has been stopped by the ACC, a warning buzzer will sound, the above warning will be shown in the multi-information display to alert the driver, and the ACC control will be canceled.
BK0302800US.book 92
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-93
5 When the ACC no longer detects a vehicle in front, the buzzer will sound, the vehicle sym- bol in the display will disappear and your vehicle will slowly accelerate to the set speed.
N00576900049
While the ACC is activated, if your vehicle is approaching too closely to the vehicle in front, the ACC gives a warning by sounding a buzzer and displaying a message. Apply the
brakes to maintain the appropriate distance to the vehicle in front.
When depressing the brake pedal while the automatic brake is applied, the brake pedal will feel firm. This is normal. Depress the brake pedal harder to apply greater braking force.
During the automatic braking, operation sounds may be heard. This is normal.
WARNING Your vehicle may accelerate up to the set
speed in the following situations. Apply the brake, if necessary, to slow down.
NOTE When your vehicle no longer follows the
vehicle in front, e.g. at a freeway exit or when your vehicle or the vehicle in front changes its lane.
When driving on a curve.
When the vehicle in front has changed its course or lane, if a stationary vehicle appears in front your vehicle, the ACC will not decelerate your vehicle.
Approach alarm
WARNING
WARNING When the ACC is not being used, turn off
the system to avoid unexpected ACC acti- vation.
Never operate the ACC from outside the vehicle.
The ACC will not decelerate your vehicle and/or give the approach alarm in the fol- lowing cases. When an object other than a vehicle,
such as a pedestrian, is in front. When a malfunction is detected in the
system. The ACC will not decelerate your vehicle
in the following cases, but will give the approach alarm. When the front vehicle is stationary or
moving at an extremely slow speed. When your brake system has a problem,
such as overheating.
BK0302800US.book 93
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
5-94 Features and controls
5
The ACC may not be able to maintain the set speed or the distance to a vehicle in front and may not alert the driver, if the system cannot detect the front vehicle properly. Typical situations include: When a vehicle cuts into your path at a
close distance. When a vehicle in front is not completely
in your path. When a vehicle in front is towing a
trailer. When a motorcycle or a bicycle is in
front. When a vehicle in front is a truck loaded
with freight that protrudes rearward from the cargo bed.
When the height of a vehicle in front is extremely low or the road clearance of the vehicle is extremely high.
When driving on a road with alternating up and down surfaces.
When driving on a curve. When driving on a bumpy or rough road. When driving in a tunnel. When driving in construction zones. When the rear of your vehicle is weighed
down with the weight of passengers and luggage.
For up to two minutes after starting driv- ing.
WARNING When driving in curved sections of road
including their entrance/outlet or run- ning beside a closed lane in a traffic work or similar zone.
When the surface of the sensor is covered with dirt, snow, ice, etc.
When a front vehicle or an oncoming vehicle is splashing water, snow or dirt.
When driving on a winding road.
Never use the ACC in the following situa- tions: In heavy traffic. On winding roads. On slippery roads, such as icy, snow-cov-
ered or dirt roads. In adverse weather conditions, such as
rain, snow or sand storms, etc. On steep downslopes.
WARNING When the inclination of a road fre-
quently changes. When the approach alarm frequently
sounds. When your vehicle is towed or is towing
another vehicle. When your vehicle is on a chassis dyna-
mometer or free rollers. When tire inflation pressures are not
adequate. When the radar sensor and/or its sur-
rounding area are damaged or deformed.
CAUTION To maintain proper performance of the ACC:
Always clean the surface of the radar sen- sor.
Avoid impacting the radar sensor or its sur- rounding area.
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor or its surrounding area.
Do not paint the radar sensor. Do not install a grill guard. Do not modify the radar sensor or its sur-
rounding area. Always use tires of the same size, same
type, and same brand, and which have no significant wear differences.
Do not modify the vehicles suspension.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 94
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-95
5
N00581500056
There are two ways to increase the set speed.
The set speed will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) every time you push up the RES + switch while the ACC is activated. If you hold the switch pushed up, the set speed increases in 5 mph (5 km/h) increments. When the accelerator pedal is depressed
while driving with the ACC control working, you can accelerate the vehicle beyond the presently set speed. When the vehicle speed reaches your desired speed, push down and release the SET — switch and release the accelerator pedal; the new speed is then set in the system.
N00581600031
There are two ways to decrease the set speed.
To increase the set speed
By using the RES + switch:
NOTE There is some time lag until the vehicle
begins accelerating to the new set speed after the set speed has been changed.
The set speed can be changed even while your vehicle is following a vehicle in front using the ACC. In this case, however, although the set speed itself is increased, your vehicle will not accelerate.
When the switch is held, a buzzer will sound every time the set speed changes
By using the accelerator pedal:
NOTE WARNING The ACC braking control and approach
alarm functions will not work while the accelerator pedal is depressed.
NOTE The set speed indicator in the multi-informa-
tion display will show — while the accel- erator pedal is depressed.
If the SET — button is not pushed down while depressing the accelerator pedal, your vehicle speed will return to the set speed, after the accelerator pedal is released. When the accelerator pedal is released, the ACC braking control and approach alarm func- tions may not immediately work.
To decrease the set speed
BK0302800US.book 95
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
5-96 Features and controls
5
The set speed will decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) every time you push down the SET — switch while the ACC is activated. If you hold the switch pushed down, the set speed decreases in 5 mph (5 km/h) increments.
By depressing the brake pedal while the ACC is activated, the ACC control is canceled and your vehicle speed will decrease. At the point where the vehicle speed reaches your desired speed, push down and release the SET — switch; the new speed is then set in the system.
N00582800027
Simply depress the accelerator pedal to tem- porarily accelerate the vehicle. Releasing the
pedal automatically slows down the vehicle to the set speed and ACC restarts its control.
By using the SET — switch:
NOTE There is some time lag until the vehicle
begins decelerating after the set speed has been changed.
The set speed can be changed even while your vehicle is following a vehicle in front using the ACC. In this case, however, although the set speed itself is decreased, your vehicle will not decelerate.
When the switch is held, a buzzer will sound every time the set speed changes
By using the brake pedal:
NOTE The ACC control will not resume after
releasing the brake pedal.
To temporarily accelerate the vehicle
WARNING The ACC braking control and approach
alarm functions will not work while the accelerator pedal is depressed.
NOTE The set speed indication on the display turns
to — when the accelerator pedal is depressed. This indication remains as long as the pedal is in a depressed position.
In certain conditions, the braking control and alarming functions of ACC may not work for a short while after releasing the accelerator pedal.
BK0302800US.book 96
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-97
5
N00581700087
There are two ways to cancel the ACC con- trol.
By pressing the CANCEL switch. By depressing the brake pedal.
When the ACC is canceled, the SET indi- cator goes off and the following distance indi- cator turns to the standby display. The front vehicle indicator also turns to the standby display when a front vehicle is detected.
In any of the situations listed below, the ACC control is automatically canceled, a buzzer sounds and a message is shown in the multi- information display.
When your vehicle stops. When the ASC is turned off. While ABS, ASC or TCL is activated.
When the select position is in the P (PARK), the R (REVERSE) or the N (NEUTRAL) position.
When the parking brake is applied.
When the ACC system determines that its performance has been degraded, a buzzer will sound and a message will be displayed in the multi-information display.
This can occur when
Foreign objects, such as dirt, snow or ice, adhere to the surface of the radar sensor.
In adverse weather conditions, such as rain, snow or sand storms, etc.
A front vehicle or an oncoming vehicle is splashing water, snow or dirt.
Driving on a nonbusy road with a few vehicles and obstacles in front.
The brake system is overheating due to continuous brake control on long down- hill slope.
To cancel ACC control
NOTE You can also cancel the ACC control by
pressing the ACC ON/OFF switch. If this switch is pressed while the ACC is ON, the ACC will be turned off.
BK0302800US.book 97
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
5-98 Features and controls
5
If the display keeps showing the message, there is a possibility that the ACC has a mal- function. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00581800046
After the ACC control has been canceled with the ACC turned on, the ACC control can be resumed by pushing up and releasing the RES + switch.
N00581900034
With the ACC turned on, the distance between your vehicle and a vehicle ahead can be selected from three levels by pushing the ACC distance switch. Each time the ACC distance switch is pushed, the following dis- tance will change from Long to Middle, to Short, and return to Long again.Every time the ACC is turned to ON, the following distance is reset to Long.
To resume the control
NOTE When any of the following conditions are
present, the ACC control cannot be resumed. When your vehicle speed is lower than
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) or higher than 110 mph (180 km/h).
When your vehicle is driven at speeds between approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) and 25 mph (40 km/h) and the ACC is not detecting a vehicle in front.
When ASC is in the OFF position. While ABS, ASC or TCL is activated. When the select position is in the P
(PARK), the R (REVERSE) or the N (NEUTRAL) position.
While the brake pedal is depressed. While the parking brake is applied. When the ACC system has judged that the
performance for detecting a front vehicle is degraded.
When an abnormality in the ACC system has been detected.
NOTE To change the following dis- tance
NOTE Actual distance will vary depending on your
vehicle speed and the front vehicle speed. The distance will become longer when the vehicle speeds are higher.
BK0302800US.book 98
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-99
5
The following distance indicator shows the level of the following distance: Long
Middle
Short
N00582000058
Press and hold the ACC ON/OFF switch while the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON. A buzzer will sound and the multi-information display will show the fol- lowing indicator.
The conventional cruise control is turned off when the operation mode is put in OFF. For operation of the cruise control, refer to Cruise control on page 5-84.
N00590700038
When the ACC system detects an abnormal- ity in the system, the ACC system will be turned off, a buzzer will sound and a message will be displayed in the multi-information display. If the message remains after the oper- ation mode of the power switch is put in OFF and then turned back to ON, contact a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00582100091
For vehicles sold in U.S.A. FCC ID:OAYARS3-B
This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions. (1) This device may not cause harmful inter- ference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
For vehicles sold in Canada IC: 4135A-ARS3B
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause unde- sired operation of the device.
To activate conventional cruise control
NOTE The conventional cruise control does not
sound or display the approach alarm, will not adjust your vehicle speed, and does not con- trol the distance between your vehicle and a vehicle in front.
Warning display
General information
CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for com- pliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.
BK0302800US.book 99
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
5-100 Features and controls
5
N00577300109
The Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) is designed to help reduce the risk of a collision with a vehicle or a pedestrian straight ahead of your vehicle. The FCM uses a sensor (A) to determine the distance and relative speed to a vehicle and a pedestrian in
front. The FCM is not designed as an auto- matic driving system or as a collision avoid- ance system. When your vehicle is approaching a vehicle or a pedestrian straight ahead in your path and the FCM judges that there is the risk of a collision, the system will give audible and visual warnings. When the FCM judges that a collision with the vehicle or the pedestrian straight-ahead is imminent, the system will automatically apply moderate braking to warn you to apply the brakes immediately. When the FCM judges that a collision with the vehicle or the pedestrian straight-ahead is highly unavoidable, the system will apply emergency braking to reduce the severity of the collision and, if possible, to avoid the col- lision. Stop lights are illuminated during automatic braking.Forward Collision Mitiga-
tion System (FCM) (if so equipped)
WARNING Before using the FCM, read this entire
section to fully understand the limitations of this system. Failure to follow instruc- tions could result in an accident.
BK0302800US.book 100
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-101
5
N00577400038
If the system judges that there is a risk of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian in front, this function warns you of the potential hazard with visual and audible alarms. When this function is triggered, a buzzer sounds and, at the same time, a BRAKE message appears on the information screen of the multi-information display. The FCM will also prepare to provide quick brake response and greater brake force when you apply the brakes.
The forward collision warning function oper- ates when the following vehicle speed:
Against a vehicle: Approximately 10 mph (15 km/h) to 87 mph (140 km/h).
Against a pedestrian: Approximately 5 mph (7 km/h) to 40 mph (65 km/h).
N00577700187
When the FCM judges that a collision with the vehicle or the pedestrian straight-ahead is imminent, the FCM will automatically apply moderate braking to warn the driver to apply the brakes immediately. If the FCM judges that the collision is highly unavoidable, it will automatically apply emergency braking to reduce the severity of the collision and, if possible, to avoid the col- lision. When the FCM applies emergency braking, a buzzer sounds and a warning message is dis- played in the information screen of the multi- information display.
The FCM braking function operates when the following vehicle speed:
Against a vehicle: Approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) to 50 mph (80 km/h)
Against a pedestrian: Approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) to 40 mph (65 km/h)
The FCM is designed to help avoid certain frontal collisions or reduce the crash speed in such collisions. It is not a substi- tute for your safe and careful driving. Under certain circumstances, the system may not operate or may not detect cor- rectly a vehicle or a pedestrian in front. When your vehicle is approaching a vehi- cle or a pedestrian too closely, take all nec- essary actions to avoid a collision, such as braking and steering, regardless of whether the FCM is activated or not. Never rely on the FCM to prevent a colli- sion.
Never attempt to test the operation of the FCM. Doing so could cause an accident, resulting in serious injury or death.
WARNING Forward collision warning function
FCM braking function
BK0302800US.book 101
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
5-102 Features and controls
5
WARNING If the ASC is turned off, the FCM braking
function will not operate. Refer to Active stability control (ASC) on page 5-81.
If the brake pedal is not depressed within 2 seconds after your vehicle has been stopped by the FCM, a warning buzzer will sound and the brakes activated by the FCM will automatically be released. Apply the brakes as necessary to keep your vehicle stationary.
The FCM will not activate and will not provide either warning or braking in cer- tain situations. Some of these include: When the select position is in the P
(PARK) or R (REVERSE) position. When an object other than a vehicle or a
pedestrian is in front. When the FCM has detected a problem
in the system. When a vehicle or a pedestrian suddenly
cuts in front of your vehicle. When the vehicle in front is moving at a
speed much lower than your vehicles speed.
The FCM may or may not detect a motor- cycle, bicycle or wall depending on the sit- uation. The FCM is not designed to detect these objects.
The forward collision warning function and/or the FCM braking function may not activate in certain situations. Some of these include:
When a vehicle suddenly appears just in front of your vehicle.
When a vehicle cuts into your path at a close distance.
When a vehicle ahead is not completely in your path.
When your vehicle changed lanes, and your vehicle approached immediately behind the vehicle ahead.
When a vehicle ahead is towing a trailer. When a vehicle ahead is a truck loaded
with freight that protrudes rearward from the cargo bed.
When the height of a vehicle ahead is extremely low or its road clearance is extremely high.
When a vehicle ahead is extremely dirty. When a vehicle ahead is covered with
snow. When a vehicle ahead has a large glass
surface. When a vehicle ahead does not have
reflectors (light reflector) or the position of the reflector is low.
When a vehicle ahead is a car carrier or a similar shaped vehicle.
When accelerating and decelerating quickly.
When driving on a slippery road covered by rain water, snow, ice, etc.
When driving on a road with alternating up and down steep slopes.
WARNING When driving on a curve. When driving on a bumpy or rough road. When driving in dark areas, such as in a
tunnel or at night. When the system recognizes drivers
steering, accelerating, braking or gear shifting actions as evasive actions to avoid collision.
When the rear of your vehicle is weighed down with the weight of passengers and luggage.
Up to several seconds after starting driv- ing.
In adverse weather conditions, such as rain, snow, fog or sand-storm.
When the windshield of the sensor por- tion is covered with dirt, water droplets, snow and ice, etc.
When a vehicle ahead or an oncoming vehicle is splashing water, snow or dirt.
When using a windshield washer. If windshield wipers are not Mitsubishi
Motors Genuine parts or equivalent. When the sensor becomes extremely hot
or cold. If the 12 V starter battery becomes weak
or runs down. When the sensor is affected by strong
light, such as direct sunlight or the head- lights of an oncoming vehicle.
The FCM may not detect a pedestrian in certain situations. Some of these include:
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 102
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-103
5
If the pedestrian is shorter than approxi- mately 3.2 feet (1 m) or taller than approximately 6.5 feet (2 m).
If the pedestrian is wearing loose-fitting clothes.
If part of a pedestrians body is hidden, such as when holding an umbrella, large bag, etc.
If a pedestrian bends forward, sits or lies on the road.
When a pedestrian is pushing/pulling something, such as a stroller, bicycle or wheelchair.
When pedestrians gather in a group. When a pedestrian clothing appears to
be nearly the same color or brightness as its surroundings.
When a pedestrian is very close to an object, such as a vehicle.
When a pedestrian is in a dark area, such as at night or in a tunnel.
When a pedestrian is walking fast or running.
When a pedestrian suddenly rushes in front of the vehicle.
When the position of a pedestrian is close to the edge of the vehicle.
When the system recognizes drivers steering or accelerating actions as evasive actions to avoid a collision, FCM control and alarm functions may be canceled.
WARNING In certain situations, though there is little
or no risk of a collision, the FCM may activate. Examples include: When overtaking a vehicle. When driving on a curve. When there is a road side object (B) that
reflects the radar sensor signal, such as a road sign.
When approaching a gate, a railroad crossing, an underpass, a narrow bridge, manhole lid or a speed bump.
When driving under an overpass or pedestrian bridge.
When driving in a narrow tunnel. When driving in a parking structure. When approaching a slope where the
incline changes significantly. When trying to stop your vehicle very
close to a vehicle or an object in front.
WARNING When passing a vehicle, a pedestrian or
an object closely.
When a vehicle in the next lane becomes positioned directly in front of your vehi- cle due to winding road conditions.
When passing through an area that objects may contact the vehicle, such as thick grass, tree branches, or a banner.
When there are patterns on the road that may be mistaken for a vehicle or a pedes- trian.
When a vehicle cuts into your path in the detecting range of the sensor.
When an oncoming vehicle is positioned straight ahead of your vehicle on a curved road.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 103
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
5-104 Features and controls
5
N00577800133
This switch is used to turn on or off the FCM and also to select the distance which will trig- ger the forward collision warning function.
Every time the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON, the FCM will automati- cally be turned on. To turn off the FCM, press and hold the FCM ON/OFF switch. The following message will appear in the multi-information display and the indicator will come on in the instru- ment cluster.
To turn on the FCM again, press and hold the FCM ON/OFF switch. The indicator on the instrument cluster will go off, and a cur- rent distance mode for the forward collision warning will be shown in the multi-informa- tion display.
When the FCM detects a long object car- ried on your vehicle, such as skis or a roof carrier.
When driving through fog, steam, smoke or dust.
The FCM should be tuned off if any of fol- lowing situations occur: When using an automatic car wash. When the tires are not properly inflated. When your vehicle is towed or your vehi-
cle tows another vehicle. When your vehicle is carried on a truck. When your vehicle is on a chassis dyna-
mometer or free rollers. If the windshield on or surrounding the
sensor is cracked or scratched.
NOTE When depressing the brake pedal while auto-
matic braking is applied, the brake pedal will feel firm. This is normal. Depress the brake pedal harder to apply greater braking force.
During the automatic braking, operating sounds may be heard. This is normal.
WARNING FCM ON/OFF switch To turn on/off the FCM
BK0302800US.book 104
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-105
5
The distance to the vehicle ahead which trig- gers the forward collision warnings can be selected from three levels, FAR, MID- DLE or NEAR. To change the distance mode, press the FCM ON/OFF switch. Every time the switch is pressed, the distance mode will be switched. The selected distance mode is shown on the information screen of the multi-information display.
When FAR is selected
When MIDDLE is selected
When NEAR is selected
N00594800053
If there is a malfunction in the system, a warning will appear on the information screen of the multi-information display depending on the situation.
N00597600036
When the FCM system determines that its performance has been degraded, the FCM will become inoperative. This can occur when
Foreign objects, such as dirt, snow, ice, mist or dew condensation adhere to the windshield of the sensor portion.
In adverse weather conditions, such as rain, snow, sand storms, etc.
A front vehicle or an oncoming vehicle is splashing water, snow or dirt.
The following message will appear on the information screen of the multi-information display and the indicator will come on in the instrument cluster.
When the sensor performance returns, the FCM functions will resume operation. If the message continues showing, there is a possibility that the sensor has a malfunction. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for inspection of the sensor.
To change forward collision warn- ing distance
NOTE Actual distance which triggers the forward
collision warnings will vary depending on your vehicle speed and the front vehicle speed. The distance will become longer when the vehicle speeds are higher.
The distance which will trigger the FCM braking function cannot be adjusted.
System problem warning
When the sensor cannot detect accurately
BK0302800US.book 105
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
5-106 Features and controls
5
N00595100079
If the system becomes temporarily unavail- able for some reason, the following message may appear on the information screen of the multi-information display, the indicator will come on in the instrument cluster, and the FCM will automatically be turned off.
If the message continues showing, there is a possibility that the FCM has a malfunction. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for inspection of the system.
N00595200054
If the system becomes temporarily unavail- able due to the high or low temperature of the sensor, the following message will appear on the information screen of the multi-informa- tion display, the indicator will come on in the instrument cluster, and the FCM will automatically be turned off.
After the temperature of the sensor has been in range, the system will automatically return to operation. If the message continues showing, there is a possibility that the FCM has a malfunction. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for inspection of the sensor.
NOTE The DRIVER ASSISTANCE CAMERA
BLOCKED message may temporarily appear on the information screen when the sensor cannot detect a vehicle, a pedestrian or an object within range. This is not a mal- function. When a vehicle or an object comes within range, the FCM function will resume and the message will go off.
The DRIVER ASSISTANCE CAMERA BLOCKED message may appear on the information screen when driving on a non- busy road with a few vehicles and obstacles in front.
When the system cannot operate temporarily
Sensor is too hot or cold
BK0302800US.book 106
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-107
5
N00595300071
If the FCM detects a malfunction in the sys- tem, either of the following messages will appear on the information screen of the multi- information display, the indicator will come on in the instrument cluster, and the FCM will automatically be turned off.
If the message remains even after the opera- tion mode of the power switch is put in OFF and then turned back to ON, please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00593400078
The sensor (A) is located inside the wind- shield as shown in the illustration. The sensor is shared in the following sys- tems:
FCM Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Automatic High Beam (AHB)
FCM deactivation due to fault NOTE If the sensor or its surrounding area becomes
extremely high temperature when parking the vehicle under a blazing sun, the FCM SERVICE REQUIRED message may appear. After the temperature of the sensor or its sur- rounding area has been in range, if the mes- sage remains even after restarting the Plug-in hybrid EV system, please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Handling of the sensor
CAUTION To maintain proper performance of the FCM,
LDW and AHB; Always keep clean the windshield.
If the inside of the windshield where the sensor is installed becomes dirty or fogged, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Do not apply an impact or load on the sen- sor or its surrounding area.
BK0302800US.book 107
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
5-108 Features and controls
5
FDA Assertion number: 1520863-000
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
For vehicles sold in Canada
Do not put anything including a sticker or film to the outer side of the windshield in front of or surrounding area of the sensor. Also, do not put anything including a sticker or film to the inner side of the wind- shield under the sensor.
Do not attempt to detach or disassemble the sensor.
If the windshield is misted, remove the mist from the windshield by using the defogger switch.
Maintain the wiper blades in good condi- tion. Refer to Wiper blades on page 9-44. When replacing the wiper blades, use only Mitsubishi Motors Genuine parts or equiva- lent.
Do not dirty or damage the sensor. Do not spray glass cleaner on the sensor.
Also, do not spill liquid, such as a bever- age, to the sensor.
Do not install an electronic device, such as antenna, or a device that emits strong elec- tric waves, near the sensor.
CAUTION Always use tires of the same size, same
type and same brand, and which have no significant wear differences.
Do not modify the vehicles suspensions. If the windshield on the sensor or in the sur-
rounding area of the sensor is cracked or scratched, the sensor may not detect an object properly. This could cause a serious accident. Turn off the FCM and have your vehicle inspected as soon as possible at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. If you need to replace the windshield, con- tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The sensor emits infrared rays when the operation mode is in ON. Do not look into the sensor by using optical goods such as a magnifying glass. The infrared ray might injure your eyes.
Laser radar specifications
Laser classification
Max average power 45 mW Pulse duration 33 ns Wavelength 905 nm Divergent angle (horizon x vertical) 28 x 12
CAUTION Laser classification label
Laser explanatory label
BK0302800US.book 108
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-109
5
N00592200066
The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) is a driving aid system that alerts the driver when another vehicle which may not be visible through the outside rearview mirror is traveling in the next lane behind your vehicle. When a vehicle in the next lane is traveling at same speed or faster in the detection areas, the Blind Spot Warning light in the corre- sponding outside rearview mirror will illumi- nate. If the turn signal lever is operated to the side where the Blind Spot Warning light is illuminated, the Blind Spot Warning light will blink and the system will beep three times to alert the driver. Depending on the relative speed between your vehicle and a vehicle in the next lane, the Blind Spot Warning system will detect up to approximately 230 feet (70 m) from your vehicle. (Lane Change Assist)
N00592300096
The BSW uses two sensors (A) located inside the rear bumper. The detection areas are shown as illustrated.
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped)
WARNING Before using the BSW, read this entire sec-
tion to fully understand the limitations of this system. Failure to follow instructions could result in an accident.
Never rely solely on the BSW system when changing lanes. BSW is an aid only. It is not a substitute for your safe and careful driving. Always check visually behind and all around your vehicle for other vehicles. The performance of the BSW may vary depending on driving, traffic and/or road conditions.
Detection areas
BK0302800US.book 109
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped)
5-110 Features and controls
5
N00593500154
When the BSW switch is pressed while the operation mode of the power switch is ON, the BSW indicator light in the instrument
WARNING In certain situations, the BSW may not
detect a vehicle in the detection areas or the detection may be delayed. Some of these include; When a small motorcycle or a bicycle is
behind your vehicle. When a vehicle is traveling alongside of
your vehicle at nearly the same speed for prolonged periods of time.
When the heights of the next lane and your lane are different.
Immediately after the BSW has been turned on.
Immediately after the power switch is turned on.
Under adverse weather conditions, such as rain, snow, strong winds or sand storms.
When your vehicle becomes too close to another vehicle.
While multiple vehicle are overtaking your vehicle.
When driving near a pot hole and tram- line.
When a surrounding vehicle or an oncoming vehicle is splashing water, snow or dirt.
When driving on a curve including the beginning and the end of the curve.
When driving on a road with alternating up and down steep slopes.
When driving on a bumpy or rough road. When the rear of your vehicle is weighed
down or your vehicle is leaning to the right or left due to the weight of passen- gers and luggage or the improper adjust- ment of tire pressure.
When the bumper surface around the sensor is covered with dirt, snow and ice, etc.
WARNING When the sensor is extremely hot or cold
(while the vehicle is parked for a long period of time under a blazing sun or in cold weather).
When a bicycle carrier or accessory is installed to the rear of the vehicle.
CAUTION To maintain proper performance of the BSW,
follow the instructions below. Always keep the bumper surface around the
sensor clean. Avoid impacting the sensor or its surround-
ing area. Do not put a sticker on the sensor or its sur-
rounding bumper surface. Do not paint the sensor or its surrounding
bumper surface. Do not modify the sensor or its surrounding
area. If the bumper has experienced an impact, the
sensor may have been damaged and the BSW may not function properly. Have the vehicle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
To operate
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 110
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-111
5
cluster comes on and the BSW becomes in stand by state. When the BSW switch is pressed again, the BSW indicator light in the instrument cluster goes off and the BSW turns off.
Indicator light
If you turn the BSW ON/OFF, the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) also turns ON/OFF at the same time.
When the Blind Spot Warning indicator light in the instrument cluster is on, if a vehicle is approaching your vehicle in the detection area, the Blind Spot Warning light in the out- side rearview mirror illuminates. If the turn signal lever is operated to the side where the Blind Spot Warning light is illumi- nated, the Blind Spot Warning light will blink and the system will beep three times to alert the driver.
N00592400026
If a problem occurs with the system, a visual warning specific to the type of the problem is given together with an audible alarm. The warnings are combined with the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system.
NOTE When the operation mode is set to OFF, the
selected condition just before setting to OFF is retained.
The BSW operates when all of the following conditions are met.
The operation mode of the power switch is put in ON.
The select position is in positions other than P (PARK) and R (REVERSE).
The speed of your vehicle is approximately 6 mph (10km/h) or higher.
When the sensor detects an approaching vehicle
NOTE NOTE The Blind Spot Warning light in the outside
rearview mirror may come on or blink in the following conditions. When driving very near the guardrail or the
concrete wall. When driving on the entrance and outlet of
the tunnel or very near the wall or near the evacuation area inside the tunnel.
When turning at an intersection in a town area.
Under adverse weather conditions (rain, snow, sand storms etc.).
When your vehicle drives with blowing up the water, snow or sand etc. on the road.
When driving near a curb, pot hole and tramline.
Set the BSW to OFF when towing. The Blind Spot Warning light in the outside
rearview mirror may not be visible due to strong direct sunlight or the glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you during night driving.
System problem warning
BK0302800US.book 111
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped)
5-112 Features and controls
5
N00592700029
When the warning display appears, the BSW does not operate normally because there are some malfunctions in the system or the sen- sor. Have the vehicle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
N00592800020
When the warning display appears, the sensor is temporarily not available for some reason such as the environmental condition or increase of the sensor temperature. When the warning display does not disappear after waiting for a while, contact a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer.
N00592900089
When the warning display appears, the sensor cannot detect a vehicle traveling side by side or an approaching vehicle, because foreign objects, such as dirt, snow or ice, adhere to the bumper surface around the sensor. Remove a dirt, freezing or foreign material on the bumper surface around the sensor. When the warning display does not disappear after having cleaned the bumper surface around the sensor, contact a certified Mitsubi- shi EV dealer.
When there is a malfunction in the system or the sensor
NOTE When the warning display appears, the BSW
will be deactivated.
When the sensor is temporarily not available
When there are foreign objects on the sensor
BK0302800US.book 112
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-113
5
N00593900158
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
General information
BK0302800US.book 113
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped)
5-114 Features and controls
5
For vehicles sold in Canada Applicable law: RSS-210
This device contains licence-exempt trans- mitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innova- tion, Science and Economic Development Canadas licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference. 2. This device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Radiofrequency radiation exposure informa- tion: This equipment complies with radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum dis- tance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body.
N00593000146
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) is an aid system for backing up. When the RCTA system detects vehicles approaching from sides while your vehicle is reversing, the Blind Spot Warning lights in outside rearview mirrors on both sides will blink and a buzzer will sound to alert the driver. A warning mes-
sage will also appear on the information screen of the multi-information display.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped)
WARNING Before using the RCTA, read this entire
section to fully understand the limitations of this system. Failure to follow instruc- tions could result in an accident.
BK0302800US.book 114
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-115
5
The detection area is shown as illustrated. Never rely solely on the RCTA when back-
ing up. The RCTA is an aid system. It is not a substitute for your safe and careful driving. Always check visually behind and all around your vehicle for other vehicles, persons, animals or obstructions. The performance of the RCTA may vary depending on driving, traffic and/or sur- rounding conditions.
NOTE The Blind Spot Warning lights in the outside
rearview mirrors on both sides will blink, even when only one vehicle is approaching from one side.
WARNING Detection areas
CAUTION In certain situations, the RCTA may not
detect a vehicle in the detection areas. Some of these situations include; When the reversing speed of your vehicle is
approximately 11 mph (18 km/h) or higher.
When a approaching vehicle speed is approximately 4 mph (7 km/h) or less.
If the sensor detection area is blocked by a nearby object, such as wall or parked vehi- cle.
When a vehicle is approaching from straight behind your vehicle.
When your vehicle is exiting from an angled parking spot.
Immediately after the RCTA has been turned on.
Immediately after the operation mode of the power switch has been put in ON.
When the bumper surface around the sensor is covered with dirt, snow and ice, etc.
When the sensor becomes extremely hot or cold, such as after the vehicle has been parked for a prolonged time under the blaz- ing sun or in cold weather.
If the bumper has experienced an impact, the sensor may have been damaged and the RCTA may not function properly. Have the vehicle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 115
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped)
5-116 Features and controls
5
1. Press the BSW switch while the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON. (Refer to Blind Spot Warning (BSW): To operate on page 5-110.)
2. When the select position is put in the R (REVERSE) position, the RCTA will operate.
If the system detects a problem, a warning is displayed on the information screen in the multi-information display. Refer to Blind Spot Warning (BSW): Sys- tem problem warning on page 5-111.
To operate
NOTE Set the RCTA to OFF when towing. The Blind Spot Warning light in the outside
rearview mirror may not be visible due to strong direct sunlight or the glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you during night driving.
When a problem is detected in the system
BK0302800US.book 116
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-117
5
N00594000169
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
General information
BK0302800US.book 117
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped)
5-118 Features and controls
5
For vehicles sold in Canada Applicable law: RSS-210
This device contains licence-exempt trans- mitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innova- tion, Science and Economic Development Canadas licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference. 2. This device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Radiofrequency radiation exposure informa- tion: This equipment complies with radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum dis- tance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body.
N00577900118
The Lane Departure Warning system (LDW) is a driving aid system to help prevent unin- tentional lane departure. The LDW is designed to read lane markers by using a sen- sor (A) under certain conditions. The LDW will give you both visual and audible warn- ings when your vehicle is leaving or has left the lane.
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped)
BK0302800US.book 118
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-119
5
To turn on the LDW, press the LDW switch. The the LDW indicator will appear on the information screen of the multi information display.
To turn off the LDW, press the LDW switch. The LDW indicator on the information screen of the multi information display will then go out. To return the LDW to ON, press the LDW switch again.
N00581100078
The LDW, when turned ON, is capable of recognizing the lane in which your vehicle is travelling and issuing an audible warning when your vehicle begins to leave that travel lane. When operating, the LDW indicator on the multi-information display will be changed to indicator (green). The LDW will not operate, however, and the LDW indicator will be appeared if any of following conditions have occurred:
The vehicle speed is less than approxi- mately 38 mph (60 km/h).
The turn signal lever is being operated or has been operated in the past 7 seconds.
The hazard warning light is being oper- ated or has been operated in the past 7 seconds.
WARNING Never rely solely on the LDW. The LDW is
not a collision avoidance system and is not a substitute for your safe and careful driv- ing.
Before using the LDW, read this entire section to understand the limitations of this system. Failure to follow instructions could result in an accident.
To turn on/off the LDW
NOTE The LDW is turned on when the vehicle is
shipped from the factory. The currently selected LDW setting (on or
off) is stored even when the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position or the opera- tion mode is put in OFF.
Operation of the LDW
BK0302800US.book 119
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped)
5-120 Features and controls
5
N00581200053
While the LDW indicator in the informa- tion display is lit in green, if your vehicle is leaving or has left the lane, a buzzer will sound intermittently, LANE DEPARTURE will appear in the information display and the indicator will be flashing in amber.
N00578100032
If a problem occurs with the system, a visual warning specific to the type of the problem is given together with an audible alarm.
Lane departure warning
NOTE The warnings will not continue for more than
3 seconds, even if your vehicle continues leaving the lane.
If the lane markers are only on one side of the road, the LDW will operate only for the appropriate side where the lane markers are drawn.
WARNING The LDW will not function when no lane
marker exists, such as at an intersection or near a toll booth.
The LDW may not operate correctly in the following situations and the LDW may not give warnings or may give false warnings: When lane markers are not clearly visi-
ble due to rain, snow, fog, dark area, etc. When the road surface is shiny. When old lane markers remain on the
road surface. When the lane markers are double lines
or the shape of the lane markers are complicated.
When driving in an extremely narrow lane.
When the distance between your vehicle and a vehicle in front is short.
When driving into the sun light. When driving on curves. When driving on bumpy roads. When driving in construction zones. When passing through a place where the
brightness suddenly changes, such as at the entrance to or exit of a tunnel.
When the headlights of an oncoming vehicle are very bright.
When the rear of your vehicle is weighed down with the weight of passengers and luggage.
When the headlights of your vehicle are not clean or are not properly aimed.
When the front windshield is not clean. When the front windshield wipers do not
clean the windshield properly.
WARNING CAUTION To maintain proper function of the LDW:
Always keep the windshield and the head- lights clean.
Do not put anything, such as a sticker, on the front windshield in front of the sensor.
Avoid applying a shock or load to the sen- sor.
Do not attempt to detach or disassemble the sensor.
Use only Mitsubishi Motors Genuine parts when replacing the windshield wipers.
NOTE When driving conditions are not suitable to
use the LDW, turn off the LDW.
System problem warning
BK0302800US.book 120
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-121
5
The alarm shown below is displayed if the system becomes temporarily unavailable due to the high or low temperature of the sensor. After temperature of the sensor has been in range, the system will automatically return to operation. If the alarm continues showing, there is a pos- sibility that the LDW has a malfunction. Con- tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for inspection of the system.
The alarm shown below is displayed if the system becomes temporarily unavailable due to the dirty windshield of the sensor. After having cleaned the windshield, the sys- tem will automatically return to operation. If the alarm continues showing, there is a pos- sibility that the LDW has a malfunction. Con- tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for inspection of the sensor.
If the LDW is deactivated due to a malfunc- tion in the system, the either alarm shown below is displayed. Contact a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer for inspection of the sys- tem.
Sensor is too hot or cold Windshield is dirty LDW deactivation due to fault
NOTE If the sensor or its surrounding area becomes
extremely high temperature when parking the vehicle under a blazing sun, the LDW SERVICE REQUIRED message may appear. If the message remains even after the tem- perature of the sensor or its surrounding area has been in range, please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
BK0302800US.book 121
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
5-122 Features and controls
5
N00530201700
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) uses tire inflation pressure sensors (A) on the wheels to monitor the tire inflation pressures. The system only indicates when a tire is sig- nificantly under-inflated.
N00532701392
When the operation mode is put in ON, the TPMS warning light normally illuminates and goes off a few seconds later.
If one or more of the vehicle tires is signifi- cantly under-inflated, the warning light will remain illuminated while the operation mode is put in ON. Refer to If the warning light / display illumi- nates while driving on page 5-123 and take the necessary measures.
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
NOTE The TPMS is not a substitute for regularly
checking tire inflation pressures. Be sure to check the tire inflation pressures as described in Tires on page 9-12.
The tire inflation pressure sensor (A) is installed in the illustrated location. On vehicles with Type 1 sensor which has
the metallic air valve (B), replace grommet and washer (C) with the new ones when the tire is replaced.
On vehicles with Type 2 sensor which has the rubber air valve (D), replace rubber air valve (D) with new one when the tire is replaced.
For details, please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
TPMS warning light / display
NOTE
Type 1
Type 2
NOTE In addition, the warning display is displayed
on the information screen in the multi-infor- mation display.
CAUTION If the TPMS warning light does not illumi-
nate when the operation mode is put in ON, it means that the TPMS is not working prop- erly. Have the system inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. In such situations, a malfunctioning of the system may be preventing the monitoring of the tire pressure. Avoid sudden braking, sharp turning and high-speed driving.
BK0302800US.book 122
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
Features and controls 5-123
5
Each tire, should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure rec- ommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure tell- tale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a sig- nificantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehi- cles handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pres- sure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The
TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one min- ute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illumi- nated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from function- ing properly. Always check the TPMS mal- function telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function prop- erly.
N00532801582
1. If the TPMS warning light illuminates, avoiding hard braking, sharp steering maneuvers and high speeds. You should stop and adjust the tires to the proper inflation pressure as soon as possible. Refer to Tires on page 9-12.
If a malfunction is detected in the TPMS, the TPMS warning light will blink for approxi- mately 1 minute and then remain continu- ously illuminated. The warning light will issue further warnings each time the Plug-in Hybrid EV system is restarted as long as the malfunction exists. Check to see whether the warning light goes off after few minutes driving. If it then goes off during driving, there is no problem. However, if the warning light does not go off, or if it blinks again when the Plug-in Hybrid EV system is restarted, have the vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. In such situations, a malfunctioning of the system may be preventing the monitoring of the tire pressure. For safety reasons, when the warning light appears while driving, avoid sudden braking, sharp turning and high-speed driving.
NOTE In addition, the warning display is displayed
on the information screen in the multi-infor- mation display.
CAUTION
If the warning light / display illuminates while driving
BK0302800US.book 123
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
5-124 Features and controls
5
2. If the TPMS warning light remains illumi- nated after you have been driving for approximately 20 minutes after you adjust the tire inflation pressure, one or more of the tires may have a puncture. Inspect the tire and if it has a puncture, have it repaired by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
The TPMS may not work normally in the fol- lowing circumstances:
A wireless facility or device using the same frequency is near the vehicle.
Snow or ice is stuck inside the fenders and/or on the wheels.
The tire inflation pressure sensors battery is dead.
Wheels other than Mitsubishi Motors Genuine wheels are being used.
Wheels that are not fitted with tire infla- tion pressure sensors are being used.
Wheels whose ID codes are not memo- rized by the vehicle are used.
A window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed.
NOTE In addition, the warning display is displayed
on the information screen in the multi-infor- mation display.
When inspecting or adjusting the tire pres- sure, do not apply excessive force to the valve stem to avoid breakage.
After inspecting or adjusting the tire pres- sure, always reinstall the valve cap on the valve stem. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve, resulting in damage to the tire inflation pressure sensor.
Do not use metal valve caps, which may cause a metal reaction, resulting in corrosion and damage of the tire inflation pressure sen- sors.
Once adjustments have been made, the warn- ing light will go off after a few minutes of driving.
WARNING If the warning light / display illuminates
while you are driving, avoid hard braking, sharp steering maneuvers and high speeds. Driving with an under-inflated tire adversely affects vehicle performance and can result in an accident.
CAUTION The warning light / display may not illumi-
nate immediately in the event of a tire blow- out or rapid leak.
NOTE To avoid the risk of damage to the tire infla-
tion pressure sensors, have any punctured tire repaired by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. If the tire repair is not done by a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer, it is not covered by your warranty.
Do not use an aerosol puncture-repair spray on any tire. Such a spray could damage the tire inflation pressure sensors.
Using the tire repair kit may damage the tire inflation pressure sensor. The vehicle must promptly be inspected and repaired by a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer after using the tire repair kit.
NOTE Tire inflation pressures vary with the ambi-
ent temperature. If the vehicle is subjected to large variations in ambient temperature, the tire inflation pressures may be under-inflated (causing the warning light / display come on) when the ambient temperature is relatively low. If the warning light / display comes on, adjust the tire inflation pressure.
BK0302800US.book 124
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
Features and controls 5-125
5
N00532901219
If new wheels with new tire inflation pressure sensors are installed, their ID codes must be programmed into the TPMS. Have tire and wheel replacement performed by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to avoid the risk of damaging the tire inflation pressure sensors. If the wheel replacement is not done by a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer, it is not covered by your warranty.
N00584300055
In case that 2 sets of tire inflation pressure sensor ID are registered in the receiver, the valid tire ID set can be changed by following procedure.
1. Operate the multi-information display switch to switch the information screen to the menu screen.
Refer to Multi-information display switch on page 5-142. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select (tire ID set change).
3. Hold down the multi-information display switch for approximately 3 seconds or more. The setting changes to the selected tire ID set.
4. The valid tire ID set is changed, and the number of the TPMS SET indicator is changed.
N00533001291
Your TPMS operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commis- sion (FCC) Rules (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.) and Industry Canada Rules (For vehi- cles sold in Canada). This device complies with part 15 of FCC Rules and Industry Can- ada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two con- ditions.
This device may not cause harmful inter- ference.
This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Whenever the tires and wheels are replaced with new ones
CAUTION The use of non-genuine wheels will prevent
the proper fit of the tire inflation pressure sensors, resulting air leakage or damage of the sensors.
Tire ID set change
NOTE Each time this procedure is done, the tire ID
set is changed. (1 — 2 — 1 — 2 ) The tire ID set is NOT changed, in case that
only 1 set of ID is registered.
General information
CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the manufacturer for compli- ance could void the users authority to oper- ate the equipment.
BK0302800US.book 125
Rear-view camera (if so equipped)
5-126 Features and controls
5
N00546201415
When the select position is in the R (REVERSE) position with the operation mode of the power switch in ON, the rear- view image will be displayed on the screen of the Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA). When the select position is shifted out of the R (REVERSE) position, the rear-view image will go off.
The rear-view camera (A) is in the liftgate, at the left side of the liftgate handle.
Reference lines and upper surface of the rear bumper (A) are displayed on the screen.
Red line (B) indicates approximately 20 inches (50 cm) behind the rear bumper.
Two Green lines (C) indicate approxi- mately 8 inches (20 cm) outside of the vehicle body.
Short transverse lines (1 to 3) indicate dis- tance from the rear bumper.
Rear-view camera (if so equipped)
WARNING Never rely solely on the rear-view camera
to clear the area behind your vehicle. Always check visually behind and all around your vehicle for persons, animals, obstructions or other vehicles. Failure to do so can result in vehicle damage, serious injury or death.
The rear-view camera is an aid system for backing up, but it is not a substitute for your visual confirmation.
The view on the screen is limited, and objects outside the view, such as under the bumper or around either corner of the bumper end, cannot be seen on the screen.
Location of rear-view camera
CAUTION If the camera lens gets dirty, a clear image
cannot be obtained. As necessary, rinse the lens with clean water and gently wipe with a clean, soft cloth.
To avoid damaging the camera; Do not rub the cover excessively or polish
it by using an abrasive compound. Do not disassemble the camera. Do not splash hot water directly on the lens. Do not spray the camera and its surround-
ings with high-pressure water. Make sure that the liftgate is securely
closed when backing up.
Reference lines on the screen
BK0302800US.book 126
Rear-view camera (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-127
5
1: Approximately at the rear edge of the rear bumper (if so equipped)
2: Approximately 39 inches (100 cm) 3: Approximately 79 inches (200 cm)
CAUTION The rear-view camera uses a wide-angle
lens. As a result, images and distances shown on the screen are not exact.
Never rely solely on the reference lines. The reference lines indicating distance and vehi- cle width are based on a level, flat road sur- face. Actual distance may be different from dis- tance indicated by the lines on the screen, depending on the loading condition of the vehicle and road surface condition. Also, your vehicle width indicated by the reference lines may be different from the actual vehicle width.
For example;
In the following cases, objects shown on the screen will appear to be farther off than they actually are. When the rear of the vehicle is weighed
down with the weight of passengers and luggage in the vehicle.
A: Actual objects B: Objects shown on the screen
When there is an upward slope behind the vehicle.
A: Actual objects B: Objects shown on the screen
CAUTION When there is a downward slope behind the
vehicle, objects shown on the screen will appear to be closer than they actually are.
A: Actual objects B: Objects shown on the screen
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 127
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
5-128 Features and controls
5 N00587200084
The Multi Around Monitor system uses four cameras, Front-view camera, Side-view cameras (right and left) and Rear-view camera, and displays composite views from those cameras on a screen in the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA). The Multi Around Monitor system will assist the driver to park the vehicle in a narrow or parallel parking space.
When the vehicle is approaching a truck, the reference lines indicate that your vehi- cle will clear the truck. In reality, the truck is in your path.
CAUTION When there is an object behind the vehicle
that has upper sections projecting in the direction of the vehicle, the reference lines on the screen will indicate that point A is the farthest point and point B is the closest point to the vehicle. In reality, point A and B are actually the same distance from the vehicle, and point C is farther off than point A and B.
NOTE Mirror image is displayed on the screen. The display language of the screen is possi-
ble can be changed. For details, please refer to the separated owners manual.
Under certain circumstances, it may become difficult to see an image on the screen, even when the system is functioning correctly. In a dark area, such as at night. When water drops or condensation are on
the lens.
CAUTION When sun light or headlights shine directly
into the lens.
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
WARNING Before using the Multi Around Monitor
system, read this entire section to fully understand the limitations of this system. Failure to follow instructions could result in an accident.
The Multi Around Monitor system is an aid system to help observe around the vehicle. It is not a substitute for your visual confirmation.
Never rely solely on the Multi Around Monitor system. The view on the screen is limited, and objects outside the view can- not be seen on the screen.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 128
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-129
5
CAUTION Before using the Multi Around Monitor,
make sure that all doors and the liftgate are closed and the outside mirrors are unfolded. If an outside mirror is folded and/or if a front door and/or the liftgate is open, the areas dis- played on the Multi Around Monitor will not be appropriate.
Location of each camera
A- Rear-view camera B- Front-view camera C- Side-view camera
CAUTION If the camera lens gets dirty, a clear image
cannot be obtained. As necessary, rinse the lens with clean water and gently wipe with a clean, soft cloth.
To avoid damaging the camera; Do not rub the cover excessively or polish
it by using an abrasive compound. Do not disassemble the camera. Do not splash hot water directly on the lens. Do not spray the camera and its surround-
ings with high-pressure water. Make sure that the liftgate is securely
closed when backing up. Do not attach anything on the camera and/or
surrounding areas. Doing so will disturb the camera.
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 129
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
5-130 Features and controls
5
N00587300027
The range of view of the Multi Around Monitor cameras is limited to the area shown in the illustrations. It cannot show around the both sides and the lower part of the front and rear bumpers, etc. While driving, be sure to visually confirm safety around the vehicle.
Range of view of the Multi Around Monitor
Range of view of the Multi Around Monitor cameras
A: Front-view camera B: Side-view camera (Right) C: Side-view camera (Left) D: Rear-view camera
BK0302800US.book 130
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-131
5
N00587400073
Two different types of views are displayed on the left side and the right side respectively.
Views of the surroundings of the vehicle and behind the vehicle are displayed.
Views of the passengers side of the vehicle and behind the vehicle are displayed.
Views of the surroundings of the vehicle and the front of the vehicle are displayed.
Views of the passengers side of the vehicle and the front of the vehicle are displayed.
Types of views of the Multi Around Monitor
Birds eye-view/Rear-view mode
Side-view/Rear-view mode
Birds eye-view/Front-view mode
Side-view/Front-view mode
CAUTION The camera uses a special lens. As a result,
images and distances shown on the screen are not exact.
NOTE Because the cameras have a special lens, the
lines on the ground between parking spaces may not look parallel on the screen.
Under certain circumstances, it may become difficult to see an image on the screen, even when the system is functioning correctly. In a dark area, such as at night.
BK0302800US.book 131
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
5-132 Features and controls
5
N00587500087
The Multi Around Monitor can only be used when the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON.
When you place the select position is the R (REVERSE) position, the birds eye- view/rear-view is displayed on the screen of the SDA. When you move the selector lever to any other position, the display disappears.
When the camera switch (A) is pressed, the birds eye-view/front-view is displayed.
If the camera switch is pressed, the mode of Multi Around Monitor is switched, Birds eye-view/Rear-view mode Side- view/Rear-view mode
If the camera switch is pressed, the mode of Multi Around Monitor is switched, Birds eye-view/Front-view mode Side- view/Front-view mode OFF
When water drops or condensation are on the lens.
When sun light or headlights shine directly into the lens.
When a fluorescent light shines directly into the lens.
If the atmospheric temperature is extremely hot or extremely cold, the camera images may not be clear. There is no abnormality.
If a wireless device is installed near the cam- era, the camera images may cause electrical system interference and the system may stop functioning properly.
How to use the Multi Around Monitor
Operation with the selector lever
NOTE NOTE The passengers side screen can be switched
to the side-view by pressing the camera switch.
Operation with the switch
NOTE If there is no operation for 3 minutes after
the Multi Around Monitor is displayed by pressing the switch with the select position in other than R (REVERSE), the display disappears.
Switching of the screen (Select position is R (REVERSE))
Switching of the screen (Select position is other than R (REVERSE))
NOTE When you place the select position is the R
(REVERSE) position with the front-view mode displayed on the drivers side screen, the drivers side screen switches to the rear- view mode. When you shift the select posi- tion to any other position, the drivers side screen switches to the front-view mode.
When the camera switch is pressed at the vehicle speed of approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) or higher, only the side-view can be displayed on the passengers side screen.
BK0302800US.book 132
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-133
5 N00587600062
In any mode other than the Birds eye-view mode, the lines in the screen give the follow- ing information. Use them only as a guide.
Reference lines for the distance and the vehi- cle width and upper surface of the front bum- per (A) are displayed on the screen.
The Red line (B) indicates approximately 20 inches (50 cm) from the front edge of the front bumper.
The Two Green lines (C) indicate the approximate vehicle width.
The Orange lines (D) indicates an expected course when the vehicle moves forward with the steering wheel turned. It disappears when the steering wheel is in the neutral position.
The approximate distance from the vehi- cle body is as follows:
N00587700047
Reference lines for the distance and the vehi- cle width and upper surface of the rear bum- per (A) are displayed on the screen.
The Red line (B) indicates approximately 20 inches (50 cm) behind the rear edge of the rear bumper.
The Two Green lines (C) indicate the approximate vehicle width.
The Orange line (D) indicates an expected course when the vehicle is reserved with the steering wheel turned. It disappears when the steering wheel is in the neutral position.
The approximate distance from the vehi- cle body is as follows:
The front-view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed exceeds approximately 6 mph (10 km/h).
The display of the view may be delayed dur- ing switching of the screen.
How to read the screen
CAUTION If the camera and/or its surrounding area
have experienced an impact, the Multi Around Monitor system may not function correctly. Have the vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Front-view mode
NOTE
1- Approximately 39 inches (100 cm) from the front edge of the front bumper
NOTE When the expected course lines are dis-
played in the front-view, the expected course lines are also displayed in the birds eye- view (Front: solid line, Rear: broken line).
Rear-view mode
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 133
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
5-134 Features and controls
5
1- Approximately 39 inches (100 cm) from the rear edge of the rear bumper
2- Approximately 79 inches (200 cm) from the rear edge of the rear bumper
CAUTION The rear-view camera uses a wide-angle
lens. As a result, images and distances shown on the screen are not exact.
Never rely solely on the reference lines. The reference lines indicating distance and vehi- cle width are based on a level, flat road sur- face. Actual distance may be different from dis- tance indicated by the lines on the screen, depending on the loading condition of the vehicle and road surface condition. Also, your vehicle width indicated by the reference lines may be different from the actual vehicle width.
For example;
In the following cases, objects shown on the screen will appear to be farther off than they actually are. When the rear of the vehicle is weighed
down with the weight of passengers and luggage in the vehicle.
A: Actual objects B: Objects shown on the screen
When there is an upward slope behind the vehicle.
A: Actual objects B: Objects shown on the screen
CAUTION When there is a downward slope behind the
vehicle, objects shown on the screen will appear to be closer than they actually are.
A: Actual objects B: Objects shown on the screen
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 134
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-135
5
When the vehicle is approaching a truck, the reference lines indicate that your vehi- cle will clear the truck. In reality, the truck is in your path.
CAUTION When there is an object behind the vehicle
that has upper sections projecting in the direction of the vehicle, the reference lines on the screen will indicate that point A is the farthest point and point B is the closest point to the vehicle. In reality, point A and B are actually the same distance from the vehicle, and point C is farther off than point A and B.
CAUTION NOTE When the expected course lines are dis-
played in the rear-view, the expected course lines are also displayed in the birds eye- view (Front: broken line, Rear: solid line).
BK0302800US.book 135
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
5-136 Features and controls
5
N00587900023
Reference lines for the vehicle width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the screen.
N00588000021
An overhead view in which the vehicle is looked down is displayed so that you can eas- ily identify the location of your vehicle and the course to enter the parking space.
Side-view mode
1- Approximate vehicle width including the door mirror.
2- Approximate location of the axle center of the front wheel.
3- Approximate 20 inches (50 cm) from the front edge of the front bumper.
Birds eye-view mode CAUTION The birds eye-view is a composite image
from images captured by the Front-view camera, Side-view cameras (right and left) and Rear-view camera. As a result, objects may appear to be farther away than they actually are. Also, an object may appear to be in a direction and/or location different from actual. In addition, blind spots exist in proximity of the vehicle. Even if the screen indicates that there is a space between your vehicle and an object, there may actually be less or no space. Always check visually behind and all around your vehicle.
The view at a section near each corner on the Bird’s eye-view is combined from the edge of the view captured by each camera. As result, an object indicated in the section may be unclear, and it may disappear/reappear on the screen.
NOTE In the Birds eye-view mode, since the views
captured by the four cameras, Front-view camera, Side-view cameras (right and left) and Rear-view camera are processed based on a level flat road surface, an image may be displayed as follows: An object appears to have fallen down and
looks longer or larger.
BK0302800US.book 136
Instrument cluster
Features and controls 5-137
5
N00519001457
N00519101298
The speedometer shows the vehicle speed in miles per hour (mph) or kilometers per hour (km/h).
An object having a height from the road surface may seem to appear from the joint of the view composition processing regions.
The brightness of the views from each cam- era may vary depending on the illuminance conditions.
An object above the camera is not displayed. The object displayed in the Front-view mode
or the Rear-view mode may not be displayed in the Birds eye-view mode.
The view in the Birds eye-view mode may be displaced from its true position when the mounting location and angle of each camera are changed.
The lines on the road may appear to be dis- placed or bent at the joint of the views.
NOTE Instrument cluster
1- Energy usage indicator P.5-138 2- Multi-information display P.5-140
Information screen display list P.5-161
3- Speedometer P.5-137 4- Rheostat illumination button
P.5-139
Speedometer
Type A
Type B
BK0302800US.book 137
Instrument cluster
5-138 Features and controls
5
N00572101066 Indicates that the vehicle cannot be driven (READY OFF). When the vehicle is ready for running, the needle of the energy usage indicator moves to the horizontal position.
The EV zone shows the motor output during EV drive mode (driving with the engine stopped). The EV zone consists of two zones that (1) and (2) in the illustration. The zone (1) shows the state that the EV drive mode can be maintained and the zone (2) shows the state that the engine starts in high possibility. As the motor output increases, the movement range of the needle of the energy usage indi- cator increases. In addition, the needle of the energy usage indicator indicates the horizontal position when the engine is stopped or there is no electric energy by the motor output or the regenerative brake.
Indicates the charging power generated by the regenerative braking. The more the needle moves, the more electric energy is charged. The needle of the energy usage indicator may not enter the charge zone when the main drive lithium-ion battery is close to full charge.
Energy usage indicator
EV zone
Charge zone
Ready OFF position
Engine out- put zone
Charging power gauge
Ready OFF position
EV zone
NOTE Depending on the state of the vehicle (such
as during heating of air conditioner), the engine may start even if the needle of the energy usage indicator is indicated before the zone 2 (zone that the engine starts in high possibility).
Even when the EV priority mode is selected and the engine does not start, the needle of the energy usage indicator may indicate the zone 2 (zone that the engine starts in high possibility).
While the EV priority mode is selected, even if the needle of the energy usage indicator enters the zone 2, the engine will not start unless over the specified point by pressing the accelerator pedal.
Depending on the vehicle condition, the movement of the needle of the energy usage indicator may be different or fluctuated.
Economical driving can be done by operat- ing in a state that the swing of the needle is small within the zone 1.
Charge zone
BK0302800US.book 138
Instrument cluster
Features and controls 5-139
5
Also, if the needle of the energy usage indica- tor indicates the engine output zone, the nee- dle will not indicate the charge zone even when the main drive lithium-ion battery is charged with regenerative braking.
Indicates the instantaneous engine output (kW).
N00554901365
Each time you press this button, there is a sound and the brightness of the instruments changes.
NOTE You can check the charging power generated
by regenerative braking with the charging power gauge in the multi-information dis- play even while the engine is running.
The charging power generated by regenera- tive braking is indicated by both the charge zone in the energy usage indicator and the charging power gauge in the multi-informa- tion display.
Engine output zone
Meter illumination control
1- Brightness level 2- Rheostat illumination button
NOTE You can adjust to 8 different levels for when
the front side-marker lights are illuminated and when they are not.
The light switch is in a position other than the OFF position and it is sufficiently dark outside the vehicle, the meter illumination switches automatically to the adjusted brightness.
The brightness level of the instruments is stored when the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF.
If you press and hold the button for longer than approximately 2 second when the front side-marker lights are illuminated, the brightness level changes to the maximum level. Pressing and holding the button for longer than approximately 2 second again returns the brightness level to the previous level. It is recommended to use this function when it is difficult to read the meter due to the meter illumination is dimmed by turning on the tail lights in bright areas. For vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), the operation of the screen background theme and the switch illumination when the meter illumination brightness level is changed to the maximum vary depending on the specifications of the SDA.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 139
Multi-information display
5-140 Features and controls
5
N00555001523
The multi-information display displays warn- ings, the odometer, trip odometer, average fuel consumption, EV cruising range, total cruising range, EVHV driving rate, energy flow, etc.
It is also possible to change elements such as the language and units used on the multi- information display.
[With operation mode of the power switch in OFF]
Multi-information display
1- Warning display screen P.5-147 2- Information screen P.5-143
Interrupt display screen P.5-146 3- Main drive lithium-ion battery level
display screen P.5-147 4- Odometer P.5-148
5- or mark indicator P.5-146
6- Door ajar warning display screen P.5-147
NOTE The main drive lithium-ion battery level dis-
play screen appears when any of the doors or the liftgate is opened during charging.
BK0302800US.book 140
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-141
5
[With operation mode of the power switch in ON]
1- NORMAL mode indicator display screen P.5-61
2- SNOW mode indicator display screen P.5-61
3- LOCK mode indicator display screen P.5-61
4- ECO mode indicator display P.5-199 5- SPORT mode indicator display
P.5-71 6- Battery charge mode display screen
P.5-69 7- Battery save mode display screen
P.5-69 8- EV priority mode display screen
P.5-66
9- Warning display screen P.5-147 10- Lane Departure Warning system
(LDW) display screen (if so equipped) P.5-118
11- Cruise control display screen (if so equipped) P.5-84
12- Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) display screen (if so equipped) P.5-88
13- Main drive lithium-ion battery level display screen P.5-147
14- Odometer P.5-148 15- or mark indicator P.5-146 16- Information screen P.5-144
17- Select position display P.5-58 18- Fuel remaining display screen
P.5-147 19- Outside temperature display screen
P.5-148 20- Charging power gauge P.5-148
NOTE The fuel units, outside temperature units,
display language, and other settings can be changed. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
BK0302800US.book 141
Multi-information display
5-142 Features and controls
5
N00555101247
Each time the multi-information display switch is operated, the buzzer sounds and the multi-information display changes between information such as warnings, trip odometer, average fuel consumption, EV cruising range, total cruising range, EVHV driving rate, energy flow, etc. It is also possible to change elements such as the language and units used on the multi- information display by operating the multi- information display switch.
Multi-information display switch
BK0302800US.book 142
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-143
5
N00555301210
Each time you lightly press the multi-information display switch, the display screen switches in the following order.
Information screen (With the operation mode in OFF)
*: When there is a warning display 1- Trip odometer P.5-149 2- Trip odometer P.5-149 3- ECO score display P.5-153 4- Predicted charging time P.3-22, 3-32 5- Service reminder P.5-149 6- Redisplay of a warning display screen P.5-146
*
BK0302800US.book 143
Multi-information display
5-144 Features and controls
5
N00555801332
When the operation mode is put in ON, the display screen switches in the following order.
Information screen (With the operation mode is changed from OFF to ON)
*: When the inspection time has arrived 1- Screen when the operation mode is OFF 2- System check screen P.5-150 3- Screen when the operation mode is ON 4- Service reminder P.5-149
BK0302800US.book 144
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-145
5
N00556201333
Each time you lightly press the multi-information display switch, the display screen switches in the following order.
Information screen (With the operation mode in ON)
*: When there is a warning display 1- Trip odometer P.5-149 2- Trip odometer P.5-149 3- EV cruising range display/Total cruising range display P.5-151 4- Average fuel consumption display P.5-151
EVHV driving rate display P.5-152 5- Energy flow display P.5-152 6- ECO score display P.5-153 7- S-AWC operation display P.5-63 8- Service reminder P.5-149 9- Function setting screen P.5-153
10- Redisplay of a warning display screen P.5-146
BK0302800US.book 145
Multi-information display
5-146 Features and controls
5
N00556301291
When there is information to be announced, such as a system fault, the tone sounds and the information screen is switched to the warning display screen. Refer to the warning list and take the neces- sary measures. Refer to Warning display list on page 5-162. When the cause of the warning display is eliminated, the warning display goes out automatically.
Even if the cause of the warning display is not eliminated, you can return to the screen
that was displayed before the warning dis- play.
If you press the multi-information display switch, the display screen switches to the screen display from before the warning and the warning (A) is displayed.
Warning display screens with a or mark displayed in the upper right of the
screen can be switched. If you want to switch the display, press the multi-information dis- play switch as follows. : Press lightly. : Press for approximately 2 seconds or more.
N00579600047
When the warning is displayed, if you lightly press the multi-information display switch a few times, the warning display screen you switched from is redisplayed.
N00579700022
The operation status of each system is dis- played on the information screen. For further details, refer to the appropriate page in the warning display list.
NOTE While driving, the service reminder are not displayed even if you operate the multi-information display switch. Always stop the vehicle in a safe place
before operating. While driving, the function setting screen is not displayed even if you operate the multi-information display switch.
Always park the vehicle in a safe place, firmly apply the parking brake and press the electrical parking switch before operating the function setting screen. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
When there is information to be announced, such as a system fault, the tone sounds and the screen display is switched. Refer to Interrupt display screen on page 5-146.
Interrupt display screen
Warning display
Returning to the display screen from before the warning display
If you want to switch the display
Redisplay of a warning display screen
Other interrupt displays
BK0302800US.book 146
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-147
5
Refer to Other interrupt displays on page 5-181.
N00555201251
This is displayed when you press the multi- information display switch and return from the warning display screen to the previous screen. This mark is also displayed if there is another warning other than the one displayed. When the cause of the warning display is eliminated, the warning goes out automat- ically.
N00529700027
If any of the doors or the liftgate is not com- pletely closed, this displays the open door or liftgate. If the speed increases to approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) or higher with a door ajar, a tone will sound 4 times to inform you that a door is ajar.
N00588300024
Indicates the remaining power in the main drive lithium-ion battery.
N00556601207
Shows the amount of fuel remaining.
Warning display screen
NOTE When the warning is displayed, the warn-
ing display screen can be redisplayed on the information screen. Refer to Information screen (with the opera- tion mode in OFF) on page 5-143. Refer to Information screen (with the opera- tion mode in ON) on page 5-145.
Door ajar warning display screen
CAUTION Always make sure that the warning display
goes out before beginning to drive.
Main drive lithium-ion battery level display screen
Fuel remaining display screen
F- Full E- Empty
NOTE It may take several seconds to stabilize the
display after refilling the tank. If fuel is added with the operation mode in
ON, the remaining fuel display may incor- rectly indicate the fuel level.
The arrow (A) indicates that the fuel tank filler door is located on the left side of the vehicle. (Refer to Filling the fuel tank on page 3-51.)
BK0302800US.book 147
Multi-information display
5-148 Features and controls
5
N00578300092
When the fuel level runs low, the information screen switches to the interrupt display of the fuel remaining warning display and the mark (B) on the fuel remaining display flashes. If the warning display appears, refuel as soon as possible.
N00597700037
Shows instantaneous charging power gener- ated by the regenerative braking.
N00556501118
Shows the temperature outside the vehicle.
N00574901026
Shows the total distance traveled.
Fuel remaining warning display
CAUTION If the vehicle is runs out of fuel, the engine
will not start even in a situation need to be generated electricity, the following condi- tions will occur. The driving performance falls (since only
the electrical power stored in the main drive lithium-ion battery can be used for the driv- ing).
The effectiveness of the heater is insuffi- cient.
The catalytic converter may be damaged due to excessive high temperature.
NOTE On hills or curves, the display may be incor-
rect due to the movement of fuel in the tank. Battery save mode or battery charge mode
canceled or may not be activated even if the battery save mode switch or the battery charge mode switch is pressed, depending on the remaining quantity of the main drive lith- ium-ion battery or the control condition of the system.
Charging power gauge
CAUTION NOTE The charging power gauge does not include
the electricity generated by the engine. The charging power gauge does not indicate
the vehicle driving condition in the battery charge mode.
The movement of the gauge decreases as the main drive lithium-ion battery level is nearly full.
Outside temperature display screen
NOTE The display setting can be changed to the
preferred units (F or C). Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
Depending on factors such as the driving conditions, the displayed temperature may vary from the actual outside temperature.
Odometer
BK0302800US.book 148
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-149
5
N00575001066
Shows the distance traveled between two points.
To return the display to 0, hold down the multi-information display switch for approxi- mately 2 seconds or more. Only the currently displayed value will be reset.
Example If trip odometer is displayed, only trip odometer will be reset.
Both trip odometers and can count up to 9999.9 miles/kilometers. When a trip odometer goes past 9999.9 miles/kilometers, it returns to 0.0 miles/ kilometers.
When disconnecting the 12 V starter bat- tery terminal, the memories of trip odom- eter displays and are cleared, and their displays return to 0.0 miles/kilome- ters.
N00556701341
Displays the approximate time until the next recommended periodic inspection. — is displayed when the inspection time has arrived.
1. Shows the time until the next periodic inspection.
2. This informs you that a periodic inspec- tion is due. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked.
At that time, when the operation mode is changed from OFF to ON, the warning display is displayed for a few seconds on the information screen.
Trip odometer
Usage examples for trip odometer , trip odometer
It is possible to measure two currently traveled distances, from home using trip odometer and from a particular point on the way using trip odometer
.
To reset the trip odometer
Service reminder
NOTE The service reminder time can be modified
by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer, to adjust for severe usage, etc. Refer to Severe main- tenance schedule in your vehicles Warranty and Maintenance Manual. For further infor- mation, please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE Shows the distance in units of 100 miles (100
km) and the time in units of 1 month.
BK0302800US.book 149
Multi-information display
5-150 Features and controls
5
3. After your vehicle is inspected at a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer, it displays the time until the next periodic inspection.
The — display can be reset while the oper- ation mode of the power switch is in OFF. When the display is reset, the time until the next periodic inspection is displayed and the warning display is no longer displayed when the operation mode is changed from OFF to ON.
1. When you lightly press the multi-informa- tion display switch, the information screen switches to the service reminder display screen.
2. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to display and make it flash. (If there is no operation for approxi- mately 10 seconds with this indicator flashing, the display returns to the previ- ous screen.)
3. With this indicator flashing, if you lightly press the multi-information display switch, the screen switches from — to CLEAR. After that, the time until the next periodic inspection is shown.
N00578400035
When the operation mode is put in ON, the system check screen is displayed for approxi- mately 4 seconds. If there is no fault, the information screen is displayed. If there is a fault, the screen changes to warn- ing display. Refer to Warning display list on page 5-162.
To reset
CAUTION The customer is responsible for making sure
that regular inspections and maintenance and periodic inspections and maintenance are performed. Inspections and maintenance must be per- formed to prevent accidents and malfunc- tions.
NOTE The — display cannot be reset while the
operation mode is in ON. When — is displayed, after a certain dis-
tance and a certain period of time, the dis- play is reset and the time until the next periodic inspection is displayed.
If you accidentally reset the display, consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for assis- tance.
System check screen
NOTE The system check screen display varies
depending on your equipment.
BK0302800US.book 150
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-151
5
N00588400054
This displays the approximate driving range (how many more miles or kilometers you can drive).
EV cruising range display (A) This displays the distance that can be traveled with the remaining power in the main drive lithium-ion battery.
Total cruising range display (B) This displays the distance that can be traveled with the remaining power in the main drive lithium-ion battery and the remaining amount of fuel.
N00575301043
This displays the average fuel consumption from the last reset to the present.
EV cruising range display/Total cruising range display
NOTE The EV cruising range may vary depending
on driving conditions and your personal driv- ing habits. The EV cruising range is calculated from the following information. Current remaining power in the main drive
lithium-ion battery.
The Most recent electric power consump- tion rate.
Operation status of the air-conditioner. If the preceding driving condition is in the following situations, the EV cruising range display may show less distance than before even though there are almost the same level remaining power in the main drive lithium- ion battery. When much electricity is consumed from
the main drive lithium-ion battery, such as in a traffic jam, hill-climbing or high-speed driving.
When the air conditioner is operating. Treat the distance displayed as just a rough guideline. In addition, disconnecting the 12 V starter battery cable will reset the EV cruising range and the EV cruising range display may show the different distance from the previous dis- tance.
The learned value for the EV cruising range can be reset by operating the multi-informa- tion display switch. If the EV cruising range display shows extremely different distance, please reset the learned value to the initialized value. For details, refer to Reset of EV/Total cruis- ing range on page 5-158.
NOTE When the main drive lithium-ion battery is
charged or the vehicle is refueled, the cruis- ing range display is updated. However, if the charge level is low or the refueling amount is small, it cannot be updated correctly. Fully charge the main drive lithium-ion battery or refill to full tank whenever possible.
On rare occasions, the value displayed for the driving range may change if you are parked on an extremely steep incline. This is due to the movement of fuel in the tank and does not indicate any malfunction.
The display setting can be changed to the preferred units (miles or km). Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
When the EV cruising range falls below approximately 1 mile (1 km), the EV cruis- ing range display shows —.
When the total cruising range falls below approximately 30 miles (50 km), the total cruising range display shows —.
When the EV cruising range and total cruis- ing range cannot be accurately measured because there is some fault in the vehicle, these display shows —.
Average fuel consumption dis- play
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 151
Multi-information display
5-152 Features and controls
5
There are 2 types of mode settings of manual reset and automatic reset. Refer to Changing the reset mode for aver- age fuel consumption on page 5-154. For information on how to change the aver- age fuel consumption display setting, refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
N00588500026
This displays the ratios of the time traveled with electric power and the time traveled with both electric power and engine power. The ratio of the time traveled with electric power is displayed with a bar graph (blue) and in a percentage.
N00588600043
This displays the flow of energy.
NOTE The average fuel consumption display can be
reset separately in both auto reset mode and manual reset mode.
— is displayed when the average fuel con- sumption cannot be measured.
The initial (default) setting is Auto reset mode.
Average fuel consumption may vary depend- ing on the driving conditions (road condi- tions, how you drive, etc.) The actual fuel consumption may differ from the fuel con- sumption displayed, so treat the fuel con- sumption displayed as just a rough guideline.
Disconnecting the 12 V starter battery cable will erase from memory the manual reset mode or auto reset mode setting for the aver- age fuel consumption display.
The display setting can be changed to the preferred units {mpg (US), mpg (UK), L/100km or km/L}. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
EVHV driving rate display
NOTE When the main drive lithium-ion battery is
fully charged, EVHV driving rate is reset and display becomes 100 %.
Energy flow display
A- Engine B- Main drive lithium-ion battery C- Tire
Blue arrow- Flow of electric energy Amber arrow- Flow of other energy
BK0302800US.book 152
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-153
5
N00578800068
ECO score indicates the points you have scored on fuel-efficient driving by the num- ber of leaves as follows:
[When the operation mode is ON]
The display shows the score you achieved in the last several minutes.
[When the operation mode is put in OFF] The display shows the overall ECO score the function has counted from the time when the operation mode is set to ON to the time when it is set to OFF.
N00556801342
1. Park your vehicle in a safe place. Firmly apply the parking brake and press the electrical parking switch and shift to the P (PARK) position.
2. When you lightly press the multi-informa- tion meter switch, the information screen switches to the function setting screen. Refer to Information screen on page 5-145.
Display of energy flow (example)
When driving with electric energy
When driving with fuel (gasoline) energy
When driving with both electric energy and fuel (gasoline) energy
When charging the main drive lith- ium-ion battery
When there is no energy flow
NOTE During charging, the energy flow display for
charging is displayed. For details, refer to Energy flow display during charging on page 3-44.
ECO Score
Changing the function settings
ECO drive level
Low High
BK0302800US.book 153
Multi-information display
5-154 Features and controls
5
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to switch from the setting mode screen to the menu screen.
4. Select the item to change on the menu screen and change to the desired setting. For further details on the operation meth- ods, refer to the following sections.
Refer to Changing the reset mode for average fuel consumption on page 5-154. Refer to Changing the fuel consumption display unit on page 5-155. Refer to Changing the temperature unit on page 5-156. Refer to Changing the display language on page 5-156. Refer to Changing the language on other system to match the multi-information display on page 5-157. Refer to Operation sound setting on page 5-157. Refer to Changing the time until REST REMINDER is displayed on page 5-158. Refer to Changing the turn signal sound on page 5-158. Refer to Tire ID set change on page 5-125.
Refer to Reset of EV/Total cruising range on page 5-158. Refer to Returning to the factory set- tings on page 5-159.
N00557001279
You can change the mode condition for the average fuel consumption to Auto reset or Manual reset.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to switch from the setting mode screen to the menu screen. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
CAUTION For safety, stop the vehicle before operating.
While driving, even if you operate the multi- information display switch, the function set- ting screen is not displayed.
NOTE To return the menu screen to the function set-
ting screen, press and hold the multi-infor- mation display switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more).
If no operations are made within approxi- mately 30 seconds of the menu screen being displayed, the display returns to the function setting screen.
NOTE
NOTE If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected,
these function settings are reset from mem- ory and is automatically to the factory set- tings (except the tire ID set).
You cannot select an item that is displayed dimly on the menu.
Changing the reset mode for aver- age fuel consumption
BK0302800US.book 154
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-155
5
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select AVG (average fuel consumption setting).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to switch in sequence from A or 1 (Auto reset) M, 2 or P (Manual reset) A or 1 (Auto reset). The setting is changed to the selected reset condition.
If you press and hold the multi-informa- tion meter switch when the average fuel consumption is displayed, these calcula- tions will be reset to zero.
When the operation mode is changed from ACC or OFF to ON, the mode set- ting changes automatically from manual to auto.
When the average fuel consumption is being displayed, if you hold down the multi-information display switch, these calculations will be reset to zero.
When the operation mode has been in ACC or OFF for approximately 4 hours or more, the average fuel consumption dis- play will automatically reset.
N00557101209
The fuel consumption display unit can be changed. The distance and amount units are also changed to match the selected fuel con- sumption unit.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to change from the setting mode screen to the menu screen. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select AVG UNIT (fuel consumption display unit setting).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to display AVG UNIT (fuel consumption display unit setting).
4. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to switch to select the units.
5. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to change the setting to the selected unit.
Manual reset mode
Auto reset mode
NOTE The average fuel consumption display can be
reset separately in both auto reset mode and manual reset mode.
Disconnecting the 12 V starter battery cable will erase from memory the manual reset mode or auto reset mode setting for the aver- age fuel consumption display.
The initial (default) setting is Auto reset mode.
Changing the fuel consumption display unit
BK0302800US.book 155
Multi-information display
5-156 Features and controls
5
The distance and speed units are also changed in the following combinations to match the selected fuel consumption unit.
N00557201271
The temperature display unit can be switched.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to switch from the setting mode screen to the menu screen.
Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select (temperature unit setting).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to switch in from F to C, or from C to F. The setting is changed to the selected tem- perature unit.
N00557301214
The language of the multi-information dis- play can be changed.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to change from the setting mode screen to the menu screen. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select LANGUAGE (lan- guage setting).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to display LANGUAGE (lan- guage setting).
4. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select the desired language.
NOTE The display units for the average fuel con-
sumption and the driving range are changed, but the units for the indicating needle (speed- ometer), the odometer and the trip odometer will remain unchanged.
If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected, the memory of the unit setting is erased and is automatically set to {mpg (US) or L/100 km}.
Fuel economy
Distance (driving range)
mpg (US) mile (s) mpg (UK) mile (s)
km /L km L /100 km km
Changing the temperature unit
NOTE The temperature value on air conditioner
panel is switched in conjunction with outside temperature display unit of the multi-infor- mation display. However, F or C are not shown to tem- perature display of an air conditioner.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), the temperature value shown on the air conditioner screen of SDA is switched in conjunction with outside temperature display unit of the multi-infor- mation display.
If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected, the memory of the unit setting is erased and is automatically set to F (C).
Changing the display language
BK0302800US.book 156
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-157
5
5. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to change the setting to the selected language.
N00529801357
The language used in Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) can be changed automatically to the same language as that shown in the multi-information display.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to switch from the setting mode screen to the menu screen. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select (language cooperative control).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch to switch from A/1 (language cooperation: enabled) to M/2/P (language cooperation: disabled), or from M/2/P to A/1. The setting is changed to the selected condition.
N00557401185
You can turn off the operation sounds of the multi-information display switch and rheostat illumination button.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to switch from the setting mode screen to the menu screen. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
NOTE If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected,
the memory of the language setting is erased and is automatically set to ENGLISH.
If — is selected in the language setting, a warning message is not displayed when there is a warning display or interrupt display.
Changing the language on other system to match the multi-infor- mation display
NOTE If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected,
the language cooperative control is automati- cally set to A or 1 (language cooperation: enabled).
The language cooperation setting can be switched in the following manner.
When A or 1 (language cooperation: enabled) has been selected, the language for Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) is automatically changed to the language selected for the multi-information display. However, this changing function may not work depending on the language selected for the multi-information display.
When M, 2 or P (language cooperation: disabled) has been selected, the language for Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) is not automatically changed to match the language selected for the multi-informa- tion display.
The language on the audio systems display does not automatically change when you select A or 1 (language cooperation: enabled) in the language cooperation control.
Operation sound setting
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 157
Multi-information display
5-158 Features and controls
5
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select (operation sound setting).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to switch from ON (operation sound on) to OFF (operation sound off), or from OFF to ON. The setting is changed to the selected con- dition.
N00557501199
The time until the display appears can be changed.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to switch from the setting mode screen to the menu screen. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select ALARM (rest time setting).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to display ALARM (rest time setting).
4. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select the time until the dis- play appears.
5. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to change the setting to the selected time.
N00563501110
It is possible to change the turn signal sound.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to switch from the setting mode screen to the menu screen. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select . (changing the turn signal sound)
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to switch from 1 (turn-signal sound 1) to 2 (turn-signal sound 2), or from 2 to 1. The setting changes to the selected turn signal sound.
N00597800038
The learned value for EV cruising range reset to the initialized value.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch for approximately 2 seconds or more to switch from the setting mode screen to the menu screen. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
NOTE If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected,
the memory of the operation sound setting is erased and is automatically set to ON (operation sound on).
The operation sound setting only deactivates the operation sound of the multi-information display switch and rheostat illumination but- ton. The warning display and other sounds cannot be deactivated.
Changing the time until REST REMINDER is displayed
NOTE If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected,
the memory of the unit setting is erased and is automatically set to the OFF.
The drive time is reset when the operation mode is in OFF.
Changing the turn signal sound
Reset of EV/Total cruising range
BK0302800US.book 158
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-159
5
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select (Reset of EV cruising range).
3. When you press and hold the multi-infor- mation display switch for approximately 3 seconds or more, the buzzer sounds and the learned value reset to the default val- ues.
N00557601288
Many of the function settings can be returned to their factory settings.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 2 seconds or more) to switch from the setting mode screen to the menu screen. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis- play switch to select (return to the fac- tory settings).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis- play switch (for approximately 5 seconds or more), the buzzer sounds and all of the function settings are returned to the fac- tory settings.
Returning to the factory settings
NOTE The factory settings are as follows.
Average fuel consumption reset mode: A (Auto reset)
Fuel consumption display unit: mpg (US) or (L/100 km)
Temperature unit: F (Fahrenheit) or {C (Celsius)}
Display language: ENGLISH Cooperative language setting: A (language
cooperation: enabled) Operation sounds: ON (Operation sound
on) REST REMINDER display: OFF Turn signal sound: Turn signal sound 1
The tire ID set cannot be returned to the fac- tory settings.
The learned value for EV cruising range does not return to the initialized value.
BK0302800US.book 159
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-160 Features and controls
5
N00557701061
N00557801437
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Indicator and warning light list
1- Position indicator P.5-186 2- Front fog light indicator P.5-186 3- Turn signal indicators/Hazard warning
lights P.5-186 4- High beam indicator P.5-186 5- Ready indicator P.5-187 6- Theft-alarm indicator P.5-37 7- 12 V starter battery charging system
warning light P.5-188 8- Plug-in Hybrid EV System warning
light P.5-189
9- Charging indicator P.5-187 10- Regenerative brake warning light
P.5-189 11- Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator
light (if so equipped) P.5-110 12- Automatic High Beam (AHB) indicator
(if so equipped) P.5-193 13- Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System
(AVAS) indicator P.5-72
14- Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) OFF indicator (if so equipped) P.5-104
15- LED headlight warning light (if so equipped) P.5-192
16- Information screen display list P.5-161
17- Active stability control (ASC) indicator P.5-83
18- Active stability control (ASC) OFF indicator P.5-83
BK0302800US.book 160
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-161
5
N00557901135
When there is information to be announced, such as light reminder, the tone sounds and the screen switches to the displays shown below. Refer to the appropriate page and take the necessary measures. When the cause of the warning display is eliminated, the warning display goes out automatically. Refer to Warning display list on page 5-162. Refer to Other interrupt displays on page 5-181.
19- Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warn- ing light P.5-79
20- Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) warning light P. 4-42
21- Engine malfunction indicator (SER- VICE ENGINE SOON or Check engine light) P.5-188
22- Drivers seat belt warning light P.4-20
23- Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) warning light P.5-122
24- Brake auto hold indicator P.5-74 25- Brake warning light P.5-187 26- Electric parking brake warning light
P.5-188
Information screen display list
NOTE In the following cases, a warning may be displayed on the information screen and the buzzer may sound for a few seconds, at times.
This is caused by the system picking up interference such as strong electromagnetic waves or noise, and is not a functional problem. An extremely strong electromagnetic wave is received from a source such as an illegal radio set, a spark from a wire, or a radar station. Abnormal voltage or a static electricity discharge is generated by the operation of your vehicles electronics (including after-market parts). If the warning display has occurred a number of times, take your vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer and have the system checked.
BK0302800US.book 161
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-162 Features and controls
5
N00558001436
Warning display list
Screen Cause Do this (Reference) One or more failure is occurring in the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System. Have your vehicle inspected by a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
One or more failure is occurring in the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
Park your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked.
The parking lock unit is in failure. The Plug-in Hybrid EV System cannot be kept in standstill con- dition without applying the parking brake.
Park the vehicle at a safe, flat place and apply the parking brake. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked. Refer to Electrical parking switch on page 5-55.
You are attempting to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System when the charge connector is connected to the charge port.
Disconnect the charge connector from the charge port before operating the power switch.
Charging was interrupted due to system failure or EV charging cable failure.
There is the system failure or the EV charging cable is faulty. Immediately stop using the cable and con- tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the sys- tem checked.
BK0302800US.book 162
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-163
5
Normal charging Charging was interrupted due to poor connection of
the EV charging cable or power failure. Quick charging
Charging was stopped by your operation. Charging was interrupted after the predetermined
set time. Charging was interrupted due to a poor connection
of the EV charging cable or a electrical power fail- ure.
Charging was interrupted because there is a prob- lem in the vehicle or the quick charger.
Normal charging Connect the EV charging cable correctly.
Refer to Normal charging on page 3-20. If charging is interrupted due to a power failure,
charging will resume automatically when the power source is reset.
Quick charging Connect the EV charging cable correctly.
Refer to Quick charging on page 3-32. If charging is interrupted due to a power failure,
start charging procedure again from the beginning after the power source is reset.
If the warning display appear in the meter of the vehicle or on the quick charger display, follow the instructions and take the necessary measures.
The main drive lithium-ion battery temperature is too cold.
In the daytime, wait for the temperature to rise. When the temperature in the vicinity of the main drive lithium-ion battery has risen, start up. (Except for vehicles equipped with main drive lith- ium-ion battery warming system)
Keep driving if you can drive at the same speed as surrounding vehicles. If you cannot drive the same speed as surrounding vehicles, stop the vehicle in a safe place. (Vehicles equipped with main drive lithium-ion bat- tery warming system)
The battery charge mode switch is pressed when the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature is cold.
You do not have to take any actions, but the time needed to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery will become longer.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 163
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-164 Features and controls
5
The main drive lithium-ion battery is extremely cold temperature. The Plug-in Hybrid EV System will not start until the main drive lithium-ion battery is warm enough.
Even if the main drive lithium-ion battery is full charge, connect EV charging cable (normal charger). Then, the main drive lithium-ion battery warming system is operated, the main drive lithium-ion bat- tery is automatically warmed up. While the main drive lithium-ion battery warning system is operat- ing, BATTERY TOO COLD will be displayed. (Vehicles equipped with main drive lithium-ion bat- tery warming system) Refer to Charging from rated AC 120 V outlet on page 3-22. Refer to Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold on page 3-13.
The main drive lithium-ion battery is extremely cold temperature.
Stop the vehicle at a safe place if the vehicle is under running. After the vehicle is in parking, in the daytime, wait for the outside temperature to rise and re-start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System if the outside temperature has been risen. Refer to Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold on page 3-13.
Charging lid is open. Close the charge lid. Refer to Charging from rated AC 120 V outlet on page 3-22.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 164
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-165
5
When the air conditioner stops because the main drive lithium-ion battery level becomes low by using the air conditioner during charging.
Turn the power switch to OFF once after charging the main drive lithium-ion battery sufficiently, and then turn the power switch to ON. The air condi- tioner can be used again.
When the air conditioner can be used again in the following conditions. The main drive lithium-ion battery is enough charged while the A/C AND HEAT ARE NOT AVAILABLE BATTERY CHARGE LOW indica- tion is displayed or the main drive lithium-ion bat- tery is enough heated while the BATTERY TOO COLD indication is displayed, etc.
Turn the power switch to OFF once, and then turn the power switch to ON. The air conditioner can be used again.
When the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON during charging.
The electric devices can be used during charging. Refer to How to use electric device during charg- ing on page 3-42.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 165
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-166 Features and controls
5
EV priority mode is not available because the main drive lithium-ion battery level is low.
Refer to EV switch on page 5-66.
EV priority mode is not available because the cruise control or the Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) is operating.
EV priority mode is not available because the main drive lithium-ion battery is too cold.
EV priority mode is not available because the EV priority mode is limited to protect the Plug-in Hybrid EV System or outside temperature is too cold.
EV priority mode is canceled because the main drive lithium-ion battery level is low.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 166
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-167
5
EV priority mode is canceled because the vehicle speed of the cruise control or the Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) is set.
Refer to EV switch on page 5-66.
EV priority mode is canceled because the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature has become too cold.
EV priority mode is canceled because the protecting device of the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operated.
There is preparing to open the fuel tank filler door. Wait until the preparation is complete. Refer to Filling the fuel tank on page 3-51.
Preparation to refuel has been completed and the fuel tank filler door opened.
Please begin refueling. For information on how to refuel, refer to Filling the fuel tank on page 3-51.
There is a fault in the refueling system. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked. Refer to Filling the fuel tank on page 3-51.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 167
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-168 Features and controls
5
The fuel tank filler door is open. Check the fuel tank filler cap is closed and then close the fuel tank filler door. Refer to Filling the fuel tank on page 3-51.
SPORT mode is not available because the remaining fuel quantity is low.
Refer to SPORT mode switch on page 5-71.
SPORT mode is canceled because the remaining fuel quantity has become low.
Battery save mode or battery charge mode is not available because the engine coolant temperature is high or the remaining fuel quantity is low.
Refer to SAVE/CHARGE mode switch on page 5-68.
Battery save mode or battery charge mode is can- celed because the engine coolant temperature has become high or the remaining fuel quantity has become low.
You have forgotten to turn off the lights. Refer to Light auto-cutout function (headlights and other lights) on page 5-192.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 168
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-169
5
The washer fluid is running low. Replenish the container with washer fluid. Refer to Washer fluid on page 9-10. Refer to Capacity on page 11-9.
There is a malfunction in the LED headlights. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked. Refer to LED headlight warning light on page 5-192.
The system has received the customer key program- ming request correctly and is currently processing the registration request.
Refer to Customer F.A.S.T.-key programming (Except for vehicles sold in Canada) on page 5-17.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 169
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-170 Features and controls
5
There is a fault in the F. A. S. T. -key. Refer to Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) on page 5-4.
The F. A. S. T. -key is not detected. Insert the F. A. S. T. -key into the key slot. Refer to If the F. A. S. T. -key is not operating properly on page 5-15.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 170
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-171
5
You have forgotten to remove the F. A. S. T. -key from the key slot.
Remove the F. A. S. T. -key from the key slot.
There is a fault in the EPS. Have the vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible. Refer to Electric power steering system (EPS) on page 5-80.
The RBS (regenerative brake system) cannot be used.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked.
There is a fault in the Anti-lock braking system. Avoid sudden braking and high-speed driving, park the vehicle in a safe place, and take corrective mea- sures. Refer to ABS warning light/display on page 5-79.
The tire pressure in one of the tires is low. Refer to TPMS warning light/display on page 5-122.
There is a fault in the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys- tem.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 171
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-172 Features and controls
5
One of the doors or the liftgate is not completely closed. The open door is displayed.
Close the door or liftgate. Refer to Door ajar warning display screen on page 5-147.
The engine hood is open. Close the engine hood. Refer to Engine hood on page 9-4.
There is a fault in the electronic immobilizer (Anti- theft starting system).
Put the operation mode in OFF, and then start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System again. If the warning is not canceled, please contact a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The driver’s door is open when the operation mode is in any mode other than OFF.
Put the operation mode in OFF. Refer to Operation mode ON reminder system on page 5-26.
An attempt was made to lock all the doors and the liftgate when the operation mode is in any mode other than OFF.
Put the operation mode in OFF. Refer to Operation mode OFF reminder system on page 5-12.
There is a fault in the electrical system. Park your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 172
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-173
5
The engine is overheated. Park the vehicle in a safe place and take corrective measures. Refer to Engine overheating on page 8-4.
The seat belt is not fastened when the operation mode is in ON.
Wear your seat belt properly. Refer to Drivers seat belt reminder/warning light and display on page 4-20.
There is a fault in the fuel system. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked.
The vehicle is being driven with the parking brake still applied.
Release the parking brake. Refer to Brake warning display on page 5-189.
The brake fluid level is low. There is a fault in the brake system.
Park the vehicle in a safe place and inspect it. If the light still illuminates after the inspection, con-
tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for assistance. Refer to Brake warning display on page 5-189.
When the brake pedal has been repeatedly depressed over a short period of time, the brake warning light may come on and the brake warning buzzer may sound, and this warning may be displayed.
If the this warning display is disappeared and brake warning light goes out and the buzzer stops a few seconds after stopping brake operation, there is no abnormality.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 173
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-174 Features and controls
5
There is a fault in the Electric parking brake. Immediately have your vehicle inspected at a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer. Refer to Electric parking brake on page 5-45.
The parking brake cannot be applied temporarily due to repeated operation of the Electric parking brake switch within a short time.
Refer to Electric parking brake on page 5-45.
You try to release the Electric parking brake switch without depressing the brake pedal.
Refer to Electric parking brake on page 5-45.
The Electric parking brake has been automatically applied.
Refer to Brake auto hold on page 5-74.
The brake auto hold is automatically canceled. Refer to Brake auto hold on page 5-74.
The brake auto hold is not available. Refer to Brake auto hold on page 5-74.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 174
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-175
5
The brake auto hold system does not turn on because the drivers seat belt is not fastened.
Press the brake auto hold switch after fastening the drivers seat belt. Refer to Brake auto hold on page 5-74.
The brake auto hold system does not turn off because the brake pedal is not pressed.
Depress the brake pedal more firmly than usual with the right foot. Then, press the brake auto hold switch. Refer to Brake auto hold on page 5-74.
There is a fault in the engine oil circulation system. Park your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked. Refer to Oil pressure warning display on page 5-190.
There is a fault in the SRS airbag or the pre-tensioner system.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked, immediately. Refer to SRS warning light/display on page 4-42.
There is a fault in the Active stability control (ASC). Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked. Refer to Active stability control (ASC) on page 5-81.
There is a fault in the Hill start assist. Have the vehicle checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Refer to Hill start assist on page 5-77.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 175
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-176 Features and controls
5
The fuel is running low. Refuel as soon as possible. Refer to Fuel remaining display screen on page 5-147.
The outside temperature is 37 F (3 C) or less. Be careful driving on frozen ground. The ground may be frozen even when this warning is
not displayed, so drive carefully.
The Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) has detected the approach of the vehicles in front.
Increase the following distance by depressing the brake pedal or making other decelerating control. Refer to Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC): Approach alarm on page 5-93.
The Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) has detected the danger of collision.
Take appropriate action such as depressing the brake to avoid collision. Refer to Forward collision warning function on page 5-101.
The Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) detected a stop of the vehicle in front and stopped your vehicle, but the brake will be released soon.
Depress the brake pedal as soon as your vehicle comes to a stop. Refer to When ACC detects a vehicle in front within the set distance on page 5-92.
The Electric parking brake cannot be applied auto- matically.
Depress the brake pedal as soon as possible. Refer to Brake auto hold on page 5-74.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 176
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-177
5
Conditions for the start of control are not met, the Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) cannot start the control.
Refer to How to use ACC on page 5-90.
The Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) cannot start the control because the speed is out of speed range.
The Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) cannot start the control because not detected the approach of the vehicles in front.
The Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) control is automatically canceled and the system is placed in the standby state.
The Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) is tem- porarily unavailable due to conditions such as the adhesion of contaminants to the sensor. This is not a malfunction.
Refer to To cancel ACC control on page 5-97.
There is a fault in the Adaptive Cruise Control Sys- tem (ACC).
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked. Refer to Warning display on page 5-99.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 177
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-178 Features and controls
5
FCM braking function of the Forward Collision Mit- igation System (FCM) has been activated.
Refer to FCM braking function on page 5-101.
The Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) is temporarily unavailable for some reason.
Refer to Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM): System problem warning on page 5-105.
There is a fault in the Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM).
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked. Refer to Forward Collision Mitigation System: Sys- tem problem warning on page 5-105.
The Lane Departure Warning system (LDW) has detected that your vehicle is about to leave or has left the lane.
Refer to Lane Departure Warning system (LDW) on page 5-118.
There is a fault in the Lane Departure Warning sys- tem (LDW).
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked. Refer to Lane Departure Warning system (LDW): System problem warning on page 5-120
The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) sensor is temporar- ily not available for some reason such as the environ- mental condition or increase of the sensor temperature.
When the warning display does not disappear after waiting for a while, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Refer to Blind Spot Warning (BSW): When the sen- sor is temporarily not available on page 5-112.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 178
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-179
5
The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) does not operate normally because there are some malfunctions in the sensor or the system.
Immediately have your vehicle inspected at a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer. Refer to Blind Spot Warning (BSW): When there is a malfunction in the system or the sensor on page 5-112.
Foreign objects, such as dirt, snow or ice, adhere to the bumper surface around the sensor.
Remove a foreign object on the bumper surface around the sensor. When the warning display does not disappear after having cleaned the bumper surface around the sen- sor, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Refer to Blind Spot Warning (BSW): When there are foreign objects on the sensor. on page 5-112.
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) is detected the vehicle approaching your vehicle.
Pay special attention to the rear of your vehicle. Refer to Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) on page 5-114.
There is a fault in the sensor. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Refer to Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM): System problem warning on page 5-105. Refer to Lane Departure Warning System (LDW): System problem warning on page 5-120. Refer to Automatic High Beam (AHB): System problem warning on page 5-196.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 179
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-180 Features and controls
5
The Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM), Lane Departure Warning system (LDW) and Auto- matic High Beam (AHB) is temporarily unavailable due to the high or low temperature of the sensor.
After the temperature of the sensor has been in range, the system will automatically return to opera- tion. Refer to Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM): System problem warning on page 5-105. Refer to Lane Departure Warning System (LDW): System problem warning on page 5-120. Refer to Automatic High Beam (AHB): System problem warning on page 5-196.
The sensor is temporarily unavailable due to condi- tions such as the adhesion of contaminants to the sensor or windshield. This is not a malfunction.
Refer to Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM): System problem warning on page 5-105. Refer to Lane Departure Warning System (LDW): Sys- tem problem warning on page 5-120. Refer to Automatic High Beam (AHB): System prob- lem warning on page 5-196.
There is a fault in the system of Automatic High Beam (AHB).
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Refer to Automatic High Beam (AHB): System problem warning on page 5-196.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 180
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-181
5
N00558201470
Other interrupt displays
Screen Cause Do this (Reference) When you pressed the power switch and
the operation mode become the ACC with- out depress the brake pedal, this screen is displayed. This screen will be displayed repeatedly at regular intervals while the operation mode of the power switch is put in ACC.
Place the select position in the P (PARK) position, depress the brake pedal more firmly than usual with the right foot. Then, press the power switch. Refer to Starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System on page 5-14.
When Plug-in Hybrid EV System does not start even if the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON, this screen is displayed.
When starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys- tem, you pressed the power switch without select position in the P (PARK) position.
Place the select position in the P (PARK) position by pressing the electrical parking switch, depress the brake pedal more firmly than usual with the right foot. Then, press the power switch. Refer to Starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System on page 5-14.
Driving power is restricted by the safety system as the Plug-in Hybrid EV System has become too hot or too cold.
You do not have to take any actions. The restriction on the driving power will be released when the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys- tem returns to the normal temperature.
BK0302800US.book 181
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-182 Features and controls
5
The vehicle had not been refueled approxi- mately 4 gallons (15 liters) or more at one time for nearly 3 months. This display may appear frequently depending on the use conditions of your vehicle such as when the fuel has been staying in the fuel tank for a long time.
Refill the 4 gallons (15 liters) more at one time. This display will disappear. If the fuel remaining display will be below half, you can refill the fuel more than 4 gallons (15 liters) certainly.
If you cannot refill the fuel due to large amount of the remaining fuel, start the engine and drive the vehicle enough to reduce the fuel level to approximately half tank.
If the vehicle had not been refueled approximately 4 gallons (15 liters) or more at one time for three months, the engine starts automatically for the maintenance of the engine or the fuel system components while the ready indicator is illuminated. This display may appear frequently depending on the use conditions of your vehicle such as when the fuel has been staying in the fuel tank for a long time. When the engine is running, the main drive lithium-ion battery is charged and the bat- tery charge mode display ( ) is displayed, but the main drive lithium-ion battery will not be full charge.
Refill the 4 gallons (15 liters) more at one time. This display and battery charge mode display will disappear, and the engine will not automatically start for maintenance. If the fuel remaining display will be below half, you can refill the fuel more than 4 gallons (15 liters) certainly.
If you cannot refill the fuel due to large amount of the remaining fuel, start the engine and drive the vehicle enough to reduce the fuel level to approximately half tank.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 182
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-183
5
The operation status of each system is displayed on the information screen. For further details, refer to the appropriate page for each system.
The accelerator pedal has been depressed when the select position is in the N (NEUTRAL) position.
When you start the vehicle, be sure to check the select position display and make sure the select position is in the D (DRIVE) or R (REVERSE) position. Then depress the accelerator pedal. Refer to Select Position display on page 5-58.
The selector lever has been operated when the select position is in P (PARK) posi- tion and the brake pedal is not depressed.
Operate the selector lever while depressed firmly on the brake pedal.
Screen System operation status Reference When charging of the main drive lithium-
ion battery is completed. Refer to Normal charging on page 3-20.
When NORMAL mode of S-AWC is selected.
Refer to S-AWC drive mode on page 5-62.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
BK0302800US.book 183
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-184 Features and controls
5
When SNOW mode of S-AWC is selected.
Refer to S-AWC drive mode on page 5-62.
When LOCK mode of S-AWC is selected.
Refer to S-AWC drive mode on page 5-62.
When the mode is changed by the ECO mode switch.
Refer to ECO mode switch on page 5-199.
When the EV priority mode is activated. Refer to EV switch on page 5-66.
When the battery save mode is activated. Refer to Battery save mode on page 5-69.
When the battery charge mode is acti- vated.
Refer to Battery charge mode on page 5-69.
Screen System operation status Reference
BK0302800US.book 184
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-185
5
This informs you that a periodic inspection is due.
When the SPORT mode is activated. Refer to SPORT mode switch on page 5-71.
When the Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) is activated or the timing of an alarm is changed.
Refer to FCM ON/OFF switch on page 5-104.
When the Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) is deactivated.
Refer to FCM ON/OFF switch on page 5-104.
Screen Do this Have an inspection made by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. For further details, refer to Service reminder on page 5-149.
Screen System operation status Reference
BK0302800US.book 185
Indicators
5-186 Features and controls
5
The rest time can be set.
N00519900127
N00520000216
The arrows will flash in time with the corre- sponding exterior turn signals when the turn signal lever is used.
Both arrows will flash when the hazard warn- ing flasher switch is pressed.
N00520100086
A blue light comes on when the headlights are on high beam.
N00520201257
This indicator comes on while the front fog lights are on.
N00551301065
This indicator light illuminates while the parking lights are on.
Screen Do this Park the vehicle in a safe place, stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System, and take a rest. Use this display as rough guide for taking rests during a long drive. The interval from the start of your trip until this message is displayed can be set. Refer to Changing the function settings on page 5-153. The display and buzzer alert the driver when the set time is reached. If you continue to drive without having a rest, the buzzer sounds approximately every 5 minutes to encourage you to take a rest. In the following cases, the time driven is reset and the display returns to the previous
display screen. After this, when the set time is reached again, the display and buzzer encourage you to take a rest. The buzzer sounds 3 times. The operation mode is put in OFF. The multi-information display switch is held (for approximately 2 seconds or more).
Indicators
Turn signal indicators/Hazard warning lights
NOTE If the indicator flashes faster than usual or if
the indicator stays on without flashing, check for a malfunctioning turn signal light bulb or turn signal connection.
High beam indicator
Front fog light indicator
Position indicator
BK0302800US.book 186
Warning lights
Features and controls 5-187
5
N00573201035
The ready indicator keeps flashing until Plug- in Hybrid EV System is activated. When the Plug-in Hybrid EV System has activated nor- mally and the vehicle becomes ready to run, the indicator stops flashing and stays lit. Refer to Starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys- tem on page 5-14. If the indicator keeps flashing, the vehicles cannot drive.
N00573301049
This indicator flashes when the EV charging cable (normal charger or quick charger) is connected. After that, the indicator switches to being illuminated when charging starts and goes out when charging is completed.
N00520300147
N00520401608
This light comes on when the operation mode is put in ON, and goes off after a few seconds. Always make sure that the light goes off before driving. A warning is also displayed in the multi- information display. The warning light also illuminates after start- ing the Plug-in Hybrid EV system under the following conditions.
When the parking brake is still applied. When the brake fluid level is low. When the brake system circuit is not
working properly.
When the vehicle is moving at more than 5 mph (8 km/h) and parking brake applied, a buzzer will sound to inform the driver that the parking brake is not properly release.
Before driving, be sure that the parking brake is fully released and brake warning light is off.
Ready indicator
Charging indicator
NOTE Although it is possible to start the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System if quick charging has not finished normally, the charging indicator is continuously blinking. Refer to Charging troubleshooting guide on page 3-46.
Warning lights
Brake warning light and buzzer
CAUTION If the brake warning light and the Anti-lock
braking system warning light are illuminated at the same time, the braking force distribu- tion function will not operate, so the vehicle may be destabilized during sudden braking under the following conditions. When the brake warning light does not go
out even when the parking brake is released.
When the brake warning light stays on while driving.
If the above occurs, avoid sudden braking and high-speed driving. Park the vehicle in a safe place, and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
The vehicle should be brought to a halt in the following manner when brake performance is deteriorated. Confirm that the vehicle slows down when
you press down on the brake pedal harder than usual. In some cases, the brake pedal may go all the way to the floor.
Should the brakes fail, use regenerative brake to reduce your speed and keep pull- ing the Electric parking brake switch. (Refer to Electric parking brake on page 5-45) Depress the brake pedal to illuminate the stop lights to alert the vehicles behind you.
BK0302800US.book 187
Warning lights
5-188 Features and controls
5
N00591200072
This warning light will illuminate when there is a fault in the Electric parking brake system. Normally, this warning light illuminates when the operation mode is put in ON, and goes off in a few seconds.
N00520501843
This indicator is a part of the onboard diag- nostic (OBD) system which monitors the emissions or engine control system. If a prob-
lem is detected in one of these systems, this indicator illuminates or flashes. When the operation mode is put in ON, this indicator normally comes on and goes off after the Plug-in Hybrid EV system has started.
This indicator will come on if the fuel tank filler cap is not properly tightened. If this indicator comes on and stays on after refuel- ing, stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV system and check that the cap is properly tightened. (Turn the cap clockwise until you hear clicking sounds.) If this indicator does not go off after several seconds or lights up while driving, have the system checked as soon as possible at a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00520601336
This light comes on in the event of a malfunc- tion in the charging system or when the oper- ation mode is put in ON. When the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is started and the ready indicator illuminates, the light should go out.
Electric parking brake warning light
CAUTION When the warning light remains on or does
not come on, there is the possibility that the parking brake cannot be operated or released. Immediately contact the nearest certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. When the warning light comes on during driving, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place, and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. If you inevitably have to park, park the vehi- cle on level and stable ground, shift the select position in P (PARK) position and place chocks or blocks.
Engine malfunction indicator (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check engine light)
CAUTION Driving for a long time with the engine mal-
function indicator on may cause more dam- age to the emission control system. This could also affect fuel economy and drivabil- ity.
If this indicator does not come on when the operation mode is put in ON, have the sys- tem checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If the engine malfunction indicator comes on while the Plug-in Hybrid EV system is run- ning, avoid driving at high speeds. During vehicle operation with the indicator on, the vehicle may not accelerate when you depress the accelerator pedal.
NOTE Do not disconnect the 12 V starter battery
cable when the engine malfunction indicator (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check engine light) is on. The engine electronic control module stores critical OBD information (especially exhaust emission data), which may be lost if the 12 V starter battery cable is disconnected while the engine malfunction indicator is on. This will make it difficult to diagnose the cause of future problems.
12 V starter battery charging system warning light
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 188
Information screen display
Features and controls 5-189
5
Check to make sure that the light has gone out before driving.
N00588800032
This warning light will illuminate when there is a fault at the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. Refer to Service precautions on page 9-2. Normally, this warning light illuminates when the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON, and goes off after a few seconds.
N00588900033
This warning light will illuminate when the regenerative brake cannot be used, while the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is running. The warning is also displayed on the multi- information display. Normally, this warning light illuminates when the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON, and goes off after the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is activated.
N00558301051
N00558401195
This warning is displayed if the vehicle is being driven with the parking brake still applied. The warning light in the instrument cluster only comes on when the parking brake is applied.
CAUTION If the warning light stays on after the ready
indicator illuminates, there may be a prob- lem with the charging system for the 12 V starter battery. Immediately park your vehicle in a safe
place and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked.
Do not charge the 12 V starter battery.
Plug-in Hybrid EV System warning light
CAUTION If the warning light illuminates and EV
SYSTEM SERVICE REQUIRED STOP SAFELY warning is displayed on the multi- information display while the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is running, park your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked.
Regenerative brake warning light
CAUTION If the light illuminates while the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System is operating, we recom- mend you to have the vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Information screen display
Brake warning display
CAUTION If a vehicle is driven without releasing the
parking brake, the brakes will overheat, resulting in ineffective braking and possible brake failure. If this warning is displayed, release the park- ing brake.
BK0302800US.book 189
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
5-190 Features and controls
5 When the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON, if the brake fluid is low, this warning is displayed. The warning light in the instrument cluster also illuminates.
N00558701130
If the engine oil pressure drops while the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is running, the warning display is displayed on the informa- tion screen in the multi-information display.
N00522502004
CAUTION If this warning stays on and does not go out
while driving, there is a danger of ineffective braking. If this happens, park the vehicle in a safe place, and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If the brake warning display, brake warning light, and the Anti-lock braking system warning light are illuminated at the same time, the braking force distribution function will not operate, so the vehicle may be desta- bilized during sudden braking. Avoid sudden braking and high-speed driving. Park the vehicle in a safe place, and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The vehicle should be brought to a stop when brake performance has deteriorated. Confirm that the vehicle slows down when
you press down on the brake pedal harder than usual. In some cases, the brake pedal may go all the way to the floor.
Should the brakes fail, use regenerative braking to reduce your speed and keep pull- ing the Electric parking brake switch. (Refer to Electric parking brake on page 5-45) Depress the brake pedal to illuminate the stop lights to alert the vehicles behind you.
Oil pressure warning display
CAUTION If the vehicle is driven while the engine oil is
low, or the oil level is normal but the warn- ing is displayed, the engine may overheat and damage may result.
If the warning is displayed while the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is running, park your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible and check the engine oil level.
CAUTION If this warning display comes on when the
engine oil level is proper, have your vehicle checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE The oil pressure warning display does not
show the amount of oil. The oil level must be checked using the dipstick.
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
Headlights
NOTE Do not leave the headlights and other lights
on for a long period of time when the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is not running. The 12 V starter battery will run down.
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 190
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
Features and controls 5-191
5
Rotate the switch to operate the lights. The combinations of switch operations and illuminated lights differ in accordance with the following conditions.
[When the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is started, and the parking brake is released]
[When the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is not running, or when the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys- tem is running but the parking brake is not released]
The Plug-in Hybrid EV System starts when the lights are off.
When it rains, or when the vehicle has been washed, the inside of the lens sometimes becomes foggy. This is the same as when window glass mists up on a humid day, and does not indicate a problem. When the light is switched on, the heat will dry out the fog. However, if water collects inside the light, have it checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE
Vehicles with OFF position
OFF The daytime running lights illumi- nated
AUTO
The daytime running lights illumi- nated (when it is light outside the vehicle) Headlights and other lights turn on and off automatically in accor- dance with outside light level. The daytime running lights illumi- nated Tail, front and rear side-marker lights, license plate, instrument panel lights and downlight on
Vehicles without OFF position Headlights and other lights on
NOTE Once the daytime running light come on,
they do not go out until the operation mode is changed to OFF or ACC.
OFF All lights off
AUTO Headlights and other lights turn on and off automatically in accor- dance with outside light level. Parking, tail, front and rear side- marker lights, license plate, instru- ment panel lights and downlight on
Headlights and other lights on
BK0302800US.book 191
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
5-192 Features and controls
5
N00532601681
If the operation mode is changed to OFF or ACC and the drivers door is opened with the combination headlights and dim- mer switch in the or position, the lights automatically turn off.
If the operation mode is changed to OFF or ACC and the drivers door is not opened with the combination headlights and dimmer switch in the or position, the lights automatically turn off after approximately 3 minutes.
If the combination headlights and dimmer switch is turned to the or posi-
tion again after stopping the Plug-in Hybrid EV System, the approximately 3-minute auto-cutout function described above will not work. The lights (the parking lights, tail lights and license plate lights) will stay on and will not turn off automatically.
N00584500031
This warning light will illuminate when there is a malfunction in the LED headlights.
NOTE On vehicles with OFF position, the sensi-
tivity of the automatic on/off control can be adjusted. For further information, please contact a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
Do not cover the sensor (A) for the automatic on/off control by affixing a sticker or label to the windshield.
If the lights do not turn on or off with the switch in the AUTO position, manually operate the switch. Have the system checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Light auto-cutout function (headlights and other lights)
NOTE The light auto-cutout function can be deacti-
vated. See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details. For vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), adjustments can be made using screen operations. For further details, refer to the separate owners manual.
When you want to keep the lights on:
LED headlight warning light (if so equipped)
NOTE If the warning light illuminates, there may be
a malfunction in the unit. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system checked.
BK0302800US.book 192
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
Features and controls 5-193
5
N00549801265
If the drivers door is opened with the opera- tion mode is put in OFF or ACC, or if the operation mode is changed to OFF while the lights are on, the tone will sound to remind you to turn off the lights.
In either case, the lights will turn off automat- ically and so will the tone. Or you can turn the light switch to the OFF position (if so equipped) or AUTO position to stop the tone.
N00549901178
To change the headlights from high beam to low beam and vice versa, pull the turn signal lever to (1). Switch the headlights to low beam as a courtesy whenever there are oncoming vehicles, or when there is traffic moving ahead of you. An illuminated blue light in the instrument cluster indicates when the headlights are on high beam.
N00550001212
You can flash the high beams by pulling the lever gently toward you (2). The lights will go back to normal when you let go. While the high beam is on, you will see a blue light on the instrument panel.
N00591300073
The Automatic High Beam (AHB) turns the high beam light on or off automatically according to surrounding light conditions. The sensor (A) detects lights, such as the lights of an oncoming vehicle, a vehicle ahead or street lights.
Headlight reminder buzzer
Dimmer (high/low beam change)
Headlight flasher
NOTE You can flash the high beams by pulling the
lever toward you, even if the light switch is off.
If you turn the lights off with the head lights set to high beam illumination, the headlights are automatically returned to their low-beam setting when the light switch is next turned to the position.
Automatic High Beam (AHB) (if so equipped)
WARNING Do not rely solely on the AHB. Always
observe surrounding traffic and light con- ditions. If necessary, manually turn the high beams on or off. Refer to Dimmer (high/low beam change) on page 5-193.
BK0302800US.book 193
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
5-194 Features and controls
5
N00593600096
1. Rotate the light switch to position or AUTO position when the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is running.
2. Press the AHB switch. The AHB is activated and the indicator is illuminated. If the AHB switch is pressed again, the AHB will be deactivated and AHB indica- tor will go off.
1. Pull the turn signal lever toward you.
2. The AHB indicator will go off. 3. The AHB switch is pressed again, the
AHB will be activated.
1. Pull the turn signal lever toward you. 2. The AHB indicator will go off and the
high beam indicator illuminates. 3. The AHB switch is pressed again, the
AHB will be activated.
N00593700068
The high beam headlights illuminate when all of the following conditions are met:
Your vehicle speed exceeds approxi- mately 33 mph (53 km/h).
It is dark ahead of your vehicle. There are no vehicles in front or oncom-
ing vehicles, or none of their exterior lights are illuminating.
The low beam headlights illuminate when any of the following conditions occur:
Your vehicle speed does not exceed approximately 28 mph (45 km/h).
It is bright ahead of your vehicle. An exterior light of a vehicle in front or
oncoming vehicle is illuminating.
How to use the AHB
NOTE If the headlights are on when the light switch
is in the AUTO position, the AHB works. You can switch the headlight beams
(high/low) manually by operating the lever even if the AHB is working. Refer to Dimmer (high/low beam change) on page 5-193. If the lever is operated manually, the AHB indicator will go off and the AHB will be deactivated. Refer to Manual switching on page 5-194.
The AHB is not deactivated when you pull the lever slightly (operation of the headlight flasher).
Manual switching
Switching to low beam
Switching to high beam
Automatic switching conditions
BK0302800US.book 194
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
Features and controls 5-195
5
The sensitivity of the sensor can be temporar- ily lowering in the following ways.
1. Park your vehicle in a safe place and the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF.
2. Press the AHB switch more than 15 times within 5 seconds after operation mode is turned on.
NOTE The headlights may not be switched from
high beam to low beam under the following circumstances. A vehicle in front or oncoming vehicle is
hindered by any object such as continuous bends, elevated median/island, traffic signs, roadside trees.
Your vehicle passes an oncoming vehicle suddenly on a bend with poor visibility.
Another vehicle crosses ahead of your vehi- cle.
The headlights may remain at low beam (or be switched from high beam to low beam) when a reflective object (e.g. street light, traffic signal, noticeboard and signboard) reflects light.
Any of the following factors may influence the headlight beam switching timing: How brightly the exterior lights of a vehicle
in front or oncoming vehicle illuminate. Movement or direction of a vehicle in front
or oncoming vehicle. Only right or left exterior light of a vehicle
in front or oncoming vehicle is illuminat- ing.
A vehicle in front or oncoming vehicle is a motorcycle.
Road conditions (gradient, bends and road surface).
The number of occupants and luggage load.
The AHB recognises environmental condi- tions by sensing a light source ahead of your vehicle. Therefore, you may feel like some- thing is not quite right when the headlight beams are switched automatically.
The AHB may not detect a light vehicle such as a bicycle.
The AHB may not detect an ambient bright- ness precisely. This causes the traffic to be dazzled by high beam or the low beam to be maintained. In such cases, you should switch the headlight beams manually. In bad weather (heavy rain, fog, snow or
sandstorm). The windshield is dirty or fogged up. The windshield is cracked or broken. The sensor is deformed or dirty. A light, which is similar to the headlights or
tail lights, is shining around your vehicle. A vehicle in front or oncoming vehicle is
driven without lights, the exterior lights are dirty or discoloured, or the direction of the headlight beams is adjusted improperly.
It becomes dark and bright suddenly and continuously around your vehicle.
Your vehicle is driven on uneven surfaces. Your vehicle is driven on a winding road. A reflective object such as a noticeboard or
a mirror reflects a light ahead of your vehi- cle.
NOTE When lights of the vehicle in front or head-
lights of an oncoming vehicle blend into the other lights.
The rear end of a vehicle in front (such as a container truck) reflect a strong light.
Your vehicle’s headlight is broken or dirty. Your vehicle is inclined due to a flat tire or
towing. The warning display appears.
(Refer to System problem warning on page 5-196.)
Observe the precautions below to maintain good usage conditions: Do not attempt to disassemble the sensor. Do not affix a sticker or label on the wind-
shield near the sensor. Avoid overload. Do not modify your vehicle. When the windshield is replaced, use the
Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts.
To adjust the sensitivity of the sensor
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 195
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
5-196 Features and controls
5
N00593800069
If a problem occurs with the system, the fol- lowing warning display will appear to the type of the problem.
If a failure is detected in the system, the fol- lowing warning display will appear and the AHB will automatically be turned off. If the warning display remains even after the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF and then turned back to ON, please con- tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
[When the AHB is malfunctioning]
[When the sensor is malfunctioning]
If the AHB becomes temporarily unavailable due to the high or low temperature of the sen- sor, the following warning display will appear. After the temperature of the sensor has been in range, the system will automatically return to operation. If the warning display does not disappear after waiting for a while, there is a possibility that the AHB has a malfunction. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for inspection of the system.
If the AHB determines that its performance has been degraded, the warning display will appear. This can occur when
Foreign objects, such as dirt, snow or ice, adhere to the windshield of the sensor portion.
In adverse weather conditions, such as rain, snow, sand storms, etc.
A front vehicle or an oncoming vehicle is splashing water, snow or dirt.
When the sensor performance returns, the AHB will resume operation. If the warning display does not disappear after waiting for a while, there is a possibility that the sensor has a malfunction. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for inspection of the sensor.
System problem warning
The AHB deactivation due to fault
NOTE If the sensor or its surrounding area becomes
extremely high temperature when parking the vehicle under a blazing sun, the AHB SERVICE REQUIRED warning display may appear. If the message remains even after the tem- perature of the sensor or its surrounding area has been in range, please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Sensor is too hot or cold
Windshield is dirty
BK0302800US.book 196
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
Features and controls 5-197
5
N00563201319
This function turns on the front side-marker and parking lights for approximately 30 sec- onds after the UNLOCK button on the F.A.S.T.-Key is pressed when the combina- tion headlights and dimmer switch is in the OFF position (if so equipped) or AUTO position. The welcome light function will operate only when it is dark outside the vehi- cle. N00547301240
This function turns on the headlights in the low beam setting for approximately 30 sec- onds after the operation mode is put in OFF.
1. Turn the combination headlights and dim- mer switch to the OFF position (if so equipped) or AUTO position.
2. Put the operation mode in OFF. 3. Within 60 seconds of putting the opera-
tion mode in OFF, pull the turn signal lever toward you.
4. The headlights will come on in the low beam setting for approximately 30 sec- onds. After the headlights go off, the headlights can be turned on again in the low beam setting for approximately 30 seconds by pulling the turn signal lever toward you within 60 seconds of putting the operation mode in OFF. To turn on the headlights again after 60 seconds of put- ting the operation mode in OFF, repeat the process from step 1.
Welcome light
NOTE While the welcome light function is operat-
ing, perform one of the following operations to cancel the function. Press the LOCK button on the F.A.S.T.-
Key. Turn the combination headlights and dim-
mer switch to the or position. Put the operation mode in ON.
It is possible to modify functions as follows: The headlights can be set to come on in the
low beam setting. The welcome light function can be deacti-
vated.
For details, consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
Coming home light
NOTE
NOTE While the coming home light function is
operating, perform one of the following operations to cancel the function. Pull the turn signal lever toward you. Turn the combination headlights and dim-
mer switch to the or position or put the operation mode in ON.
Put the operation mode in ON. It is possible to modify functions as follows:
The time that the headlights remain on can be changed.
The coming home light function can be deactivated.
For details, consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to separate owners manual for details.
BK0302800US.book 197
Turn signal lever
5-198 Features and controls
5
N00522601620
When changing lanes, or making a gradual turn, hold the lever in the lane change posi- tion (1). It will return to the neutral position when you let go. Use the full position (2) when making a normal turn. The lever will return to the neutral position when the turn is complete. There may be times when the lever does not return to the neutral position. This usually happens when the steering wheel is turned only slightly. You can easily return the lever by hand. Also, when you move the lever to (1) slightly then release it, the turn signal lights and the indicator light in the instrument cluster will flash three times.
N00522701386
If you press the flasher switch, the front and rear turn signals will flash intermittently, and so will the hazard warning lights. This is an emergency warning system and should not be used when the vehicle is in motion, except for emergencies. If you need to leave your vehicle, the flashers will keep working after the operation mode is put in OFF.
Turn signal lever NOTE A light in the instrument panel flashes to
show when the front and rear turn signal lights are working properly. If this light flashes faster than usual, check for a burned out turn signal light bulb or mal- functioning connection in the signal. If the panel light does not come on when the lever is moved, check for a blown fuse or a burned out bulb in the panel. Have the system inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
It is possible to modify functions as follows: Deactivate the turn signal light 3-flash
function for lane changes. Adjust the time required to operate the
lever for the 3-flash function. See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details. For vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), adjustments can be made using screen operations. For further details, refer to the separate owners manual.
It is possible to change the tone of a sound- ing buzzer as the turn signal lights flash. Refer to Changing the turn-signal sound on page 5-158.
Hazard warning flasher switch
NOTE If the flashers are used for several hours, the
12 V starter battery will run down. This could make it difficult or impossible to restart your vehicle.
BK0302800US.book 198
ECO mode switch
Features and controls 5-199
5
N00579300116
ECO mode is an eco-driving support system which automatically controls the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and air conditioning sys- tem to improve fuel efficiency. When ECO mode is active, your vehicle will slowly accelerate even if pressing the acceler- ator pedal. Refer to Dual-zone automatic climate con- trol air conditioner on page 7-4.
The ECO mode starts working by pressing the ECO mode switch when the operation mode is in ON. Push the switch again and the ECO mode will cancel. While the ECO mode is working, an ECO mode indicator will be turned on.
N00522801505
The front fog lights illuminate only when the headlights are on low beam. Turning the knob in the direction of the ON position turns on the front fog lights as well as the indicator in the instrument cluster. To turn them off, turn the knob in the direction of the OFF position. The knob will return to the neutral position when it is released.
ECO mode switch NOTE The ECO mode becomes OFF when you put
the operation mode in ON. Even if the ECO mode is operating, you can
select normal operation of the air condi- tioner. For further information, please contact a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), it is possible to change the setting by means of screen opera- tions. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
Front fog light switch
NOTE If the headlights are switched to high beam,
the front fog lights will go out; they will illu- minate again when the headlights are switched back to low beam.
If the light switch is rotated to the OFF position (if so equipped) or position while the front fog lights are illuminated, they will automatically turn off. They can be turned back on again by rotating the combi- nation headlights and dimmer switch back to position, and turning the knob in the direction of the ON position.
Do not use fog lights except in conditions of fog, otherwise excessive light glare may temporarily blind oncoming vehicle drivers.
BK0302800US.book 199
Wiper and washer switch
5-200 Features and controls
5
N00523001810
The windshield wipers can be operated with the operation mode is in ON or ACC. If the blades are frozen to the windshield or rear window, do not operate the wipers until the ice has melted and the blades are freed, otherwise the wiper motor may be damaged.
Can only be used when the operation mode is in ON. If the lever is put in the AUTO position, the rain sensor (A) will detect the extent of rain (or snow, other moisture, dust, etc.) and the wipers will operate automatically. Keep the lever in the OFF position if the windshield is dirty and the weather is dry. Wiper operation under these conditions can scratch the windshield and damage the wip- ers.
Wiper and washer switch
CAUTION If the washer is used in cold weather, the
washer fluid sprayed against the glass may freeze, which may hinder visibility. Warm the glass with the defroster before using the washer.
Windshield wipers
NOTE To ensure a clear rearward view, the rear
window wiper will automatically perform several continuous operations if the selector lever is put in the R position while the windshield wipers are operating. Refer to Rear window wiper and washer on page 5-203.
MIST- Misting function The wipers will operate once.
OFF- Off AUTO- Auto-wiper control
Rain sensor The wipers will automatically operate depending on the degree of wetness on the windshield.
LO- Slow HI- Fast
Rain sensor
CAUTION With the operation mode in ON and the lever
in the AUTO position, the wipers may automatically operate in the situations described below. When cleaning the outside surface of the
windshield, if you touch the rain sensor.
BK0302800US.book 200
Wiper and washer switch
Features and controls 5-201
5 If your hands get trapped, you could suffer injuries or the wipers could malfunction. Be sure to put the operation mode in OFF, or move the lever to the OFF position to deac- tivate the rain sensor.
With the lever in the AUTO (rain sensor) position, it is possible to adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor by turning the knob (B).
When cleaning the outside surface of the windshield, if you wipe with a cloth the rain sensor.
When using an automatic car wash. A physical shock is applied to the wind-
shield. A physical shock is applied to the rain sen-
sor.
NOTE To protect the rubber parts of the wipers, this
operation of the wipers does not take place even if the lever is put in the AUTO posi- tion when the vehicle is stationary and the ambient temperature is approximately 32 F (0 C) or lower.
Do not cover the sensor by affixing a sticker or label to the windshield. Also, do not put any water-repellent coating on the wind- shield. The rain sensor would not be able to detect the extent of rain, and the wipers might stop working normally.
In the following cases, the rain sensor may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
CAUTION When the wipers operate at a constant inter-
val despite changes in the extent of rain. When the wipers do not operate even
though it is raining. The wipers may automatically operate when
things such as insects or foreign objects are affixed to the windshield on top of the rain sensor or when the windshield is frozen. Objects affixed to the windshield will stop the wipers when the wipers cannot remove them. To operate the wipers again, move the lever to the LO or HI position. Also, the wipers may operate automatically due to strong direct sunlight or electromag- netic wave. To stop the wipers, move the lever to the OFF position.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer when replacing the windshield glass.
NOTE To adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor
+- Higher sensitivity to rain — Lower sensitivity to rain
NOTE Automatic wiper operation (rain sensitive)
can be changed to intermittent operation, either vehicle speed sensitive or not vehicle speed sensitive. For further information, please contact a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
BK0302800US.book 201
Wiper and washer switch
5-202 Features and controls
5
Move the lever in the direction of the arrow and release, to operate the wipers once. Use this function when you are driving in mist or drizzle. The wipers will operate once if the lever is raised to the MIST position and released when the operation mode is in ON or ACC. The wipers will continue to operate while the lever is held in the MIST position.
The wipers will operate once if the lever is moved to the AUTO position and the knob (C) is turned in the + direction when the operation mode is in ON.
N00504601442
The windshield washer can be operated with the operation mode in ON or ACC. The washer fluid will be sprayed onto the windshield by pulling the lever toward you. When the wipers are not in operation or in intermittent operation, by pulling the lever toward you, the wipers will operate several times while the washer fluid is being sprayed.
Misting function
Windshield washer
NOTE It is possible to modify functions as follows:
Intelligent washer can be activated. Refer to Intelligent washer on page 5-203.
The wipers can be set to operate again after approximately 6 seconds.
These functions are not activated when the vehicle is shipped from the factory. To activate or deactivate these functions, please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
BK0302800US.book 202
Wiper and washer switch
Features and controls 5-203
5
By releasing the lever soon after pulling it toward you, the washer fluid will be sprayed several times while the wipers are operating several times. Intelligent washer will stop operating with any operation of the lever.
N00523201506
The rear window wiper and washer can be operated when the operation mode is in ON or ACC.
Turn the knob to operate the rear window wiper.
N00523501310
Intelligent washer
Rear window wiper and washer
OFF- Off
INT- The wiper operates continuously for several seconds then operates inter- mittently at intervals of approxi- mately 8 seconds.
— Washer fluid will be sprayed onto the rear window glass while the knob is turned fully in either direction. When the washer fluid is sprayed, the wiper will automatically operate 2 or 3 times.
NOTE The rear window wiper will automatically
perform several continuous operations if the selector lever is put in the R position while the windshield wipers or the rear window wiper is operating.(automatic operation mode) After the automatic operation, the rear win- dow wiper will stop operating if the knob is in the OFF position. If the knob is in the INT position, the rear window wiper will return to the intermittent operation. It is possible to set the rear window wiper to perform the automatic operation only if the selector lever is put in the R position while the rear window wiper is operating with the knob in the INT position. See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details.
If the knob is in the OFF position, turn the knob to the INT position twice quickly to operate the rear window wiper continuously. (continuous operation mode) Turn the knob to the OFF position to stop the rear window wiper continuous operation.
The wiper intermittent operation time can be adjusted. See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details. For vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), adjustments can be made using screen operations. For further details, refer to the separate owners manual.
The washer fluid reservoir is located in the engine compartment. Check the fluid level regularly and refill if necessary. (Refer to Washer fluid on page 9-10.)
Precautions to observe when using wipers and washers
CAUTION If the washer is used in cold weather, the
washer fluid sprayed onto the glass might freeze, blocking your view. Heat the glass with the defroster before using the washer.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 203
Wiper deicer switch (if so equipped)
5-204 Features and controls
5
N00584400030
The electric rear window defogger switch can be operated when the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys- tem is running. When the front wipers have frozen to the windshield at the parked positions, turning on this switch will heat the windshield to make the wipers operable. Press the electric rear window defogger switch and the deicer will operate.
N00523701585
The rear window defogger can be used when the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is running. The indicator light (A) will come on when you press the electric rear window defogger switch. Electric current will flow through the heating wires on the rear window to help clear away moisture or frost.
After approximately 15 to 20 minutes of operation, the system will shut off automati- cally. To switch the defogger OFF before 15 to 20 minutes have passed, press the switch again. The indicator light will go out and the defog- ger will turn off. If you need the defogger for more than 15 to 20 minutes, press the switch again. This will add 15 to 20 more minutes.
NOTE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is
dry. This could scratch the glass and wear the wiper blades prematurely.
Before using the wipers in cold weather, check to be sure that the wiper blades are not frozen to the windshield or rear window. Using the wipers while the blades are frozen could cause the wiper motor to burn out.
If the moving wipers become blocked part- way through a sweep by ice or other deposits on the glass, the wipers may temporarily stop operating to prevent the motor from over- heating. In this case, park the vehicle in a safe place, put the operation mode in OFF, and then remove the ice or other deposits. Because the wipers will start operating again after the wiper motor cools down, check that the wipers operate before using them.
Avoid using the washer for more than 20 sec- onds at a time. Do not operate the washer when the washer fluid reservoir is empty or the pump may fail.
During cold weather, add a recommended washer solution that will not freeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Otherwise the washer may not work or may be damaged.
Replace the wiper blades when they are worn. Use the proper size replacement blades. For further information, please con- tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Wiper deicer switch (if so equipped)
NOTE The wiper deicer is activated/deactivated,
depending on the operation of the rear win- dow defogger. Refer to Electric rear win- dow defogger switch on page 5-204.
Electric rear window defog- ger switch
BK0302800US.book 204
Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-205
5
N00589100074
The heated steering wheel contains internal heaters in the rim. Heating areas are shown in the illustration.
: Heating area
The heated steering wheel can be operated when the operation mode of the power switch is in ON.
CAUTION The rear window defogger is not designed to
melt snow. Remove any snow manually before using the rear window defogger.
Use the rear window defogger only after the Plug-in Hybrid EV System has started and is running. Be sure to turn the defogger switch off immediately after the window is clear to save on 12 V starter battery power.
Do not place stickers, tape, or other items that are attached with adhesive over the grid wires on the rear window.
When cleaning the inside rear window, use a soft cloth and wipe lightly over the grid wires.
NOTE Mist can also be removed from the outside
rearview mirrors when the rear window defogger switch is pressed. (Refer to Heated outside rearview mirror on page 5-55.)
On vehicles equipped with the wiper deicer, when the rear window defogger switch is pushed, the windshield becomes warm and the wipers become operable. (Refer to Wiper deicer switch on page 5-204.)
It is possible to change the setting to make the rear window defogger operate automati- cally when ambient temperature becomes low while the engine is running, even if you do not push the rear window defogger switch. It operates automatically only once after put- ting the operation mode in ON. If you choose this setting, the heated outside rearview mirror and wiper deicer (if so equipped) will also operate automatically at the same time. For further information, please contact a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
NOTE Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped)
BK0302800US.book 205
Horn switch
5-206 Features and controls
5
To turn on the heated steering wheel, push the heated steering wheel switch. The heated steering wheel will operate for approximately 30 minutes and then it will automatically turn off. The indicator light (A) will illuminate while the heated steering wheel is operating.
N00523801238
To honk the horn, press around the mark on the steering wheel.
N00563701183
The Link System takes control of the devices connected via the USB input terminal or the Bluetooth device; the system allows the connected device to be operated by using the switches in the vehicle or voice commands. For details on how to operate, refer to USB input terminal on page 5-207 and the sepa- rate owners manual.
Bluetooth is a registered trademark of BLUETOOTH SIG, INC.
WARNING Persons who are unable to feel tempera-
ture change or skin pain due to age, ill- ness, injury, medication, fatigue or other physical conditions or who have sensitive skin may suffer burns when using the heated steering wheel. To reduce the risk of burns, people with such conditions must use care when using the heated steering wheel.
CAUTION If water or any other liquid is spilled on the
steering wheel, allow it to dry thoroughly before attempting to use the heated steering wheel. Turn the heated steering wheel off immediately if it appears to be malfunction- ing during use.
Also be aware that using the heated steering wheel with the ready indicator off may run the 12 V starter battery down.
Horn switch
Link System
BK0302800US.book 206
USB input terminal
Features and controls 5-207
5
N00566701272
You can connect your USB memory device or iPod* to play music files stored in the USB memory device or iPod.
*: iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. in the United States and other countries.
This section explains how to connect and remove a USB memory device or iPod. Refer to the separate owners manual for details on the types of connectable devices and supported files, and how to play music files.
The USB input terminal (A) is located in the illustrated positions.
N00566801231
1. Park your vehicle in a safe place and put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF.
2. Open the USB input terminal cover.
3. Connect a commercially available USB connector cable (A) to the USB memory device (B).
4. Connect the USB connector cable to the USB input terminal.
5. To remove the USB connector cable, put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF first and perform the installation steps in reverse.
USB input terminal
USB input terminal locations
Instrument panel
How to connect a USB memory device
Back of floor console box (if so equipped)
NOTE Do not connect the USB memory device to
the USB input terminal directly. The USB memory device may be damaged.
BK0302800US.book 207
Sun visors
5-208 Features and controls
5
N00566901261
1. Park your vehicle in a safe place and put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF.
2. Open the USB input terminal cover. 3. Connect the connector cable to the iPod.
4. Connect the connector cable to the USB input terminal.
5. To remove the connector cable, put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF first and perform the installation steps in reverse.
N00524601448
Pull the sun visor downward (1) to reduce front glare while driving. To reduce side glare, turn the visor to the side (2).
A vanity mirror is fitted to the back of the sun visor. Operating the lid of the vanity mirror will automatically turn on the mirror light (A).
How to connect an iPod
NOTE Use a genuine connector cable from Apple
Inc.
Sun visors Vanity mirror
CAUTION If the lid of vanity mirror with light is kept
open for prolonged periods of time, the 12 V starter battery will be discharged.
BK0302800US.book 208
12 V power outlets
Features and controls 5-209
5
The holder (B) is located on the back of the sun visor.
N00525001755
To use a plug-in type accessory, open the cover or remove the cap, and insert the plug in the power outlet.
Accessories can be operated when the opera- tion mode of the power switch is in ON or ACC.
Ticket holder
CAUTION Do not leave plastic cards in the ticket
holder. Because the inside of the vehicle will become hot if the vehicle is parked in strong sunlight, the cards could deform or crack.
12 V power outlets
CAUTION Be sure to use a plug-in type accessory
operating at 12 V and at 120 W or less. When using the two sockets at the same time, make sure the total power consumption of the electrical accessories does not exceed 120 W at 12 V.
Also be aware that using electronic equip- ment with the ready indicator off may run the 12 V starter battery down.
When the power outlet is not in use, be sure to close the power outlet cover or replace the cap. This will prevent the power outlet from becoming clogged and short circuiting.
Type 1
Instrument panel
BK0302800US.book 209
USB port (for charging) (if so equipped)
5-210 Features and controls
5
Accessories can be operated in all operation modes of the power switch. N00596400037
The USB port (for charging) can be used as a power source of the USB appliances when the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON or ACC. There are two USB ports (for charging) located on the back of the floor console box. When using the USB port (for charging), open the lid and connect the USB connector cable to it.
Type 2
Rear (if so equipped)
USB port (for charging) (if so equipped)
CAUTION When the USB port (for charging) is not in
use, be sure to close the lid, because the USB port (for charging) might be short-circuited by clogging foreign materials and the con- nected devices and the USB port (for charg- ing) might be damaged.
Insert the USB connector cable in the USB port (for charging) firmly. If the USB connector cable does not insert in it firmly, it may become extremely hot and the fuses may blow.
Be sure that the power consumption does not exceed 10.5 W {The peak outlet current or voltage of the USB port (for charging) is DC 5 V-2.1 A}. The connected devices or the USB port (for charging) may be damaged.
Do not use the reversible USB connector cable that the USB connector board is located in the centre. The USB port (for charging) might be dam- aged.
Long use of the electric appliance without running the engine may run down the bat- tery.
NOTE The USB ports (for charging) can be used
only as a power source. These are not con- nected to the audio devices of the vehicles.
Do not charge many mobile devices together by using a multi-plug adapter of the USB port (for charging).
If water or spill beverages has splashed on the USB ports (for charging), stop using it and have the vehicle checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 210
120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-211
5
N00591100071
120 V AC power supply can be used as a power source of household appliances when the ready indicator illuminates.
1. Press the 120 V AC power supply switch. The indicator light (A) will come on and power supply system is ready for use. To cancel power supply, press the switch again and the indicator light will go off.
2. Open the lid (B).
120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped)
CAUTION Be sure to use a plug-in type accessory
operating at 120 V and at 1500 W or less. When using more than one power outlet at the same time, make sure the total power consumption of the electrical appliances does not exceed 1500 W at 120 V.
Back of floor console box
Right side of cargo area
To use
BK0302800US.book 211
120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped)
5-212 Features and controls
5
3. Insert the plug in the power outlet firmly. Make sure the plug is connected correctly.
4. Disconnect the plug and close the lid after using the electrical appliance.
WARNING Never use the 120 V AC power supply to
charge an electric vehicle or a plug-in hybrid vehicle. Also, never connect the 120 V AC power supply to a household powerline or a distribution panel. This may lead to electric shock or a malfunc- tion.
Do not connect or disconnect the plug with a wet hand. Doing so can cause an electric shock.
Never pull the cable to remove the plug. Pull straight with holding the plug of an electrical appliance.
Do not disassemble or modify the 120 V AC power supply.
When using electrical appliance while driving, make sure that it is firmly secured. Flying objects entering the pas- senger compartment during sudden brak- ing or sharp turning could result in a serious accident and/or injury. Refer to Luggage hooks on page 5-229.
Do not use an electrical appliance which emits steam while the windows are closed. Lack of visibility due to steam could lead to an accident. Also, doing so may damage other electrical components.
While using the 120 V AC power supply, even if the engine is not running, the engine may automatically start later depending on the condition of the Plug-in Hybrid EV system and/or the main drive lithium-ion battery. Before using the 120 V AC power supply
while the vehicle is stationary, to prevent the vehicle from moving abruptly, apply the parking brake firmly and press the electrical parking switch and make sure that the select position indicator on the multi-information displays P (PARK). Also, to avoid activating the selector lever, do not place a power cord on or near the lever.
WARNING Never use the 120 V AC power supply in
a closed or poorly ventilated area, such as in a garage, or an area surrounded by snow banks. Carbon monoxide gas, which is odorless and extremely poison- ous, could build up and cause serious injury or death.
Do not park your vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as dry grass or leaves can come in contact with a hot exhaust, since a fire could occur.
When using the 120 V AC power supply while it is raining or snowing, do not leave the door or liftgate open. Wetting the 120 V AC power supply may cause overheating resulting in a fire and/or electrical shock.
Never use a multi-plug adapter or conver- sion adapter. Using them may cause over- heating resulting in fire.
If you use an electrical appliance that emits light, your visibility at night may be affected which could impede safe driving.
Do not spill a beverage on the 120 V AC power supply. This may cause overheating resulting in a fire and/or electrical shock.
Do not let children touch the 120 V AC power supply.
The cooling fan in the engine compart- ment may automatically operate when using the 120 V AC power supply. Keep your hands and clothes away from the cooling fan.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 212
120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-213
5
Never use the 120 V AC power supply when lightning or thunder is observed or expected.
Never use the 120 V AC power supply for electromedical apparatus.
CAUTION When the 120 V AC power supply is not in
use, be sure to cancel power supply by press- ing the 120 V AC power supply switch, dis- connect the plug and close the lid. This will prevent the 120 V AC power supply from becoming clogged and short circuiting.
Do not stand behind the exhaust pipe as the engine may automatically start depending on the condition. Heat from the exhaust could lead to burns.
Make sure that the plug is inserted all the way into the 120 V AC power supply before using an electrical appliance.
Do not use an electrical appliance in the vehicle which emits heat such as a heater. Heat damage to interior parts could result.
Do not connect a malfunctioning electrical appliance to the 120 V AC power supply. Doing so could damage the 120 V AC power supply.
WARNING NOTE 12 V power outlets and 120 V AC power
supplies can be used simultaneously. Refer to 12 V power outlets on page 5-209.
If the plug of the electrical appliance was loose or wobbled when inserted in the outlet, replace the 120 V AC power supply by a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Never leave the vehicle, perform refueling or washing the vehicle while using the 120 V AC power supply.
You may hear operating sounds such as sounds from the cooling fan near luggage area when using the 120 V AC power supply. This is normal.
Never use electrical appliance which is vul- nerable to vibration or heat in the cabin. When exposed to the strong direct sunlight, the cabin will become extremely hot. It could cause product failure.
Do not use the 120 V AC power supply with the vehicle covered by a car cover.
When closing the window, door or liftgate, be careful not to trap the power supply cord of the electrical appliance.
120 V AC power supply cannot be used in the following cases. When Plug-in Hybrid EV System warning
light is illuminated. When the main drive lithium-ion battery
level display indicates 0. When the PROPULSION POWER IS
REDUCED warning display appears.
Electrical appliance may not operate nor- mally or electricity supply stops under the following conditions. You may hear an oper- ation noise. This is normal. When the power consumption of the electri-
cal appliance exceeds 1500 W. When the vehicle interior temperature is
too hot or too cold. When the 120 V AC power supply cannot be
used or is not returned to operation automati- cally after stopping electricity supply, follow the procedures below. 1. Disconnect the plug of electrical appli-
ance. 2. Confirm the remaining quantity of the
main drive lithium-ion battery. When it is low, charge the main drive lithium-ion battery by using the battery charge mode, etc. Battery charge mode P.5-69 Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) P.3-20 Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) P. 3-32
3. Confirm the ready indicator illuminates. If not, start the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys- tem.
4. When the vehicle interior temperature is too hot or too cold, adjust it appropriately by using air conditioner.
5. Press the 120 V AC power supply switch to turn on.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 213
HomeLink Wireless Control System (if so equipped)
5-214 Features and controls
5
N00554301082
HomeLink and the HomeLink house icon are registered trademarks of Gentex Corpora- tion.
HomeLink provides a convenient way to replace up to 3 hand-held radio-frequency (RF) transmitters used to activate devices such as gate operators, garage door openers, entry door locks, security systems, even home lighting. Additional HomeLink information can be found at www.homelink.com, www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex, or by
calling the toll-free HomeLink-Hotline at 1- 800-355-3515.6. Confirm the indicator light on 120 V AC
power supply switch comes on and insert the plug in the power outlet.
If the 120 V AC power supply cannot be used after performing the above steps, have your vehicle checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The following electrical appliance may not operate normally even if the power con- sumption is less than 1500 W. Also be aware that electric power which can be used will vary depending on the main drive lithium- ion battery condition. Electrical appliance to which large current
flows momentarily Electrical appliance which gauges precise
data Electrical appliance which does not operate
normally when it is not placed horizontally Electrical appliance which needs extremely
stable operation Electrical appliance with a timer function,
which needs the consecutive output AC power output may be shut off and the
electrical appliance may be turned off accordingly depending on the main drive lithium-ion battery condition even if the bat- tery level display does not indicate 0.
Use of electrical appliance could cause radio or television noise.
NOTE The voltage of the 120 V AC power supply
cannot be correctly gauged with a commer- cially available tester. Consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer when you need mea- surement of the voltage.
Also refer to the instruction manual and label accompanying the electrical appliance.
When the remaining power in the main drive lithium-ion battery is low, the engine starts and charges the main drive lithium-ion bat- tery automatically. Be careful not to run out of fuel since it will be consumed when the engine starts.
HomeLink Wireless Con- trol System (if so equipped)
NOTE
WARNING Do not use HomeLink with any garage
door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U.S. Fed- eral Regulations. A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then auto- matically stop and reverse, does not meet current U.S. Federal Regulations. Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death.
During programming, your garage door or gate may open or close. Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or gate that you are programming.
NOTE Once HomeLink is programmed, retain the
original transmitter for future programming procedures (for example, new vehicle pur- chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the pro- grammed HomeLink buttons should be erased for security purposes. Refer to Cleaning the programmed information on page 5-218.
BK0302800US.book 214
HomeLink Wireless Control System (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-215
5
N00584600029
Some garage door openers manufactured after 1995 have rolling code protection. To program a garage door opener equipped with rolling code protection; you will need to access the garage door opener motor to press the motors Learn or Smart buttons. For convenience, use a ladder and another person to assist you.
It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink
for quicker training and accurate trans- mission of the radio-frequency signal.
N00584700059
To program HomeLink to operate a garage door, gate, or entry door opener, home or office lighting, you need to be at the same location as the device.
1. Press the HomeLink button that you would like to program. The indicator light (A) will flash orange slowly.
You can program a maximum of 3 devices. To change or replace any of the 3 devices after it has been initially programmed, you must first erase the current settings. See Cleaning the programmed information on page 5-218 or Reprogramming a single HomeLink button on page 5-219.
1- HomeLink button 1 2- HomeLink button 2 3- HomeLink button 3
NOTE Before programming Home- Link
Programming a new Home- Link
NOTE You do not need to continue holding the
HomeLink button. If the indicator light does not flash, refer to
Cleaning the programmed information on page 5-218.
BK0302800US.book 215
HomeLink Wireless Control System (if so equipped)
5-216 Features and controls
5
2. Position the end of your hand-held trans- mitter (B) 1 to 3 inches (2 to 8 cm) away from the HomeLink button while keep- ing the indicator light in view.
3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter button while watching the indicator light (A). Continue pressing the button until the indicator light (A) changes from slowly flashing orange to either rapidly flashing green (rolling code) or continuously lit green (fixed code). Now you may release the hand-held transmitter button.
4. Press the HomeLink button that was just programmed and observe the indicator light. If the indicator light continuously illumi-
nates green, programming is complete and your device should operate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released.
If the indicator light rapidly flashes green, firmly press, hold for 2 seconds and release the programmed HomeLink
button. Repeat the press/hold/release sequence a second time, and, depending on the brand of the garage door opener (or other rolling code equipped device), repeat this sequence a third time to com- plete the programming process. At this point if your device operates, program- ming is complete.
If the device does not operate, continue with Programming a new HomeLink steps 5 to 7 to complete the program- ming of a rolling code equipped device.
5. At the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit) in the garage, locate the Learn or Smart button. This can usu- ally be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit (see the garage door opener manual to identify the Learn button.)
6. Firmly press and release the Learn or Smart button. (The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer.) There are typically 30 seconds to initiate step 7.
7. Return to the vehicle and firmly press, hold for 2 seconds and release the pro- grammed HomeLink button. Repeat the press/hold/release sequence a second time, and, depending on the brand of the garage door opener (or other rolling code equipped device), repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming process. HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device.
NOTE Some hand-held transmitters may actually
train better from a distance of 6 to 12 inches (15 to 30 cm). Keep this in mind if you have difficulty with the programming process.
NOTE Some devices may require you to replace this
Programming a new HomeLink step 3 with procedures noted in the Gate operator / Canadian programming section. If the indi- cator light does not change to rapidly flash- ing green or continuously lit green after performing these steps, contact HomeLink
at www.homelink.com
BK0302800US.book 216
HomeLink Wireless Control System (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-217
5
N00584800021
Canadian radio-frequency laws require trans- mitter signals to time-out (or quit) after several seconds of transmission — which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming. Similar to this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators are designed to time-out in the same man- ner. The indicator LED on the hand-held transmit- ter will go off when the device times out indi- cating that it has finished transmitting. If you live in Canada or you are having diffi- culties programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Program- ming procedures, replace Programming a new HomeLink step 3 with the following:
3. Press and release — every 2 seconds (cycle) your hand-held transmitter until the HomeLink indicator light changes from slowly flashing orange to either rapidly flash- ing green (rolling code) or continuously lit green (fixed code). Now you may release the hand-held transmitter button. Proceed with Programming a new Home- Link step 4 to complete.
N00584900022
The HomeLink has the capability of receiv- ing garage door status from compatible garage door opener systems. Check your garage door opener manual for the available feature and HomeLink compatibility. Also for a listing of compatible systems contact HomeLink at: www.homelink.com
1. Within 5 seconds after successfully pro- gramming the garage door opener (refer to Programming a new HomeLink section), both garage door operation indi- cators (A) will flash rapidly green indicat- ing that the garage door feedback has been enabled. If the indicators do not flash, perform steps 2 and 3 while pressing the Home- Link button up to the first 10 times after successful programming.
2. Press and release the programmed Home- Link button to activate the door. You now have 1 minute in which to complete step 3.
NOTE In the event that there are still programming
difficulties or questions, additional Home- Link information and programming videos can be found online at www.homelink.com, www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex, or by calling the HomeLink Hotline.
Gate operator/Canadian pro- gramming
NOTE If programming a garage door opener or gate
operator, it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent pos- sible overheating.
Additional steps for program- ming a door system with feed- back
BK0302800US.book 217
HomeLink Wireless Control System (if so equipped)
5-218 Features and controls
5
3. Once the door has stopped, press and release the Learn or Smart button on the garage door opener (refer to your garage door opener owners manual for the location of the Learn button). Both the HomeLink garage door operation indicators will flash rapidly green upon successful synchronization with the door opener (within 5 seconds).
N00585000020
To operate, simply press and release the pro- grammed HomeLink button. Activation will now occur for the trained device (i.e. garage door opener, gate operator, security system, entry door lock, home/office lighting, etc.). For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time.
N00585200022
The HomeLink has the capability of receiv- ing garage door status from compatible garage door opener systems. Refer to Addi- tional steps for programming a door system with feedback on page 5-217. Garage door status is then displayed with indicators (A).
The indicators will illuminate/blink in response to the following conditions:
: Blinking : Illuminates
The HomeLink has the capability of listen- ing to these messages at a range up to 820.2 feet (250 m) (open line of sight), but range may be reduced by obstacles such as houses or trees. You may have to slow your vehicle speed to receive the CLOSED or OPENED message feedback from the garage door opener. If the unit is out of range before receiving either the UP or DOWN message from the door opener, both the UP and DOWN indicators will flash red followed by a continuous lit orange indicator in the direc- tion the door was last moving. Recall of the door state after initial feedback is possible by simultaneously pressing either HomeLink buttons 1 and 2 or buttons 2 and 3 for 2 seconds. The last recorded message will be displayed for 3 seconds, again follow- ing the garage door status indication of the figure above.
N00585300023
To erase programming from the 3 buttons (individual buttons cannot be erased but can be reprogrammed as outlined below), fol- low the steps noted:
Operating HomeLink
Garage door feedback
Garage door opener closing (orange)
Garage door opener closed (green)
Out of range (red)
Garage door opener opening (orange)
Garage door opener opened (green)
Out of range (red)
Clearing the programmed information
BK0302800US.book 218
HomeLink Wireless Control System (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-219
5
1. Press and hold the 2 outer HomeLink
buttons for at least 10 seconds. The indi- cator will change from continuous yellow to rapidly flashing green.
2. Release both buttons.
3. HomeLink is now in the train (or learn- ing) mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming a new HomeLink step 1.
N00585400024
To reprogram a HomeLink button, complete the following.
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button. Do not release the button. 2. The indicator light will begin to slowly
flash orange after 20 seconds. The Home- Link button can be released at this point. Proceed with Programming a new HomeLink step 2.
N00585600097
Your HomeLink system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communica- tions Commission (FCC) Rules (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.) and Industry Canada Rules (For vehicles sold in Canada). This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS- 210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two con- ditions.
This device may not cause harmful inter- ference.
This device must accept any interference that may be received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. End Users must follow the spe- cific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This transmitter must be at least 8 inches (20 cm) from the user and must not be co-located or operating in con- junction with any other antenna or transmit- ter. The term IC: before the certification/regis- tration number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.
NOTE Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds.
Reprogramming a single HomeLink button
NOTE If you do not complete the programming of a
new device to the button, it will revert to the previously stored programming. For questions or comments, visit www.homelink.com, www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex, or by calling the HomeLink Hotline.
General information
CAUTION The transmitter has been tested and complies
with FCC and IC rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com- pliance could void the users authority to operate the device.
BK0302800US.book 219
Interior lights
5-220 Features and controls
5
For vehicles sold in Mexico
N00525301758
N00525401599
Interior lights
NOTE Be aware that leaving the light illuminated
with the ready indicator off may run the 12 V starter battery down. Never leave the vehicle without checking that the light is off.
1- Cargo room light P.5-222 2- Dome light (rear) P.5-221 3- Dome light (front)/Reading lights
P.5-220 4- Downlight P.5-222 5- Front foot lights P.5-223
Dome light (front)/Reading lights
Dome light (front)
1- (DOOR) When any of the doors or the liftgate is opened, the dome light illuminates; when any of them are closed, the dome light goes off after approximately 30 seconds. However, the light goes off immediately if: The doors and the liftgate are closed
while the operation mode of the power switch is in ON.
The drivers door is closed while the lock knob is in the lock position, after all the other doors are closed.
BK0302800US.book 220
Interior lights
Features and controls 5-221
5
2- (OFF) The dome light stays off regardless of any door or the liftgate being opened or closed.
N00537601211
Regardless of the dome light switch position, when you press the lens (A), the light on the side that is pressed illuminates; when you press the lens (A) again, the light goes out.
N00525801405
The doors and the liftgate are closed and the power door lock function is used to lock the doors.
The doors and the liftgate are locked using the F.A.S.T.-key switch or F.A.S.T.-key operation.
NOTE When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in OFF while the doors and lift- gate are closed, the dome light will illumi- nate for approximately 30 seconds and then go off.
The time until the light goes off can be adjusted. See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details. For vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA), adjustments can be made using screen opera- tions. For details, refer to the separate owners manual.
Reading lights
Dome light (rear)
1- (ON) The dome light illuminates regardless of any door or the liftgate being opened or closed. 2- () When any of the doors or the liftgate is opened, the dome light illuminates; when any of them are closed, the dome light goes off after approximately 30 sec- onds. However, the light goes off imme- diately if: The door and the liftgate are closed
while the operation mode of the power switch is in ON.
The drivers door is closed while the lock knob is in the lock position, after all the other doors are closed.
The door and the liftgate are closed and the power door lock function is used to lock the doors.
The doors and the liftgate are locked using the F.A.S.T.-key switch or F.A.S.T.-key operation.
NOTE When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in OFF while the doors and lift- gate are closed, the dome light will illumi- nate for approximately 30 seconds and then go off.
BK0302800US.book 221
Interior lights
5-222 Features and controls
5
3- (OFF) The dome light stays off regardless of any door or the liftgate being opened or closed.
N00526101186
1- (ON) The cargo room light illuminates regard- less of the liftgate being opened or closed.
2- () When the liftgate is opened, the cargo room light illuminates; when it is closed, it goes out. 3- (OFF) The cargo room light stays out regardless of the liftgate being opened or closed.
N00596000059
The downlight illuminates when the light switch is in the or position. When the light switch is in the AUTO posi- tion, the downlight illuminates when the parking lights illuminate.
When the dome light switch is in the ON position, the light will not go off, even when all the doors and the liftgate are closed.
The time until the light goes off can be adjusted. See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details. For vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA), adjustments can be made using screen opera- tions. For details, refer to the separate owners manual.
Cargo room light
NOTE Downlight
BK0302800US.book 222
Storage spaces
Features and controls 5-223
5
N00536901086
The front foot lights (A) come on when the front door is opened and go off when the door is closed.
N00526301553
*: Dome light (front)/Reading lights, dome light (rear) and cargo room light
If interior lights are left on with the opera- tion mode of the power switch in OFF, the lights go off automatically after approxi- mately 30 minutes.
The lights come on again if the power switch is operated, if any door or liftgate is opened or closed, or if the F.A.S.T.-key is operated.
N00526401596
Front foot lights
Interior light* auto-cutout function
NOTE The interior light auto-cutout function can be
deactivated. The time until the lights auto- matically go off can be adjusted. See a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer for details. For vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), adjustments can be made using screen operations. For details, refer to the separate owners manual.
Storage spaces
CAUTION Never leave lighters, carbonated drink cans,
or spectacles in the cabin when parking the vehicle in hot sunshine. The cabin will become extremely hot, so lighters and other flammable items may catch fire and unopened drink cans (including beer cans) may rupture. The heat may also deform or crack plastic spectacle lenses and other spec- tacle parts that are made of plastic.
Keep the lids of storage spaces closed while driving the vehicle. A lid or the contents of a storage space could otherwise cause injuries during a sudden stop.
NOTE Do not leave valuables in any storage space
when leaving the vehicle.
1- Luggage floor box 2- Floor console box 3- Glove compartment 4- Sunglasses holder (if so equipped)
BK0302800US.book 223
Storage spaces
5-224 Features and controls
5
N00551501328
To open, pull the lever (A).
There is a card holder on the inside of the glove compartment.
N00551601332
To open the console box, lift the release lever (A) and raise the lid. The floor console box can also be used as an arm rest.
Glove compartment
WARNING An open glove compartment door can
cause a serious injury or death to the front passenger in an accident, even if the pas- senger is wearing his/her seat belt. Always keep the glove compartment door closed when driving.
NOTE When the lights are illuminated with the
light switch in the , or AUTO position, the glove compartment light illumi- nates.
Card holder Floor console box
BK0302800US.book 224
Storage spaces
Features and controls 5-225
5
N00552301062
There is a luggage floor box under the lug- gage floor board. To use the box, raise the luggage floor board (A).
To use the luggage floor box in the rear seat side, insert your hand in the gap (B) and raise the board (A) to the seat side.
N00502601103
To open, push the lid.
Luggage floor box WARNING Do not place any object around the
mark, since there is the 12 V starter battery under the luggage floor box. If the battery cover is broken, a battery fluid may leak. If it adheres to your skin or gets in your eyes, serious injury may result.
Sunglasses holder (if so equipped)
CAUTION Do not use for storing objects heavier than
typical sunglasses. There is risk that the holder lid will open accidentally, resulting in an injury due to falling objects.
NOTE Some types of sunglasses cannot fit snugly in
the holder. Before storing, check the shape to make sure they fit.
BK0302800US.book 225
Cup holders
5-226 Features and controls
5
N00527301550
The cup holder is designed for holding cups or drink-cans securely in its holes.
The cup holder is located in front of the floor console. To use the cup holder, push the lid.
N00537001202
This cup holder is located in the rear seat arm rest. Pull the arm rest down to use the cup holder.
N00527301505
There are bottle holders located on both sides of front and rear doors.
Cup holders
WARNING Do not spray water or spill beverages
inside the vehicle. If switches, wires, or electrical components become wet, they could malfunction or cause a vehicle fire. If you accidentally spill a beverage, wipe up as much liquid as possible.
For the front seat
For the rear seat Bottle holders
WARNING Do not spray water or spill beverages
inside the vehicle. If switches, wires, or electrical components become wet, they could malfunction or cause a vehicle fire. If you accidentally spill a beverage, wipe up as much liquid as possible.
CAUTION Drink beverages while driving your vehicle
is distracting and can cause an accident. Vibration and shaking while driving may
cause beverages to spill. Be very careful, as spilling hot beverages could cause burns.
BK0302800US.book 226
Cargo area cover (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-227
5
N00528301166
1. Pull out the spring-loaded cover and insert it in the mounting grooves (A) on both sides.
2. Remove the cover from the mounting grooves, and the cover will be rolled back into the retracted position.
There are 2 installation holes (B) for the cargo area cover.
1. Move one of the sliders (C) toward the inside of the vehicle, and fit the protrud- ing portion (D) into the installation hole that is to be used. Move the opposite slider in the same fashion.
NOTE Do not store cup or drink can in the bottle
holder. Make sure all lids are tightly closed when
storing beverages that are in plastic bottles, etc.
Some beverages may not be stored, depend- ing on the size and shape of the plastic bot- tles, etc.
Cargo area cover (if so equipped)
To use
NOTE Do not place anything on the cargo area
cover.
To change position
BK0302800US.book 227
Assist grips
5-228 Features and controls
5
2. After changing the position, gently shake the entire cargo area cover to make sure it is securely retained.
1. Roll back the cargo area cover. 2. Move one of the sliders (C) toward the
inside of the vehicle and lift it to remove the cargo area cover.
To refit the cargo area cover, follow the removal steps in reverse. Gently shake the entire cargo area cover after fitting it to make sure it is securely retained.
N00559001084
The assist grips (located above the doors on the headliner) are not designed to support body weight. They are intended for use only while seated in the vehicle.
NOTE If the rear seat touches the cargo area cover,
move the cargo area cover rearward. The cargo area cover could be damaged if it supports the seatback of the rear seats.
To remove
To refit Assist grips
CAUTION Do not use the assist grips when getting into
or out of the vehicle. The assist grips could detach causing you to fall.
BK0302800US.book 228
Coat hooks
Features and controls 5-229
5
N00553601176
There is a coat hook on the rear seat assist grip.
N00528501269
There are hooks on the sides of the luggage area for use in securing luggage.
Coat hooks
WARNING Do not put a hanger or any heavy or
pointed object on the coat hook. If the cur- tain airbag was activated, any such item could be propelled away with great force and could prevent the curtain airbag from inflating correctly. Hang clothes directly on the coat hook (without using a hanger). Make sure there are no heavy or sharp objects in the pockets of clothes that you hang on the coat hook.
Luggage hooks
CAUTION Do not load the luggage higher than the top
of the seatback. Be sure that luggage is firmly secured. Restricted rear vision or flying objects enter- ing the passenger compartment during sud- den braking could result in a serious accident.
BK0302800US.book 229
6
Driving safety
Driving precaution …………………………………………………………………6-2 Fuel economy ………………………………………………………………………..6-2 Driving, alcohol and drugs ……………………………………………………..6-2 Floor mat ………………………………………………………………………………6-2 Vehicle preparation before driving …………………………………………..6-3 Safe driving techniques …………………………………………………………..6-4 Driving during cold weather ……………………………………………………6-5 Braking ………………………………………………………………………………..6-5 Parking …………………………………………………………………………………6-6 Loading information ………………………………………………………………6-6 Cargo loads …………………………………………………………………………6-11 Trailer towing ……………………………………………………………………..6-13 Dinghy towing …………………………………………………………………….6-17
BK0302800US.book 1
Driving precaution
6-2 Driving safety
6
N00629300053
Utility vehicles have higher ground clearance and a narrower track, which enables them to perform in a wide variety of off-road situa- tions. Because of the higher ground clear- ance, these vehicles have a higher center of gravity, which makes them handle differently than ordinary vehicles when driving on pave- ment. They are not designed to maneuver or corner at the same speed on pavement as con- ventional 2-wheel drive passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily in off-road condi- tions. Always drive safely and steer the vehicle carefully. Avoid operating the vehicle in a manner that might require sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle cor- rectly can result in loss of control or vehicle rollover. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is sig- nificantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Before starting the vehi-
cle, always make certain that you and all your passengers are properly wearing their seat belts (with children in the rear seat, in appro- priate restraints).
N00628801205
Fuel economy is dependent on many factors. Your personal driving habits can have a sig- nificant effect on your fuel consumption. Several recommendations for achieving the greatest fuel economy are listed below.
Whenever accelerating from a stop, always accelerate slowly and smoothly.
Plan your trips to avoid unnecessary stops.
Keep your tires inflated to the recom- mended pressures.
For freeway driving, maintain a speed of approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when traffic, roadway and weather conditions safely permit.
Keep your air filter clean and your vehicle lubricated according to the recommenda- tions in this manual.
Always keep your vehicle well main- tained. A poorly maintained engine wastes fuel and costs money.
Never overload your vehicle.
N00628900049
Drunk driving is one of the most frequent causes of accidents. Your driving ability can be seriously impaired even with blood alcohol levels far below the legal minimum. If you have been drinking, dont drive. Ride with a designated non- drinking driver, call a cab or a friend, or use public transportation. Drinking coffee or tak- ing a cold shower will not make you sober. Similarly, prescription and nonprescription drugs affect your alertness, perception and reaction time. Consult with your doctor or pharmacist before driving while under the influence of any of these medications.
N00628600033
The original equipment floor mat provided with your vehicle was specifically designed for your vehicle. Always properly position the floor mat and assure it does not interfere with operation of
Driving precaution
WARNING Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. Avoid abrupt maneuvers and excessive speed. Always buckle up.
Fuel economy
Driving, alcohol and drugs
WARNING NEVER DRINK AND DRIVE.
Your perceptions are less accurate, your reflexes are slower and your judgment is impaired.
Floor mat
BK0302800US.book 2
Vehicle preparation before driving
Driving safety 6-3
6
the pedals. Always use the retaining clip on the drivers floorboard to secure the floor mat. When used, this clip will help prevent the floor mat from moving forward and possi- bly interfering with the operation of the ped- als. To prevent the floor mat from moving forward and possibly interfering with the operation of the pedals, Mitsubishi genuine floor mats are recommended.
N00628701086
1. Place the floor mat to fit the shape of the floorboard.
2. Align the floor mat with the installation holes over the retaining clips.
3. Secure the floor mat with retaining clips.
N00629001813
For a safer and more enjoyable trip, always check for the following:
To install the floor mat
NOTE The shape of the mat and the number of
retaining clips may vary depending on the vehicle model.
WARNING If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not
properly installed, it can interfere with the operation of the pedals. Interference with the pedals can cause unintended accelera- tion and/or increased stopping distances resulting in a crash and injury. Always make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the accelerator or brake pedal.
Always use the retaining clip on the drivers floorboard to secure the floor mat.
Always install the mat with the correct side facing down.
Never install a second mat over or under an existing floor mat.
Do not use a floor mat designed for another model vehicle even if it is a Mit- subishi genuine floor mat.
Before driving, be sure to check the fol- lowing: Periodically check that the floor mat is
properly secured with the retaining clips. If you remove the floor mat while clean- ing the inside of your vehicle or for any other reason, always check the condition of the floor mat after it has been rein- stalled.
While the vehicle is stopped with the Plug-in Hybrid EV system off, check that the floor mat is not interfering with the pedals by depressing the pedals fully.
Vehicle preparation before driving
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 3
Safe driving techniques
6-4 Driving safety
6
Before starting the vehicle, make certain that you and all passengers are seated and wearing their seat belts properly (with children in the rear seat, in appropriate restraints), and that all the doors and the liftgate are locked.
Move the drivers seat as far backward as possible, while keeping good visibility, and good control of the steering wheel, brakes, accelerator, and controls. Check the instrument panel indicators and multi- information display for any possible prob- lem.
Similarly, the front passenger seat should also be moved as far back as possible.
Make sure that infants and small children are properly restrained in accordance with all laws and regulations.
Check these by selecting the defroster mode, and set the blower switch on high. You should be able to feel the air blowing against the windshield. Refer to Defrosting or defogging (wind- shield, door windows) on page 7-13
Check all the tires for heavy tread wear or uneven wear patterns. Look for stones, nails, glass, or other objects stuck in the tread. Look for any tread cuts or sidewall cracks. Check the wheel nuts for tightness, and the tires for proper pressure. Replace your tires before they are heavily worn out. As your vehicle is equipped with a tire pres- sure monitoring system (TPMS), there is a risk of damage to the tire inflation pressure sensors when the tire is replaced on the rim. Tire replacement should, only, be performed by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Have someone watch while you turn all the exterior lights on and off. Also check the turn signal indicators and high-beam indicators on the instrument panel.
Check the ground under the vehicle after parking overnight, for fuel, water, oil, or other leaks. Make sure all the fluid levels are correct. Also, if you can smell fuel, you need
to find out why immediately and have it fixed.
N00629201134
Even this vehicles safety equipment, and your safest driving, cannot guarantee that you can avoid an accident or injury. However, if you give extra attention to the following areas, you can better protect yourself and your passengers:
Drive defensively. Be aware of traffic, road and weather conditions. Leave plenty of stopping distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
Before changing lanes, check your mir- rors, blind spots, and use your turn-signal light.
While driving, watch the behavior of other drivers, bicyclists, and pedestrians.
Always obey applicable laws and regula- tions. Be a polite and alert driver. Always leave room for unexpected events, such as sudden braking.
If you plan to drive in another country, obey their vehicle registration laws and make sure you will be able to get the right fuel.
Seat belts and seats
Defrosters
Tires
Lights
Fluid leaks
Safe driving techniques
BK0302800US.book 4
Driving during cold weather
Driving safety 6-5
6
N00629401501
Check the 12 V starter battery, including terminals and cables. During extremely cold weather, the 12 V starter battery will not be as strong and its power level may drop. Before driving the vehicle, check to see if the headlights are as bright as normally. Charge or replace the 12 V starter battery if necessary. During extreme cold weather, it is possible that a very low 12 V starter battery could freeze.
Stay at low speeds at first so that the transaxle, transfer case and rear axle oil have time to spread to all lubrication points.
Check the engine antifreeze.
If there is not enough coolant because of a leak or from engine overheating, add Mit- subishi Motors Genuine Super Long Life Coolant Premium or equivalent. Please read this section in conjunction with the Engine coolant/Plug-in Hybrid EV system coolant on page 9-8.
N00629501560
All the parts of the brake system are critical to safety. Have the vehicle serviced by a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer at regular intervals according to the WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
Check the brake system while driving at a low speed immediately after starting, espe- cially when the brakes are wet, to confirm they work normally. A film of water can be formed on the brake discs and prevent normal braking after driv- ing in heavy rain or through large puddles, or
after the vehicle is washed. If this occurs, dry the brakes out by driving slowly while lightly depressing the brake pedal.
On snowy roads, ice can form on the braking system, making the brakes less effective. While driving in such conditions, pay close attention to surrounding vehicles and to the condition of the road surface. From time to time, lightly depress the brake pedal and check how effective the brakes are.
Put the select position to B (REGENERA- TIVE BRAKE) according to the grade of the slope and vehicle speed, and use the service brake in combination with the regenerative brake as required.
Driving during cold weather
WARNING The 12 V starter battery gives off explo-
sive hydrogen gas. Any spark or flame can cause the battery to explode, which could cause serious injury or death. Always wear protective clothes and a face mask when working with your 12 V starter battery, or let a skilled mechanic do it.
WARNING Never open the radiator cap when the
radiator is hot. You could be seriously burned.
Braking
When brakes are wet
When driving in cold weather
When driving down a long hill
NOTE If the brake pedal is continuously or fre-
quently depressed on downhill roads, the ser- vice brake could overheat and the brake performance will be reduced.
If regenerative braking is applied continu- ously on downhill roads, the regenerative brake may temporarily turn off.
BK0302800US.book 5
Parking
6-6 Driving safety
6
N00629601369
When parking on a hill, set the parking brake, and turn the front wheels toward the curb on a downhill, or away from the curb on an uphill.
If necessary, apply chocks to the wheels. Be sure that the parking brake is firmly set when parked and that the electrical parking switch is pressed.
Never leave the Plug-in Hybrid EV system running while you take a short nap or rest. Also, never leave the Plug-in Hybrid EV sys- tem running in a closed or poorly ventilated place.
Your front bumper can be damaged if you scrape it over curbs or parking stop blocks. Be careful when traveling up or down steep slopes where your bumper can scrape the road.
Always carry the key and lock all doors and the liftgate when leaving the vehicle unat- tended. Always try to park your vehicle in a well lit area.
Move effort could be required to turn the steering wheel. Refer to Electric power steering system (EPS) on page 5-80.
N00629901489
It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the
When the main drive lithium-ion battery level is full or nearly full, or the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature is too high or too low, the regenerative braking force may temporarily be reduced or eliminated. Refer to Regenerative braking on page 3-4.
If the needle in the energy usage indicator does not move to the left of the neutral point (A) while the accelerator pedal is released, the regenerative brake will not work. Refer to Energy usage indicator on page 5-138. In the such case, before approaching a long downhill road, reduce speed to prevent the service brake from overheating.
Parking
Parking on a hill
NOTE
Parking with the Plug-in Hybrid EV system running
WARNING Leaving the Plug-in Hybrid EV system
running risks injury or death from acci- dentally moving the selector lever or the accumulation of toxic exhaust fumes in the passenger compartment.
Where you park
WARNING Do not park your vehicle in areas where
combustible materials such as dry grass or leaves can come in contact with a hot exhaust, since a fire could occur.
When leaving the vehicle
Do not keep the steering wheel fully turned for a long time
Loading information
BK0302800US.book 6
Loading information
Driving safety 6-7
6
weight of all occupants, cargo (including the roof load), non-fac- tory-installed options, and the tongue weight of the trailer, if any, being towed. The tire and loading informa- tion placard located on the drivers door sill of your vehicle will show how much weight it may properly carry.
It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before load- ing your vehicle:
Vehicle maximum load on the tire: load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and divid- ing by two.
Vehicle normal load on the tire: load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by two.
Maximum loaded vehicle weight: the sum of — (a) Curb weight; (b) Accessory weight; (c) Vehicle capacity weight; and (d) Production options weight.
Curb weight: the weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the maxi- mum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant.
Accessory weight: the combined weight (in excess of those stan- dard items which may be replaced) of transaxle, power steering, power brakes, power windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items are available as factory- installed equipment (whether installed or not).
Vehicle capacity weight: the rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lbs (68 kg) *times the vehi- cles designated seating capacity.
Production options weight: the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 lbs (2.3 kg) in excess of those stan- dard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
WARNING Never overload your vehicle.
Overloading can damage your vehicle, adversely affect vehi- cle performance, including handling and braking, cause tire failure, and result in an accident.
BK0302800US.book 7
Loading information
6-8 Driving safety
6
Normal occupant weight: 150 lbs (68 kg) *times the number of specified occupants (3 in the case of your vehicle)
Occupant distribution: Occupant distribution within the passenger compartment (In your vehicle the distribution is 2 in front, 1 in rear seat)
N00630101449
The tire and loading information placard is located on the inside sill of the drivers door.
This placard shows the maximum number of occupants permitted to ride in your vehicle as well as the combined weight of occupants and cargo (A), which is called the vehi- cle capacity weight. The weight of any non-factory installed options, as well as the tongue weight of a trailer being towed and roof load is included in the definition of cargo when determining the vehicle capacity weight. This placard also tells you the size and recommended inflation pressure for the original equipment tires on your vehicle. For more infor- mation, refer to Tires on page 9-12.
Type 1
Type 2 *:150 lbs (68 kg) is the weight of
one person as defined by U.S.A. and Canadian regulations.
Tire and loading information placard
BK0302800US.book 8
Loading information
Driving safety 6-9
6
N00630201293
1. Locate the statement The com- bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehicles placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For exam- ple, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs. passengers in your vehi- cle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 — 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit
BK0302800US.book 9
Loading information
6-10 Driving safety
6
NOTE The following table shows examples on how to calculate total load, cargo/luggage and towing capacities of your
vehicle with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants. This table is for illustration pur- poses only and may not be accurate for the seating and load carry capacity of your vehicle.
For the following example the combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 865 lbs (392 kg).
BK0302800US.book 10
Cargo loads
Driving safety 6-11
6 N00629700435
N00630301151
To determine the cargo load capacity for your vehicle, subtract the weight of all vehicle occupants from the vehicle capacity weight. For additional information, if needed, refer to Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit on page 6-9. DO NOT USE the Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- ing and Gross Axle Weight Rating numbers listed on the safety certification label located on the inside sill of the drivers door as the guide for passengers and/or cargo weight.
N00630401152
Under a maximum loaded vehicle condition, gross axle weight ratings (GAWRs) for the front and rear axles must not be exceeded. For further information on GAWRs, vehicle loading and trailer towing, see the Specifi- cations section of this manual.
NOTE
Cargo loads
Cargo load precautions
WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death, the combined weights of the driver, passengers and cargo must never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding the vehicle capacity weight will adversely affect vehicle performance, including handling and braking, and may cause an accident.
Do not load cargo or luggage higher than the top of the seatback. Be sure that your cargo or luggage cannot move when your vehicle is in motion. Having either the rear view blocked, or your cargo being thrown inside the cabin if you suddenly have to brake can cause a serious accident or injury or death.
Put cargo or luggage in the cargo area of your vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly.
Loading cargo on the roof
WARNING Weight placed on the roof of the vehicle
will raise the vehicles center of gravity and adversely affect its handling charac- teristics. As a result, driving errors or emergency maneuvers could lead to a loss of control and result in an accident. Drive slowly and avoid excessive maneuvers such as sudden braking or quick turning.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 11
Cargo loads
6-12 Driving safety
6
N00630601112
When installing the roof carrier, use the pro- vided brackets. The brackets are located under each cover.
1. Slide each cover (A) toward the front of the vehicle.
2. Lift the front edge of the cover (A).
Install the covers by performing the removal step in reverse.
Make sure that the weight of luggage and the roof carrier do not exceed the maxi- mum roof load, 110 lb (50 kg). If the maxi- mum roof load is exceeded, this could cause damage to the vehicle or result in an accident.
The total weight of all occupants and lug- gage, including your roof load, must not exceed the vehicle capacity weight. For more information, refer to Tire and load- ing information placard on page 11-3
Roof load is determined by adding the weight of the roof carrier and the weight of the luggage placed on the roof carrier.
For additional information, refer to Vehi- cle weights: Maximum roof load on page 11-5.
CAUTION Do not load luggage directly onto the roof.
Use a roof carrier that properly fits your vehicle. For installation, refer to the instruction man- ual provided with the roof carrier.
Place the luggage on the carrier so that its weight is distributed evenly with the heaviest items on the bottom. Do not load items that are wider than the roof carrier.
WARNING Before driving and after traveling a short dis-
tance, always check the load to make sure it is securely fastened to the roof carrier. Stop the vehicle periodically and check that the load remains secure. If the load is not secure, it could fall from the vehicle and damage your vehicle, another vehicle or cre- ate a road hazard.
NOTE To prevent wind noise or reduction in gas
mileage, remove the roof carrier when not in use.
Before using an automatic car wash, check with the attendant to determine if the roof carrier should be removed.
Roof carrier mounting bracket cover (if so equipped)
To remove the covers
CAUTION
*: Front of the vehicle
To install the covers
Section
BK0302800US.book 12
Trailer towing
Driving safety 6-13
6
N00629801404
Towing a trailer will adversely affect your vehicles handling, perfor- mance, braking, durability and driv- ing economy (fuel consumption, etc.). If you do tow a trailer with this vehi- cle, be sure to use proper equipment and cautious steering and braking for safe driving.
Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight, maximum trailer weight (A), maximum tongue weight (B) and Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
The vehicle capacity weight is printed on the tire and loading infor- mation placard as combined weight of occupants and cargo. The weight includes the weight of all occupants and the total weight it can carry. For more information, refer to Tire and loading information placard on
page 6-8.
Recommendations for towing up to this limit are as follows. With brake: 1,500 lb (680 kg) Without brake: 1,250 lb (567 kg)
The tongue weight of any trailer is important because it affects the vehi- cle capacity weight. The vehicle capacity weight includes any cargo you may carry, and the people who will be riding in the vehi- cle. If you will tow a trailer, you must include the tongue weight of the trailer in your calculation of the vehi- cle capacity weight. For more infor- mation regarding vehicle capacity weight, refer to Tire and loading information placard on page 6-8. Do not exceed the maximum tongue weight for your vehicle. With brake: 150 lb (68 kg) Without brake: 125 lb (57 kg)
Trailer towing
CAUTION Do not lose control of your vehi-
cle when towing a trailer. Always use proper equipment. Always drive carefully
Damage to your vehicle caused by improper equipment or driv- ing is not covered by your war- ranty.
NOTE We recommend that you charge
the main drive lithium-ion bat- tery before towing a trailer.
Weight limits
Vehicle capacity weight
Maximum trailer weight
Tongue weight
BK0302800US.book 13
Trailer towing
6-14 Driving safety
6
After youve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. Keep the trailer tongue load at 10% of the loaded trailer weight for dead weight hitches. Tongue loads can be adjusted by proper distribution of the load in the trailer. This can be checked by separately weighing the loaded trailer and then the tongue.
The GAWRs are printed on the certi- fication label which is riveted on the door sill on the drivers side. Refer to Vehicle labeling on page 11-2.
Choose a proper hitch and ball, and make sure it is installed at a height that is compati- ble with the trailer. Use a good equalizing hitch which uniformly distributes the trailer tongue load throughout the frame.
A safety chain must always be used between the towing vehicle and the trailer. Leave suf- ficient slack in the chain for turns. The chain should cross under the trailer tongue to pre- vent the tongue from dropping to the ground in case it becomes damaged or separated. For correct safety chain procedures, consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Your vehicle will need service more often when youre towing a trailer. Refer to WAR- RANTY AND MAINTENANCE MAN- UAL. Especially important in trailer operation are automatic transaxle fluid, engine oil, rear axle oil, belt, cooling system and brake system. Each of these is covered in this manual. For details, please refer to the Vehicle care and maintenance section. Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
Mitsubishi Motors recommends that any trailer having a total weight of 1,250 lb (567 kg) or more be equipped with its own electric or surge-type brakes.
Gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
Trailer hitches
WARNING If you make any holes in the body of your
vehicle for installing a trailer hitch, be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch. If you dont seal them, deadly carbon monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can enter your vehicle. Refer to Exhaust system on page 9-23.
NOTE Mitsubishi Motors recommends that sway
control be used whenever you are towing, to improve towing stability. For further information, please contact a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Safety chains
CAUTION Never tow a trailer without using a safety
chain securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle. If the coupling unit or hitch ball experiences a problem, the trailer may separate from your vehicle.
Maintenance when trailer tow- ing
Trailer brakes
BK0302800US.book 14
Trailer towing
Driving safety 6-15
6
If you choose electric brakes, be sure they are electrically actuated. Do not attempt to tap into your vehicles hydraulic system. No mat- ter how successful it may seem, any attempt to attach trailer brakes to your vehicles hydraulic system will lower braking effec- tiveness and create a potential hazard.
Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, and local regulations. Check with your local recreational vehicle dealer for the requirements in your area, and use only equipment designed for your vehi- cle.
Since lighting and wiring vary by trailer type and brand, you should have a qualified tech- nician install a suitable connector between the vehicle and the trailer. Improper equipment or installation can cause damage to your vehi- cles electrical system and affect your vehicle warranty.
Many states and Canadian provinces require special outside mirrors when towing a trailer. Even if not required, you should install spe-
cial mirrors if you cannot clearly see behind you, or if the trailer creates a blind spot.
Ask your trailer sales or rental agency if any other items are recommended or required for your towing situation.
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Before setting out for the open road, youll want to get to know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer. Always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is without a trailer.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch, safety chains, tires and mirror adjustment.
Be sure your vehicles tires are inflated to the cold inflation pressure listed in the manual. Youll find these numbers on the tire and loading information placard at the sill of the drivers door. Refer to Tire inflation pressures on page 9-17.
Trailer lights
Additional trailer equipment
Operating hints
WARNING If you have a rear window open and you
tow a trailer with your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas which you cannot see or smell could come into your vehicle. It can cause unconsciousness or death. Refer to Exhaust system on page 9-23. To maximize your safety when towing a trailer:
Have your exhaust system inspected for leaks, and make necessary repairs before starting on your trip.
Keep the rear windows closed. If exhaust does come into your vehicle
through a window or another opening, drive with your front, main heating or cooling system on and with the blower on any speed. This will bring fresh, outside air into your vehicle. Do not use recircula- tion because it only recirculates the air inside your vehicle. Refer to Air selection switch on page 7-10.
Driver preparation
Vehicle preparation
Tire
BK0302800US.book 15
Trailer towing
6-16 Driving safety
6
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehi- cle without a trailer. This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sud- den turns.
Youll need more passing distance up ahead when youre towing a trailer. And, because youre a good deal longer, youll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane.
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move that hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.
When youre turning with a trailer, make wider than normal turns to help prevent the trailer from striking shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees or other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance.
Towing a trailer puts additional burden on the electric motor, engine and transaxle, which may cause overheating. Following are some suggestions to reduce overheating:
When towing at high altitudes, engine coolant and automatic transaxle oil will overheat at a lower temperature than at normal altitudes.
If you turn your Plug-in Hybrid EV system off immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, your vehicle may show signs similar to overheating. To avoid this, let the Plug-in Hybrid EV system run while parked (preferably on level ground) with the automatic transaxle in the P (PARK) position for a few minutes before turning the Plug-in Hybrid EV system off.
If the engine coolant temperature warning display appears on the information screen in the multi-information display, refer to Engine overheating on page 8-4.
Reduce speed and shift the select position to B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) before you start down a long or steep downgrade. If you dont shift the select position to B (REGENERATIVE BRAKE), over using the brakes can cause reduced brake efficiency.
You can tow in D (DRIVE) position. When the remaining quantity of the main drive lith- ium-ion battery is low, or high-speed driving on long up hills at high temperature, the main drive lithium-ion battery output is restricted and the vehicle speed may be decreased.
Following distance
Passing
Backing up
Making turns
CAUTION Making sharp turns while towing a trailer
could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle. Your vehicle could be dam- aged. Avoid making sharp turns while tow- ing a trailer.
Overheating
Cause of overheating Solution Air conditioning on Turn off Highway speeds Reduce speed
Driving on hills
BK0302800US.book 16
Dinghy towing
Driving safety 6-17
6
The vehicle speed may be recovered if the main drive lithium-ion battery quantity is recovered.
Always place chocks or blocks under both the vehicle and trailer wheels when parking. Be sure that the parking brake is firmly set and that the electrical parking switch is pressed. Avoid parking on a hill with a trailer, but if it cannot be avoided, do so only after perform- ing the following:
1. Apply the brakes and keep them applied. 2. Have someone place chocks or blocks
under both the vehicle and trailer wheels. 3. When the chocks or blocks are in place,
release your brakes slowly until the chocks or blocks absorb the load.
4. Apply the parking brake firmly. 5. Press the electrical parking switch and
turn off the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
When restarting out after parking on a hill:
1. Start the Plug-in Hybrid EV system. Be sure to keep the brake pedal depressed.
2. Set the select position to the D (DRIVE) position or R (REVERSE) position.
3. Release the parking brake and brake pedal and slowly pull or back away from the chocks or blocks. Stop and apply your brakes.
4. Have someone retrieve the chocks or blocks.
N00630701025
Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground.
Parking
Dinghy towing
CAUTION Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy
towed behind a motor home. Dinghy towing can cause damage to the elec-
tric motor unit. Damage caused by dinghy towing will not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
BK0302800US.book 17
7
Comfort controls
Vents ……………………………………………………………………………………7-2 Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner ………………….7-4 Important air conditioning operating tips ………………………………..7-14 Air purifier ………………………………………………………………………….7-15 Remote Climate Control (if so equipped)…………………………………7-15 Heating ……………………………………………………………………………….7-15 General information about your radio …………………………………….7-16
BK0302800US.book 1
Vents
7-2 Comfort controls
7
N00729901334
N00730201395
Move the knob (A) to make adjustments. To close the vent, fully move the knob (A) to the outer side.
Move the knob (A) to make adjustments. To close the vent, fully move the knob (A) to the left side.
Vents
1- Drivers vents 2- Passengers vents 3- Rear vents
Air flow and direction adjust- ments
NOTE On rare occasions, air from the vents of an
air-conditioned vehicle may be foggy. This is due to only moist air cooling suddenly and it does not indicate a problem.
Do not let drinks or other liquids get into the vents as they could prevent the air condition- ing from operating normally.
Drivers vents
1- Close 2- Open
Passengers vents
1- Close 2- Open
BK0302800US.book 2
Vents
Comfort controls 7-3
7
The vent can be opened and closed with the dial (A). ( ) — Open ( ) — Close Adjust the direction of the air flow by moving the knob (B).
N00736401810
To change the position and amount of air flowing from the vents, press the MODE switch or defogger switch. Refer to MODE switch on page 7-9, Defogger switch on page 7-9. These symbols are used in the next several illustrations to demonstrate the quantity of air coming from the vents.
: Small amount of air from the vents : Medium amount of air from the vents : Large amount of air from the vents
Air flows only to the upper part of the passen- ger compartment.
Air flows to the upper part of the passenger compartment, and flows to the leg area.
Rear vents Changing the mode selection
Face position
Foot/Face position
NOTE The foot/face air flow ratio can be adjusted
with the mode selection in the posi- tion. For further information, we recommend you to consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
BK0302800US.book 3
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
7-4 Comfort controls
7
Air flows mainly to the leg area. Air flows to the leg area, the windshield and the door windows.
Air flows mainly to the windshield and the door windows.
N00731501513
Cooling or heating can only be performed when ready indicator is illuminating. When the operation mode of the power switch is ON, only the blower is available.
Foot position Foot/Defroster position
NOTE The foot/defroster air flow ratio can be
adjusted with the mode selection in the position. For further information, we recommend you to consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
Defroster position
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
BK0302800US.book 4
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
Comfort controls 7-5
7
NOTE If the main drive lithium-ion battery level
display indicates 0, the cooling performance cannot be obtained even the air conditioner is turned on. Refer to Main drive lithium-ion battery level display screen on page 5-147.
If the engine cannot be started due to fuel shortage, etc., the heating performance can- not be obtained even the air conditioner is turned on.
During charging the main drive lithium-ion battery, you can use the air conditioner. Refer to How to use electric device during charging on page 3-42.
BK0302800US.book 5
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
7-6 Comfort controls
7
N00711801839
Control panel
1- Air conditioning switch 2- Drivers side temperature control dial 3- AUTO switch 4- Passengers side temperature control
dial 5- MODE switch 6- Defogger switch 7- Blower speed selection switch 8- SYNC switch 9- Electric rear window defogger switch
P.5-204 10- Air selection switch 11- OFF switch
12- Drivers side temperature display P.7-8
13- Mode selection display 14- Blower speed display 15- SYNC indicator 16- Passengers side temperature display
P.7-8
NOTE There is an interior air temperature sensor
(A) in the illustrated position. Never place anything over the sensor, since doing so will prevent it from functioning properly.
BK0302800US.book 6
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
Comfort controls 7-7
7
N00736901310
Press the blower speed selection switch (1) to increase the blower speed. Press the blower speed selection switch (2) to decrease the blower speed. The selected blower speed (A) will be shown in the display.
NOTE While EV priority mode is activated, except
in pressing the defogger switch, engine does not start. Therefore, the heating performance may not be sufficiently obtained while EV priority mode is activated. In such case, cancel EV priority mode. Refer to EV switch on page 5-66.
Since the air conditioning operation is con- trolled while the ECO mode is operating, you may feel that effectiveness of the air conditioner is insufficient. Refer to ECO mode switch on page 5-199.
Even during ECO mode operation, you can select normal operation of the air condi- tioner. On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone- link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can be used to change the setting. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
In extreme cold, the air conditioning control panel screen may operate sluggishly. This does not indicate a problem. It will disappear when the vehicle interior temperature rises to a normal temperature.
Blower speed selection switch
1- Increase 2- Decrease
NOTE Due to a drop in the battery voltage or some
other problem, the blower speed may tempo- rarily become less than the selected blower speed display setting or the fan may stop. If the fan stops, put the operation mode to OFF, wait a few minutes, and then put the operation mode back to ON. In the following cases, have the system inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. The blower speed remains lower than the
blower speed set using the blower speed display or the blower speed decreases fre- quently.
The fan does not operate even after stop- ping and restarting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System or the fan stops frequently.
BK0302800US.book 7
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
7-8 Comfort controls
7
N00737001565
Turn the temperature control dial clockwise to make the air warmer. Turn it counterclock- wise to make the air cooler. The selected temperature (A) will be shown in the display.
The above indicates the factory settings. You can personalize the air selection switch and
air conditioning switch to match your per- sonal preferences. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for assistance. Refer to Personalizing the air conditioning switch (Changing the function setting) on page7-12. Refer to Personalizing the air selection (Changing the function setting) on page7-11.
When the SYNC indicator (A) goes off by turning the passengers side temperature con- trol dial (B) or pressing the SYNC switch, the drivers side and the passengers side temper- ature can be controlled independently.
Temperature control dial
NOTE The temperature value of air conditioner is
switched in conjunction with outside temper- ature display unit of the multi-information display. Refer to Changing the temperature unit on page 5-156.
When the engine coolant temperature is low, the air temperature from the heater will not change instantly, even if you have selected warm air with the switch. To prevent the windshield and windows from fogging up, the vent mode will be changed to and the blower speed will be reduced while the system is operating in the AUTO mode.
When you feel that it is hotter or colder than the set temperature, you may adjust it to your preference. For further information, we recommend you to consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
When the temperature is set to the highest or the lowest setting, the air selection and the air conditioner will be automatically changed as follows. Also, if the air selection is operated manually after an automatic changeover, manual oper- ation will be selected. Quick Heating (When the temperature is set
to the highest setting) Outside air will be introduced and the air conditioner will stop.
Quick Cooling (When the temperature is set to the lowest setting) Inside air will be recirculated and the air conditioner will operate.
NOTE
To control the drivers side and the passengers side temperature inde- pendently
BK0302800US.book 8
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
Comfort controls 7-9
7
N00737101335
To change the amount of air flowing from the vents, press the MODE switch. Each time the MODE switch is pressed, the mode changes to the next one in the following sequence: . The selected mode (A) is shown in the display. Refer to Changing the mode selec- tion on page 7-3.
N00703401126
When this switch is pressed, the mode changes to the mode. The indicator light (A) will come on and the mode (B) is shown in the display.
NOTE When the SYNC indicator (A) appears by
pressing the SYNC switch, the passengers side temperature will be controlled to the same setting temperature as the drivers side. While the SYNC indicator (A) is dis- played, if the drivers side temperature con- trol dial (B) is turned, the passengers side setting temperature will be synchronized to the driver’s side.
MODE switch Defogger switch
NOTE When the defogger switch is pressed, the air
conditioning system automatically operates and outside air (as opposed to recirculated air) is selected. This automatic switching control is carried out to prevent misting of the windows even if Disable automatic air conditioning control or Disable automatic air selection control is set. Refer to Person- alizing the air conditioning switch (Changing the function setting) on page 7-12, Person- alizing the air selection (Changing the func- tion setting) on page 7-11.
BK0302800US.book 9
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
7-10 Comfort controls
7
N00737201525
Normally, use the outside air position to keep the windshield and side windows clear and to quickly remove fog or frost from the wind- shield.
To change the air selection, simply press the air selection switch.
Outside air {Indicator light (A) OFF} Outside air is introduced into the passen- ger compartment.
Recirculated air {Indicator light (A) ON} Air is recirculated inside the passenger compartment.
When the air conditioning turns on, the air selection is controlled automatically. When the air conditioning turns off, the air selection
automatically goes back to the outside posi- tion. If high cooling performance is desired, or if the outside air is dusty or contaminated in some way, use the recirculation position. Switch to the outside position every now and then to keep the windows from fogging up.
To ensure a clear view, the engine may start when the defogger switch is pressed even while the EV priority mode is activated. Refer to EV switch on page 5-66.
NOTE Air selection switch
CAUTION Using recirculated air for a long time may
cause the windows to fog up.
NOTE If the mode selection is set to the posi-
tion, you cannot turn the air conditioner off or select the recirculation position. This prevents the windows from fogging up.
When the engine coolant temperature rises to a certain level, the air selection is automati- cally switched to the recirculation position and the indicator light (A) comes on. At this time, the system will not switch to the out- side position even if the air selection switch is pressed.
When the outside air temperature is high, the system will not switch to the outside position even when the air selection switch is pressed if the air conditioner is operating. This is to protect the air conditioner compressor and is not a failure.
BK0302800US.book 10
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
Comfort controls 7-11
7
N00712300081
You can change the following functions to match your preference.
Enable automatic air selection control: When the AUTO switch is pressed, the air selection switch will also be automatically controlled.
Disable automatic air selection control: Even when the AUTO switch is pressed, the air selection switch will not be auto- matically controlled.
Changing the settings Press the air selection switch for approxi- mately 10 seconds or longer. When the setting has changed, the system will beep and the indicator light (A) will flash. When the setting has changed from
enabled to disabled, the system will beep three times and the indicator light (A) will flash three times.
When the setting has changed from dis- abled to enabled, the system will beep two times and the indicator light (A) will flash three times.
On vehicles equipped with the Smart- phone-link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can also be used to change the setting. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
N00737301539
Press the switch, and the air conditioning compressor will turn on. The indicator light (A) will come on.
Press the switch again and the air condition- ing compressor will stop and the indicator light (A) goes off.
Personalizing the air selection (Changing the function setting)
NOTE The factory setting is Enable automatic air
selection control. When the defogger switch is pressed, the air
selection will automatically change to the outside air position, even if the system is set to Disable automatic air selection control, in order to prevent windows from fogging up.
Air conditioning switch
NOTE If a problem is detected in the air condition-
ing compressor, the indicator light (A) blinks. Press the air conditioning switch once to turn it off, then once more to turn it back on. If the indicator light (A) does not blink, there is no problem. If it continues to blink, have it checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
BK0302800US.book 11
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
7-12 Comfort controls
7 N00712200110
You can change the following functions to match your preference.
Enable automatic air conditioning control: When the AUTO switch is pressed, or when the temperature control dial has been set to the minimum temperature, the air conditioning switch is automatically controlled.
Disable automatic air conditioning con- trol: The air conditioning switch is not auto- matically controlled, unless the air condi- tioning switch is used.
Changing the settings Press the air conditioning switch for approximately 10 seconds or longer.
When the setting has changed, the system will beep and the indicator light (A) will flash. When the setting has changed from
enabled to disabled, the system will beep three times and the indicator light (A) will flash three times.
When the setting has changed from dis- abled to enabled, the system will beep two times and the indicator light (A) will flash three times.
On vehicles equipped with the Smart- phone-link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations can also be used to change the setting. Refer to the separate owners manual for details.
N00703501101
When the AUTO switch is pressed, the indi- cator light (A) comes on and the mode selec- tion, blower speed adjustment, recirculated/ outside air selection, temperature adjustment, and air conditioner ON/OFF status are all controlled automatically. The selected mode and the blower speed are not shown in the display.
For example, sometimes after using a high- pressure car wash, the condenser can get wet, and the indicator light (A) blinks temporar- ily. Wait for a while, press the air condition- ing switch once to turn the system off, then once more to turn it back on. Once the water evaporates, the blinking will stop.
Personalizing the air conditioning switch (Changing the function set- ting)
NOTE
NOTE The factory setting is Enable automatic air
conditioning control. When the defogger switch is pressed, the air
conditioner will run automatically, even if the system is set to Disable automatic air conditioning control, in order to prevent windows from fogging up.
AUTO switch
BK0302800US.book 12
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
Comfort controls 7-13
7
N00703601085
Press the OFF switch to turn off the air condi- tioning system.
N00731701658
In normal conditions, use the system in the AUTO mode and follow these procedures:
1. Press the AUTO switch. 2. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired temperature. The temperature can be set within a range of around 61 (LO) to 89 (HI) (when the outside temperature unit of the multi-information display shows F) or 17 (LO) to 31 (HI) (when the outside temperature unit of the multi- information display shows C).
The vents, recirculation/outside air, blower speed, temperature adjustment, and ON/OFF of air conditioner will be controlled automati- cally.
N00731801125
Blower speed and vent mode may be con- trolled manually by setting the blower speed selection switch and the MODE switch to the desired positions. To return to automatic operation, press the AUTO switch.
N00732401678
OFF switch Operating the air conditioning system (automatic mode)
NOTE Set the temperature at approximately 75
(when the outside temperature unit of the multi-information display shows F) or 24 (when the outside temperature unit of the multi-information display shows C) under normal conditions.
When the engine coolant temperature is low, the air temperature from the heater will not change instantly, even if you have selected warm air with the temperature dial. To pre- vent the windshield and windows from fog- ging up, the vent mode will be changed to and the blower speed will be reduced.
Operating the air conditioning system (manual mode)
Defrosting or defogging (wind- shield, door windows)
CAUTION For safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows.
BK0302800US.book 13
Important air conditioning operating tips
7-14 Comfort controls
7
To remove frost or mist from the windshield and door windows, use the MODE switch or defogger switch ( or ).
Use this setting to keep the windshield and door windows clear of mist, and to keep the leg area heated (when driving in rain or snow).
1. Set the air selection switch to the outside position.
2. Set the MODE switch to the posi- tion.
3. Select your desired blower speed by pressing the blower speed selection switch.
4. Select your desired temperature by turn- ing the temperature control dial.
5. Press the air conditioning switch.
1. Press the defogger switch. 2. Set the temperature to the highest posi-
tion.
N00733701447
Park the vehicle in the shade whenever possible. Parking in the hot sun makes the vehicle interior extremely hot which then requires more time to cool. If it is neces- sary to park in the sun, open the windows for the first few minutes of air condition- ing to expel the hot air. Afterwards, keep the windows closed when the air conditioner is in use. The entry of outside air through open windows will reduce cooling efficiency.
When running the air conditioner, make sure the air intake, which is located in front of the windshield, is free of obstruc- tions such as leaves. Leaves collected in the air-intake chamber may reduce air flow and plug the water drains.
Too much cooling/heating can affect the EV cruising range, so maintain an appro- priate temperature to extend the EV cruis- ing range.
For ordinary defrosting
For quick defrosting
NOTE While the indicator light is on, the air
conditioning compressor will run automati- cally. The outside air position will also be selected automatically.
If the indicator light is on, you cannot turn the air conditioner off or select the recir- culation position. This prevents the windows from fogging up.
To defog quickly, direct the air flow from the side vents toward the door windows.
When defrosting, do not set the temperature to the maximum cool position. This will blow cool air on the window glass and fog it up.
Important air conditioning operating tips
BK0302800US.book 14
Air purifier
Comfort controls 7-15
7
If the air conditioner seems less effective than usual, the cause might be a refrigerant leak. Have the system inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The air conditioner should be operated for at least five minutes each week, even in cold
weather. This includes the quick defrosting mode. Operating the air condition system weekly maintains lubrication of the compres- sor internal parts to keep the air conditioner in the best operating condition.
N00733801204
The air conditioning system is equipped with an air filter to remove pollen and dust. The air filters ability to collect pollen and dirt is reduced as it becomes dirty, so replace it periodically. For the maintenance interval, refer to the WARRANTY AND MAINTE- NANCE MANUAL.
N00766601039
You can run the air conditioner in advance of using the vehicle. For details, refer to MITSUBISHI Remote Control on page 3-38.
N00766700033
When heating, the engine starts running because the heating system uses the heat of engine coolant. As your vehicle is equipped with electric heater, it can reduce the number of times that the engine starts since power stored in the lithium-ion battery is used when heating the vehicles interior.
Air conditioning system refrig- erant and lubricant recommen- dations
CAUTION The air conditioning system in your vehicle
must be charged with the refrigerant HFO- 1234yf and the lubricant POE MA68EV. Use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage and may require replac- ing your vehicles entire air conditioning system. The release of refrigerant into the atmo- sphere is not recommended. The new refrigerant HFO-1234yf in your vehicle is designed not to harm the earths ozone layer. Additionally, it has a signifi- cantly reduced global warming impact on the environment, compared to the refrigerant HFC-134a.
During a long period of disuse
Air purifier
NOTE Operation in certain conditions such as driv-
ing on a dusty road and frequent use of the air conditioner can lead to reduction of ser- vice life of the filter. When you feel that the air flow is lower than normal or when the windshield or windows start to fog up easily, replace the air filter. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for assistance.
Remote Climate Control (if so equipped)
Heating
NOTE If the ambient temperature is low, the engine
may start for heating when the Plug-in Hybrid EV system is started with the air con- ditioner performed. If you want to stop the engine running, select the EV priority mode with the operation mode of the power switch in ON before starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system. Refer to EV switch on page 5-66.
BK0302800US.book 15
General information about your radio
7-16 Comfort controls
7
N00733901553
Your vehicles radio receives both AM and FM stations. The quality of your reception is affected by distance, obstacles, and signal interference.
This radio complies with Part 15 of Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Rules (for vehicles sold in U.S.A.). Operation is subject to the following conditions:
The device may not cause harmful inter- ference.
This device must accept any interference recieved, including interference that may cause undesirable operation.
FM signals do not follow the earth surface nor are they reflected by the upper atmo- sphere. For this reason, FM broadcasts cannot be received over long distances. AM signals follow the earths surface and are reflected by the upper atmosphere. For this reason, AM broadcasts can be received over longer dis- tances.
Because of the limited range of FM signals and the way FM waves transmit, you may experience weak or fading FM reception. When the broadcast is blocked by mountains or similar obstructions, reception can be dis- turbed.
The reason why one can hear FM but not AM in parking garages, under bridges etc., is that FM signals, unlike AM signals, are reflected by solid objects such as buildings, etc. Because FM signals are easily reflected by buildings, this can also cause reception dis- turbances. The direct signal from the broadcast station reaches the antenna slightly before the reflected signal. This time difference may cause some reception disturbance or flutter. This problem occurs primarily in urban areas.
General information about your radio
CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party meeting the above conditions could void the users authority to operate the equipment.
Signal transmission
Weak reception (fading)
FM AM
25 to 40 mile radius (40 to 64 km)
100 mile radius (160 km)
Reflection
BK0302800US.book 16
General information about your radio
Comfort controls 7-17
7
If one listens to a weak station and is in the vicinity of another strong station, both sta- tions might be received simultaneously.
Stereo reception requires a high quality broadcast signal. This means that types of disturbances mentioned previously become more marked and the reception range is somewhat diminished during stereo recep- tion.
FM reception is affected by the electrical sys- tems of vehicles in the vicinity, especially those without an electronic noise suppression device. The disturbance is even greater if the station is weak or poorly tuned. FM reception is not as sensitive to electrical disturbances as AM. AM reception is sensi- tive to electrical disturbances such as power lines, lightning and other types of similar electrical phenomena.
Cross modulation
FM stereo reception
Causes of disturbances
BK0302800US.book 17
8
For emergencies
If the vehicle breaks down ………………………………………………………8-2 If the operation mode cannot be changed to OFF ……………………….8-2 Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system …………………………….8-2 Engine overheating ………………………………………………………………..8-4 Jack and tools ………………………………………………………………………..8-6 Tire repair kit ………………………………………………………………………..8-7 How to change a tire …………………………………………………………….8-14 Towing ……………………………………………………………………………….8-17 Operation under adverse driving conditions …………………………….8-19 Fuel Pump Shut-off System …………………………………………………..8-20
BK0302800US.book 1
If the vehicle breaks down
8-2 For emergencies
8
N00836301256
If your vehicle breaks down on the road, move to the shoulder and turn on the hazard warning lights. If there is no shoulder, or the shoulder is not safe, drive in the right lane slowly, with the hazard warning lights flash- ing, until you come to a safe stopping place. Keep the hazard warning lights flashing.
There will be no power assist to the steering and brakes, making these difficult to use.
The brake booster will not work, so the brakes will not grip well. The brake pedal will be harder to press than usual.
Since there is no power steering assist, the steering wheel will be hard to turn.
Get help from your passengers, bystanders, etc. to push your vehicle and move it to a safe area and turn on the hazard warning lights. When you move the vehicle, put the opera- tion mode of the power switch in ON and put the select position in the N(NEUTRAL) position.
N00860700074
If the operation mode cannot be changed to OFF, perform the following procedure.
1. Put the select position in P (PARK) position, and then change the operation mode to OFF.
2. One of the other causes could be low 12 V starter battery voltage. If this occurs, the keyless entry system and the F.A.S.T.-key operation will also not operate. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00836401866
If the Plug-in Hybrid EV system cannot be started because the 12 V starter battery is weak or dead, you can start it with the battery from another vehicle using jumper cables.
If the vehicle breaks down
WARNING If you are unable to safely assess the vehi-
cle due to vehicle damage, do not touch the vehicle. Leave the vehicle and contact emergency services. Advise emergency responders that this is a Plug-in Hybrid Electric vehi- cle.
If the ready indicator goes out while driving
When the ready indicator goes off at the intersection
If the operation mode can- not be changed to OFF
Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system
WARNING To reduce the risk of igniting flammable
gas that may be emitted from the battery, carefully read this section before jump- starting the vehicle.
Do not try to start your vehicle by pushing or towing. This can cause an accident resulting in serious injury or death and can damage the vehicle.
CAUTION Do not attempt jump starting the 12 V starter
battery while the main drive lithium-ion bat- tery is being charged. Doing so could dam- age the vehicle or charging equipment.
NOTE Do not use jumper cables if they have dam-
age or corrosion.
BK0302800US.book 2
Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system
For emergencies 8-3
8
1. Take off any metal jewelry such as watch bands or bracelets that might create an accidental electrical contact.
2. Position the vehicles close enough together so that the jumper cables can reach, but be sure the vehicles arent touching each other.
3. Set the parking brake firmly on your vehi- cle and put the select position in the P (PARK) position.
4. Set the parking brake firmly on the other vehicle. Put the automatic transaxle in P (PARK) or the manual transaxle in N (Neutral).
5. Turn the ignition switch (the power switch) on each vehicle to the LOCK or OFF position.
6. Open the engine hood, remove the fuse cover of the main fuse block.
Refer to Engine hood on page 9-4 and Fuses: Engine compartment on page 9-24.
7. Open the cover of the jumper cable termi- nal in the main fuse block.
8. Connect one end of one jumper cable to the jumper cable terminal (A) of your vehicle, and the other end to the posi- tive (+) terminal of the booster battery (B). Connect one end of the other jumper cable
to the negative (-) terminal of the booster battery, and the other end to the designated ground location of your vehicle.
CAUTION Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-
volt battery. If the other system isnt 12-volt, both systems can be damaged.
NOTE Turn off all lights, heater, and other electrical
loads. This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries.
NOTE You cannot rescue other vehicles discharged
battery by connecting jumper cables using this jumper cable terminal.
BK0302800US.book 3
Engine overheating
8-4 For emergencies
8
9. Start the engine in the vehicle providing the boost. Let the engine idle a few min- utes, then start the Plug-in Hybrid EV sys- tem in your vehicle.
10. Check that the ready indicator illuminates. If the ready indicator does not illuminate, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
11. When the ready indicator illuminates, dis- connect the jumper cables in the reverse order from the way you connected them.
12. Check that the select position can be shifted to all positions other than the P (PARK) position.
13. Have the 12 V starter battery inspected by your nearest a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If you drive your vehicle with a low battery charge after the Plug-in Hybrid EV system has been started by using jumper cables, it can cause the anti-lock braking system warn- ing light to illuminate. This is only due to the low battery voltage. It is not a problem with
the brake system. If this happens, fully charge the 12 V starter battery and ensure the charg- ing system is operating properly.
N00836501434
When the engine is overheating, the follow- ing warning display will appear on the infor- mation screen in the multi-information display.
Warning display
If this warning is displayed:
1. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. Turn on the hazard warning lights.
2. With the Plug-in Hybrid EV system still running, carefully raise the engine hood to vent the engine compartment.
3. Check that the cooling fan (A) is running. If the fan is not turning, stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV system immediately and con- tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for assistance.
WARNING Be sure to follow the proper order when
connecting the jumper cable, of:
Make sure that the connection is made to the correct designated location (as shown in the illustration) properly. If the connection is directly made to the negative (-) terminal of the battery, the flammable gases from inside the battery might catch fire and explode, causing personal injury.
When connecting the jumper cable, do not connect the positive (+) cable to the nega- tive (-) terminal. Sparks can make the bat- tery explode.
Use care not to get the jumper cable caught in the cooling fan or any other rotating part in the engine compartment.
NOTE If the jumper cable is connected to any posi-
tion other than appointed position, it could cause damage to the vehicle.
Use the power cables suitable for the battery size. Otherwise heat damage to the cables could result.
CAUTION Your vehicle is equipped with an exclusive
12 V starter battery. Even if the battery type is the same, the battery may not be correctly installed in your vehicle. When replacing the 12 V starter battery, request a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
As your vehicle has anti-lock brakes
Engine overheating
BK0302800US.book 4
Engine overheating
For emergencies 8-5
8
4. If you see steam or spray coming from under the hood, stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
5. If you do not see steam or spray coming from under the hood, leave the Plug-in Hybrid EV system on until the high cool- ant temperature warning goes off. After the high coolant temperature warning has gone off, you can start driving again. If the high coolant temperature warning stays on, turn off the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
6. When you do not see any more steam or spray, open the hood. Look for obvious leaks, such as a split radiator hose. Be careful as components will be hot. Any leak source must be repaired.
7. If there is no obvious leak source, check the coolant level in the coolant reserver (B and C). If there is none, or if it is too low, slowly add coolant.
WARNING To avoid personal injury, keep hands, hair,
jewelry and clothes away from the cooling fan. The cooling fan can start at any time.
*: Front of the vehicle
WARNING Before raising the engine hood, check to
see if there is steam or spray coming from under the hood. Steam or spray coming from an overheated engine could seriously scald you. Do not open the hood until there is no steam or spray.
B: Reserve tank for engine cooling C: Reserve tank for EV cooling system
FULL
LOW
FULL
LOW
BK0302800US.book 5
Jack and tools
8-6 For emergencies
8
8. If the coolant reserver tank needs coolant, you will probably also need to add coolant to the radiator. Do not loosen or remove the radiator cap (D) and the reserver cap (E) until the Plug-in Hybrid EV system has cooled down.
9. Start the Plug-in Hybrid EV system, and slowly add coolant, up to the bottom of the filler neck. Use plain water if you have to (and replace it with the right cool- ant as soon as possible).
10. Replace the radiator cap and tighten it fully. You can start driving again when the high coolant temperature warning does not come on.
11. Have the system inspected by your certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00836601406
The tools are stowed back of the interior trim lid in the cargo area. The jack is stowed in the luggage floor box.
WARNING Removing the radiator cap and the
reserve cap could scald you with escaping hot water or steam. When checking the radiator level, cover the cap with a cloth before trying to remove it. Turn it slowly counterclockwise, without pressing down, to the first notch. The pressure in the sys- tem will then be let out. When the pres- sure is COMPLETELY LET OUT, press down and keep turning the cap counter- clockwise until it comes off.
Jack and tools
Storage
1- Tools
BK0302800US.book 6
Tire repair kit
For emergencies 8-7
8
1. Raise the luggage floor board. Refer to Luggage floor box on page 5-225.
2. Remove the band (A) and take out the jack.
Perform the removal steps in reverse.
N00800401025
The tire repair kit can be used to temporarily repair a minor puncture in tread area caused by a nail, screw or similar object. Therefore, a spare tire is not provided.
2- Jack
Tools
1- Bar 2- Wheel nut wrench
Removing and storing the jack
To remove
To store
Tire repair kit
WARNING The tire repair kit may not permanently
seal a punctured tire. Have the tire repaired as soon as possible.
Using the tire repair kit may damage the wheel and/or the tire inflation pressure sensor for the tire. The vehicle must promptly be inspected and repaired by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer after using the tire repair kit.
Use only the Mitsubishi Motors genuine tire repair kit. Sealant in other repair kits may not sufficiently seal the tire puncture.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 7
Tire repair kit
8-8 For emergencies
8
N00800501055
The tire repair kit is stored beneath the floor board of the cargo area.
N00800601069
Tire repair kit storage
Tire repair kit which consists of 1 to 3. 1- Tire compressor 2- Tire sealant bottle 3- Speed restriction sticker
Type 1
Type 2
How to use the tire repair kit
WARNING Never use the tire repair kit under in any
of the situations listed below. The tire can- not be repaired by the tire repair kit. If any of these situations occurs, please con- tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. More than one tire is punctured. The puncture hole has a length or width
of 1/7 inch (4 mm) or greater. The tire is punctured in the side wall (A),
not in the tread (B).
The vehicle has been driven with the tire almost completely flat.
The tire has completely slipped over the wheel rim and come off the wheel.
The wheel is damaged. A bump, cut or crack is on the tire.
The tire sealants expiration date has passed. (The expiration date is shown on the bottle label (C).)
The ambient temperature is below -40 F (-40 C) or above 140 F (60 C).
The tire sealant can cause health damage if swallowed. If you accidentally swallow it, drink as much water as possible and immediately seek medical attention.
If the tire sealant gets in your eyes or on your skin, rinse it away with lots of water. If you still sense an abnormality, seek medical attention.
Consult a doctor immediately if any aller- gic reactions occur.
Do not allow children to touch the tire sealant.
CAUTION If the vehicle body is contaminated by the
tire sealant, wipe the tire sealant off immedi- ately with a wet cloth.
WARNING
Type 1 Type 2
BK0302800US.book 8
Tire repair kit
For emergencies 8-9
8
1. Park the vehicle on a safe, flat and level place.
2. Set the parking brake firmly. 3. Put the select position in P (PARK)
position and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
4. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set up a warning sign, such as a warning tri- angle or flashing signal lamp, at an ade- quate distance from the vehicle, and have all your passengers leave the vehicle.
5. Take out the tire repair kit.
Make sure that the compressor switch is OFF.
6. Shake the tire sealant bottle well.
7. Take the valve cap (D) off the tire valve (E).
Immediately wash clothes contaminated with tire sealant. The tire sealant may not be removed from the clothes.
NOTE Do not pull out an object, such as a nail or
screw, that penetrates the punctured tire. Move the vehicle so that the tire valve is
positioned away from the point where the tire touches the ground. If the valve is near the point where the tire touches the ground, the sealant may not enter the tire easily.
Check the tire sealants expiration date regu- larly, and be sure to purchase a new one from a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer before the expiration date.
CAUTION
NOTE In cold conditions (when the ambient tem-
perature is 32 F {0 C} or lower), thicken- ing of the tire sealant can make the tire sealant hard to squeeze out of the bottle. Warm the bottle between your hands inside the vehicle.
Example type 1
BK0302800US.book 9
Tire repair kit
8-10 For emergencies
8
8. On vehicles with Type 2 tire repair kit, remove the rubber cap (F) from the free end of the bottle hose. Unwind the bottle hose (G) from around the sealant bottle.
9. Pull out the compressors hose (H) from the compressor and securely attach it to the valve (I) of the bottle by turning it clockwise until tight.
10. On vehicles with Type 1 tire repair kit, install the bottle onto the compressor.
11. Securely attach the bottle hose (G) to the tire valve (E).
Type 1
Type 2
Type 1
Type 2 NOTE
When installing the bottle, align the projec- tion (J) on the bottle with the indentation (K) in the compressor.
BK0302800US.book 10
Tire repair kit
For emergencies 8-11
8
12. Pull out the compressors power cord (L), insert the plug on the cord into the 12 V power outlet (M), and then put the opera- tion mode of the power switch in ACC. (Refer to 12V power outlet on page 5-209.) Turn ON the compressor switch (N) and inject all of the tire sealant and inflate the tire to the specified pressure. (Refer to Tire inflation pressures on page 9-17.) If there is a gap between the tire and wheel, push the tread area toward the cen- ter of the wheel to close the gap before running the compressor.
CAUTION If the bottle hose is not attached securely, the
tire sealant will leak out from the tire valve and the tire may not inflate to the specified pressure.
Type 1
Type 2
WARNING Do not place your hand or fingers between
the tire and wheel while inflating the tire. Your hand or fingers may become caught between the tire and wheel.
CAUTION The supplied compressor is designed only
for inflation of your vehicle tires. The compressor is designed to run on a vehi-
cles 12 V power supply. Do not connect it to any other power source.
The compressor is not waterproof. If you use it in rain, make sure water does not get on it.
Any sand or dust sucked into the compressor could make the compressor break down. Do not place the compressor directly on any sandy or dusty surface when using it.
Do not disassemble or modify the compres- sor. Also, do not subject the air pressure gauge to shock. It could malfunction.
NOTE On vehicles with Type 2 tire repair kit, be
careful not to turn the tire sealant bottle upside down.
BK0302800US.book 11
Tire repair kit
8-12 For emergencies
8
13. Affix the speed restriction sticker (O) to the three-diamond mark on the steering wheel.
14. Check and adjust the tire pressure with reference to the air pressure gauge on the compressor. On vehicles with Type 1 tire repair kit, if you overinflate the tire, release air by pressing the pressure release switch (P) on the compressor.
15. Turn OFF the compressor switch, then pull the power cord plug out of the 12 V power outlet.
CAUTION Do not affix the sticker anywhere except the
specified position on the pad of the steering wheel. Affixing the sticker in an incorrect position could prevent the SRS airbag from deploying properly.
CAUTION The surface of the compressor will get hot
while the compressor is running. Do not keep the compressor running continuously for more than 10 minutes. After using the compressor, wait for the compressor to cool before using it again.
If the compressor becomes sluggish or hot while operating, it is overheating. Immedi- ately place the switch in the OFF position and let the compressor cool down for at least 30 minutes.
On vehicles with Type 1 tire repair kit, do not press the pressure release switch (P) while sealant is being injected, because the sealant may leak from compressor.
NOTE If the tire pressure does not rise to the speci-
fied level within 10 minutes, the tire may be so severely damaged that the tire sealant can- not be used for emergency repair. Do not drive the vehicle. Please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE At this point the puncture hole is not sealed
yet. Air will continue to leak through the puncture hole until the emergency repair pro- cedure is completed (through step 17 or step 18 of these instructions).
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 12
Tire repair kit
For emergencies 8-13
8
16. When you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, stow the compressor and bottle in the vehicle and promptly start driving the vehicle so that the tire sealant can spread evenly in the tire. Drive with great care. Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Observe local speed limits.
17. After driving for 10 minutes or 3 miles (5 km), park the vehicle in a safe place. Remove the air compressor from the stowed position. Check the tire pressure using the air pressure gauge on the com- pressor. If the tire pressure has not dropped, the emergency repair procedure is complete. Proceed to step 19. If the tire pressure is insufficient, inflate the tire to the specified pressure again and drive the vehicle carefully without exceeding a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Before driving, make sure that the com- pressor is stowed.
18. After driving for 10 minutes or 3 miles (5 km) again, check the tire pressure using the air pressure gauge on the compressor. If the tire pressure has not dropped, the emergency repair procedure is complete. Before driving, make sure that the com- pressor is stowed. You must still not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Observe local speed limits.
19. Immediately drive with great care to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer and have the tire repair/replacement performed.
CAUTION If you sense any abnormality while driving,
stop the vehicle and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Otherwise the tire pressure may drop before the emergency repair procedure is completed, rendering the vehicle unsafe to drive.
CAUTION If the tire pressure is lower than the mini-
mum permitted pressure (18 psi {130 kPa}), the tire cannot successfully be repaired with the tire sealant. Do not drive the vehicle any further. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE If the tire pressure has dropped below the
specified level when you check it at the end of the repair procedure, do not drive the vehicle any further. Contact a certified Mitsubish EV dealer.
In cold conditions (when the ambient tem- perature is 32 F {0 C} or lower), the time and driving distance required until comple- tion of the repair can become longer than in warmer conditions, and the tire pressure may drop below the specified level even after you have inflated the tire the second time and subsequently driven the vehicle. If this hap- pens, inflate the tire to the specified pressure once more, drive for approximately 10 min- utes or 3 miles (5 km), then check the tire pressure again. If the tire pressure has again dropped below the specified level, stop driv- ing the vehicle and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE Please give the empty sealant bottle to a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer or dispose of the sealant bottle according to regulations for the disposal of chemical waste.
To purchase a new tire sealant bottle, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE
BK0302800US.book 13
How to change a tire
8-14 For emergencies
8
N00836901874
Before changing a tire, first stop your vehicle in a safe, flat location.
1. Park the vehicle on level and stable ground.
2. Set the parking brake firmly. 3. Put the select position in P (PARK)
position and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
4. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set up a warning sign, such as a warning tri- angle or flashing signal lamp, at an ade- quate distance from the vehicle, and have all your passengers leave the vehicle.
5. To prevent the vehicle from rolling when it is raised on the jack, place chocks or blocks (A) at the tire that is diagonally opposite from the tire (B) you are chang- ing.
6. Get the jack, bar and wheel nut wrench ready. (Refer to Jack and tools on page 8-6.)
N00849801574
1. Loosen the wheel nuts with the wheel nut wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet.
2. Place the jack under one of the jacking points (A) shown in the illustration. Use the jacking point closest to the tire you wish to change.
How to change a tire WARNING Be sure to apply chocks or blocks to the
correct tire when jacking up the vehicle. If the vehicle moves while jacked up, the jack could slip out of position, leading to an accident.
NOTE The chocks shown in the illustration do not
come with your vehicle. It is recommended that you purchase chocks or blocks and keep them in the vehicle for use if needed.
If chocks or blocks are not available, use stones or any other objects that are large enough to hold the wheel in position.
To change a tire
BK0302800US.book 14
How to change a tire
For emergencies 8-15
83. Rotate the jack by hand until the flange portion (B) fits in the groove (C) at the top of the jack.
4. Insert the bar (D) into the wheel nut wrench (E). Then put the end of the bar into the shafts jack end, as shown in the illustration. Slowly rotate the wheel nut wrench until the tire is raised slightly off the ground surface.
5. Remove the wheel nuts with the wheel nut wrench, then take the wheel off.
6. Clean out any mud, etc. on the hub sur- face (F), hub bolts (G) or in the installa- tion holes (H) in the wheel, and then mount the spare tire.
WARNING Set the jack only at the positions shown
here. If the jack is set at a wrong position, it could dent your vehicle or the jack might fall over and cause personal injury.
Do not use the jack on a tilted or soft sur- face. Otherwise, the jack might slip and cause personal injury. Always use the jack on a flat, hard surface. Before setting the jack, make sure there are no sand or pebbles under the jack base.
WARNING Stop jacking up the vehicle as soon as the
tire is raised off the ground. It is danger- ous to raise the vehicle any higher.
Do not get under your vehicle while using the jack.
Do not bump the raised vehicle or leave it sitting on the jack for a long time. Both are very dangerous.
Do not use a jack except the one that came with your vehicle.
The jack should not be used for any pur- pose other than to change a tire.
No one should be in your vehicle when using the jack.
Do not start the Plug-in Hybrid EV system while your vehicle is on the jack.
Do not turn the raised wheel. The tires that are still on the ground could turn and make your vehicle fall off the jack.
CAUTION Handle the wheel carefully when changing
the tire, to avoid scratching the wheel sur- face.
WARNING
BK0302800US.book 15
How to change a tire
8-16 For emergencies
8
7. Turn the wheel nut clockwise by hand to initially tighten them. Temporarily tighten the wheel nuts by hand until the flange parts of the wheel nuts make light contact with the wheel and the wheel is not loose.
8. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground, by rotating the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise.
9. Tighten the nuts in the order shown in the illustration until each nut has been tight- ened to the torque listed here. 65 to 80 ft-lb (88 to 108 Nm)
WARNING Mount the spare wheel with the valve stem
(I) facing outward. If you cannot see the valve stem (I), you have installed the wheel backwards. Operating the vehicle with the spare wheel installed backwards can cause vehicle damage and result in an accident.
CAUTION Never apply oil to either the wheel bolts or
the nuts or they will tighten too much.
BK0302800US.book 16
Towing
For emergencies 8-17
8
10. Lower the jack all the way and remove it. 11. Check the tire inflation pressure. The rec-
ommended tire pressure for your vehicle is listed on the tire and loading informa- tion placard attached to the drivers door sill as shown in the illustration. Refer to Tire inflation pressures on page 9-17.
N00850001185
Reverse the removing procedure when stor- ing the jack, bar and wheel nut wrench. Refer to Jack and tools on page 8-6.
N00837002013
If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a cer- tified Mitsubishi EV dealer or a commercial tow truck service. Transport the vehicle on a flatbed truck or tow the vehicle with all wheels off the ground.
In the following cases, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer and transport the vehi- cle with the all wheels on a carriage.
CAUTION Never use your foot or a pipe extension to
apply added force to the wheel nut wrench when tightening the wheel nuts. If you do so, you can over-tighten the wheel nuts and damage the wheel, wheel nuts and hub bolts.
CAUTION Driving with an improperly inflated tire can
cause an accident. If you have no choice but to drive with an under-inflated tire, keep your speed down and avoid sudden steering or braking, if possible. Inflate the tire to the correct pressure as soon as possible. Refer to Tire inflation pressures on page 9-17.
After changing the tire and driving the vehi- cle approximately 620 miles (1,000 km), retighten the wheel nuts to make sure that they have not come loose.
If the steering wheel vibrates when driving after changing the tire, have the tire checked for balance at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Do not mix one type of tire with another or use a different size from the one listed. This would cause early wear and poor handling.
To store the jack, bar and wheel nut wrench
Towing
If your vehicle needs to be towed
Flat bed type
Dolly type
BK0302800US.book 17
Towing
8-18 For emergencies
8
The ready indicator illuminates but the vehicle does not move, or an abnormal noise is produced.
Some warning light in the meter illumi- nates.
Inspection of the vehicles underside reveals that oil or some other fluid is leak- ing.
Your vehicle body is severely damaged or deformed in the event of an accident.
If a wheel gets stuck in a ditch, do not try to tow the vehicle. Please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer or a commercial tow truck service for assistance. There may be local regulations concerning towing in your area. Obey the regulations in the area where you are driving your vehicle.
CAUTION Never attempt to tow the vehicle using
another vehicle with a rope. If the drive-train or suspension has a prob-
lem, do not tow the vehicle with only the rear wheels or front wheels placed on a dolly.
Towing the vehicle by a tow truck
WARNING Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted by a tow truck. Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed.
Never tow the vehicle with front wheels and/or rear wheels on the ground. This may cause damage to the electric motors and transaxle.
WARNING
Towing with all wheels on the ground
Towing with front wheels on the ground
Towing with rear wheels on the ground
BK0302800US.book 18
Operation under adverse driving conditions
For emergencies 8-19
8
N00837201803
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow, sand, or mud, it can often be moved by a rocking motion. Rock your vehicle back and forth to free it. Do not spin the wheels. Constant efforts to free a stuck vehicle can cause transaxle fail- ure.
If your vehicle is still stuck after several rock- ing attempts, call for a commercial tow truck service.
When driving on a road covered with snow or ice, use snow tires. Tire chains cannot be used on your vehicle. There may be state or local regulations about using snow tires. Always check the regu- lations in your local area before using them. Refer to Snow tires on page 9-20 and Tire chains on page 9-20.
Drive slowly. Do not make sudden starts or stops, sharp turns, or slam on the brakes.
Allow extra distance between your vehi- cle and the vehicle in front of you, and avoid sudden braking.
If a skid occurs when the accelerator pedal is depressed, take your foot off the pedal. Steer gently in the direction of the skid.
CAUTION Never tow the vehicle using a sling type
truck. Doing so will damage the bumper and/or body.
Operation under adverse driving conditions
If your vehicle becomes stuck in sand, mud or snow
Towing with a sling-type truck
WARNING When trying to rock your vehicle out of a
stuck position, make sure that there are no people nearby. The rocking motion can make your vehicle suddenly lurch forward or backward, and injure any bystanders.
On wet roads
CAUTION Do not drive on a flooded road. If you drive
on a flooded road, not only the Plug-in Hybrid EV System stops but also a failure like electric leakage or short circuit may occur. If you inevitably had to run on a flooded road and the vehicle was exposed to water, be sure to have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
When driving in rain, on water-covered roads, or through a car wash, water could get into the brake discs and make them fail tem- porarily. In such cases, lightly press the brake pedal to see if they are working prop- erly. If they are not, press the pedal lightly several times while driving to dry the brake pads or linings, then check them again.
When driving in rain, a layer of water may form between the tires and the road surface (hydroplaning). This loosens your tires grip on the road, making it difficult to steer or brake properly. When driving on a wet road: Drive your vehicle at a safe speed. Do not drive on worn tires. Always keep the tires at the correct infla-
tion pressures.
On snowy or icy roads
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 19
Fuel Pump Shut-off System
8-20 For emergencies
8
Your vehicle is equipped with an anti-lock braking system (ABS). Hold the brake pedal down firmly and keep it depressed. Do not pump the brake pedal which will result in reduced braking performance.
After parking on snowy or icy roads, it may be difficult to move your vehicle due to the brake being frozen. Depress the accelerator pedal little by little to move the vehicle when safe to do so.
Drive as slow as possible when driving on bumpy, rutted roads or over potholes.
N00860600057
In the event of a collision causing frontal air- bag deployment, the fuel pump shut-off sys- tem will activate to stop fuel supply to the engine.
CAUTION Do not depress the accelerator pedal rapidly.
The vehicle could start moving when it breaks free from the ice, possibly resulting in an accident.
On a bumpy or rutted road
CAUTION Driving on bumpy, rutted roads or over pot-
holes can damage the tires and wheels. Wheels with low-profile tires or under- inflated tires are especially at risk for dam- age.
Fuel Pump Shut-off System
WARNING Before attempting to restart the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system after a collision, always inspect the ground under the vehicle for leaking fuel. If a fuel leak is found or a fuel odor is detected, do not restart the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
Mitsubishi Motors recommends that your vehicle be inspected by a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer after any collision.
BK0302800US.book 20
9
Vehicle care and maintenance
Service precautions ………………………………………………………………..9-2 Catalytic converter …………………………………………………………………9-3 Engine hood ………………………………………………………………………….9-4 View of the engine compartment ……………………………………………..9-6 Engine oil and oil filter …………………………………………………………..9-6 Engine coolant/Plug-in Hybrid EV System coolant ……………………9-8 Air cleaner filter …………………………………………………………………..9-10 Front motor fluid ………………………………………………………………….9-10 Transaxle fluid …………………………………………………………………….9-10 Washer fluid ………………………………………………………………………..9-10 Brake fluid ………………………………………………………………………….9-11 12 V starter battery ………………………………………………………………9-12 Tires …………………………………………………………………………………..9-12 Brake pedal free play ……………………………………………………………9-21 Wiper blades ……………………………………………………………………….9-21 Emission-control system maintenance ……………………………………9-21 General maintenance ……………………………………………………………9-22 For cold and snowy weather ………………………………………………….9-24 Fusible links ………………………………………………………………………..9-24 Fuses ………………………………………………………………………………….9-24 Replacement of light bulbs ……………………………………………………9-30 Vehicle care precautions ……………………………………………………….9-39 Cleaning the inside of your vehicle ………………………………………..9-40 Cleaning the outside of your vehicle ………………………………………9-41
BK0302800US.book 1
Service precautions
9-2 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00937301629
Taking regular care of your vehicle will pre- serve its value and appearance as long as pos- sible. This vehicle is a Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle and is equipped with many high-volt- age components. Refer to High-voltage components on page 3-36.
You can do some of the maintenance work yourself, and the rest should only be per- formed by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. If you discover a malfunction or other prob- lem, have it corrected by a certified Mitsubi- shi EV dealer. This section describes the maintenance inspections that you can do yourself, if you so desire. Follow the instructions and precau- tions for each procedure.
High voltage components and wiring cables are located as shown in the figure below.
Service precautions WARNING Never touch, remove or disassemble the
high- voltage components including high- voltage wires colored orange and their connectors. Doing so can result in a fire, property damage, electrocution and seri- ous injury or death. These components are affixed with a label indicating precautions for handling. Fol- low the instructions on the label. Take your vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for any necessary maintenance.
1- On board charger/DC-DC converter 2- Rear motor 3- Service plug 4- Electric heater 5- Main drive lithium-ion battery 6- Front motor 7- Generator
8- Air conditioner compressor 9- Power drive unit (PDU)
10- Rear electric motor control unit (MCU) 11- Normal charge port/Quick charge port
(if so equipped) 12- 120 V AC power supply (if so
equipped)
WARNING When servicing the vehicle, make sure
that the operation mode of the power switch is put in OFF and the charging cable is disconnected. Failure to do so could result in an electric shock.
When checking or servicing the inside of the engine compartment, be sure the Plug- in Hybrid EV system is stopped and has had a chance to cool down.
If you need to work in the engine compart- ment with the Plug-in Hybrid EV system running, be especially careful that your clothing, hair, etc. does not get caught in the cooling fans, drive belts, or other mov- ing parts.
BK0302800US.book 2
Catalytic converter
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-3
9Have you purchased the Mitsubishi Motors Diamond Care Protection Plan? The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties. See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for details.
N00937401460
The catalytic converter requires you to use unleaded fuel only. Leaded gasoline will destroy the emission-control effectiveness of the converter.
Normally, the catalytic converter does not require maintenance. However, it is important to keep the engine properly tuned for the con- verter to continue to work properly.
A- Cooling fans B- Caution label C- Radiator cap D- Reserve tank cap for the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system cooling *: Front of the vehicle
WARNING After performing the maintenance work,
make sure that no tools or cloths are left behind in the engine compartment. If they are left behind, a fire or damage to the vehicle may occur.
The cooling fans can turn on automati- cally even if the Plug-in Hybrid EV system is not running. Put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF to be safe while you work in the engine compartment.
Do not smoke or allow open flames around fuel or the 12 V starter battery. The fumes are flammable.
Be extremely careful when working around the 12 V starter battery. It con- tains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.
Do not get under your vehicle while it is on a jack. Always use properly rated automotive jack stands.
Handling your vehicles parts and materi- als in the wrong way can injure you. Ask a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer if you have questions.
Catalytic converter
BK0302800US.book 3
Engine hood
9-4 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
To reduce the possibility of catalytic con- verter damage:
Use UNLEADED GASOLINE ONLY of the type of recommended in the Fuel selection.
Do not drive with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of gas could damage the catalytic converter.
Do not try to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV system by pushing or towing the vehicle. If the 12 V starter battery is weak or run down, use jumper cables to properly start the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
Do not idle the engine with any spark plug wires disconnected or removed, such as when performing diagnostic tests.
Do not idle the engine for a long time by using the battery charge mode switch if it is idling roughly or otherwise obviously malfunctioning.
To prevent the catalytic converter from being damaged from unburned gas, do not race the engine when turning off the Plug- in Hybrid EV system.
Stop driving the vehicle if you think the performance is noticeably low, or the engine has a malfunction such as with the ignition, etc. If you are not able to stop driving immediately, slow down and drive for only a short time. Have your vehicle checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
In unusual situations involving major engine problems, a burning odor may indicate severe and abnormal catalytic converter overheating. If this occurs, stop in a safe place, shut the Plug-in Hybrid EV system off and let the vehicle cool. Once the engine is cool, immediately take your vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for service.
N00937501621
Use the engine hood release lever (located under the instrument panel near the drivers door) to unlock the engine hood.
Pull the lever toward you to release the engine hood latch.
CAUTION Damage to the catalytic converter can result
if your vehicle is not kept in proper operating condition. If the engine malfunctions or mis- fires, or if your vehicle performance suffers, have it serviced promptly. Running your vehicle when it is overheated may result in damage to the converter and vehicle.
WARNING Do not park or run your vehicle in areas
where combustible materials such as dry grass or leaves can come in contact with a hot exhaust, since a fire could occur.
Do not put undercoat paint on the cata- lytic converter.
Engine hood
To open
WARNING Never use the release lever to unlatch the
engine hood while the vehicle is in motion. Do not drive your vehicle unless the
engine hood is locked.
BK0302800US.book 4
Engine hood
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-5
9
Release the lever and lift the engine hood.
Support the engine hood with the hood prop. Insert the hood prop securely in the opening under the hood marked with an arrow.
Unlatch the prop from the engine hood and put it back in its retainer.
Slowly lower the engine hood approximately 8 inches (20 cm), then let it drop from its own weight.
NOTE To prevent damage to the engine hood and
wipers, make sure the wipers are at resting position when you open the engine hood.
CAUTION Always insert the support prop into the hole
specially made for it. Propping the engine hood at any other place could cause the prop to slip out and lead to an accident.
The hood prop can fall out if the hood is lifted by a strong wind.
To close
CAUTION Be careful not to trap your hands or fingers
when closing the engine hood.
Make sure the engine hood is firmly closed before driving. If you drive without the engine hood com- pletely closed, it could open up while driv- ing.
NOTE If this does not close the engine hood prop-
erly, drop it again from a slightly higher position.
Do not push down strongly on the engine hood. Depending on how strongly or where you push down, you could create a dent in the vehicle body.
If you drive with the engine hood left open, a warning display is displayed on the informa- tion screen in the multi-information display.
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 5
View of the engine compartment
9-6 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00937601778
N00937702167
It is normal for an engine to use oil. You may need to add oil between the recommended oil change intervals. Before starting the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system, check the engine oil level. Refill if necessary.
To check the oil level, remove the dipstick, wipe it off, and gently reinsert it all the way. Slowly pull the dipstick straight out and check the oil level by checking the upper sur- face of the dipstick. The oil level must not go above the line on the dipstick.
If the level does not reach the line which shows the minimum amount of oil required, remove the oil filler cap on the engine valve cover, and fill to within the Good range.
View of the engine compart- ment
1- Air cleaner filter 2- Engine oil cap 3- Brake fluid reservoir 4- Washer fluid reservoir 5- Plug-in EV system coolant reservoir 6- Engine oil level dipstick 7- Engine coolant reservoir
Engine oil and oil filter
To check and refill engine oil
NOTE If it is difficult to verify the oil level, wipe
off the dipstick and reinsert it. Wait a moment and then recheck the oil level by checking the upper surface of the dipstick.
Good
CAUTION Overfilling will cause oil aeration and loss of
oil pressure, which could damage the engine.
WARNING Used engine oil is poisonous, and can dam-
age your skin. Prolonged and repeated contact may cause serious skin disorders, including dermatitis and cancer. Do not let used oil touch your skin and wash thor- oughly after working with it.
Keep used oil out of the reach of children.
NOTE Engine oil consumption is greatly influenced
by payload, engine speed, etc. The engine oil will deteriorate rapidly if the
vehicle is subjected to severe conditions (for example, repeated operation on rough roads, in mountainous regions, on roads with many uphill and downhill gradients). Conse- quently, the oil will require earlier replace- ment in accordance with the schedule in the WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
BK0302800US.book 6
Engine oil and oil filter
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-7
9
Mitsubishi Motors recommends using only engine oils with the ILSAC certification sym- bol on the front of the container.
If you cannot find oils with the ILSAC certi- fication symbol, use an API classification SP oil with the following label. This mark appears on the top of the oil con- tainer and tells you two important things about the oil.
Use engine oil with the proper thickness for the outdoor temperatures where you will be driving.
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine 0W-20 Synthetic Engine Oil is recommended for optimum fuel economy and cold weather starting. If Mitsubishi Motors Genuine 0W-20 Syn- thetic Engine Oil is not available, 5W-20 grade oils displaying the ILSAC certification can be used. However, Mitsubishi Motors Genuine 0W-20 Synthetic Engine Oil should be used at the next oil change to maintain optimum fuel economy and cold weather starting.
Engine oil identification mark
ILSAC certification symbol
1- The upper part indicates the quality of the oil.
2- The center part indicates the SAE grade of the oil viscosity.
API service symbol Recommended engine oil vis- cosity
BK0302800US.book 7
Engine coolant/Plug-in Hybrid EV System coolant
9-8 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
The oil filter should be replaced at the time or mileage specified in the WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. Only use high quality replacement filters on this vehicle. The manufacturers specifica- tions for Mitsubishi Motors Genuine oil fil- ters require that the filter can withstand a pressure of 256 psi (1.8 MPa). A Mitsubishi Motors Genuine oil filter is the best replace- ment filter. Follow the installation instructions printed on the filter.
N00937801666
The engine coolant reservoir (A) and the Plug-in Hybrid EV system coolant reservoir (B) lets you quickly see when you need to add coolant. When the engine and the Plug-in Hybrid EV system are cold, the level of the coolant in the reservoir should be between the FULL and LOW marks. The radiator usually stays full so there is no reason to remove the radiator cap (C) except when you check the coolant freeze point or replace the antifreeze coolant.
To replace the oil filter Engine coolant/Plug-in Hybrid EV System coolant
To check the coolant level
To add coolant
Use Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Super Long Life Coolant Premium or equivalent*. *: similar high quality ethylene glycol based
non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrate and non-borate coolant with long life hybrid organic acid technology
FULL FULL
LOW LOW
BK0302800US.book 8
Engine coolant/Plug-in Hybrid EV System coolant
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-9
9
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Coolant provides excellent protection against corrosion and rust formation on all metals, including alumi- num, and prevents clogs in some parts of engine. If you need to add coolant often, or if the level in the reservoir does not drop when the engine and the Plug-in Hybrid EV system cool, the cooling system should be pressure- tested for leaks. Take your vehicle to a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer for testing.
The radiator cap must be sealed tight to pre- vent losing coolant, which may result in engine damage. Only use a Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Parts radiator cap, or an approved equivalent.
Do not overfill the reservoir. Your vehicle uses a special radiator cap
and reservoir cap that stays sealed and lets the coolant flow from the reservoir back to the radiator when the engine and the Plug-in Hybrid EV system cool down. If you need to change the cap, use the exact same kind.
CAUTION Do not use alcohol or methanol antifreeze or
any engine coolants that contain them. Using the wrong antifreeze can corrode aluminum parts.
The required concentration of anti-freeze dif- fers depending on the expected ambient tem- perature. Above -31 F (-35 C): 50 % concentration of anti-freeze Below -31 F (-35 C): 60 % concentration of anti-freeze You can check the concentration level with a gauge from an automotive supply store, or a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer or service sta- tion can check it for you.
Do not use water to adjust the concentration of coolant.
Do not top off the reservoir with plain water only. Water by itself boils at a lower temper- ature and does not stop rust or freezing. If the water freezes, it will damage your cooling system. Do not use tapwater. It can cause corrosion and rust.
Radiator cap
CAUTION WARNING Wait for the engine and the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system to cool down before opening the radiator cap (C) and the res- ervoir cap (D). Otherwise hot steam or boiling coolant could spray up from the filler port and scald you.
Points to remember
BK0302800US.book 9
Air cleaner filter
9-10 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
Check the coolant freeze point in the radi- ator with the proper gauge, and only when it is safe. If you add antifreeze, the con- tents of the reservoir must be protected against freezing.
Keep the front of the radiator and con- denser clean.
N00937901524
The air cleaner filter will get dirty and dusty from use and not filter properly. Replace it with a new filter using the schedule in the WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
1. Unclamp the cover. Open up the cover and take out the air cleaner filter.
2. Replace the air cleaner filter and put the cover back on in its original position.
N00947500034
Whenever the fluid level is checked, add fluid as necessary to maintain the proper level. Fill with the fluid according to the table below.
N00947600022
Whenever the fluid level is checked, add fluid as necessary to maintain the proper level. Fill with the fluid according to the table below.
N00938601443
The windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir is in the engine compartment.
Air cleaner filter
NOTE Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Parts are recom-
mended when replacing the air cleaner filter. After replacing the air cleaner filter, make
sure that the hinges (A) of cover are firmly set.
Front motor fluid
Fluid type
Lubricant Mitsubishi Motors Genuine CVTF-J4 or CVTF-J4+
CAUTION Using the improper fluid may damage the
front motor.
Transaxle fluid
Fluid type
Lubricant Mitsubishi Motors Genuine ATF SPIII
CAUTION Using the improper fluid may damage the
transaxle.
Washer fluid
BK0302800US.book 10
Brake fluid
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-11
9
Check the washer fluid level at regular inter- vals and add washer fluid to reservoir if nec- essary. Open the reservoir cap and check the fluid level with the dipstick.
When freezing weather is anticipated, flush out the water in the reservoir by operating the pump. Fill the reservoir with windshield anti- freeze (not radiator antifreeze), and operate the system for a few seconds to flush out the residual water.
N00938701385
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. The fluid level must be between the MAX and MIN marks on the reservoir.
The fluid level falls slightly with wear of the brake pads, but this does not indicate any abnormality. If the fluid level falls markedly in a short length of time, it indicates leaks from the brake system. If this occurs, have the vehicle checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Use the recommended brake fluid conform- ing to DOT 3 or DOT 4. The reservoir cap must be tightly sealed to keep dirt and water out.
CAUTION Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid.
Also, do not use such as soapy water, glass cleaner, and engine coolant. Using other liq- uids can cause damage to the vehicle, such as could cause streaking on the vehicles painted surfaces, damage to the washer pump, or clogging the nozzle, leading to the washer fluid not spraying.
FULL EMPTY
Over-diluting the washer fluid in winter may cause it to freeze onto the windshield.
Brake fluid
To check the fluid level
CAUTION Fluid type
WARNING Take care in handling brake fluid as it is
harmful to the eyes, may irritate your skin and will damage painted surfaces. Wipe up spills immediately. If brake fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush immediately with clean water. Follow up with a doctor as neces- sary.
CAUTION Do not let any petroleum-based fluid touch,
mix with, or get into the brake fluid. This will damage the seals.
Use only the listed brake fluid. Different brands of brake fluid have different addi- tives, and these can cause a chemical reac- tion. Do not mix brands of brake fluid.
Keep the reservoir cap closed to keep the brake fluid from evaporating.
BK0302800US.book 11
12 V starter battery
9-12 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00939101982
The condition of the 12 V starter battery is very important for quick starting of the Plug- in Hybrid EV system and to keep the vehi- cles electrical system working properly. Be sure to have a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer check the 12 V starter battery regularly.
If the 12 V starter battery performance is sus- pect, have the 12 V starter battery and charg- ing system tested by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The battery is weaker in cold temperatures. This has to do with its chemical and physical properties and is why a very cold battery, especially one with a low charge, will have a hard time starting your vehicle. It is recommended that you have your 12 V starter battery and charging system checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer before the start of cold weather. If necessary, have it charged. This will provide more reliable start- ing, and longer 12 V starter battery life.
N00939201707
It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms:
12 V starter battery
WARNING Be sure to have a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer charge the 12 V starter battery. Do not charge the 12 V starter battery your- self. Flammable gases may leak and explode.
CAUTION The 12 V starter battery may not be properly
installed in the vehicle, even if the same type or specification. When replacing the 12 V starter battery, please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE When the 12 V starter battery is removed,
the controlling timer for forcibly starting the engine may be reset. Since a fuel injection device may cause a clogging if the state where the engine does not operate continues after reset of the timer, select the battery charge mode in order to start the engine. However, when the main drive lithium-ion battery is near full charge, even if the battery charge mode is selected, the engine may not start. In that case, select the battery charge mode again after the main drive lithium-ion battery quantity decreases. Refer to Battery charge mode on page 5-69.
During cold weather
Tires
WARNING Driving with tires that are
worn, damaged or improperly inflated is dangerous. These type tire conditions will adversely affect vehicle perfor- mance. These type tire conditions can also cause a tread separation or blowout which may result in an accident causing serious injury or death.
Tires degrade over time with age even when they are not being used. It is recommended that tires over 6 years generally be replaced even if damage is not obvious.
BK0302800US.book 12
Tires
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-13
9
Cold tire pressure: The measured pressure after the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or
The measured pressure when the vehicle is driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) after having been parked for three hours.
Maximum pressure: the maximum permissible cold tire inflation pressure for this tire.
Recommended inflation pressure: the inflation pressure for optimum tire performance.
Intended outboard sidewall: The sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
The outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.
Passenger car tire: a tire intended for use on passenger cars, multi- purpose passenger vehicles, and trucks that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less.
Light truck (LT) tire: a tire desig- nated by its manufacturer as pri- marily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Tread: portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
Tread rib: a tread section running circumferentially around a tire.
Tread separation: pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass.
Carcass: the tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber which, when inflated, bears the load.
Sidewall: portion of a tire between the tread and bead.
Section width: the linear distance between the exteriors of the side- walls of an inflated tire, excluding elevations due to labeling, decora- tion, or protective bands.
Bead: the part of the tire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is shaped to fit the rim.
Ply: a layer of rubber-coated par- allel cords.
Cord: the strands forming the plies in the tire.
Rim: a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated.
Rim diameter: nominal diameter of the bead seat.
Groove: the space between two adjacent tread ribs.
BK0302800US.book 13
Tires
9-14 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
EXAMPLE: P215/65R15
Tire Markings
1- Size Designation 2- Service Description 3- Maximum Load 4- Maximum Pressure 5- U.S. DOT Safety Standards
Code (TIN) 6- Treadwear, Traction and Tem-
perature Grades
Size Designation
P Passenger car tire size based on U.S.A. design standards
215 Section width in millimeters (mm)
65 Aspect ratio in percent (%) Ratio of section height to sec- tion width of tire.
R
Construction code R means radial construc- tion. D means diagonal or bias construction.
15 Rim diameter in inches (in)
NOTE European/Japanese metric tire
sizing is based on European/Jap- anese design standards. Tires designed to these standards have the tire size molded into the sidewall beginning with the sec- tion width. The letter P is absent from this tire size desig- nation. Example: 215/65R15 96H.
LT (Light Truck) -metric tire sizing is based on U.S.A. design standards. The size designation for LT-metric tires is the same as for P-metric tires except for the letters LT that are molded into the sidewall preceding the size designation. Example: LT235/85R16.
BK0302800US.book 14
Tires
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-15
9
EXAMPLE: 95H Maximum load indicates the maxi- mum load this tire is designed to carry.
Maximum Pressure indicates the maximum permissible cold tire infla- tion pressure for this tire.
The TIN may be found on one or both sides of the tire but the date code may only be on one side. Look for the TIN on the outboard side of tires as mounted on the vehicle. If the TIN is not found on the outboard side then you will find it on the inboard side of the tire.
Service Description
95
Load index A numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can carry.
H
Speed symbol A symbol indicating the range of speeds at which a tire can carry a load corre- sponding to its load index under certain operating con- ditions. The maximum speed corre- sponding to the speed symbol should only be achieved under specified operating conditions. (i.e. tire pressure, vehicle loading, road condi- tions and posted speed limits)
Maximum Load
WARNING Overloading of your tire is
dangerous. Overloading can cause tire failure, affect vehi- cle handling, and increase your stopping distance. Use tires of the recommended load capacity for your vehicle. Never overload them.
Maximum Pressure
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
BK0302800US.book 15
Tires
9-16 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
EXAMPLE: DOT MA L9 ABCD 1504
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one- half (11/2) times as well on the gov- ernment course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on speci- fied government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor- mance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi- tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high tempera- ture can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C cor- responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehi-
DOT
Department of Transporta- tion This symbol certifies that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation tire safety standards, and is approved for highway use.
MA Code representing the tire manufacturing location. (2 digits)
L9 ABCD
Code representing the tire size. (2 digits) Code used by tire manufac- turer. (1 to 4 digits)
15 Number representing the week in which the tire was manufactured. (2 digits)
04 Number representing the year in which the tire was manufactured. (2 digits)
Treadwear, Traction and Temper- ature Grades
Treadwear
Traction
Temperature
BK0302800US.book 16
Tires
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-17
9
cle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
N00939302040
Proper tire inflation pressure is essential for the safe and satisfactory operation of your vehicle. The wrong tire pressure will cause problems in three major areas:
Safety Too little pressure increases flex- ing in the tire and can cause tire failure. Too much pressure can cause a tire to lose its ability to cushion shock. Objects on the road and potholes could then cause tire damage that may result in tire failure.
Economy
The wrong tire pressure can cause uneven wear patterns in the tire tread. These abnormal wear pat- terns will reduce the tread life, and the tire will have to be replaced sooner. Too little pressure also makes it harder for the tire to roll, and this uses up more fuel.
Ride comfort and vehicle stability The superior riding experience built into your vehicle partly depends on the correct tire pres- sure. Too much pressure gives an uncomfortable and jarring ride. Too little pressure feels as if your vehicle is slow to respond. Unequal tire pressures can make steering your vehicle uneven and unpredictable.
The tire pressure for your vehicle under normal driving conditions is listed on the placard attached to the drivers door sill. (Refer to Tire and loading informa- tion placard on page 11-3.)
The recommended inflation pres- sures under normal driving condi- tions should be used for the tires listed below.
Tire pressures should be checked, and adjusted if necessary, at least once a month. Pressures should be checked more often whenever weather temperatures change severely, because tire pres- sures change with outdoor tempera- tures. The pressures listed are always cold inflation pressure. Cold inflation pressure is measured after the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or is driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) after having been parked for three hours. Cold inflation pressure must not go above the maximum values molded into the tire sidewall. After driving several miles, your tire inflation pres-
Tire inflation pressures Tire size Front Rear P225/55R
18 240 KPA,
35 PSI 240 KPA,
35 PSI
BK0302800US.book 17
Tires
9-18 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
sure may increase 2 to 6 psi (14 to 41 kPa) from the cold inflation pres- sure. Do not let air out of the tires to get back to the specified cold pres- sure, or your tires will be too low. Check your tires each time you refuel. If one tire looks lower than the others, check the pressure for all of them. You should also take the following safety precautions:
Keep your tires inflated to the rec- ommended pressures. (See the tire and loading information placard attached to the drivers door sill.)
Stay within the recommended load limits.
Make sure that the weight of any load in your vehicle is evenly dis- tributed.
Drive at safe speeds. After filling your tires to the cor-
rect pressure, check them for dam- age and air leaks. Be sure to reinstall the caps on the valve stems.
N00939601495
N00939701210
The following maintenance steps are recommended:
Check tire pressures regularly. Have regular maintenance done
on the wheel balance and front and rear suspension alignment.
Rotate your tires regularly as described in the Tire rotation section on page 9-19.
Replacing tires and wheels
CAUTION Avoid using different size tires from the one
listed and the combined use of different types of tires, as this can affect driving safety. Refer to Tires and wheels on page 11-8.
Always use tires of the same size, same type, and same brand, and which have no wear dif- ferences. Using tires that differ in size, type, brand or the degree of wear, will increase the differential oil temperature, resulting in pos- sible damage to the driving system. Further, the drive train will be subjected to excessive loading, possibly leading to oil leakage, component seizure, or other serious prob- lems.
Only Mitsubishi Motors genuine wheels should be used, because your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sys- tem (TPMS). Use of another type of wheel risks air leaks and sensor damage, as it will not be possible to install the tire pressure sensor properly.
NOTE 16 inches steel wheel cannot be used on your
vehicle because it interferes with brake parts. Additionally, 16 inches aluminum wheel may not be used on your vehicle depending on its type, even if a Mitsubishi Motors Gen- uine wheels. Consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer before using wheels that you have.
Tire maintenance
BK0302800US.book 18
Tires
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-19
9
N00939800184
Tread wear indicators are built into the origi- nal equipment tires on your vehicle to help you know when your tires should be replaced. Many states have laws requiring that you replace your tires at this point. These indicators are molded into the bottom of the tread grooves and will appear when the tire tread is worn down to 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). When the bands appear next to one another in two or more places, replace your tires.
N00939901599
To even out the wear on your tires and make them last longer, Mitsubishi Motors Corporation rec- ommends that you rotate your tires at the mileage listed in the WAR- RANTY AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. However, the timing for tire rotation may vary according to your vehicle condition, road surface conditions, and your own personal driving hab- its. Any time you notice unusual wear, rotate your tires as soon as pos- sible.
When rotating tires, check for uneven wear, damage, and wheel alignment. Abnormal wear is usually caused by a wrong tire pressure, wheels that are not aligned properly, wheels that are out-of-balance, or severe braking. Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to find out the reason for uneven tread wear.
The first tire rotation is the most important one. It will allow all your tires to wear evenly.
Tread wear indicator
1- Location of the tread wear indicator 2- Tread wear indicator
NOTE Tire wear indicators can have different marks
and locations depending on the tire manufac- turer.
Tire rotation
Tires that do not have arrows showing rotation direction
Tires that have arrows showing rotation direction
Front
Front
BK0302800US.book 19
Tires
9-20 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00940001457
In some areas of the country, snow tires are required for winter driving. If snow tires are required in your area, you must choose snow tires of the same size and type as the original tires provided with your vehicle. Snow tires should also be installed on all four wheels. Otherwise your safety and vehicle handling can be reduced. Even where laws may permit it, snow tires should not be operated at sustained speeds over 75 mph (120 km/h).
N00940101139
CAUTION If the tires have arrows (A) indi-
cating the correct direction of rotation, swap the front and rear tires on the left-hand side of the vehicle and the front and rear tires on the right-hand side of the vehicle separately. Keep each tire on its original side of the vehicle. When installing the tires, make sure the arrows point in the direction in which the wheels will turn when the vehi- cle moves forward. Any tire whose arrow points in the wrong direction will not perform to its full potential.
Front
CAUTION Avoid the combined use of dif-
ferent types of tires. Using dif- ferent types of tires can affect vehicle performance and safety.
Snow tires
CAUTION Your vehicle uses the flange nuts.
Change to tapered nuts when using snow tires with steel wheels.
Only Mitsubishi Motors genuine wheels should be used, because your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sys- tem (TPMS). Use of another type of wheel risks air leaks and sensor damage, as it will not be possible to install the tire pressure sensor properly.
Tire chains
CAUTION Tire chains cannot be used on your vehicle.
The clearance between the chains and the body is not sufficient to allow proper clear- ance, and the vehicle body might be dam- aged.
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 20
Brake pedal free play
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-21
9
N00940301359
To check the brake pedal free play (A), turn off the Plug-in Hybrid EV system and press the brake pedal several times with your foot. Then press the pedal down with your fingers until you first feel resistance.
Brake pedal free play: .1 to .3 inch (3 to 8 mm)
If the free play is not within these limits, take your vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for adjustment.
N00940700138
Check the wiper blades occasionally. Clean them regularly to remove deposits of salt and road film. Use a sponge or cloth and a mild
detergent or non-abrasive cleaner to clean the blades and glass areas. Replace the blades if they continue to streak or smear.
If the blades are frozen to the windshield or rear window, do not operate the wipers until the ice has melted and the blades are freed, otherwise the wiper motor may be damaged.
N00940801338
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission- control system that meets all the requirements of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and Environment Canada. The emission-con- trol system is made of:
a positive crankcase ventilation system an evaporative emission-control system an exhaust emission-control system
To be sure the emission-control system works properly, have your vehicle inspected and maintained by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. This should be done at the time or mileage specified in the WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. These, and all the other general mainte- nance services listed in this manual, need to be performed to keep your vehicle running properly and reliably. You should also have an inspection and ser- vice any time you suspect a malfunction.
N00940900231
Spark plugs must fire properly to ensure proper engine performance and emission- control.
Brake pedal free play
Wiper blades
NOTE Do not run the wipers on dry glass for a long
time. This wears out the rubber and can scratch the glass.
During cold weather
Emission-control system maintenance
NOTE To meet government regulations and pro-
mote cleaner air, your vehicle is equipped with an onboard diagnostic system (OBD). The engine electronic control module that controls OBD functions stores various data (especially about the exhaust emissions). This data will be erased if the battery cable is disconnected, which could make a rapid diagnosis difficult. Do not disconnect the battery cable when the engine malfunction indicator (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check engine light) is ON.
Spark plugs
BK0302800US.book 21
General maintenance
9-22 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
Do not reuse spark plugs by cleaning or regapping. Spark plugs should be replaced at the mileage specified in the WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
N00941000040
Check the hose surfaces for any heat and mechanical damage, hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts and abrasions. Pay spe- cial attention to the hoses closest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold. Check all the hose connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure and that there are no leaks. If you see any wear or damage, replace the hoses immediately.
N00950101060
Have the valve clearance checked at a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer at the mileage specified in the WARRANTY AND MAIN- TENANCE MANUAL.
If the engine sounds abnormally loud, have adjustments made by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00941301196
Check these regularly for damage or leaks in the fuel lines and connections. Check the fuel tank filler cap for damage or looseness. Pay special attention to the fuel lines closest to high heat sources such as the exhaust mani- fold.
N00941401197
If the fuel-vapor vent line is clogged or dam- aged, the fuel-vapor mixture will escape, pol- luting the air. Have the system checked at a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer at the mileage specified in the WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
N00941501303
The next pages list the maintenance service recommended by Mitsubishi Motors Corpo- ration. In addition to the general maintenance that needs to be performed at the times listed, there are other parts which do not usually need regular maintenance.
NOTE Use the recommended or equivalent spark
plugs listed under Engine specifications on page 11-6. Use of other plugs could cause engine damage, loss of performance or radio noise.
Fuel hoses
Intake valve clearance
Fuel system (tank, pipe line and connection, and fuel tank filler cap)
WARNING If you see a fuel leak or if you smell fuel,
do not start the Plug-in Hybrid EV sys- tem. Any spark (including from the igni- tion), flame or smoking material could cause an explosion or fire. Call a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for assistance.
Evaporative emission control system (except evaporative emission canister)
NOTE Approximately 6 hours after the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system is turned off, you may hear operating sounds from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound checking the fuel evapora- tion leakage. This is normal.
General maintenance
BK0302800US.book 22
General maintenance
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-23
9
But, if any of these parts stops working prop- erly, your vehicle performance could suffer. Have these items checked if you notice a problem with them.
If you have any questions, see a certified Mit- subishi EV dealer for assistance.
N00941600059
Good brakes are essential for safe driving. Check the brake pads for wear. For good braking performance, replace the brake pads with the same type pads as the originals.
N00941700076
Brake hoses and tubing should be checked for:
Severe surface cracking, scuffing or worn spots. If the fabric casing of the hose is showing through any cracks or worn spots in the rubber hose cover, the hose should be replaced. The brakes can fail if the hose wears through.
Improper installation may cause twisting, or wheel, tire or chassis interference.
N00941800093
Check the following parts for damage and grease leaks:
Ball joint boots of the suspension and steering linkage
Bellows on both ends of the drive shaft
N00942201118
The best way to keep carbon monoxide gas from entering inside your vehicle is to have the engine exhaust system properly serviced. Have a competent mechanic inspect the com- plete exhaust system and nearby body areas for broken, damaged, deteriorated, or mispo- sitioned parts if you notice any of the follow- ing:
A change in the sound of the exhaust sys- tem
The smell of exhaust fumes inside the vehicle
The underside or rear of the vehicle is damaged
Also check the exhaust system each time the vehicle is raised for lubrication, oil changes, or required service. Any open seams or loose connections could let dangerous exhaust fumes seep into the luggage and passenger compartments.
Check for holes or exhaust gas leaks caused by corrosion or damage.
Check the joints and connections for looseness or exhaust gas leaks.
Check the rubber hangers and brackets for damage.
N00942300079
The timing belt should be replaced with a new one at the mileage listed in the WAR- RANTY AND MAINTENANCE MAN- UAL.
Disc brake pads
Brake hoses
Ball joint, steering linkage seals, drive shaft boots
Exhaust system
WARNING Carbon monoxide gas from your vehicles
exhaust is poisonous. Breathing these fumes can cause unconsciousness or death.
Check for any of the following conditions:
Timing belt
BK0302800US.book 23
For cold and snowy weather
9-24 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00942501124
The hood lock release mechanism and hood safety catch should be checked, cleaned, and oiled when needed for easy movement and to prevent rust and wear. Use Multipurpose Grease NLGI Grade 2 sparingly for all sliding parts of the hood latch and release lever. Work the grease into the hood lock mecha- nism until all the movable surfaces are cov- ered. Also, put a light coat of the same grease on the safety catch wherever moving parts touch.
N00942600102
The ventilation slots in front of the wind- shield should be brushed clear after a heavy snowfall so that the operation of the heating and ventilation systems will not be impaired.
To prevent freezing of the weatherstripping on the doors, engine hood, etc., they should be treated with silicone grease.
It is a good idea to carry a shovel or a short- handled spade in the vehicle during the win- ter so that you can clear away snow if you get stranded. A small hand-brush for sweeping snow off the vehicle and a plastic scraper for the windshield, side and rear window are also useful.
N00942701331
The fusible links will melt to prevent a fire if a large current attempts to flow through cer- tain electrical systems. In case of a melted fusible link, see a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for inspection and replacement. For the fusible links, please refer to Fuse load capacities on page 9-26.
N00942801938
To prevent damage to the electrical system from short-circuiting or overloading, each individual circuit is equipped with a fuse. The fuse blocks are located in the passenger com- partment and in the engine compartment.
Hood lock release mechanism and safety catch
For cold and snowy weather
Ventilation slots
Weatherstripping
Additional equipment (For regions where snow is encoun- tered)
Fusible links
WARNING Fusible links must not be replaced by any
other device. Failing to fit the correct fus- ible link may result in fire in the vehicle, property destruction and serious or fatal injuries at any time.
Fuses
Fuse block location
BK0302800US.book 24
Fuses
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-25
9
The fuse blocks in the passenger compart- ment are located behind the fuse lid in front of the drivers seat at the position shown in the illustration. Pull the fuse lid to remove it.
In the engine compartment, the fuse blocks are located as shown in the illustration. While pressing the tab (C), pull up the cover.
Passenger compartment
A- Main fuse block B- Sub fuse block
Engine compartment
A- Main fuse block B- Sub fuse block
BK0302800US.book 25
Fuses
9-26 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00954801472
This fuse list shows the names of the electrical systems and their fuse capacities. There are spare fuses in the main fuse block cover in the engine compartment. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same capacity as the original.
Fuse load capacities
Passenger compartment fuse location table
Main fuse block
Sub fuse block
No. Sym- bol Electrical system Capac
ity
1 Power window con- trol 30 A*
2 Defogger 30 A*
3 Heater 30 A
4 Windshield wipers 30 A
No. Sym- bol Electrical system Capac
ity
5 Door locks 20 A
6 Rear fog light 10 A
No. Sym- bol Electrical system Capac
ity
BK0302800US.book 26
Fuses
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-27
9 *: Fusible link
Some fuses may not be installed on your vehicle, depending on the vehicle model or specifications.
The table above shows the main equip- ment corresponding to each fuse.
7 12 V power outlet 15 A
8 Rear window wiper 15 A
9 Sunroof 20 A
10 Power switch 10 A
11 Option 10 A
12 Hazard warning flasher 15 A
13 4-wheel drive system 10 A
14 Stop lights (Brake lights) 15 A
15 Gauges 10 A
16 SRS airbag 7.5 A
17 Radio 15 A
18 Control unit relay 7.5 A
19 Interior lights (Room lights) 15 A
20 Back-up lights 7.5 A
21 Heated outside rearview mirrors 7.5 A
22 Outside rearview mirrors 10 A
No. Sym- bol Electrical system Capac
ity
23 Cigarette lighter/ 12 V power outlet 15 A
24 Charge 7.5 A
Heated steering wheel 15 A
25 Power seat (Driver seat) 30 A*
26 Heated seats 30 A
27 Power seat (Passenger seat) 30 A*
No. Sym- bol Electrical system Capac
ity Engine compartment fuse location table
Behind the fuse block cover
Main fuse block
BK0302800US.book 27
Fuses
9-28 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
*: Fusible link
Some fuses may not be installed on your vehicle, depending on the vehicle model or specifications.
The table above shows the main equip- ment corresponding to each fuse.
No. Sym- bol
Electrical sys- tem
Capaci ty
SBF1 Air condition- ing condenser
fan motor 30 A*
SBF2 SBF3
SBF4 Radiator fan motor 40 A*
SBF5 Anti-lock brak- ing system 40 A*
SBF6
SBF7 Anti-lock brak- ing system 30 A*
BF1 Power liftgate 30 A
BF2 Audio system amplifier 30 A
BF3 IOD IOD 30 A BF4 F1
F2 Wiper deicer 15 A
F3 Electric parking brake 7.5 A
F4 Daytime run- ning lights 10 A
F5 Front fog lights 15 A
F6 Heated steering wheel 15 A
F7 Headlight washer 20 A
F8 Security horn 20 A
F9 Horn 10 A
F10 ETV 15 A
F11 Charging lid lock 15 A
F12 Engine 7.5 A
F13 ENG/POWER 20 A
F14 Fuel pump 15 A
F15 Ignition coil 10 A
F16
F17 Headlight (high beam) (left) 10 A
F18 Headlight (high beam) (right) 10 A
F19
Head- light (low
beam) (left)
LED 20 A
No. Sym- bol
Electrical sys- tem
Capaci ty
F20
Head- light (low
beam) (right)
LED 20 A
F21
Head- light (low
beam) (left)
Halo- gen 10 A
F22
Head- light (low
beam) (right)
Halo- gen 10 A
F23 #1 Spare fuse 10 A #2 Spare fuse 15 A #3 Spare fuse 20 A
No. Sym- bol
Electrical sys- tem
Capaci ty
BK0302800US.book 28
Fuses
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-29
9
*: Fusible link
Some fuses may not be installed on your vehicle, depending on the vehicle model or specifications.
The table above shows the main equip- ment corresponding to each fuse.
The fuse block does not contain spare 7.5 A, 25 A or 30 A fuses. If one of these fuses burns out, substitute with the following fuse. 7.5 A: 10 A spare fuse 25 A: 20 A spare fuse 30 A: 30 A audio system amplifier fuse When using a substitute fuse, replace with a fuse of the correct capacity as soon as possi- ble.
No. Sym- bol
Electrical sys- tem
Capaci ty
SBF1 Electrical Park- ing Lock 30 A*
SBF2 Vacuum pump (Regenerative
brake) 30 A*
F1 Water pump (Electric motor) 20 A
Sub fuse block
F2 Battery manage- ment unit 7.5 A
F3 Main drive lith- ium-ion battery
PTC heater 15 A
F4 Fuel tank filler door 7.5 A
F5 Solenoid valve (Air condition-
ing) 7.5 A
F6 Water pump
(Air condition- ing)
7.5 A
F7 Electric motor unit control 10 A
F8 Heated wind- shield 7.5 A
F9
Power feeder and charger con-
nector (12V) 10 A
Main drive lith- ium-ion battery
fan motor 15 A
F10 Ignition control 15 A
F11 Ignition control 7.5 A
No. Sym- bol
Electrical sys- tem
Capaci ty
Identification of fuse
Capacity Color 7.5 A Brown 10 A Red 15 A Blue 20 A Yellow
30 A Green (fuse type) / Pink (fusible link type)
40 A Green (fusible link type)
BK0302800US.book 29
Replacement of light bulbs
9-30 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00954901154
1. Before replacing a fuse, always turn off the electrical item connected to the fuse and put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF.
2. There is a fuse remover (A) in the engine compartment fuse block.
3. Clamp it on the fuse you wish to remove, and pull the fuse straight out from the fuse block.
4. Use the fuse location diagrams and the matching tables, to check the fuse that is related to the problem. If the fuse is not blown, something else must be causing the problem. Have the system inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
5. Insert a new fuse of the same capacity securely into the appropriate slot.
N00942901388
Before replacing the bulb, be sure the light is off. Do not touch the glass part of the new bulb with your bare fingers; the oil from your skin will stay on the glass and dim or destroy the bulb when it gets hot.
Fuse replacement
B- Fuse is OK C- Blown fuse
CAUTION Never use a fuse with a capacity greater than
the one listed or any substitute, such as wire, foil etc. This would cause the circuit wiring to heat up and could cause a fire.
If the replacement fuse blows again after a short time, have the electrical system checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to find and correct the cause.
Replacement of light bulbs
CAUTION Bulbs are extremely hot immediately after
being turned off. When replacing the bulb, wait for it to cool sufficiently before touching it. You could otherwise be burned.
Handle halogen light bulb with care. The gas inside a halogen light bulb is highly pressur- ized, so dropping, knocking, or scratching a halogen light bulb can cause it to shatter.
Never hold the halogen light bulb with a bare hand, dirty glove, etc. The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlights are used. If the glass surface is dirty, clean it with alcohol and let it dry completely before installing the bulb.
BK0302800US.book 30
Replacement of light bulbs
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-31
9 N00943001201
N00950302160
CAUTION Do not install commercially available LED-
type bulbs. Commercially available LED-type bulbs could adversely affect the operation of the vehicle, such as by preventing the lights and other vehicle equipment from operating properly.
NOTE If you are unsure of how to carry out the
work as required, it is recommended that these procedures be carried out by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Be careful not to scratch the vehicle body when removing a light and lens.
When it rains, or when the vehicle has been washed, the inside of the lens sometimes becomes temporarily foggy. This is the same phenomenon as when window glass mists up on a humid day, and does not indicate a func- tional problem. When the light is switched on, the heat will remove the fog. However, if water gathers inside the light, please have it checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Bulb location and capacity
CAUTION When replacing a bulb, be sure to use a new
bulb of the same type, wattage, and color. If you install a different bulb, the bulb could malfunction or fail to come on and could lead to a vehicle fire.
NOTE Outside
Type A: Halogen headlights type Type B: LED headlights type
Front
Type A
Type B
BK0302800US.book 31
Replacement of light bulbs
9-32 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
Item Watt- age
ANSI Trade No. or Bulb type
1 — Front turn signal light 21 W PY21W
2 — Head-
light, high beam
Halogen bulb 60 W 9005
HB3 LED
3 — Head- light, low beam
Halogen bulb 55 W H7
LED 4 — Parking light/
Daytime running light
5 — Front side-marker light 5 W W5W
6 — Front fog light
Halogen bulb 19 W H16
LED 7 — Side turn signal light
NOTE The following lights use an LED-type bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer when either light needs to be repaired or replaced. Headlight, high beam/low beam (LED type)
Parking light Daytime running light Front fog light (LED type) Side turn signal light
Item Wattage
ANSI trade No. or Bulb
type 1 — High-mounted
stop light
2 — Tail light 3 — Rear side-
marker light
4 — Charging port courtesy light
5 W W5W
5 — Back-up light 16 W W16W
NOTE
Rear
6 — License plate light
5 W W5W
7 — Rear turn sig- nal light
21 W WY21W
8 — Stop light
NOTE The following lights use an LED-type bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer when either light needs to be repaired or replaced. Rear side-marker light High-mounted stop light Tail light Stop light
Item Wattage
ANSI trade No. or Bulb
type
BK0302800US.book 32
Replacement of light bulbs
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-33
9
N00950401845
N00901801258
1. When replacing the bulb on the left side of the vehicle, remove the bolt (A) hold- ing down the relay box and move the relay box.
2. Turn the cap (B) counterclockwise to remove it.
3. Turn the socket (C) counterclockwise to remove it, and then pull the bulb out of the socket.
Inside
Item Wattage 1 — Cargo room light 8 W 2 — Dome light (rear) 8 W
3 — Dome light (front)/Read- ing light 8 W
4 — Downlight 5 — Vanity mirror lights 2 W 6 — Glove compartment light 1.4 W
NOTE The following lights use an LED-type bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer when the light needs to be repaired or replaced. Downlight Front foot lights
Headlights (low beam, halogen bulb type)
*: Front of the vehicle
*: Front of the vehicle
BK0302800US.book 33
Replacement of light bulbs
9-34 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
4. To install the bulb, perform the removal steps in reverse.
N00901901187
1. When replacing the bulb on the right side of the vehicle, remove the clip (A) hold- ing down the washer tank spout and then move it.
2. Turn the cap (B) counterclockwise to remove it.
3. Turn the bulb (C) counterclockwise to remove it and then while holding down the tab (D), pull out the bulb (E).
4. To install the bulb, perform the removal steps in reverse.
NOTE When installing the bulb, align the tab (D)
with the notch (E) of the socket.
Headlights (high beam, halo- gen bulb type)
*: Front of the vehicle
*: Front of the vehicle
BK0302800US.book 34
Replacement of light bulbs
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-35
9
N00943101909
N00943201375
The alignment of the headlights should be checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00915501230
1. When replacing the bulb on the left side of the vehicle, move the relay box. (Refer to Headlight (low beam, halogen bulb type): Step 1 on page 9-33.
2. Turn the socket (A) counterclockwise to remove it, and then pull the bulb out of the socket.
3. To install the bulb, perform the removal steps in reverse.
N00917301782
N00943401449
Headlights (high beam/low beam, LED type)
NOTE The headlights use an LED-type bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer when the light needs to be repaired or replaced.
Headlight aim adjustment
Front side-marker lights
*: Front of the vehicle
Parking lights/Daytime running lights
NOTE The parking lights and daytime running
lights use an LED-type bulb. Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer when the light needs to be repaired or replaced.
Front turn signal lights
CAUTION Make sure that the Plug-in Hybrid EV sys-
tem have cooled down before replacing the bulb on the right side of the vehicle, other- wise you could be burnt by the radiator hose.
BK0302800US.book 35
Replacement of light bulbs
9-36 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
1. Remove the 12 clips (A, B), and then remove the cover (C).
2. Turn the socket (D) counterclockwise to remove it, then remove the bulb from the socket by turning it counterclockwise while pressing in.
3. To install the bulb, perform the removal steps in reverse.
N00943501219
N00943601887
1. Insert a straight blade (or minus) screw- driver with a cloth over its tip at the points indicated by arrows and pry gently to remove the cover (A).
*: Front of the vehicle
Side turn signal lights
NOTE The side turn signal lights use an LED-type
bulb. Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer when the light needs to be repaired or replaced.
Front fog lights (Halogen bulb type)
BK0302800US.book 36
Replacement of light bulbs
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-37
9
2. Remove the 3 screws (B) and remove the light unit.
3. While holding down the tab (D), pull out the socket (E).
4. Turn the bulb (F) counterclockwise to remove it.
5. To install the bulb, perform the removal steps in reverse.
N00943602015
N00943701644
1. Open the liftgate. 2. Remove the screws (A), and then move
the light unit toward the rear of the vehi- cle to unfix the notch (B) and pins (C).
NOTE When unfastening the screws or the fog
light, be careful not to move the beam posi- tion adjustment screw (C).
Front fog lights (LED type)
NOTE The fog lights use an LED-type bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer when the light needs to be repaired or replaced.
Rear combination lights
BK0302800US.book 37
Replacement of light bulbs
9-38 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
3. Turn the socket counterclockwise and remove it, and then pull the bulb out of the socket.
4. To install the bulb, perform the removal steps in reverse.
N00929101080
1. Push the light unit upward to remove it.
2. Turn the socket (A) counterclockwise to remove it, and then pull the bulb out of the socket.
3. To install the bulb, perform the removal steps in reverse.
D- Rear turn signal light E- Tail light and stop light (LED) — cannot
be replaced
NOTE The rear side-marker light, tail light and stop
light use an LED-type bulb. Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer when the light needs to be repaired or replaced.
NOTE When mounting the light unit, align the
notch (F) and pin (G) on the light unit with the clip (H) and hole (I) in the body.
Back-up lights
NOTE Wrap a cloth around the tip of the screw-
driver to keep from scratching the lens.
NOTE When installing the light unit, first insert the
notch (B) into the hole on the body, and then push on the light unit to fit it into place.
BK0302800US.book 38
Vehicle care precautions
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-39
9
N00944001468
1. When removing the light unit (A), push it toward the left side of the vehicle body.
2. Use a screw driver to gently pry up the tab (B) and remove the lens.
3. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
4. To install the bulb, perform the removal steps in reverse.
N00943901170
N00945101206
In order to maintain the value of your vehicle, perform regular maintenance using the proper materials and procedures. Be sure to use only those materials and procedures that meet your local environmental pollution control regula- tions. Choose the materials you will use care- fully, to be sure that they do not contain corrosives. If you are not sure, contact a certi- fied Mitsubishi EV dealer for help in choos- ing these materials.
License plate lights
NOTE Wrap a cloth around the tip of the screw-
driver to keep from scratching the lens.
NOTE When mounting the light unit, insert tab (C)
first then align tab (D) with its hole.
High-mounted stop light
NOTE The high-mounted stop light uses an LED-
type bulb. Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer when the light needs to be repaired or replaced.
Vehicle care precautions
BK0302800US.book 39
Cleaning the inside of your vehicle
9-40 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
These can all be dangerous, and they all can damage your vehicle.
N00945201119
After washing the inside of your vehicle with any cleaner, wipe it dry in a shady, well venti- lated area.
N00945301224
1. Lightly wipe these off with a soft cloth soaked in a 3% solution of gentle soap and water.
2. To rinse, dip the cloth in fresh water, wring it out well, and wipe off all the soap.
N00945500128
1. To maintain the value of your new vehi- cle, maintain the upholstery carefully and keep the interior clean. Use a vacuum cleaner and brush to clean the seats. If stained, vinyl and synthetic leather should be cleaned with an appro- priate cleaner. Cloth fabrics can be cleaned with either upholstery cleaner or a 3% solution of gentle soap in lukewarm water.
CAUTION Cleaning products can be dangerous. Some
are poisonous and others are highly flamma- ble. Some are dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space. When you use any- thing in a container to clean your vehicle, be sure to follow the instructions. Always open your vehicle doors or windows when youre cleaning the inside. Never use the following chemicals to clean your vehicle: Gasoline Carbon Tetrachloride Benzine Kerosene Naphtha Acetone Turpentine Paint Thinner Lacquer Thinner Nail Polish Remover
Cleaning the inside of your vehicle
CAUTION Do not use organic substances (solvents,
benzine, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline, etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions. These chemicals can cause discoloring, staining or cracking of the surface. If you use cleaners or polishing agents, make sure their ingredients do not include the sub- stances mentioned above.
When cleaning the meter cluster panel, use a cloth and be careful not to injure your hands.
NOTE Always read the instructions on the cleaner
label.
Plastic, vinyl leather, fabric and flocked parts
NOTE Do not use cleaners, conditioners, and pro-
tectants containing silicones or wax. Such products, when applied to the instru- ment panels or other parts, may cause reflec- tions on the windshield and obscure vision. Also, if such products get on the switches of the electrical accessories, it may lead to fail- ure of these accessories.
Do not use synthetic fiber or dry cloth. They can cause discolouring or damaging the sur- face.
Do not place a deodorizer on the instrument panel or near lights and instruments. The ingredients for deodorizer can cause discol- ouring or cracking.
Upholstery
BK0302800US.book 40
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-41
9
2. Clean the carpeting with a vacuum cleaner and remove any stains with carpet cleaner. Oil and grease can be removed by lightly dabbing with a clean white cloth and spot remover.
N00945600187
1. To clean, lightly wipe the leather with a soft cloth soaked in a 5% solution of gen- tle soap and water.
2. To rinse, dip the cloth in fresh water, wring it out well, and wipe off all the soap.
3. To preserve and protect, use a leather pro- tecting agent on the genuine leather sur- face.
N00945700058
To protect your vehicles finish, wash it often and thoroughly. If desired, you may wax your vehicle using a nonabrasive automobile wax.
N00945800033
Industrial pollution, road tar, bird droppings, tree sap, insect remains, sea water and other foreign matters can damage the finish on your vehicle. Generally, the longer any foreign material stays on the finish, the worse the damage.
Wash your vehicle as soon as possible when- ever the finish gets soiled.
N00945901741
Chemicals contained in the dirt and dust picked up from air, rain, snow, or road sur- faces can damage the paint and body of your vehicle if left on. Frequent washing and waxing is the best way to protect your vehicle from this damage. Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight. Park the vehicle in the shade and spray it with water to remove dust. Next, using plenty of clean water and a car washing mitt or sponge, wash the vehicle from top to bottom. Use a mild car washing soap if necessary. Rinse thoroughly and wipe dry with a cham- ois or soft cloth. After washing the vehicle, carefully clean the joints and flanges of the doors, hood, etc., where dirt is likely to remain.
NOTE If fuzzing is difficult to remove from the seat
upholstery, draw a suitable defuzzing brush over the surface in one direction.
Genuine leather (if so equipped)
NOTE If genuine leather is wet with water, wipe it
with a dry, soft cloth. If left damp, mildew may grow.
The genuine leather surface can be damaged if brushed with a nylon or synthetic fiber brush.
Organic solvents such as benzine, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline, or acid or alkaline solvents can discolor the genuine leather surface and should not be used.
Genuine leather can mildew if not kept clean. Clean up any oil stains immediately.
The genuine leather surface may harden and shrink if it is exposed to the direct sunlight for long hours. When your vehicle is parked, place it in the shade as much as possible.
When the temperature of the vehicle interior rises in summer, vinyl products left on the genuine leather seat may deteriorate and stick to the seat.
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle
Foreign material
NOTE
Washing
WARNING Do not wash the vehicle while charging the
main drive lithium-ion battery. Doing so could cause a fire or an electric shock.
Before washing the vehicle, make sure that the charging lid and the inner lid are completely closed. If the lid is open, the charging unit is exposed to water, result- ing in a fire or an electric shock.
BK0302800US.book 41
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle
9-42 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
Salt and other chemicals used on winter roads in some geographical areas can have a detri- mental effect on the vehicle underbody. You should flush the underbody with a high pres- sure hose every time you wash the outside of your vehicle. Take special care to remove mud or other debris which could trap and hold salt and moisture.
After washing your vehicle, wipe off all waterdrops from the rubber parts around the doors to prevent the doors from freezing.
N00946000205
Wax your vehicle once or twice a year, or when water does not bead up on the paint. Use a soft cloth to put a small amount of wax on the painted surfaces. After the wax has dried, polish with a dry soft cloth. Do not wax your vehicle in direct sunlight. You should wax when the painted surfaces are cool.
CAUTION When washing the vehicle, Put the operation
mode of the power switch in OFF. Do not use a high pressure washing machine
to clean the underneath of the vehicle. Doing so might cause the front motor and rear motor problem or malfunction.
When washing the underside of your vehicle or the wheels, wear a pair of gloves to pro- tect your hands.
If your vehicle has rain sensor, place the wiper switch lever in the OFF position to deactivate the rain sensor before washing the vehicle. Otherwise, the wipers will operate in the presence of water spray on the wind- shield and may get damaged as a result.
Never spray or splash water on the electrical parts in the engine compartment. This may damage them. Be careful also when washing the underbody to ensure that water does not enter the engine compartment.
Avoid automatic car washers that use rotat- ing brushes. These brushes may scratch the paint surface and make it dull. Scratches are more noticeable on darker col- ored vehicles.
Some hot water washing equipment uses high pressure and heat to clean your vehicle. Because hot water can damage plastics parts and seep inside your vehicle, make sure you do the following when using such equip- ment: Keep the washing nozzle at least 28 inches
(70 cm) away from the vehicle body.
When washing around the door glass, hold the nozzle at a distance of more than 28 inches (70 cm) and at a right angle to the glass surface.
Make sure to do the following when using an automatic car wash, with help from either this manual or the car wash operator, to avoid damaging your vehicle: Fold the outside rearview mirrors. Tape wiper arm assembly. If your vehicle is equipped with roof rails
or roof spoiler, check with the car wash operator before using the car wash.
If your vehicle is equipped with the rain sensor, place the wiper switch lever in the OFF position to deactivate the rain sen- sor.
Make sure that the charging lid and the fuel lid are completely closed.
During cold weather
CAUTION
NOTE When the door is frozen, opening it by force
may tear off or crack the rubber gasket installed around the door. Pour warm water to melt the ice. Be sure to thoroughly wipe off the water after opening the door. To pre- vent freezing of the weatherstripping on the doors, hood, etc., treat with silicone lubri- cant.
Waxing
BK0302800US.book 42
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-43
9
N00946100046
If painted surfaces have been severely dam- aged and lost their original luster and color tone, polish the surface lightly with a fine polishing compound. Avoid limiting your polishing to the damaged surface only; polish a somewhat wider area, moving the polishing
cloth in one direction. After polishing, flush the compound from the surface and apply a coat of wax to regain a beautiful luster.
N00946201099
Small cracks and scratches in the paint coat should be touched up as soon as possible with touch-up paint to prevent corrosion. Check body areas facing the road or the tires carefully for damage to the paint caused by flying stones, etc. The paint code number for your vehicle can be found on the vehicle information code plate located on the front passenger door sill.
N00946301221
Use a sponge or chamois to clean these parts. If the vehicle wax sticks to a gray or black rough surface of the bumper, molding or lights, the surface may appear white in color. In this case, wipe it off using lukewarm water and a soft cloth or chamois.
N00946400052
To prevent spots and corrosion of chrome parts, wash with water, dry thoroughly, and apply a nonabrasive automotive wax. If the chrome is severely damaged or pitted, use a commercially available chrome polish.
N00946501223
1. Remove dirt using a wet sponge. 2. Use a mild detergent on any dirt that can-
not be removed easily with water. Rinse off the detergent after washing the wheels.
3. Dry the wheels thoroughly using a cham- ois leather or a soft cloth.
CAUTION Waxes containing high abrasive compounds
should not be used. These waxes remove rust and stain effectively from the paintwork, but are harmful to the finish of the paint, because they also remove paint/clearcoat. They are also harmful to other glossy sur- faces such as the grille, trim, moldings, etc.
Do not use gasoline, benzine, kerosene or paint thinners to remove road tar or other dirt from the vehicle surface.
Do not put wax on the areas having black matte coating because it can cause uneven discoloration, patches, blurs, etc. If these get wax on them, wipe the wax off right away with a soft cloth and warm water.
On vehicles with sunroof, be careful not to apply any wax on the weatherstrip (black rubber) when waxing the area around the sunroof opening. If stained with wax, the weatherstrip cannot maintain a weatherproof seal with the sun- roof.
Polishing
Damaged paint
Cleaning plastic parts
CAUTION Do not use a scrubbing brush or other rough
scrubber as these may damage the plastic surface.
Do not use wax containing compounds (pol- ishing powder) which may damage the plas- tic surface.
Do not let plastic parts get soiled with gaso- line, oil, brake fluids, engine oils, greases, paint thinner, and sulfuric acid (battery elec- trolyte), as such substances will cause stains, cracks, or discoloration. If any of these get on a plastic part, wipe them up with a soft cloth or chamois and a mild solution of soap and water. Then rinse them immediately with water.
Chrome parts
Aluminum wheels
CAUTION
BK0302800US.book 43
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle
9-44 Vehicle care and maintenance
9 N00946600054
The window glass can usually be cleaned using only a sponge and water. Glass cleaner can be used to remove wax, oil, grease, dead insects, etc. After washing the glass, wipe it dry with a clean, dry, soft cloth.
N00946700068
Use a soft cloth and glass cleaner to remove grease, dead insects, etc., from the wiper blades. Replace the wiper blades when they no longer clean the windshield and rear window prop- erly.
N00946800069
Clean the inside of the sunroof with a soft cloth. Hard deposits should be wiped away with a cloth dipped in warm, neutral deter- gent solution. Wipe away the solution with a sponge dipped in fresh water.
N00947001137
Never spray or splash water on the electrical accessories in the engine compartment. This puts the engine at risk of being damaged.
CAUTION Do not use a brush or other hard implement
on the wheels. Do not use any cleaner that contains an abra-
sive substance or is acidic or alkaline. Doing so could cause the coating on the wheels to peel or become discolored or stained.
Do not directly apply hot water using a steam cleaner or by any other means.
Contact with seawater or road salt used for de-icing can cause corrosion. Rinse off such substances as soon as possible.
Window glass
Wiper blades
Cleaning the sunroof (if so equipped)
NOTE The surface treatment on the inside of the
glass may be removed if a hard cloth or organic solvent is used.
Engine compartment
BK0302800US.book 44
10
Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects
Consumer information (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.) ………………..10-2 Reporting Safety Defects ………………………………………………………10-3 Important facts to know in case of an accident …………………………10-4
BK0302800US.book 1
Consumer information (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.)
10-2 Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects
10
N01047100171
This information is provided in compliance with the requirements of the National High- way Traffic Safety Administration, Depart- ment of Transportation. It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers with information on reporting safety defects.
DOT quality grades — All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Require- ments in addition to these grades. The spe- cific grade rating in each grade category is shown on the side wall of the tires on your vehicle.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (11/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may depart signifi- cantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differ- ences in road characteristics and climate.
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corre- sponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Fed- eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Consumer information (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.)
Uniform tire quality grading
Treadwear
Traction AA, A, B, C
WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is
based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature A, B, C
WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive load- ing, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
BK0302800US.book 2
Reporting Safety Defects
Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects 10-3
10
N01047201674
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addi- tion to notifying Mitsubishi Motors Corporation.
If NHTSA receives similar com- plaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Mitsubishi Motors Corporation.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1- 888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- 9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
You can also obtain other informa- tion about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
To contact Mitsubishi Motors North America, Inc. call 1-888-648-7820 or write to:
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect, you should immediately notify Transport Canada. To contact Transport Canadas Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call the toll-free number: 1-800-333-0510.
You can also obtain additional infor- mation concerning motor vehicle safety from http://www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) or http://www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French).
Reporting Safety Defects NHTSA Headquarters 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE West Building Washington, DC 20590
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
Mitsubishi Motors North Amer- ica, Inc. Customer Relations Department P.O. Box 689040 Franklin, TN 37068
For vehicles sold in Canada
You may write to: Transport Canada-ASFAD 330 Sparks Street Ottawa, ON K1A 0N5
BK0302800US.book 3
Important facts to know in case of an accident
10-4 Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects
10
In addition to notifying Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Canada, Inc. To contact Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Canada, Inc. call 1-888-576-4878 or write to:
To contact Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Caribbean, Inc. call 1-787-251-8715 or write to:
N01047301327
We hope you will never be involved in an accident, but there is always that potential danger. So, please be sure to buckle up and drive safely.
Remain calm. Check for injuries. Report all injuries to
the police, and, if necessary, call for an ambulance.
Record all the details of the accident. This will provide you with accurate records of the accident for discussions with your insurance company and other persons who may be acting on your behalf.
Understand your repair estimate before approving repairs.
Choosing the repair shop and the brands of parts that they use on your vehicle is your decision.
Ask for genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts. Many times, to save money, your insur- ance company will recommend imitation parts that do not meet the original specifi- cations of fit, finish, corrosion resistance or workmanship.
The strength and integrity built into your vehicle is the result of a specific design referred to as Energy Management. Indi- vidual body parts are designed to act as one unit in the event of an accident. Shock waves are absorbed by protective panels or are chan- neled around the passenger compartment. This important feature is possible because high tensile steel is used in the panels and structural parts, something that cannot be guaranteed by the manufacturers of imitation parts. All genuine body panels and support brackets are designed and constructed as important protection features in the event of an accident. By replacing body parts with imitations, your vehicle may no longer meet original equipment specifications.
Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Can- ada, Inc. Customer Relations Department P.O. Box 41009 4141 Dixie Road Mississauga, ON L4W 5C9
For vehicles sold in Puerto Rico
Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Caribbean, Inc. Customer Service Department P.O. Box 192216 SAN JUAN PR 00919-2216
Important facts to know in case of an accident
In the event of an accident
Key information to discuss with your insurance company
Mitsubishi Motors built-in pro- tection
BK0302800US.book 4
Important facts to know in case of an accident
Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects 10-5
10
As a consumer requesting repair on your vehicle, you have consumer rights. Across the country, State Insurance Commissioners have begun considering rules on the use of non- OEM parts. This could mean that repair shops will have to disclose to the consumer, when they intend to use non-OEM parts. Since reg- ulations are not consistent on this point, remember you have a choice. So, if you want genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts, you may have to specifically request them. Make cer- tain your insurance company understands imitations are not to be used in the repair of your vehicle. You deserve the best genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts.
Genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts are built with the high quality and durability standards you expect. Genuine Mitsubishi Motors replacements parts are your guarantee that your vehicle will have all the technological advantages and maintain the style and protec- tion of a brand new Mitsubishi Motors.
Remember to ask for genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts.Consumer rights (For vehicles
sold in U.S.A.)
Genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts
BK0302800US.book 5
11
Specifications
Vehicle labeling …………………………………………………………………..11-2 Vehicle dimensions ………………………………………………………………11-4 Vehicle weights ……………………………………………………………………11-5 Engine specifications ……………………………………………………………11-6 Charging system specifications ……………………………………………..11-7 Electric motor specifications …………………………………………………11-8 12 V starter battery ………………………………………………………………11-8 Tires and wheels ………………………………………………………………….11-8 Capacity ……………………………………………………………………………..11-9
BK0302800US.book 1
Vehicle labeling
11-2 Specifications
11
N01147401912
Keep a record of the chassis number and vehicle identification number. Such informa- tion will assist police if your vehicle is stolen.
1 — Vehicle emission control information label The vehicle emission control information label is affixed on the underside of the engine hood.
2 — Vehicle identification number plate The vehicle identification number is stamped on the plate riveted to the left front corner of the dashboard. It is visible from outside of the vehicle through the windshield.
3 — Air conditioning label The air conditioning label is affixed on the inside panel of the engine hood.
4 — Vehicle information code plate The vehicle information code plate is located on the front passenger door sill.
The chassis number is stamped on the bulk- head as shown in the illustration.
N01148600028
The engine model and serial number are stamped on the cylinder block as shown in the illustration.
Vehicle labeling
Chassis number
Engine model/serial number
*: Front of the vehicle
BK0302800US.book 2
Vehicle labeling
Specifications 11-3
11
N01148700032
The electric motor number is stamped as shown in the illustration.
N01148101671
The tire and loading information placard is located on the drivers door sill.
Type 1
Type 2
N01148201249
The certification label is located on the drivers door sill.
Electric motor number
1- Front motor 2- Rear motor *: Front of the vehicle
Tire and loading information placard
Certification label
BK0302800US.book 3
Vehicle dimensions
11-4 Specifications
11
N01147501636
Vehicle dimensions
Overall length 184.8 in (4,695 mm) Overall width 70.9 in (1,800 mm) Overall height 67.3 in (1,710 mm) Wheel base 105.1 in (2,670 mm)
BK0302800US.book 4
Vehicle weights
Specifications 11-5
11
N01147602126
GVWR: maximum total weight (load) limit specified for the vehicle GAWR: maximum weight (load) limit specified for the front or rear axle Seating capacity: the maximum number of occupants
Vehicle weights
Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) 5,269 lb (2,390 kg)
Gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
Front 2,646 lb (1,200 kg) Rear 2,800 lb (1,270 kg)
Total trailer weight With brake 1,500 lb (680 kg) Without brake 1,250 lb (567 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight 827 lb (375 kg) Maximum roof load 110 lb (50 kg) Seating capacity 5 persons
NOTE Roof load is important because it affects the vehicle capacity weight.
Refer to Loading cargo on the roof on page 6-11.
BK0302800US.book 5
Engine specifications
11-6 Specifications
11
N01147701641
Engine specifications
Engine model 4B12 Engine displacement 144.0 CID (2,360 cm) No. of cylinders and cylinder arrangement Inline-4 Bore 3.46 in (88.0 mm) Stroke 3.82 in (97.0 mm) Compression ratio 12.0 Thermostat valve opening temperature 188.6 F (87.0 C) Spark plugs NGK DIFR5E11 Spark plug gap .040 to .043 in (1.0 to 1.1 mm) Firing order 1-3-4-2
BK0302800US.book 6
Charging system specifications
Specifications 11-7
11
N01148501053
*1: When using a genuine charging cable with control box *2: When using a home or public charging device (EVSE: Electric Vehicles Supply Equipment)
Charging system specifications
Normal charging system
Rated input voltage AC 240V (single phase) AC 120V (single phase) Rated input frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz
Rated current 15 A (max) 8 A/12 A (max)*1
Maximum power consumption 3.3 kVA*2 1.8 kVA*2
Applicable standards
UL2594: Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment SAE J1772: (R) SAE Electric Vehicle and Plug in Hybrid Electric Vehicle Conductive Charge Coupler CSA C22.2 #280 Issued:2013/02/22 Electric Vehicle Supply Equip- ment
Leakage current sensitivity in cable control box 20 mA
Enclosure type Charge connector: Type 3s Control box (CCID): Type 3
Quick charging system Applicable standards CHAdeMO Maximum input current 60 A Enclosure type Charge connector: Type 3s
BK0302800US.book 7
Electric motor specifications
11-8 Specifications
11
N01147301054
N01147801323
Battery is a 12 volt type.
N01147901959
PCD: Pitch Circle Diameter (installation holes)
Electric motor specifications
Item Front motor Rear motor Electric motor model S61 Y61 Maximum output 60 kW 70 kW Maximum torque 137 Nm 195 Nm
12 V starter battery
S46B24L(S)
Tires and wheels
Tire P225/55R18 97H
Wheel Size 18 x 7J PCD 4.5 in (114.3 mm) Offset (Inset) 1.5 in (38 mm)
NOTE These tires satisfy vehicle loading conditions described in this owners manual.
BK0302800US.book 8
Capacity
Specifications 11-9
11
N01148002446
Capacity
Item Capacity Lubricants Fuel (approximate) 11.3 gal (43 L) Refer to Fuel selection on page 3-49
Engine oil
Oil pan 4.5 qt (4.3 L) Engine oils displaying the ILSAC certification mark (starburst symbol) on the container. If these oils are not available, an API classification SP oil can be used.
Oil filter .32 qt (0.3 L)
Transaxle Front 3.66 qt (3.46 L)
Refer to Transaxle fluid on page 9-10. Rear .90 qt (0.85 L)
Brake As required Conforming to Brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 Hood lock release mechanism and safety catch As required Multipurpose type grease NLGI Grade 2 Engine coolant {Includes .69 qt (0.65 L) in reserve tank} 7.9 qt (7.5 L)
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Super Long Life Coolant Premium or equivalent*Rear motor coolant
[includes 1.13 qt (1.07 L) in reserve tank] 6.9 qt (6.5 L)
Front motor fluid 2.3 qt (2.2 L) Refer to Front motor fluid on page 9-10. Washer fluid 4.8 qt (4.5 L)
Refrigerant (air conditioning) Refer to the Air condi- tioning label on page
11-2. HFO-1234yf
*:similar high quality ethylene glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrate and non-borate coolant with long life hybrid organic acid tech- nology
BK0302800US.book 9
Alphabetical index
12-1
12
Numerics 12 V power outlets ………………………. 5-209 12 V starter battery ……………………….. 9-12
Specification ……………………………. 11-8 12 V starter battery charging system warning
light……………………………………….. 5-188 4-wheel drive operation ………………….. 5-63
A Accessory (installation) ………………….. 3-55 Acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS) ….
5-72 Active stability control (ASC) ………….. 5-81 Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) 5-88 Air cleaner filter …………………………… 9-10 Air conditioner
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner ………………………………. 7-4
Important air conditioning operating tips.. 7-14
Air purifier ………………………………….. 7-15 Airbag ……………………………………….. 4-36 All-wheel drive operation ……………….. 5-63 Aluminum wheels …………………………. 9-43 Anti-lock braking system………………… 5-78 Arm rest……………………………………….. 4-9
Assist grip …………………………………. 5-228 Automatic High Beam (AHB) ………… 5-193 Automatic transaxle
Select positions ………………………… 5-58 Selector lever operation ……………… 5-57
B Back-up light
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31 Replacement ……………………………. 9-38
Ball joint, steering linkage seals, drive shaft boots ……………………………………….. 9-23
Battery 12 V starter battery charging system warn-
ing light……………………………….. 5-188 During cold weather ………………….. 9-12 Specification……………………………. 11-8
Battery charge mode ……………………… 5-69 Battery save mode ………………………… 5-69 Blind Spot Warning (BSW)……………. 5-109 Bottle holders……………………………… 5-226 Brake
Fluid ………………………………. 9-11, 11-9 Brake assist…………………………………. 5-78 Braking
Anti-lock braking system ……………. 5-78 Braking ……………………………………. 6-5 Hose ……………………………………… 9-23 Pad wear alarm ………………………… 5-74
Pedal ……………………………………… 5-73 Pedal free play………………………….. 9-21 Power brakes ……………………………. 5-73 Service brake……………………………. 5-73 Warning lights and buzzer …………. 5-187
Break-in recommendations ……………….. 5-3 Bulb location and capacity ………………. 9-31
C California Perchlorate Materials
Requirements …………………………….. 3-56 Capacities …………………………………… 11-9 Card holder ……………………………….. 5-224 Cargo area cover …………………………. 5-227 Cargo loads …………………………………. 6-11 Cargo room light…………………………. 5-222
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-33 Catalytic converter ………………………….. 9-3 Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold
3-13 Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat
3-12 Cautions on the handling of 4-wheel drive
vehicles…………………………………….. 5-65 Certification label …………………………. 11-3 Charging
Normal charging ……………….. 3-20, 3-31 Quick charging …………………………. 3-32
BK0302800US.book 1
Alphabetical index
12-2
12
Charging indicator ………………………. 5-187 Charging troubleshooting guide ……….. 3-46 Child restraint systems …………………… 4-24 Child safety locks for rear door ………… 5-28 Cleaning
Inside of your vehicle…………………. 9-40 Outside of your vehicle ………………. 9-41
Coat hook …………………………………. 5-229 Cold
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold ……………………………………… 3-13
Consumer information …………………… 10-2 Coolant
Engine ……………………………… 9-8, 11-9 Plug-in Hybrid EV System ……………. 9-8 Rear motor………………………………. 11-9
Cruise control………………………………. 5-84 Cup holder ………………………………… 5-226
D Daytime running lights
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31 Replacement ……………………………. 9-35
Defogger (rear window) ……………….. 5-204 Defrosting or defogging (windshield, door
windows) ……………………………. 7-9, 7-13 Dimensions …………………………………. 11-4 Dimmer (high/low beam change) ……. 5-193
Dinghy towing ……………………………… 6-17 Disc brake pads…………………………….. 9-23 Dome light (front)/Reading lights ……. 5-220
Bulb capacity……………………………. 9-33 Dome light (rear)…………………………. 5-221
Bulb capacity……………………………. 9-33 Doors
Lock ………………………………………. 5-24 Power door locks ………………………. 5-26
Downlight …………………………………. 5-222 Driving down a long hill ………………….. 6-5 Driving during cold weather ……………… 6-5 Driving precaution …………………………. 6-2 Driving, alcohol and drugs ……………….. 6-2 Dual-zone automatic climate control air
conditioner …………………………………. 7-4
E ECO mode switch ……………………….. 5-199 Electric motor
Number…………………………………… 11-3 Specifications …………………………… 11-8
Electric parking brake…………………….. 5-45 Electric power steering system (EPS) …. 5-80 Electric rear window defogger switch.. 5-204 Electrical parking switch…………………. 5-55
Electronic immobilizer (Anti-theft starting system) …………………………………….. 5-17
Emission-control system maintenance .. 9-21 Engine
Compartment …………………………….. 9-6 Coolant…………………………….. 9-8, 11-9 Engine model …………………………… 11-2 Hood ……………………………………….. 9-4 Malfunction indicator light ………… 5-188 Oil and oil filter ………………….. 9-6, 11-9 Overheating ………………………………. 8-4 Serial number …………………………… 11-2 Specification ……………………………. 11-6
Engine hood ………………………………….. 9-4 EV charging cable ………………………… 3-28 EV cruising range …………………………… 3-7 EV switch …………………………………… 5-66 Exhaust system…………………………….. 9-23
F Floor console box ……………………….. 5-224 Floor mat ……………………………………… 6-2 Fluid
Brake fluid ………………………. 9-11, 11-9 Engine coolant …………………… 9-8, 11-9 Engine oil …………………………. 9-6, 11-9 Front motor ……………………… 9-10, 11-9 Plug-in Hybrid EV System coolant….. 9-8 Rear motor coolant ……………………. 11-9
BK0302800US.book 2
Alphabetical index
12-3
12
Transaxle ………………………… 9-10, 11-9 Washer fluid…………………….. 9-10, 11-9
Fluid capacities and lubricants …………. 11-9 For persons with electro-medical apparatus
such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardiovascular defibrillator ….. 3-10
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) 5-100
Free-hand advanced security transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) ……………………………… 5-4
Front fog lights Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31 Indicators ………………………………. 5-186 Replacement ……………………. 9-36, 9-37 Switch ………………………………….. 5-199
Front motor fluid ………………………….. 9-10 Front side-marker lights
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31 Replacement ……………………………. 9-35
Front turn signal light Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31 Replacement ……………………………. 9-35
Fuel Filling the fuel tank……………………. 3-51 Fuel economy…………………………….. 6-2 Fuel hoses ……………………………….. 9-22 Fuel selection …………………………… 3-49 Tank capacity …………………………… 11-9
Fuel Pump Shut-off System …………….. 8-20
Fuses…………………………………………. 9-24 Fusible links ……………………………….. 9-24
G General maintenance …………………….. 9-22 General vehicle data ……………………… 11-4 Genuine parts………………………………. 3-56 Glove compartment ……………………… 5-224 Glove compartment light
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-33
H Hazard warning flasher switch ………… 5-198 Hazard warning lights …………………… 5-186 Head restraints ………………………………. 4-9 Headlights
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31 Dimmer…………………………………. 5-193 Headlight flasher ……………………… 5-193 Replacement …………………….. 9-33, 9-34 Switch…………………………………… 5-190
Heat Cautions and actions to deal with intense
heat……………………………………… 3-12 Heated steering wheel switch………….. 5-205 Heating ……………………………………… 7-15 High beam indicator …………………….. 5-186
High-mounted stop light Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31
High-Voltage components ………………. 3-36 Hill start assist ……………………………… 5-77 HomeLink Wireless Control System 5-214 Hood lock release mechanism and safety
catch………………………………………… 9-24 Horn switch……………………………….. 5-206 How to use electric device during charging ..
3-42
I If the vehicle breaks down ………………… 8-2 Important facts to know in case of an accident
10-4 Indicators …………………………. 5-160, 5-186 Information screen display…………….. 5-161 Inside rearview mirror ……………………. 5-49 Inspection and maintenance following rough
road operation ……………………………. 5-65 Instrument cluster ……………………….. 5-137 Intense cold
Cautions and actions ………………….. 3-13 Intense heat
Cautions and actions ………………….. 3-12 Interior lights……………………………… 5-220
BK0302800US.book 3
Alphabetical index
12-4
12
J Jack…………………………………………….. 8-6
Storage …………………………………….. 8-6 Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system .
8-2
K Keyless entry system……………………… 5-19 Keys……………………………………………. 5-3
L Labeling …………………………………….. 11-2 Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) ……
5-118 License plate light
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31 Replacement ……………………………. 9-39
Liftgate………………………………………. 5-28 Link System ………………………………. 5-206 Loading information ……………………….. 6-6 Lubricants…………………………………… 11-9 Luggage floor box ………………………. 5-225 Luggage hooks …………………………… 5-229
M Main drive lithium-ion battery …………… 3-6
MITSUBISHI Remote Control …………. 3-38 Modifications to and racing of your vehicle ..
3-54 Multi Around Monitor ………………….. 5-128 Multi-information display ……………… 5-140
N Normal charging …………………… 3-20, 3-31
O Octane number……………………………… 3-50 Oil
Engine oil………………………………… 11-9 Operating sound under charging or Remote
Climate Control ………………………….. 3-10 Operation under adverse driving conditions ..
8-19 Outside rearview mirrors…………………. 5-52 Overheating ………………………………….. 8-4
P Parking ……………………………………….. 6-6 Parking lights
Bulb capacity……………………………. 9-31 Replacement …………………………….. 9-35
Plug-in Hybrid EV System……………….. 3-2 Coolant ……………………………………. 9-8
Polishing…………………………………….. 9-43 Power brakes……………………………….. 5-73 Power liftgate ………………………………. 5-30 Power outlet ………………………………. 5-209 Power switch…………………………………. 5-9 Power windows ……………………………. 5-40 Precautions during Charging the Main Drive
Lithium-ion Battery …………………….. 3-19 Puncture (Tire repair kit) ………………….. 8-7
Q Quick charging …………………………….. 3-32
R Radiator cap ………………………………….. 9-9 Radio
General information about your radio 7-16 Reading lights
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-33 Ready indicator ………………………….. 5-187 Rear combination lights
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31 Replacement ……………………………. 9-37
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ……. 5-114 Rear side-marker lights
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31 Rear turn signal light
BK0302800US.book 4
Alphabetical index
12-5
12
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31 Replacement ……………………………. 9-37
Rear-view camera ……………………….. 5-126 Rearview mirror
Inside rearview mirror ………………… 5-49 Outside rearview mirrors …………….. 5-52
Regenerative braking ………………. 3-4, 5-59 When driving down a long hill ……….. 6-5
Replacement of light bulbs ……………… 9-30 Replacing tires and wheels………………. 9-18 Reporting Safety Defects ………………… 10-3
S Safe driving techniques ……………………. 6-4 SAVE/CHARGE mode switch …………. 5-68 S-AWC (Super-All Wheel Control) …… 5-61 Seat belt ……………………………………… 4-15
Adjustable seat belt shoulder anchor . 4-21 Child restraint systems ……………….. 4-24 Front passenger seat belt warning light ….
4-21 Maintenance and inspection …………. 4-36 Seat belt extender ……………………… 4-23 Seat belt force limitter ………………… 4-24 Seat belt pre-tensioners ………………. 4-23 Seat belt use during pregnancy ……… 4-23
Seats……………………………………………. 4-2 Arm rest……………………………………. 4-9 Front seats…………………………………. 4-4
Head restraints …………………………… 4-9 Heated seat ……………………………….. 4-7 Making a cargo area ………………….. 4-11 Making a flat seat ……………………… 4-14 Rear seats …………………………………. 4-8 Seat arrangement………………………… 4-3 Seats and restraint systems ……………. 4-4
Selector Lever……………………………… 5-56 Regenerative braking force level selector
(paddle type)………………………….. 5-59 Service brake ………………………………. 5-73 Service precautions…………………………. 9-2 Side turn-signal light
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31 Snow tires…………………………………… 9-20 Spark plugs …………………………………. 9-21 SPORT mode switch …………………….. 5-71 Starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System 5-14 Steering
Steering wheel height and reach adjustment 5-49
Stop lights Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31
Stopping the Plug-in Hybrid EV System 5-15 Storage spaces…………………………….. 5-223 Sun visors………………………………….. 5-208 Sunglasses holder ………………………… 5-225 Sunroof ……………………………………… 5-43
Super-all wheel control (S-AWC)……… 5-61 Supplemental Restraint System ………… 4-36
How the Supplemental Restraint System works …………………………………… 4-39
Maintenance service…………………… 4-51
T Tail light
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-31 Tank capacity ………………………………. 11-9 Theft-alarm system ……………………….. 5-37 Ticket holder ……………………………… 5-209 Timing belt………………………………….. 9-23 Tire …………………………………………… 9-12
Inflation pressure ………………………. 9-17 Maintenance…………………………….. 9-18 Quality grading…………………………. 10-2 Replacing tires and wheels…………… 9-18 Rotation ………………………………….. 9-19 Size (tire and wheel) ………………….. 11-8 Snow tires ……………………………….. 9-20 Tire and loading information placard 11-3 Tire chains ………………………………. 9-20 To change a tire ………………………… 8-14 Tread wear indicator ………………….. 9-19
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ….. 5-122
Tire repair kit ………………………………… 8-7 Tools …………………………………………… 8-7
BK0302800US.book 5
Alphabetical index
12-6
12
Storage …………………………………….. 8-6 Towing ………………………………………. 8-17 Trailer towing ……………………………… 6-13 Transaxle fluid …………………….. 9-10, 11-9 Turn signal light
Indicators………………………………. 5-186 Lever……………………………………. 5-198
U USB input terminal ……………………… 5-207
How to connect a USB memory device….. 5-207
How to connect an iPod…………….. 5-208 USB port (for charging) ……………….. 5-210
V Vanity mirror …………………………….. 5-208 Vanity mirror lights
Bulb capacity …………………………… 9-33 Vehicle care precautions…………………. 9-39 Vehicle dimensions……………………….. 11-4 Vehicle labeling …………………………… 11-2 Vehicle preparation before driving ……… 6-3 Vehicle weights ……………………………. 11-5 Vents…………………………………………… 7-2
W Warning lights ……………………………. 5-187 Washer
Fluid ………………………………. 9-10, 11-9 Rear window washer ………………… 5-203 Switch…………………………………… 5-202
Washing ……………………………………… 9-41 Waxing ………………………………………. 9-42 Weights………………………………………. 11-5 Wheel
Specification…………………………….. 11-8 Wiper
Rear window wiper ………………….. 5-203 Switch…………………………………… 5-200 Wiper blades…………………………….. 9-21
Wiper deicer switch……………………… 5-204
BK0302800US.book 6
How to calculate your gasoline mileage
BK0302800US.book 1
NOTE
Name of Owner Date of Purchase
Address of Owner Model of Vehicle
Name and Address of Dealer Vehicle Identification Number
Maintenance
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the Outlander PHEV Mitsubishi MOTORS works, you can view and download the Mitsubishi Motors Outlander PHEV 2022 Owner’s Manual on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the Owner’s Manual for Mitsubishi MOTORS Outlander PHEV as well as other Mitsubishi MOTORS manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The Owner’s Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Mitsubishi MOTORS Outlander PHEV. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Mitsubishi Motors Outlander PHEV 2022 Owner’s Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Mitsubishi Motors Outlander PHEV 2022 Owner’s Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Mitsubishi Motors Outlander PHEV 2022 Owner’s Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Mitsubishi Motors Outlander PHEV 2022 Owner’s Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Mitsubishi Motors Outlander PHEV 2022 Owner’s Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.
















Индикатор зарядки на комбинации приборов должен загореться. Индикатор зарядки гаснет, когда зарядка завершена.














Тему не закрываю.
